10. Sundara Kāṇḍa — The Book of Beauty (sargas 35–68)
Sarga 35 (part 2 of 2)
5.35.59
विचित्य वन दुर्गाणि गिरि प्रस्रवणानि च |
अनासाद्य पदम् देव्याः प्राणान् त्यक्तुम् व्यवस्थिताः
॥
"Having searched in places difficult of access in forests, at mountains and at cascades and not obtaining any indication of you the princess, we were ready to give up our lives."
vichintya = having searched; vanadurgaaNo = in places difficult of access in forests; giriprasravaNaani = at mountains and at cascades; anaasaadya = and unobtainable; padam = any trace; devyaaH = of you the princess; samudyataaH = we were ready; tyaktum = to give up; praaNaan = the lives.
5.35.60
दृष्ट्वा प्रायोपविष्टांश्च सर्वान्वानरपुङ्गवान् |
भृशम् शोक अर्णवे मग्नः पर्यदेवयत् अन्गदः
॥तव नाशम् च वैदेहि वालिनः च तथा वधम् |
प्राय उपवेशम् अस्माकम् मरणम् च जटायुषः ॥
"O Seetha! Seeing all the excellent monkeys sitting down and calmly awaiting for the approach of death, Angada was very much immerssed in the ocean of sorrow and lamented about your loss, the killing of Vali, the death of Jatayu and our practice of calmly awaiting for the approach of death in simply sitting down."
60; 61. vaidehi = O Seetha!; dR^iSTvaa = seeing; sarvaan = all; vaanarapuNgavaan = the excellent monkeys; praayopaviSTaan = sitting down and calmly awaiting the approach of death; aN^gadaH = Angada; bhR^isham = was very much; magnaH = immersed; shokaarNave = in the sea of sorrow; paryadevayat = and lamented; tava naashamcha = about your loss; tathaa = and; vadhamcha = the killing of; vaalinaH = of Vali; maraNamcha = the death; jaTaayuSaH = of Jatayu; asmaakam = and our; praayopavesham = calmly awaiting for the death in simply sitting down.
5.35.62
तेषाम् नः स्वामि संदेशान् निराशानाम् मुमूर्षताम् |
कार्य हेतोः इव आयातः शकुनिः वीर्यवान्
महान् ॥
"For us who lost all our hopes on our lives and willing to give up our lives as per the command of Sugreeva, as though for the sake of our need alone, a great valiant bird came there."
teSaam naH = for us as such; niraashaanaam = who lost our hopes on our lives; mumuurSataam = and willing to give up our lives; svaani samdeshaat = as per the command of Sugreeva; kaarya hetoriva = (as thought) for the sake of our need alone; mahaan = a great; viiryavaan = valiant; shakuniH = bird; aayaataH = came (there).
5.35.63
गृध्र राजस्य सोदर्यः सम्पातिः नाम गृध्र राट् |
श्रुत्वा भ्रातृ वधम् कोपात् इदम् वचनम् अब्रवीत्
॥
"Hearing about the killing of his brother, the vulture-king Sampati the brother of slain Jatayu the King of vultures spoke (the following) words in anger:
shrutvaa = hearing; bhraatruvadham = about the killing of his brother; gR^idhra raajasya sodaryaH = thebrother of Jatayu; the king of vultures; sampaatirnaamaH = named Sampati; gR^idhra raaT = (himself) a king of vultures; abriviit = spoke; idam vachanam = the following words; kopaat = in anger.
5.35.64
यवीयान् केन मे भ्राता हतः क्व च विनाशितः |
एतत् आख्यातुम् इच्छामि भवद्भिः वानर उत्तमाः
॥
"O the best of monkeys! Tell me who, where and how my younger brother Jabali was killed and made to fall."
vaanarottamaaH = O; the best of monkeys!; kena = by whom; me = my; yaviiyaan = younger; bhraataa = brother; hataH = was killed?; kva = where; nipaatitaH = was he made to fall?; ichchhami = I desire; etat = this; aakhyaatum = to be told; bhavadbhiH = by you.
5.35.65
अन्गदो अकथयत् तस्य जन स्थाने महत् वधम् |
रक्षसा भीम रूपेण त्वाम् उद्दिश्य यथा तथम् ॥
"Then, Angada told Sampati a detailed account of events which led tot he killing of that great bird at Janasthana, by a demon of terrific form, for your sake."
aN^gadaH = Angada; akathayat = told; tasya = that Sampati; yathaa tatham = a detailed account of events; mahadvadham = about the events; killing of that great bird; janasthaane = at Janasthana; bhiimaruupeNa rakSasaa = by a demon of terrific form; uddishya = for the sake of; tvaam = you.
5.35.66
जटायोः तु वधम् श्रुत्वा दुह्हितः सो अरुण आत्मजः |
त्वाम् आह स वर आरोहे वसन्तीम् रावण आलये
॥
"O Seetha with an excellent waist! Hearing about the slaughter of Jatayu, that Sampati the son of Aruna was very much pained and said that you were staying in Ravana's house."
varaarohe = O Seetha with an excellent waist!; shrutvaa = hearing; vadham = about the slaughter; jaTaayuSaH = of Jatayu; saH = that; aruNaatmajaH = Sampati the son of Aruna; duH khotaH = was pained; shashamsa = and said; tvaam = you; vasantiim = were staying; raavaNaalaye = in Ravana's house.
5.35.67
तस्य तत् वचनम् श्रुत्वा सम्पातेः प्रीति वर्धनम् |
अन्गद प्रमुखाः सर्वे ततः सम्प्रस्थिता
वयम् ॥
"Hearing those delightful words of Sampati, we with our Chief Angada started soon from there."
shrutvaa = hearing; tat = those; priitivardhanam = a delight-increasing; vachanam = words; tasya sampaate = of that Sampaate = of that Sampati; vayam = we; aN^gada pramukhaaH = with our Chief Angada; prasthitaaH = started; tataH = from there; tuurNam = soon.
5.35.68
विन्ध्यादुत्थाय सम्प्राप्ताः सागरस्यान्तमुत्तरम् |
त्वत् दर्शन कृत उत्साहा हृष्टाः तुष्टाः
प्लवम्गमाः ॥
"The monkeys were very much delighted and satisfied. They were making up their energy to see you, rose up from Vindhya mountain and reached the northern shore of the ocean."
plavaNgamaaH = the monkeys; hR^iSTaaH = were very much delighted; tuSTaaH = and satisfied; tvaddarshana kR^itotsaaho = and exercising their strength to see you; utthaaya = having risen; vindhyaat = from Vindhya mountain; sampraaptaaH = reached; uttaram antam = the northern shore; saagarasya = of the ocean.
5.35.69
अङ्गदप्रमुखाः सर्वे वेलोपान्तमुपस्थिताः |
चिन्ताम् जग्मुः पुनर्भीतास्त्वद्दर्शनसमुत्सुकाः
॥
"All the monkeys with their Chief Angada, in their anxiety to see you, reached the ocean. They were frightened after seeing the ocean there and they were again worried."
sarve = all; aN^gada pramukhaaH = the monkeys with their Chief Angada; tvaddarshanamutsakaaH = in their anxiety to see you; upasthitaaH = reached; velopaantaam = the shore-area of the ocean; bhiitaaH = being frightened; punaH = again; jagmuH = got; chintaam = the worry.
5.35.70
अथ अहम् हरि सैन्यस्य सागरम् दृश्य सीदतः |
व्यवधूय भयम् तीव्रम् योजनानाम् शतम् प्लुतः ॥
"Thereafter, seeing the ocean, I removed the serious fears of the army of monkeys who were worrying and crossed hundred Yojanas across the sea."
atha = thereafter; prakSya = seeing; saagaram = the ocean; aham = I; vyavadhuuya = removed; tiivram = the serious; bhayan = fear; harisainyasya = of the army of monkeys; siidataH = who were worrying; plutaH = and crossed; shatam = hundred; yojanaanaam = Yojanas.
5.35.71
लन्का च अपि मया रात्रौ प्रविष्टा राक्षस आकुला |
रावणः च मया दृष्टः त्वम् च शोक निपीडिता
॥
"Entering even Lanka, filled with demons in the night, I saw Ravana and you too who were immersed in grief."
laN^kaachaapi = even Lanka; raakSasaakulaa = filled with demons; praviSTaa = was entered; mayaa = by me; raatrau = in the night; raavaNashcha = Ravana too; dR^iSTaH = was seen; mayaa = by me; tvamcha = You too; shoka pariplutaa = filled with grief (were seen by me).
5.35.72
एतत् ते सर्वम् आख्यातम् यथा वृत्तम् अनिन्दिते |
अभिभाषस्व माम् देवि दूतो दाशरथेः अहम् ॥
"O the faultless princess! I told you all this as actually occurred. I am the messenger of Rama. Talk to me."
devi = O princess; anindite = the faultless!; sarvam = all; etat = this; aakhyaatam = was told; te = to you; yathaavR^ittam = as actually occurred; abhibhaaSasva = talk; maam = to me; aham = I; duutaH = am the messenger; daasharatha = of Rama.
5.35.73
त्वम् माम् राम कृत उद्योगम् त्वन् निमित्तम् इह आगतम् |
सुग्रीव सचिवम् देवि बुध्यस्व पवन
आत्मजम् ॥
"O princess! I made an effort on Rama's behalf and came here for your sake. I am Sugreeva's minister. I am the son of wind-god. Know me, as such."
devi = O princess!; buddhasva = know; tam maam = me as such; raama kR^itodyogam = having made an effort on Rama's behalf; aagatam = who came; iha = here; tvannimittam = for your sake; sugreeva sachivam = Sugreeva's minister; pavanaatmajam = and son of wind-god.
5.35.74
कुशली तव काकुत्स्थः सर्व शस्त्रभृताम् वरः |
गुरोः आराधने युक्तो लक्ष्मणः च सुलक्षणः ॥
"You Rama, the excellent man among all the wielders of bow, is safe. Lakshmana, who is engaged in the service of his elder brother and possessing good characteristics, is also safe."
tava = your; kaakutthsaH = Rama; varaH = excellent; sarvashastrabhR^itaam = among all the wielders of bow; kushalii = is safe; lakSmaNashcha = Lakshmana too; yuktaH = who is engaged in; guroH aaraadhane = the service of his elder brother; sulakSaNaH = and having good characteristics; (is also safe).
5.35.75
तस्य वीर्यवतो देवि भर्तुः तव हिते रतः |
अहम् एकः तु सम्प्राप्तः सुग्रीव वचनात् इह ॥
"O princess! I, who am interested in the welfare of the valiant Rama, your husband, came here alone on the command of Sugreeva."
devi = O princess! aham = I; rataH = who am interested; hite = in the welfare; tasya = of Rama; tava = your; bhartuH = husband; viiryavataH = who is valiant; praaptaH = came; iha = here; ekaH = alone; sugreeva vachanaat = on the command of Sugreeva.
5.35.76
मया इयम् असहायेन चरता काम रूपिणा |
दक्षिणा दिग् अनुक्रान्ता त्वन् मार्ग विचय एषिणा ॥
"I, who can change my form at will, desirous of finding out your access, wandering alone without any helper, came to this southern direction."
mayaa = by me; kaama ruupiNaa = who can change my form at will; tvanmaarga vichayaiSiNaa = desirous of finding out your access; asahaayena = without any helper; charataa = wandering alone; iyam = this; dakSiNa dik = southern direction; anukraantaa = is obtained.
5.35.77
दिष्ट्या अहम् हरि सैन्यानाम् त्वन् नाशम् अनुशोचताम् |
अपनेष्यामि सम्तापम् तव अभिगम शंसनात्
॥
"I shall remove the anguish of the army of monkeys who are lamenting because of your disappearance by informing them about my coming close to you because of my good fortune!"
aham apaneSyaamni = I shall remove; samtaapam = the anguish; harisainyaanaam = of the army of monkeys; anushochataam = who are lamenting tvannaasham = because of your loss; tava abhigamashamsanaat = by informing about my approaching you; diSTyaa = by a good fortune!.
5.35.78
दिष्ट्या हि न मम व्यर्थम् देवि सागर लन्घनम् |
प्राप्स्यामि अहम् इदम् दिष्ट्या त्वत् दर्शन
कृतम् यशः ॥
"O princess! By my fortune, my crossing of ocean has not gone in vain. I can get this fame of having seen you because of my good luck."
devi = O princess; diSTyaa = by good luck; mama = my; saagare laN^ghanam = crossing of ocean; na vyartham = has not gone in vain; aham = I; praapsyaami = can get; idam = this; yashaH = fame; taddarshana kR^itam = of having seen you; diSTyaa = by my good luck.
5.35.79
राघवः च महावीर्यः क्षिप्रम् त्वाम् अभिपत्स्यते |
समित्र बान्धवम् हत्वा रावणम् राक्षस अधिपम्
॥
"The highly valiant Rama, by killing Ravana the Lord of demons along with his friends and relatives, will obtain you soon."
mahaaviiryaH = the highly valiant; raaghavashcha = Rama; hatvaa = by killing; raavaNam = Rama; hatvaa = by killing; raavaNam = Rama; raakSasaadhipam = the Lord of demons; samitra baandhavam = along with his friends and relatives; abhi patsyate = and will obtain; tvaam = you; kSipram = soon.
5.35.80
कौरजो नाम वैदेहि गिरीणाम् उत्तमो गिरिः |
ततो गच्छति गो कर्णम् पर्वतम् केसरी हरिः ॥
"O Seetha! There is a mountain called Malyavan, which is the best among mountains. From there, a monkeys called Kesari went to another mountain called Gokarna."
vaidehi = O Seetha!; giriH = there is a mountain; maalyaannaama = called Malyavan; uttamaH = which is the best; girriNaam = among mountains; tataH = from there; hariH = a monkeys; kesarii = called Kesari; gachchhati = went; paravatam = to another mountain; gokarNam = called Gokarna.
5.35.81
स च देव ऋषिभिः दृष्टः पिता मम महाकपिः |
तीर्थे नदी पतेः पुण्ये शम्ब सादनम् उद्धरत् ॥
"As prayed by gods and seers, that great monkey called Kesari, my father killed a demon named Shambasadana at a sacred shrine near the sea-shore."
diSTaH = as commanded; devarSibhiH = by gods and seers; saH mahaakapi = that great monkey; called Kesari; mama = my; pitaa = father; uddharat = killed; shamba saadanam = a demon named Shamba sadana; puNye = at a sacred; tiirthe = shrine; naadiipateH = near the sea-shore.
5.35.82
तस्य अहम् हरिणः क्षेत्रे जातो वातेन मैथिलि |
हनूमान् इति विख्यातो लोके स्वेन एव कर्मणा
॥
"O Seetha! I am born in the womb of the wife of that Kesari the monkey, by the grace of the wind-god. By my activity alone, I am renowned as Hanuma in this world."
maithili = O Seetha!; aham = I; jaataH = am born; kSetre = in the wife; tasya hariNaH = of that Kesari; the monkey; vaatena = by the grace of wind-god; syena karmaNaa eva = by my activity alone; vikhyaataH = I am renowned; hanumaaniti = as Hanuman; loke = in this world.
5.35.83
विश्वासार्थम् तु वैदेहि भर्तुरुक्ता मया गुणाः |
विश्वास अर्थम् तु वैदेहि भर्तुः उक्ता मया
गुणाः ॥
"O Seetha! I described the qualities of Rama, your husband, to cause trust in you. O the faultless princess! Rama will take you from here within a short time."
vaidehi = O Seetha! guNaaH = the qualities; bhartuH = of Rama; your husband; uktaaH = were uttered; mayaa = by me; vishvaasaartham = to cause trust in you; anaghe devi = O the faultless princess!; raaghavaH = Rama; nayitaa = will take; tvaam = you; itaH = from here; achiraat = within a short time.
5.35.84
एवम् विश्वासिता सीता हेतुभिः शोक कर्शिता |
उपपन्नैः अभिज्ञानैः दूतम् तम् अवगच्छति ॥
Thus inspired by confidence because of the above reasons, Seetha emaciated with grief, by adequate clues served as proof.
evam = thus; vishvaasitaa = inspired with confidence; hetubhiH = by logical reasons; siita = Seetha; shokakarshitaa = emaciated with grief; avagachchhati = could recognise; tam = him; duutam = as a messenger; upapannaiH = by adequate; abhiJJnaanaiH = clues serving as proof.
5.35.85
अतुलम् च गता हर्षम् प्रहर्षेण तु जानकी |
नेत्राभ्याम् वक्र पक्ष्माभ्याम् मुमोच आनन्दजम्
जलम् ॥
Seetha obtained unequal delight. She released tears of joy from her eyes having curved eye-lashes, with a thrill of delight.
jaanakii = Seetha; gataacha = obtained; atulam = unequalled; harSam = delight; mumocha = (She) released; jalam = tears; aanandajam = of joy; netraabhyaam = from her eyes; vakrapakSmaabhyaam = having curved eye lashes; praharSeNa = with a thrill of delight.
5.35.86
चारु तच् च आननम् तस्याः ताम्र शुक्ल आयत ईक्षणम् |
अशोभत विशाल अक्ष्या राहु मुक्त इव उडु
राट् ॥
The countenance of that large-eyed Seetha, who is beautiful, whose eyes are red white and long is shining like a moon, the king of stars liberated from Rahu the demon.
tat = that; vadanam = countenance; tasyaah vishalaakSyaaH = of that large eyed Seetha; chaaru = who is beautiful; taamrashuklaayatekSaNam = whose eyes are red; white and long; ashobhata = is shining; uDuraaDiva = like a moon; the king of stars; raahumuktaH = liberated from Rahu the demon.
5.35.87
हनूमन्तम् कपिम् व्यक्तम् मन्यते न अन्यथा इति सा |
अथ उवाच हनूमान् ताम् उत्तरम् प्रिय दर्शनाम्
॥
Seetha considered Hanuma clearly as a monkey and not otherwise. Thereafter Hanuma replied to her who is pleasant to the sight (as follows)
saa = Seetha; manyate = considered; hanumantam = Hanuma; vyaktam = clearly; kapim = as a monkey; na = not; anyathaa iti = as otherwise; atha = thereafter; hanuumaan = Hanuma; uttaram uvaacha = replied; taam = to her; priya darshanaam = who is pleasant to the sight.
5.35.88
एतत्ते सर्वमाख्यातम् समाश्वसिहि मैथिलि |
किम् करोमि कथम् वा ते रोचते प्रतियाम्यहम् ॥
"O Seetha! I told you indeed all this please be consoled. Tell me what I can do for you and also what is agreeable to you. I am going back now."
maithili = O Seetha!; etat sarvam = All this; aakhyaatam = was told; te = to you; samaashvasihi = be consoled indeed!; kim = what; karomi = can I do?; kathamvaa = how; rochate = is it agreeable; te = for you?; aham = I; pratiyaami = am returning.
5.35.89
हते असुरे सम्यति शम्ब सादने |
कपि प्रवीरेण महर्षि चोदनात् |
ततो अस्मि वायु प्रभवो हि
मैथिलि |
प्रभावतः तत् प्रतिमः च वानरः ॥
"O Seetha! As provoked by the sages, Kesari, the valiant monkey killed a demon called Shambasadana in battle. I am a monkey born through wind-god and through his influence I am equal to the wind-god in strength."
maithili = O Seetha!; maharSichodanaat = as provoked by the sages; kapipraviiNena = by Kesari; the valiant monkey; asure = a demon; shambasaadane = called shambasadana; hate sati = having been killed; samyati = in battle; vaanaraaH asmi = I am monkey; vaayuprabhavaH = born through the wind-god; prabhaavataH = by his influence; tatpratimaH = I am equal to the wind-god.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे पञ्चत्रिंशः सर्गः
Sarga 36
5.36.1
भूय एव महातेजा हनूमान् मारुत आत्मजः |
अब्रवीत् प्रश्रितम् वाक्यम् सीता प्रत्यय कारणात् ॥
Hanuma, the highly energetic son of wind-god, with an inducement to obtain confidence from Seetha, again modestly spoke the following words:
hanumaan = Hanuma; mahaatejaaH = the highly energetic; pavanaatmajaH = son of wind-god; siitaaprashraya kaaraNaat = with a reason to obtain confidence from Seetha; eva = again; abraviit = spoke; prashritam = modestly; vaakyam = (the following) words:
5.36.2
वानरो अहम् महाभागे दूतो रामस्य धीमतः |
राम नाम अन्कितम् च इदम् पश्य देवि अन्गुलीयकम् ॥
"O illustrious lady! I am a monkey and a messenger of the wise Rama. O princess! Look at this ring too, marked with Rama's name."
mahaabhaage = O illustrious lady!; aham = I; vaanaraH = am a monkey; duutaH = and a messenger; raamasya = of Rama; dhiimataH = the wise; devi = O princess!; pashya = look at; idam = this; aN^guliiyakam cha = ring also; raama naamaaNkitam = marked with Rama's name.
5.36.3
प्रत्ययार्थम् तवानीतम् तेन दत्तम् महात्मना |
समाश्वसिहि भद्रम् ते क्षीण दुह्ख फला हि असि ॥
"I brought this ring given by the high souled Rama, for the purpose of gaining your confidence. Get consoled indeed. Happiness to you! You are now free from the object of your grief."
tava pratyayaartham = for the purpose of creating your confidence; tena dattam = this ring given by Rama; mahaatmanaa = the high souled man; aniitam = is brought; samaashrasihi = get consoled indeed; te bhadram = happiness to you! asi hi = you are indeed; kSiNaduHkhaphalaa = free from the object of your grief.
5.36.4
गृहीत्वा प्रेक्षमाणा सा भर्तुः कर विभूषणम् |
भर्तारम् इव सम्प्राप्ता जानकी मुदिता अभवत् ॥
"I brought this ring given by the high souled Rama, for the purpose of gaining your confidence. Get consoled indeed. Happiness to you! You are now free from the object of your grief."
gR^ihiitvaa = taking; kara vibhuuSaNam = that ring; adorned by Rama's hand; prekSamaaNaa = and seeing (it); saa jaanakii = that Seetha; abravat = became; muditaa = glad; sampraaptaa iva = as though she reached; bhartaaram = her husband.
5.36.5
चारु तत् वदनम् तस्याः ताम्र शुक्ल आयत ईक्षणम् |
अशोभत विशालाक्ष्या राहु मुक्त इव उडु राट् ॥ततः सा ह्रीमती बाला भर्तुः संदेश हर्षिता |
परितुट्षा प्रियम् श्रुत्वा प्राशंसत महाकपिम् ॥
The countenance of that large-eyed Seetha, which appeared charming with red and white eyes shone like a moon the king of stars liberated by Rahu the demon. Then, that young Seetha, gladdened by the message of her husband, became shy and message of her husband, became shy and well-pleased. Uttering delightful words, she praised Hanuma the great monkey (as follows):
5; 6. tat = that; vadanam = countenance; tasyaaH vishaalaakSyaaH = of that large-eyed Seetha; chaaru = which was charming; taamra shuklaayatekSaNam = with red and white eyes; ashobhata = shone; uDuraaDiva = like a moon; the king of stars; raahumuktaH = liberated by Rahu the demon; tataH = then; saa baalaa = that young Seetha; bhartR^i samdeshaharSitaa = gladdened by the message of her husband; hriimatii = became shy; samtuSTaa = and becoming well-pleased; kR^itvaa = and talking; priyam = delightful words; prashashamsa = praised; mahaakapim = Hanuma the great monkey.
5.36.7
विक्रान्तः त्वम् समर्थः त्वम् प्राज्ञः त्वम् वानर उत्तम |
येन इदम् राक्षस पदम् त्वया एकेन प्रधर्षितम् ॥
"O Hanuma the best of monkeys! You have singly overpowered this place infested by demons. You are valiant. You are competent. You are intelligent."
vaanarittana = O Hanuma the best of monkeys!; yena tvayaa = by which you; ekena = singly; idam = this; raakSasa padam = place infested by demons; pradharSitam = is overpowered; tvam = you as such; vikraantaH = are valiant; tvam = you; samarthaH = are competent; tvam = you; praaJNaH = are intelligent.
5.36.8
शत योजन विस्तीर्णः सागरो मकर आलयः |
विक्रम श्लाघनीयेन क्रमता गोष्पदी कृतः ॥
"You, with an acclaimable gallantry, crossed the ocean having a width of one hundred Yojanas and an asylum of crocodiles, making it as a small puddle."
kramataa = by you; who have crossed; vikrama shlaaghaniiyena = with your acclaimable gallantry; saagaraH = the ocean; shatayojana vistiirNaH = having a width of one hundred Yojanas; makaraalayaH = and an asylum of crocodiles; goSpadiikR^itaH = made it as a small puddle.
5.36.9
न हि त्वाम् प्राकृतम् मन्ये वनरम् वनर ऋषभ |
यस्य ते न अस्ति सम्त्रासो रावणान् न अपि सम्भ्रमः ॥
"O excellent of monkeys! For you there is no fear nor even bewilderment from Ravana. Hence, I do not consider you as an ordinary monkey."
vaanarSabha = O excellent of monkeys!; yasya te = from whom you; naasti = there is no; samtraapaH = fear; raavaNaat = from Ravana; na = nor; sambhramaH api = even bewilderment; na manye = I do not consider; tvaam = you; praakR^itam = as an ordinary; vaanaram = monkey.
5.36.10
अर्हसे च कपि श्रेष्ठ मया समभिभाषितुम् |
यदि असि प्रेषितः तेन रामेण विदित आत्मना ॥
"O the best of monkeys! If you are sent by that Rama, who knows the nature of his self, you are worthy of talking to me well."
kapishreSTha = O the best of monkeys!; asi yadi = If you are; preSitaH = sent; tena raameNa = by that Rama; viditaatmanaa = who knows the nature of his self; arhase = you are fit; samabhaaSitam = to talk well; mayaa = with me.
5.36.11
प्रेषयिष्यति दुर्धर्षो रामो न हि अपरीक्षितम् |
पराक्रमम् अविज्ञाय मत् सकाशम् विशेषतः ॥
"The indomitable Rama must not have sent you indeed, especially to me, without knowing your enterprise and without testing you in advance."
durdharSaH = the indomitable; raamaH = Rama; aviJNaaya = without knowing; paraakramam = your enterprise; apariikSitam = and without being tested; na preSayiSyatihi = must not have sent you; visheSataH = and especially; matsakaasham = to my presence.
5.36.12
दिष्ट्या च कुशली रामो धर्म आत्मा धर्म वत्सलः |
लक्ष्मणः च महातेजाः सुमित्र आनन्द वर्धनः ॥
"Rama the righteous man who is true to his promise and Lakshmana of great splendour who enriches the joy of Sumitra are fortunately safe."
raamaH = Rama; dharmaatmaa = the righteous man; satya sangaraH = who is true to his promise; lakSmaNashcha = and Lakshmana; mahaatejaaH = of great splendour; sumitraanandavardhanaH = who enriches the joy of Sumitra; diSTyaa = are fortunately; kushalii = safe.
5.36.13
कुशली यदि काकुत्स्थः किम् नु सागर मेखलाम् |
महीम् दहति कोपेन युग अन्त अग्निः इव उत्थितः ॥
"If Rama is safe, with his anger why is he not scorching the earth with ocean as its belt, like rising fire at the end of the world?"
kaakutthsaH kushalii yadi = If Rama is safe; kopena = with anger; kim = why; na dahati = is he not scorching; mahiim = the earth; saagara mekhalaam = with ocean as its belt; utthitaH yugaantaagniriva = like rising fire at the end of the world.
5.36.14
अथवा शक्तिमन्तौ तौ सुराणाम् अपि निग्रहे |
मम एव तु न दुह्खानाम् अस्ति मन्ये विपर्ययः ॥
"Otherwise, Rama and Lakshmana are capable of holding down even the celestials. But I think there is no end indeed to my troubles."
athavaa = otherwise; tau = those two brothers; Rama and Lakshmana; shaktimantau = are having strength; nigrahe = in holding down; suraaNaamapi = even the celestials; tu = but; manye = I think; naasti = there is no; viparyayaH = end; mama dukhaanaameva = to my troubles indeed.
5.36.15
कच्चिच् च व्यथते रामः कच्चिन् न परिपत्यते |
उत्तराणि च कार्याणि कुरुते पुरुष उत्तमः ॥
"Is not Rama getting perturbed? Is he not tormented with grief? Is Rama the best of men now doing the right acts to annihilate the enemies?"
na raamaH vyathitaH kachchit = Is not Rama getting perturbed?; na paritapyate kachchit = is he not tormented with grief?; puruSottamaH = Is Rama the best of men; kurute = doing; kaaryaaNi = actions; uttaraaNi = to be done; (to annihilate his enemies?).
5.36.16
कच्चिन् न दीनः सम्भ्रान्तः कार्येषु च न मुह्यति |
कच्चिन् पुरुष कार्याणि कुरुते नृपतेः सुतः ॥
"Is Rama the prince miserable and confused? Is he even mistaken in his actions? I hope he is doing all acts which require human effort."
nR^ipate sutaH = is Rama the prince; na kachchit = not hopefully; diinaH = miserable; sambhraantaH = and confused?; nacha muhyati = nor even mistaken; kaaryeSu = in his actions?; kachchit kurute = I hope he is doing; puruSakaaryaaNi = acts which require human effort.
5.36.17
द्विविधम् त्रिविध उपायम् उपायम् अपि सेवते |
विजिगीषुः सुहृत् कच्चिन् मित्रेषु च परम् तपः ॥
"Is Rama the annihilator of enemies as per necessity resorting to the two strategies viz., conciliatory and partaking approaches and even the three strategies viz., partaking, sowing dissension and open assault? Is he kind-hearted towards friends, with a wish to conquer the enemies?"
paramtapaH = is Rama the annihilator of enemies; apisevate = resorting to; dvividham upaayam = the two strategies; viz.; conciliatory and partaking approaches; trividhopaayamapi = and even the three strategies viz. partaking sowing dissention and open assault; suhR^it kachchit = is he kind-hearted; mitreSu = to friends; vijagiiSuH = with a wish to conquer the enemies?
5.36.18
कच्चिन् मित्राणि लभते मित्रैः च अपि अभिगम्यते |
कच्चित् कल्याण मित्रः च मित्रैः च अपि पुरः कृतः ॥
"Is he getting friends? Has he been approached for friendship by others? I hope he is having good friends and even so honoured by them."
kachchit labhate = Is he getting; mitraaNi = friends?; api abhigamyate = is he approached; mitraiH = by friends?; kalyaana mitrashcha kachchit = I hope he is having good friends; api puraskR^itaH = and even honoured; mitraishcha = by his friends?
5.36.19
कच्चित् आशास्ति देवानाम् प्रसादम् पार्थिव आत्मजः |
कच्चित् पुरुष कारम् च दैवम् च प्रतिपद्यते ॥
"Is Rama the prince wishing the grace of the gods? Is he equally aware of the role of human endeavour and the role of fate?"
paarthivaatmajaH = is Rama the prince; aashaasti kachchit = wishing for; prasaadam = the grace; devaanaam = of gods?; kachchit pratipadyate = Is he (equally) aware of; puruSakaaramcha = human endeavour; adaivamcha = and the fate?
5.36.20
कच्चिन् न विगत स्नेहो विवासान् मयि राघवः |
कच्चिन् माम् व्यसनात् अस्मान् मोक्षयिष्यति वानरः ॥
"O Hanuma! Is Rama not losing affection in me because of my staying away from home? Will he release me from this evil predicament?"
vaanara = O Hanuma!; raaghavaH = Is Rama; na kachchit = not hopefully; vigata snehaH = losing affection; mayi = in me; pravaasaat = because of my staying away from home?; mokSayiSyati kachchit = will he release; maam = me; asmaat vyasanaat = from this evil plight?.
5.36.21
सुखानाम् उचितो नित्यम् असुखानाम् अनूचितः |
दुह्खम् उत्तरम् आसाद्य कच्चित् रामो न सीदति ॥
"Is Rama, who is habituated always to pleasures and not habituated to pains, not sinking into despondency by now getting this great pain?"
raaghavaH = Rama; uchitaH = who is habituated; nityam = always; sukhaanaam = to pleasures; anauchitaH = and not habituated; asukhaanaam = to pains; na siidati kachchit = not hopefully sinking into despondency; aasaadya = by obtaining; uttaram = a great; duHkham = pain?
5.36.22
कौसल्यायाः तथा कच्चित् सुमित्रायाः तथैव च |
अभीक्ष्णम् श्रूयते कच्चित् कुशलम् भरतस्य च ॥
"Are you constantly hearing the news of safety of Kausalya, Sumitra and Bharata?"
abhiikSNam shuuyate kachchit = are you constantly hearing; kushalam = the news of safety; kausalyaaH = of Kausalya; tathaa = and; sumitraayaaH = of Sumitra; tathaiva cha = and; bharatasya = of Bharata?
5.36.23
मन् निमित्तेन मान अर्हः कच्चित् शोकेन राघवः |
कच्चिन् न अन्य मना रामः कच्चिन् माम् तारयिष्यति ॥
"Is Rama worthy of honour, suffering from pain just because of me? Will he liberate me from my sorrow, without fixing his mind on something else?"
raaghavaH = is Rama; maanaarhaH = worthy of honour; kachchit shokena = suffering from pain; mannimitteva = just because of me; raamaH na kachchit = is not Rama; anyamanaaH = having his mind fixed on something else; kachchit taarayiSyati = and will he liberate; maam = me?.
5.36.24
कच्चित् अक्षाउहिणीम् भीमाम् भरतो भ्रातृ वत्सलः |
ध्वजिनीम् मन्त्रिभिः गुप्ताम् प्रेषयिष्यति मत् कृते ॥
"I hope Bharata, having a brotherly affection, will send for my sake, an army furnished with banners, guarded by the ministers, consisting of ten anikinis (21870 elephants, 21870 chariots, 65610 horses and 109350 foot soldiers) which were terrific in appearance."
bharataH bhraatR^ivatsalaH kachchit preSayiSyati = I hope Bharata having a brotherly affection will send; matkR^ite = for my sake; dhvajiniim = an army furnished with banners; guptaam = guarded; mantribhiH = by the ministers; akSauhiNiim = consisting of ten anikinis or 21870 elephants; 21870 chariots; 65610 horses and 109350 foot-soldiers; bhiimam = and terrific.
5.36.25
वानर अधिपतिः श्रीमान् सुग्रीवः कच्चित् एष्यति |
मत् कृते हरिभिः वीरैः वृतो दन्त नख आयुधैः ॥
"The glorious Sugreeva the lord of monkeys will indeed come for my sake along with his valiant monkeys, who have their tusks and nails as their weapons."
shriimaan = the glorious; sugriivaH = Sugreeva; vaanaraadhipatiH = the Lord of monkeys; eSyati kachchit = will indeed come; matkR^ite = for my sake; vR^itaH = along with; viiraiH = the valiant; haribhiH = monkeys; danta nakhaayudhaiH = with their tusks and nails as weapons.
5.36.26
कच्चिच् च लक्ष्मणः शूरः सुमित्रा आनन्द वर्धनः |
अस्त्रवित् शर जालेन राक्षसान् विधमिष्यति ॥
"Lakshmana, the strong man, who augments the joy of Sumitra and who is an expert in weaponry, will indeed destroy the demons by the multitude of his arrows."
lakSmaNaH = Lakshmana; shuuraH = the strong man; sumitraanandavardhanaH = who augments the joy of Sumitra; astravit = and who is an expert in weaponry; kachchit vidhamiSyati = will indeed destroy; raakSasaan = the demons; sharajaalena = by the multitude of his arrows.
5.36.27
रौद्रेण कच्चित् अस्त्रेण रामेण निहतम् रणे |
द्रक्ष्यामि अल्पेन कालेन रावणम् ससुहृज् जनम् ॥
"Within a short time, I hope see Ravana killed along with his companions in the battle-field by terrific weapons burning brightly."
alpena kaalena = within a short time; drakSyaami kachchit = I hope to see; raavaNam = Ravana; nihatam = killed; sasuhR^ijjanam = along with his companions; raNe = in the battle-field; raudreNa; astreNa = by terrific weapons; jvalataa = burning brightly.
5.36.28
कच्चिन् न तद्त् हेम समान वर्णम् |
तस्य आननम् पद्म समान गन्धि |
मया विना शुष्यति शोक दीनम् |
जल क्षये पद्मम् इव आतपेन ॥
"That face of Rama with its golden and with the fragrance of a lotus may be looking miserable as bereft of me and getting dehydrated too. I hope it is not parched by the sun, like a louts."
tat = that; aananam = face; tasya = of Rama; hema samaana varNam = with the complexion of gold; padma samaanagandhi = and the fragrance of a lotus; shoka diinam = may be looking miserable grief; mayaa vinaa = as bereft of me; jalakSaye = and dehydrated; na shuSyati kechchit = I hope it is not parched; aatapena = by sun; padmamiva = like a lotus.
5.36.29
धर्म अपदेशात् त्यजतः च राज्याम् |
माम् च अपि अरण्यम् नयतः पदातिम् |
न आसीत् व्यथा यस्य न भीः न शोकः |
कच्चित् स धैर्यम् हृदये करोति ॥
"Which Rama left the kingdom as an indication of his righteousness and to whom there was neither disturbance nor fear nor sorrow even while taking me to the forest by foot, I hope that the same Rama is maintaining boldness in his heart."
yasya = which Rama; tyajataH = left; raajyam = the kingdom; dharmaapadeshaat = as an indication of his righteousness; yasya = to whom; naasiit vyathaa = there was neither disturbance; na bhiiH = nor fear; na shokaH = nor sorrow; maam chaapi nayataH = even while taking me; araNyam = to the forest; padaatim = by foot; saH = such Rama; karoti kachchit = is hopefully maintaining; dhairyam = boldness; hR^idaye = in is heart.
5.36.30
न च अस्य माता न पिता न च अन्यः न |
स्नेहात् विशिष्टो अस्ति मया समो वा |
तावद्त् हि अहम् दूत जिजीविषेयम् |
यावत् प्रवृत्तिम् शृणुयाम् प्रियस्य ॥
"To Rama, in the matter of affection, neither his mother nor his father nor any body else is equal to or more than me. O Hanuma the messenger! I wish to survive only as long as I hear the activity of my beloved."
asya = to Rama; snehaat = in the matter of affection; na maataa = neither his mother; na pitaa = nor his father; naasti anyaH = nor any body else; samovaa = is equal or; vishiSTaH = more; mayaa = than me; duuta = O Hanuma the messenger!; aham = I; jijiiviSeyam = wish to survive; yaavat taavat tu = as long as; shruNuyaam = I hear; pravR^ittim = the activity priyasya = of my beloved.
5.36.31
इति इव देवी वचनम् महाअर्थम् |
तम् वानर इन्द्रम् मधुर अर्थम् उक्त्वा |
श्रोतुम् पुनः तस्य वचो अभिरामम् |
राम अर्थ युक्तम् विरराम रामा ॥
Uttering thus those greatly meaningful and sweetly worthwhile words, Seetha the princess further abstained from talking so as to hear Hanuma's delightful words describing the matters pertaining to Rama.
uktvaa = uttering; itiiva = thus; mahaartham = the greatly meaningful; madhuraartham = and sweetly worthwhile; vachanam = words; raamaa = Seetha; devii = the princess; viraraama = kept abstained from talking; shrotum = so as to hear; punaH = again; tasya = his; abhiraamam = delightful; vachaH = words; raamaartha yuktam = containing matter pertaining to Rama.
5.36.32
सीताया वचनम् श्रुत्वा मारुतिः भीम विक्रमः |
शिरसि अञ्जलिम् आधाय वाक्यम् उत्तरम् अब्रवीत् ॥
Hearing Seetha's words, Hanuma of terrific prowess, keeping his joined palms on his head, spoke the following words in reply.
shrutvaa = hearing; vachanam = the word; siitaayaaH = of Seetha; maarutiH = Hanuma; bhiima vikramaH = of terrific prowess; aadhaaya = keeping; aN^jalim = his joined palms; shirasi = on his head; abraviit = spoke; vaakyam = (the following) words; uttaram = in reply.
5.36.33
न त्वाम् इहस्थाम् जानीते रामः कमल लोचनः |
तेन त्वामिहस्थाम् जानीते रामः कमललोचने ॥
"O Seetha having lotus eyes! Rama does not know that you are here. For that reason, he did not take you back soon, as Indra the destroyer of strong holds did not take back Sachi, his wife."
kamala lochane = O Seetha having lotus-eyes!; raamaH = Rama; na jaaniite = does not know; tvaam = that you; ihasthaam = are here; tena = for that reason; tvaam naanayati = he did not take your back; aashu = soon; purandaraH iva = as Indra the destroyer of strong-holds; shachiim = did not take you back; aashu = soon; purandaraH iva = as Indra the destroyer of strong-holds; shachiim = did not take back Shachi her wife.
5.36.34
श्रुत्वा एव तु वचो मह्यम् क्षिप्रम् एष्यति राघवः |
चमूम् प्रकर्षन् महतीम् हरि ऋष्क गण सम्कुलाम् ॥
"Soon after hearing my words, Rama will come soon, drawing forth a large army, consisting of a multitude of monkeys and bears."
shrutvaiva tu = soon after hearing; mama = my; vachaH = words; raaghavaH = Rama; eSyati = will come; kSipram = soon; prakarSan = drawing forth; mahatiim = a large; chamuum = army; hari R^ikSagaNa samkulaam = consisting of a multitude of monkeys and bears.
5.36.35
विष्टम्भयित्वा बाण ओघैः अक्षोभ्यम् वरुण आलयम् |
करिष्यति पुरीम् लन्काम् काकुत्स्थः शान्त राक्षसाम् ॥
"Rama will paralyze the imperturbable ocean with his flood of arrows and make the City of Lanka extinguished of demons."
kaakutthsaH = Rama; viSTambhayitvaa = will paralyse; akSobhyam = the imperturbable; varuNaalayam = ocean; baaNaughaiH = with his flood of arrows; kariSyati = and make; lan^kaam purim = the city of Lanka; shaanta raakSasaam = extinguished of demons.
5.36.36
तत्र यदि अन्तरा मृत्युः यदि देवाः सह असुराः |
स्थास्यन्ति पथि रामस्य स तान् अपि वधिष्यति ॥
"If the goddess of Death along with demons or celestials stand firmly in the way of Rama at that time, he will kill them also."
mR^ityuH yadi = If the goddess of Death; sahaasuraaH = along with demons; devaaH = or celestials; sthaasyanti = stand firmly; antaraa = in the middle; pathi = of the way; raamasya = of Rama; tatra = at that time; saH = he; vadhiSyati = will kill; taanapi = them also.
5.36.37
तव अदर्शनजेन आर्ये शोकेन स परिप्लुतः |
न शर्म लभते रामः सिम्ह अर्दित इव द्विपः ॥
"O noble lady! Being full of grief caused by your non-appearance, that Rama is not obtaining happiness, like an elephant tornmented by a lion."
aarye = O noble lady!; pariplutaH = being full of; shokena = grief; tava adarshanajena = caused by your non-appearance; saH raamaH = that Rama; na labhate = is not obtaining; sharma = happiness; dvipaH iva = like an elephant; simhaarditaH = tormented by a lion.
5.36.38
दर्दरेण च ते देवि शपे मूल फलेन च |
मलयेन च विन्ध्येन मेरुणा मन्दरेण च ॥यथा सुनयनं वल्गु बिम्बौष्ठं चारुकुण्डलम् |
मुखं द्रक्ष्यसि रामस्य पूर्णचन्द्रमिवोदितम् ॥
"O Seetha the princess! I swear and tell you by the mountains Malaya, Vindhya, Meru and Dardura as well as by our staple food of roots and fruits, that you will soon see Rama's face, having good eyes, handsome, having lips with the colour of a bright-red gourd (fruit of Momordica monodelpha) and with its charming look like a rising full moon."
38; 39. devi = O Seetha the princess!; shape = I swear and tell; te = you; malayenacha = by Malya Mountain; vindhyena = by Vindhya mountain; meruNaa = by Meru mountain; dardureNa = by Dardura Mountain; muulaphalena = by our food of roots and fruits; yathaa = that; drakSyasi = you will see; raamasya = Rama's; mukham = face; sunayananam = having good eyes; valgu = handsome; bimboSTam = having lips with the colour of a bright-red gourd (fruit of Momordica monodelpha); chaaru darshanam = with a charming look; uditam puurNachandramiva = like a rising full moon.
5.36.40
क्षिप्रं द्रक्ष्यसि वैदेहि रामं प्रस्रवणे गिरौ |
शतक्रतुमिवासीनं नाकपृष्ठस्य मूर्धनि ॥
"O Seetha! You will see soon Rama on the Prasravana mountain, like Indra the Lord of celestials seated on the back of Airavata, the chief of elephants."
vaidehi = O Seetha!; drakSyasi = you will see; kSipram = soon; raamam = Rama; prasravaNe girau = on Prasravana Mountain; shatakratum iva = like Indra the Lord of celestials; aasiinam = seated; muurdhani = on the back; naagaraajasya = of Airavatha; the chief of elephants.
5.36.41
न मांसं राघवो भुङ्क्ते न चापि मधुसेवते |
वन्यं सुविहितं नित्यं भक्तमश्नाति पञ्चमम् ॥
"Rama is not eating meat, nor indulging even in spirituous liquor. Everyday, in the evening, he is eating the food existing in the forest, well arranged for him."
raaghavaH = Rama; na bhuNkte = is not eating; maamsam = meat; na sevate = not indulging in; madhuchaapi = even spirituous liquor; nityam = everyday; paN^chamam = in the evening; ashnaati = he is eating; bhaktam = food; vanyam = existing in the forest; suvihitam = well-arranged (for him).
5.36.42
न एव दंशान् न मशकान् न कीटान् न सरी सृपान् |
राघवो अपनयेत् गत्रात् त्वत् गतेन अन्तः आत्मना ॥
"With his mind wholly devoted to you, Rama is not even driving away forest-flies from his body, nor mosquitoes nor insects nor reptiles from his body."
antaraatmanaa = with his mind; tvadgatena = directed towards you; raaghavaH = Rama; naiva apanayet = is not driving away; damshaan = forest-flies; gaatraat = from his body; na mashakaan = nor mosquitoes; na kiiTaan = nor insects; na sariisR^ipaan = nor reptiles.
5.36.43
नित्यम् ध्यान परो रामो नित्यम् शोक परायणः |
न अन्यच् चिन्तयते किंचित् स तु काम वशम् गतः ॥
"Rama always cogitates on something or the other. He is forever engaged in sorrow. He is enamoured with the god of love and thinks of nothing else."
raamaH = Rama; nityam = is always; dhyaanaparaH = thoughtful; nityam = and is always; shokaparaayaNaH = engaged in sorrow; saH = He; kaama vashaangataH = is enamoured with the god of love; nachintayati anyat kimchit = and thinks of nothing else.
5.36.44
अनिद्रः सततम् रामः सुप्तो अपि च नर उत्तमः |
सीतेति मधुराम् वाणीम् व्याहरन् प्रतिबुध्यते ॥
"Rama mostly does not have sleep. Even if that best of men sleeps, he keeps awake uttering sweet words like "lo! Behold! Seetha!"
raamaH = Rama; satatam = always; anidraH = does not have sleep; supto.api narottamaH = even if that best of men sleeps; prati budhyate = he keeps awake; vyaaharan = uttering; madhuraam = the sweet; vaaNiim = words; siiteti = "lo! Behold! Seetha!"
5.36.45
दृष्ट्वा फलम् वा पुष्पम् वा यच् च अन्यत् स्त्री मनो हरम् |
बहुशो हा प्रियेति एवम् श्वसन् त्वाम् अभिभाषते ॥
"When he happens to see a fruit or a flower or any other beautiful object, he recollects of you and says 'O beloved!' many times and breathes a sigh."
dR^iSTvaa = seeing; phalamvaa = a fruit; puSpam vaa = or a flower; yadvaa = or; sumanoharam anyat = any other beautiful object; bhibhaaSate = he recollects and says; tvaam = about you; ha priyetyevam = "O Beloved!" bahushaH = many times; shvasan = and breathes a sigh.
5.36.46
स देवि नित्यम् परितप्यमानः |
त्वाम् एव सीतेति अभिभाषमाणः |
धृत व्रतो राज सुतो महात्मा |
तव एव लाभाय कृत प्रयत्नः ॥
"O Seetha the princess! Rama the magnanimous prince is always lamenting, speaking just about you, recollecting "Seetha, Seetha!". Being firm in his vow, he makes effort to find you only."
devi = O Seetha the princess!; saH = Rama that; mahaatmaa raajasutaH = magnanimous prince; nityam = is always; paritapyamaanaH = lamenting; abhibhaaSamaaNaH = speaking; tvaameva = about you alone; siiteti = thus recollecting Seetha; Seetha!; dhR^itavrataH = being firm in his vow; kR^ita prayatnaH = he makes effort; tavalaabhaayaiva = to find you alone.
5.36.47
सा राम सम्कीर्तन वीत शोका |
रामस्य शोकेन समान शोका |
शरन् मुखेन अम्बुद शेष |
निशा इव वैदेह सुता बभूव ॥
"That Seetha, who has the same amount of grief as that of Rama, became worn out of her grief upon hearing the adoration of Rama, like a night with the moon obscured by the remnant clouds at the commencement of autumn."
saa = that; vaidehasutaa = Seetha; samaana shokaa = who has the same amount of grief; raamasya shokena = as that of Rama; babhuuva raama samkiirtana viita shokaa = became worn out of grief on hearing the adoration of Rama; nisheva = like a night; saambuda sheSa chandraa = with moon obscured by the remnant clouds; sharanmukhe = at the beginning of autumn.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे षट्त्रिंशः सर्गः
Sarga 37
5.37.1
सा सीता तत् वचनम् श्रुत्वा पूर्ण चन्द्र निभ आनना |
हनूमन्तम् उवाच इदम् धर्म अर्थ सहितम् वचः ॥
Hearing Hanuma's words, Seetha whose face resembled the full moon, spoke the following words braced with justice and utility, to Hanuma.
shrutvaa = hearing; hanuumantam = Hanuma's words; saa = that; siitaa = Seetha; puurNachandra nibhaananaa = with her face resembling the full moon; uvaacha = spoke; idam = these; vachaH = words; dharmaarthasahitam = supported by justice; and utility; hanuumantam = to Hanuma.
5.37.2
अमृतम् विष संसृष्टम् त्वया वानर भाषितम् |
यच् च न अन्य मना रामो यच् च शोक परायणः ॥
"O Hanuma! The words spoken by you viz. that Rama is not having any other thoughts (than on me) and is fully overwhelmed by sorrow are like ambrosia mixed with poisons."
vaanara = O Hanuma!; bhaaSitam = the words spoken; tvayaa = by you; raamaH = (that) Rama; anyamanaaH na iti yat = is not having any other thoughts; shoka paraayaNaH iti cha yat = and is fully overwhelmed by sorrow; amR^itam = (are like) ambrosia; viSa samsR^iSTam = filled with poisons.
5.37.3
ऐश्वर्ये वा सुविस्तीर्णे व्यसने वा सुदारुणे |
रज्ज्वा इव पुरुषम् बद्ध्वा कृत अन्तः परिकर्षति ॥
"Destiny drags out a man into a very extensive fortune or into a very dreadful adversity, as if being dragged, tied with ropes."
kR^itaantaH = destiny; parikarSati = drags out; puruSam = a man; suvistiirNe aishvaryavaa = into a very extensive fortune; atidaaruNe vyasane vaa = or into a very dreadful adversity; rajjvaa baddhvaa iva = as (dragged out) bound with ropes.
5.37.4
विधिः नूनम् असम्हार्यः प्राणिनाम् प्लवग उत्तम |
सौमित्रिम् माम् च रामम् च व्यसनैः पश्य मोहितान् ॥
"O Hanuma the best of monkeys! For living beings, destiny is surely irresistible. See how Lakshmana, myself and Rama are baffled by misfortunes."
plavagottama = O Hanuma the best of monkeys!; praaNinaam = for living beings; vidhiH = destiny; nuunam = is surely; asamhaaryaH = irresistible; pashya = see; saumitrim = Lakshmana; maamcha = myself; raamamcha = and Rama; mohitaan = are bewildered; vyasanaiH = by misfortunes.
5.37.5
शोकस्य अस्य कदा पारम् राघवो अधिगमिष्यति |
प्लवमानः परिश्रान्तो हत नौः सागरे यथा ॥
"When will Rama reach the end of this grief any more than a thoroughly fatigued man, having suffered a ship wreck is swimming in the middle of the sea?"
kadaa = when; raaghavaH = will Rama; parishraantaH yathaa = as a thoroughly fatigued man; plavamaanaH = swimming; hatanauH = having his ship wrecked; saagare = in (the middle of) the sea; adhigamiSyati = indeed reach; paaram = the end; asya shokasya = of this grief?
5.37.6
राक्षसानाम् क्षयम् कृत्वा सूदयित्वा च रावणम् |
लन्काम् उन्मूलिताम् कृत्वा कदा द्रक्ष्यति माम् पतिः ॥
"When will my husband see me, after annihilation of the demons, killing of Ravana and making the City of Lanka debacled?."
kadaa = when; drakSyati patiH = will my husband see; maam = me; vadham kR^itvaa = after annihilation; raakSasaam = of demons; suudayitvaa = killing; raavaNam cha = Ravana too; kR^itvaa = and making; laN^kaam = the city of Lanka; unmuulitaam = debacled?"
5.37.7
स वाच्यः सम्त्वरस्व इति यावत् एव न पूर्यते |
अयम् सम्वत्सरः कालः तावद्त् हि मम जीवितम् ॥
"Till the current period of one year is not completed, that Rama is to be told to make haste to save me; since my life will be lasting till such time only."
yaavadeva = till; ayam = this; samvatsara kaalaH = period of one year; na puuryate = is not completed; saH = that Rama; vaachyaH = is to be told; samtvarasveti = to make haste; mama = (since) my; jiivitam = survival; taavaddhi = will indeed be till that time.
5.37.8
वर्तते दशमो मासो द्वौ तु शेषौ प्लवम्गम |
रावणेन नृशंसेन समयो यः कृतो मम ॥
"O Hanuma! Out of the time-limit given to me by the cruel Ravana for my survival, the tenth month is now running. Only two months are left out."
plavaN^gama = O Hanuma!; yaH = In that; samayaH = time; kR^itaH = given; mama = to me; nR^ishamsena raavaNena = by the cruel RavanaH; dashamaH = the tenth; maasaH = month; vartate = is running; dvau tu = only two months; sheshau = are left.
5.37.9
विभीषणेन च भ्रात्रा मम निर्यातनम् प्रति |
अनुनीतः प्रयत्नेन न च तत् कुरुते मतिम् ॥
"Even when humbly entreated with continued exertion by Vibhishana his brother about my restoration (to Rama), Ravana is not making up his mind to do so."
anuniitaH = (even if) humbly entreated; prayatnena = with continued exertion; vibhiiSaNena = by Vibhishana bhraatraa = his brother; mama niryaatanam prati = about my giving back; a kurute = (Ravana) is not making up; matim = his mind; tat = in that matter.
5.37.10
मम प्रतिप्रदानम् हि रावणस्य न रोचते |
रावणम् मार्गते सम्ख्ये मृत्युः काल वशम् गतम् ॥
"My restoration is not agreeable to Ravana. In the battle, death lies in wait for Ravana, who has become subject to the power of Time."
mama prati pradaanam = my restoration; na rochate = is not agreeable; raavaNasya = to Ravana; samkhye = In the battle; mR^ityuH = death; maargate = is seeking; raavaNam = for Ravana; kaala vashamgatam = who has become subject to the power of time.
5.37.11
ज्येष्ठा कन्या अनला नम विभीषण सुता कपे |
तया मम एतत् आख्यातम् मात्रा प्रहितया स्वयम् ॥
"O Hanuma! Nala, the eldest maiden daughter of Vibhishana, when she was sent personally to me by her mother, told me about this."
kape = O Hanuma!; nalaa = Nala; jyeSThaa = the eldest; kanyaa = maiden; vibhiiSaNa sutaa = daughter of Vibhishana; prahitayaa = sent; svayam = personally; tayaa = by her; maatraa = mother; aakhyaatam = told; mama = me; idam = this.
5.37.12
आशंस इति हरि श्रेष्ठ क्षिप्रम् माम् प्राप्स्यते पतिः |
अन्तः आत्मा हि मे शुद्धः तस्मिन् च बहवो गुणाः ॥
"O Hanuma the excellent of monkeys! Rama, my husband, will soon regain me without any doubt. Because my heart is pure and in Rama also, there are many good qualities existing."
harishreSTha = O Hanuma the excellent of monkeys!; patiH = Rama; my husband; asamshayam = without doubt; praapasyasi = will obtain; maam = me; kSipram = soon; me = My; antaraatmaacha = heart; shuddhaH = is pure; tasmimshcha = In that Rama also; bahavaH = (there are) many; guNaaH = good qualities.
5.37.13
उत्साहः पौरुषम् सत्त्वम् आनृशंस्यम् कृतज्ञता |
विक्रमः च प्रभावः च सन्ति वानर राघवे ॥
"O Hanuma! In Rama are figured, pesseverence, manliness, courage, non-mischievousness, gratitude, prowess and energy."
vaanara = O Hanuma!; raaghave = In Rama; utsaahaH = perseverance; paruSam = manliness; sattvam = courage; anR^ishamsyam = non-mischievousness; kR^itaJNataa = gratitude; vikramashcha = prowess; prabhaavashcha = and energy; santi = are there.
5.37.14
चतुर्दश सहस्राणि राक्षसानाम् जघान यः |
जन स्थाने विना भ्रात्रा शत्रुः कः तस्य न उद्विजेत् ॥
"Which Rama, who without the help of Lakshmana his brother, killed fourteen thousand demos in Janasthana (part of the forest), what adversary will not have fear of such a man?"
yaH = which Rama; vinaabhraatraa = without the help of Lakshmana; his brother; janasthaane = in Janasthana; part of the forest; kaH = which shatruH = adversary; nodvijet = will not have fear; tasya = of such Rama?
5.37.15
न स शक्यः तुलयितुम् व्यसनैः पुरुष ऋषभः |
अहम् तस्य अनुभावज्ञा शक्रस्य इव पुलोमजा ॥
"Rama, the excellent among men, is not compelled to be moved by troubles. I now well the energy of Rama, as Shachi the wife of Indra knows the energy of Indra the Lord of celestials."
saH = that Rama; puruSarSabhaH = the excellent of men; na shakyaH = is not compelled; tulayitum = to be moved; vyasanaiH = by troubles; aham = I; prabhaavaJNaa = know the energy; tasya = of Rama; pulomajaa = as Shachi; the wife of Indra; shakrasyeva = (knows) of Indra the Lord of celestials.
5.37.16
शर जाल अंशुमान् शूरः कपे राम दिवा करः |
शत्रु रक्षोमयम् तोयम् उपशोषम् नयिष्यति ॥
"O Hanuma! The powerful Rama like the sun, with his multitude of ray-like arrows, will dry up the water in the form of hostile adversaries."
kape = O Hanuma!; shuuraH = the powerful; raama divaakaraH = Rama like the sun; shara jaalaamshumaan = with his multitude of ray-like arrows; nayiSyati = will get; toyam = the water; shatrurakSau ayam = of adversaries as demons; upashoSam = dried up.
5.37.17
इति सम्जल्पमानाम् ताम् राम अर्थे शोक कर्शिताम् |
अश्रु सम्पूर्ण वदनाम् उवाच हनुमान् कपिः ॥
Hanuma spoke the following words to Seetha, who was thus talking with grief for Rama and with her eyes full of tears."
kapiH = Hanuma; uvaacha = spoke; vachanam = (the following) words; taam = to Seetha; samjalpamaanam = who was talking; iti = thus; shoka karshitaam = who was emaciated with grief; raamarthe = for Rama; ashrusampuurNanayanaam = and with her eyes full of tears.
5.37.18
श्रुत्वा एव तु वचो मह्यम् क्षिप्रम् एष्यति राघवः |
चमूम् प्रकर्षन् महतीम् हरि ऋक्ष गण सम्कुलाम् ॥
"Soon after hearing my words, Rama will soon come, engaging a great army comprising of a multitude of monkeys and bears with him."
shrutvaiva = soon after hearing; mama = my; vachaH = words; raaghavaH = Rama; kSipram = will soon; eSyati = come; prakarSan = engaging; mahatiim = a great; chamuum = army; haryR^ikSaguNa samkulaam = comprising a multitude of monkeys and bears.
5.37.19
अथवा मोचयिष्यामि ताम् अद्य एव हि राक्षसात् |
अस्मात् दुह्खात् उपारोह मम पृष्ठम् अनिन्दिते ॥
"O Seetha with a charming face! Or rather, I shall relieve you from this grief now itself. O irreproachable lady! Ascend my back. I shall take you to Rama."
varaanane = O Seetha with a charming face!; athavaa = Or rather; mochayiSyaami = I shal relieve; tvaam = you; asmaatduHkhaat = from this grief; adyaiva = now itself; anindite = O irreproachable lady!; upaaroha = Ascend; mama pR^iSTham = my back.
5.37.20
त्वम् हि पृष्ठ गताम् कृत्वा सम्तरिष्यामि सागरम् |
शक्तिः अस्ति हि मे वोढुम् लन्काम् अपि सरावणाम् ॥
"I shall cause you sit on my back and cross the ocean. I have indeed capacity to carry even Lanka together with Ravana."
tvaam pR^iSTha gataam kR^itvaa = I shall cause you sit on my back; samtariSyaami = and cross; saagaram = the ocean; me = to me; shaktiH asti hi = there is indeed capacity; voDhum = to carry; laN^kaam api = Lanka too; saraavaNam = along with Ravana.
5.37.21
अहम् प्रस्रवणस्थाय राघवाय अद्य मैथिलि |
प्रापयिष्यामि शक्राय हव्यम् हुतम् इव अनलः ॥
"O Seetha! Now itself, I shall cause you to reach Rama who is staying at Prasravana Mountain, even as fire-god hands over the oblations offered in the sacrifices to Indra the Lord of celestials."
maithili = O Seetha!; adyaiva = now itself; aham = I; praapayiSyaami = shall cause you to attain; raaghavaaya = Rama; prasravaNasthaaya = who is stationed at Prasravana Mountain; analah = even as fire-god; (hands over); havyam hutam = the oblations offered; shakraaya = to Indra the Lord of celestials.
5.37.22
द्रक्ष्यसि अद्य एव वैदेहि राघवम् सह लक्ष्मणम् |
व्यवसाय समायुक्तम् विष्णुम् दैत्य वधे यथा ॥
"O Seetha! Now itself, you can see Rama together with Lakshmana, getting ready for a strenuous effort to annihilate the demons, as Vishnu the Lord of Preservation getting ready for killing of demons."
vaidehi = O Seetha!; adyaiva = now itself; drakSyasi = you can see; raaghavam = Rama; sahalakSmaNam = together with Lakshmana; vyavasaaya samaayuktam = getting ready for a strenuous effort ( to annihilate the demons); viSnum yathaa = as Vishnu the Lord of preservation; (is getting ready); daitya vadhe = for annihilation of demons.
5.37.23
त्वत् दर्शन कृत उत्साहम् आश्रमस्थम् महाबलम् |
पुरंदरम् इव आसीनम् नाग राजस्य मूर्धनि ॥
"The mighty Rama, with a gusto to see you, is staying in a hermitage, even as Indra the destroyer of strong-holds sitting on the back of Airavata the elephant."
mahaabalan = the mighty Rama; tvaddarshana kR^itotsaaham = with a gusto to see you; ashramastham = is staying in a hermitage; puramdaramiva = even as Indra the destroyer of strong holds; aasiinam = sitting; top of Airavata the elephant.
5.37.24
पृष्ठम् आरोह मे देवि मा विकान्क्षस्व शोभने |
योगम् अन्विच्छ रामेण शश अन्केन इव रोहिणी ॥
"O Seetha the auspicious princess! Mount on my back. Do not have any hesitation. Be inclined of joining Rama even as Rohini, moon's favourite wife, joined the moon."
shobhane devi = O Seetha the auspicious princess!; aaroha = Ascend; mama = my; pR^iSTham = back; maa vichaaraya = do not have hesitation; anvichchha = be inclined; yogam = of joining; raameNa = with Rama; rohiNii iva = as Rohini moon's favourite wife; shashaaN^ka = (went) to the moon
5.37.25
कथयन्ति इव चन्द्रेण सूर्येण इव सुवर्चला |
मत् पृष्ठम् अधिरुह्य त्वम् तर आकाश महाअर्णवम् ॥
"You ascend my back and cross the ocean by journeying through the sky, as though speaking to the greatly resplendent sun and to the moon."
tvam = you; adhiruhya = ascend; matpR^iSTham = my back; tara = and cross; aakaashamahaarNavau = the sky and the ocean; kathayantiiva = as though speaking; mahaarchiSaa suuryeNa = to the greatly resplendent sun; chandreNa = and to the moon.
5.37.26
न हि मे सम्प्रयातस्य त्वाम् इतो नयतो अन्गने |
अनुगन्तुम् गतिम् शक्ताः सर्वे लन्का निवासिनः ॥
"O Seetha! While I am taking you from here, no body staying in Lanka is competent to come along with me."
aaNgane = O Seetha!; anugantam = following; me = my; gatim = way; samprayaatasya = of the journey; nayataH = talking; tvaam = you; itaH = from here; sarve = all; laN^ka nivaasinaH = the residents of Lanka; na shaktaaH = are not competent.
5.37.27
यथा एव अहम् इह प्राप्तः तथैव अहम् असंशयम् |
यास्यामि पश्य वैदेहि त्वाम् उद्यम्य विहायसम् ॥
"O Seetha! In what manner I reached here, in the same manner, I shall move through the sky, taking you along with me. See, there is no doubt."
vaidehi = O Seetha; yathaiva = In what manner; aham = I; praaptaH = reached; iha = here; tathaiva = in the same manner; yaasyaami = I shall move; vihaayasam = through the sky; tvaam udyamya = lifting you up; pashya = see; asamshayam = there is no doubt.
5.37.28
मैथिली तु हरि श्रेष्ठात् श्रुत्वा वचनम् अद्भुतम् |
हर्ष विस्मित सर्व अन्गी हनूमन्तम् अथ अब्रवीत् ॥
Hearing those astonishing words from Hanuma, Seetha with her entire limbs flowered with joy, thereafter spoke to Hanuma (as follows):
shrutvaa = hearing; adbhutam = the surprising; vachanam = words; harishreSThaat = from Hanuma; maithiliitu = Seetha then; harSa vismita sarvaaNgii = with her entire body astonished with joy; atha = thereafter; abraviit = spoke; hanumantam = to Hanuma (as follows):
5.37.29
हनूमन् दूरम् अध्वनम् कथम् माम् वोढुम् इच्छसि |
तत् एव खलु ते मन्ये कपित्वम् हरि यूथप ॥
"O Hanuma! How are you wishing to carry me for such a long distance? O chief of monkeys! I consider this indeed as your apishness!"
hanuman = O Hanuma!; katham = how; ichchhasi = are you wishing; voDhum = to carry; maam = me; duuram adhvaanam- for such a long distance?; hariyuuthapa = O chief of monkeys!; manye = I consider; tadeva khalu = that itself indeed; te = (as) your; kapitvam = apishness.
5.37.30
कथम् वा अल्प शरीरः त्वम् माम् इतो नेतुम् इच्छसि |
सकाशम् मानव इन्द्रस्य भर्तुः मे प्लवग ऋषभ ॥
"O Hanuma the best of monkeys! With such a small seized body, how do you wish to take me from here to the presence of my husband, Rama the Lord of human beings?"
plavagarSabha = O the excellent of monkeys! katham vaa = how do; tvam = you; alpashaiiraH = with such a small body; ichchhasi = wish; netum = to take; (me); itaH = from here; sakaasham = to the presence; bhartuH maanavaendrasya = of my husband; Rama the Lord of human beings.
5.37.31
सीताया वचनम् श्रुत्वा हनूमान् मारुत आत्मजः |
चिन्तयामास लक्ष्मीवान् नवम् परिभवम् कृतम् ॥
Hearing the words of Seetha, the illustrious Hanuma, the son of wind-god thought it to be the first insult was caused to him.
shrutvaa = hearing; vachanam = the words; siitaayaaH = of Seetha; lakSmiivaan = the illustrious; hanumaan = Hanuma; maarutaatmajaH = the son of wind-god; chintayaamaasa = thought; navam = that a new; paribhavam = insult; kR^itam = was caused (to him)
5.37.32
न मे जानाति सत्त्वम् वा प्रभावम् वा असित ईक्षणा |
तस्मात् पश्यतु वैदेही यत् रूपम् मम कामतः ॥
(Hanuma said to himself); "The black-eyed Seetha is not aware of my strength or power. That is why, let her see the form I can assume at will."
vaidehii = Seetha; asitekSaNaa = having black eyes; na jaanaati = is not aware; sattvam vaa = of my strength; prabhaavam vaa = or power; tasmaat = that is why; pashyatu = let her see; mama = my; yat = whatever; ruupam = form; kaamataH = (I can disguise) at my will.
5.37.33
इति संचिन्त्य हनुमान् तदा प्लवग सत्तमः |
दर्शयामास वैदेह्याः स्वरूपम् अरि मर्दनः ॥
Hanuma, the best of monkeys and the annihilator of enemies, thinking in this way, then showed his peculiarity to Seetha.
hanumaan = Hanuma; plavagasattamah = the best of monkeys; arimardanaH = and the annihilator of enemies; iti = thus; samchitya = thinking; tadaa = then; darshayaamaasa = showed; svaruupam = his peculiarity; vaidehyaaH = to Seetha.
5.37.34
स तस्मात् पादपात् धीमान् आप्लुत्य प्लवग ऋषभः |
ततो वर्धितुम् आरेभे सीता प्रत्यय कारणात् ॥
Hanuma, the intelligent and the excellent of monkeys, leaped down from that tree and then, to create confidence in Seetha, started to increase his body-form.
saH = that Hanuma; dhiimaan = the intelligent; plavagarSabhaH = and the excellent of monkeys; aaplutya = jumped down; tasmaat paadapaat = from that tree; tataH = and then; siitaapratyayakaaraNaat = to creat confidence in Seetha; aarebhe = started; vardhitum = to increase (his body).
5.37.35
मेरु मन्दार सम्काशो बभौ दीप्त अनल प्रभः |
अग्रतो व्यवतस्थे च सीताया वानर ऋषभः ॥
Hanuma, the foremost of monkeys, flashed like Meru and Mandara mountains, shining brightly like a blazing fire. He thus stood too in front of Seetha.
vaanarottomaH = Hanuma; the best of monkeys; babhau = flashed; meru mandarasamkaashaH = like Meru and Mandara mountains; diiptaanalaprabhaH = shinning brightly like a blazing fire; vyavabasthecha = (He) stood too; agrataH = in front; siitaayaaH = of Seetha.
5.37.36
हरिः पर्वत सम्काशः ताम्र वक्त्रो महाबलः |
वज्र दम्ष्ट्र नखो भीमो वैदेहीम् इदम् अब्रवीत् ॥
The mighty Hanuma, resembling a mountain, having a red face, having teeth and nails as hard as adamant and terrific in appearance, spoke the following words to Seetha.
mahaabalaH = the mighty; hariH = Hanuma; parvata samkaashaH = resembling a mountain; taamravaktraH = having a red face; vajradamSTra nakhaH = having teeth and nails as hard as adamant; bhiimaH = and terrific in appearance; abraviit = spoke; idam = these; vaidehiim = to Seetha.
5.37.37
सपर्वत वन उद्देशाम् साट्ट प्राकार तोरणाम् |
लन्काम् इमाम् सनथाम् वा नयितुम् शक्तिः अस्ति मे ॥
"To me, there is capability to carry this Lanka along with its hills, forest-areas, market-places, defensive walls and arches together with its Lord Ravana himself."
me = to me; asti = there is; shaktiH = capability; nayitum = to carry; immam = this; laN^kaam vaa = Lanka; saparvatavanoddeshaam = along with its hills and forest-areas; saaTTa praakaara toraNaam = together with its market-places; defensive walls and arches; sanaathaam = and its Lord Ravana.
5.37.38
तत् अवस्थाप्य ताम् बुद्धिः अलम् देवि विकान्क्षया |
विशोकम् कुरु वैदेहि राघवम् सह लक्ष्मणम् ॥
"O princess! For this reason, leave your suspicion and keep you mind steady. Come along with me and make Rama and Lakshmana bereft of grief."
devi = O princess!; tat = for that reason; alam = enough; vikaaN^kaSayaa = of your suspicion; buddhiH avasthaapyataam = let your mind be steady; vaidehi = O Seetha!; kuru = make; raaghavam = Rama; sahakakSmaNam = along with Lakshmana; vishokam = bereft of grief.
5.37.39
तम् दृष्ट्वा अचल सम्काशम् उवाच जनक आत्मजा |
पद्म पत्र विशाल अक्षी मारुतस्य औरसम् सुतम् ॥
Seetha, with her large eyes resembling lotus-petals, spoke to that terrific Hanuma, the son of wind-god (as follows)
janakaatmajaa = Seetha; padmapatra vishaalaakSii = with her large eyes resembling; lotus-petals; uvaacha = spoke; dR^iSTvaa = seeing; tam = that Hanuma; bhiima samkaasham = who was terrific; aurasam sutam = who is the son; maarutasya = of wind-god.
5.37.40
तव सत्त्वम् बलम् चैव विजानामि महाकपे |
वायोः इव गतिम् च अपि तेजः च अग्निः इव अद्भुतम् ॥
"O great monkey! I know fully well your courage, strength, your power of movement like that of the wind and your wonderful brilliance like that of the fire."
mahaakape = o great monkey!; vijaanaami = I know; tava = you; sattvam = courage; balamchaiva = strength; gatim = power of movement; vaayoriva = like that of wind; adbhutam = wonderful; tejashcha = brilliance; agneriva = like that of fire.
5.37.41
प्राकृतो अन्यः कथम् च इमाम् भूमिम् आगन्तुम् अर्हति |
उदधेः अप्रमेयस्य पारम् वानर पुम्गव ॥
"O the best of monkeys! How can any other common person cross this unfathomable ocean and reach this place?"
vaanara puN^gava = O the best of monkeys!; katham = how; praakR^itaH anyaH = can any other common person; arhati = be fit; paaram = (to reach) this shore; aprameyasya udadheH = of the unfathomable ocean; aagantam = and to come; imaam = to this; bhuumim = place?
5.37.42
जानामि गमने शक्तिम् नयने च अपि ते मम |
अवश्यम् साम्प्रधार्य आशु कार्य सिद्धिः इह आत्मनः ॥
"I know your capacity of carrying and taking me from here. However, we have to determine soon whether the accomplishment of work by the high souled Rama would not thus get spoiled."
jaanaami = I know; shaktim = your capacity; gamane = in going; mama = and in my; nayane = carrying; avashyam sampradhaaryaa = It is surely determinable; aashu = quickly; kaaryasiddhiH = about the accomplishment of work; mahaatmanaH = by the high-souled Rama.
5.37.43
अयुक्तम् तु कपि श्रेष्ठ मया गन्तुम् त्वया सह |
वायु वेग सवेगस्य वेगो माम् मोहयेत् तव ॥
"O the faultless one! O the excellent of monkeys! It is not befitting of me to go with you. For, your speed resembling the winds speed, may bewilder my mind."
anagha = O the faultless one!; kapishreSTha = O the excellent of monkeys!; ayuktam = It is not proper; mama = for me; gantum = to go; tvayaa = with you; tava = your; vegaH = speed; vaayuvega savegasya = resembling winds speed; mohayet = may bewilder; maam = me.
5.37.44
अहम् आकाशम् आसक्ता उपरि उपरि सागरम् |
प्रपतेयम् हि ते पृष्ठात् भयात् वेगेन गच्छतः ॥
"Reaching the sky high above the sea, I will fall down out of fear from your back even as you sweep with speed."
aham = I; aapannaa = reaching; aakaasham = the sky; saagaram uparyupari = high above the sea; prapateyam = will fall down; bhayaat = out of fear; pR^iSThaat = from the back; te = of you; gachchhataH = who are going; vegena = speed."
5.37.45
पतिता सागरे च अहम् तिमि नक्र झष आकुले |
भयेयम् आशु विवशा यादसाम् अन्नम् उत्तमम् ॥
"Having fallen insensible into the sea, which is filled with sharks, crocodiles and giant fish, I may become the best food soon for the aquatic creatures."
aham = I; patitaa = having fallen; vivashaa = insensible; saagare = into the sea; timi nakra jhaSaakule = filled with sharks; crocodiles and giant fish; bhaveyam = may become; uttamam = the best; annam = food; aashu = soon; yaadasaam = for the aquatic creatures.
5.37.46
न च शक्ष्ये त्वया सार्धम् गन्तुम् शत्रु विनाशन |
कलत्रवति संदेहः त्वयि अपि स्यात् असंशयम् ॥
"O Hanuma the annihilator of enemies! It is not possible for me to go with you. There will also be a risk for you, having me a lady additionally to protect. There is no doubt."
shatruvinaashana = O Hanuma the annihilator of enemies!; na shakSye cha = It is not possible for me; gantum = to go; tvayaa saartham = along with you; syaat = there will be; samdehaH = a risk; tvayyapi = too for you; ka Latravati = having a lady to protect; asamshayaH = there is no doubt.
5.37.47
ह्रियमाणाम् तु माम् दृष्ट्वा राक्षसा भीम विक्रमाः |
अनुगच्छेयुः आदिष्टा रावणेन दुरात्मना ॥
"Seeing me being taken away by you, the demons of terrific prowess, incited by the evil-minded Ravana, will follow you."
dR^iSTvaa = seeing; maam = me; hriyamaaNaam = being taken away; raakSasaaH = the demons; bhiima vikramaaH = with their terrific prowess; aadiSTaah = ordered; raavaNena duraatmanaaH = the evil minded Ravana; anugachchheyuH = will follow.
5.37.48
तैः त्वम् परिवृतः शूरैः शूलम् उद्गर पाणिभिः |
भवेः त्वम् संशयम् प्राप्तो मया वीर कलत्रवान् ॥
"O brave monkey! Those valiant demons wielding darts and clubs in their hands will surround you. Accompanied by a lady in me, you will be at a risk."
viira = O brave monkey! tvam = you; parivR^itaH = will be surrounded; taiH shuuraiH = by those valiant demons; shuula mudgara paaNibhiH = wielding darts and clubs in their hands; kaLatravaan = (Accompanied) by a lady; mayaa = in me; tvam bhaveH = you will be; praptaH = getting; samshayam = a risk.
5.37.49
सायुधा बहवो व्योम्नि राक्षसाः त्वम् निरायुधः |
कथम् शक्ष्यसि सम्यातुम् माम् चैव परिरक्षितुम् ॥
"Many demons will come with their weapons, in the sky. You will be alone without any weapon. How can you continue your travel, while protecting me?"
bahavaH = Many; raakSasaaH = demons (will come); saayudhaaH = with their weapons; vyomni = in the sky; tvam = you; niraayudhaH = will be without weapons; katham = how; shakSyasi = will you be capable; samyaatum = of travelling; parirakSitumcha = and protecting; maam = me?
5.37.50
युध्यमानस्य रक्षोभिः ततः तैः क्रूर कर्मभिः |
प्रपतेयम् हि ते पृष्ठत् भय आर्ता कपि सत्तम ॥
"O the best of monkeys! While you will be resorting to battle with those demons, who perform cruel acts, I, stricken with fear, may fall down from your back."
kapisattama = O the best of monkeys!; tava = (While) you; yuddhyamaanasya = will be resorting to battle; taiH rakSobhiH = with those demons; kruura karmabhiH = who perform cruel acts; bhayaartaa = becoming frightened; prapateyam hi = I will indeed fall down; te pR^iSThaat = from your back.
5.37.51
अथ रक्षांसि भीमानि महान्ति बलवन्ति च |
कथंचित् साम्पराये त्वाम् जयेयुः कपि सत्तम ॥
"O excellent of monkeys! Then the powerful and terrific demons with their giant bodies will conquer you in battle, somehow or other."
kapisattama = O the excellent of monkeys!; atha = thereafter; rakSaamsi = the demons; bhiimaani = of fearful form; mahaanti = with their giant bodies; balavanticha = and powerful ones; jayeyuH = will conquer; tvaam = you; saamparaaye = in battle; kathamchit = somehow or other.
5.37.52
अथवा युध्यमानस्य पतेयम् विमुखस्य ते |
पतिताम् च गृहीत्वा माम् नयेयुः पाप राक्षसाः ॥
"Otherwise, if you are indifferent of me and resort to battle, I may eventually fall down. Then, the wicked demons, catching hold of me fallen, may take me again to Lanka."
athavaa = otherwise; te = (while) you; vimukhasya = are indifferent of me; yudhyamaanasya = and resort to the battle; pateyam = I may fall down; paaparaakSasaaH = the wicked demons; gR^ihiitvaa = catching hold; maam = of me; patitaam = fallen; nayeyuH = may take me away.
5.37.53
माम् वा हरेयुः त्वद्त् हस्तात् विशसेयुः अथ अपि वा |
अव्यवस्थौ हि दृश्येते युद्धे जय पराजयौ ॥
"Or they may take me away from your hand, or may even kill me. In battle, victory and defeat are perceived as uncertain."
maam hareyuH = (or) they may take me awa; tvaddhastaat = from your hand; vaa = or; vishaseyuH = or may even kill (me); yuddhe = In battle; jayaapajayau = victory and defeat; dR^ishyete hi = indeed are being seen; avyavasthau = as unsettled.
5.37.54
अहम् वा अपि विपद्येयम् रक्षोभिः अभितर्जिता |
त्वत् प्रयत्नो हरि श्रेष्ठ भवेन् निष्फल एव तु ॥
"O the best of monkeys! Or while I am frightened by the demons, I may get into a mishap. Thus, your effort may become futile indeed!"
harishreSTha = O the best of monkeys!; vaa = or; aham = (while) I; abhitarjitaa = am frightened; rakSobhih = by the demons; vipadyeyam api = I may get into a calamity; tvatprayatnaH = your effort; bhavet = will become; niSphala eva tu = futile indeed.
5.37.55
कामम् त्वम् अपि पर्याप्तो निहन्तुम् सर्व राक्षसान् |
राघवस्य यशो हीयेत् त्वया शस्तैः तु राक्षसैः ॥
"You may be surely able to kill all the demons. But if you alone kill all the demons, Rama's celebrity will be lowered."
tvam = you; paryaaptaH asi kaamam = may be surely sufficient; nihantum = to kill; sarva raakSasaan = all the demons; raakSasaiH = all by the demons; shastaiH = killed; tvayaa = by you; raaghavasya = Rama's yashaH = celebrity; hiiyeti = will be lowered.
5.37.56
अथवा आदाय रक्षांसि न्यस्येयुः सम्वृते हि माम् |
यत्र ते न अभिजानीयुः हरयो न अपि राघवः ॥
"Otherwise, the demons may take me away and hide me in any secret place that will not be known by those monkeys or even Rama and Lakshmana."
athavaa = otherwise; rakSaamsi = the demons; aadaaya = after having taken; maam = me; nyaseyuH = may keep; yatra samvR^ite = in which secret place; naabhijaaniiyuH = that will not be known; te harayaH = to those monkeys; raaghavau.api = or even to Rama and Lakshmana.
5.37.57
आरम्भः तु मत् अर्थो अयम् ततः तव निरर्थकः |
त्वया हि सह रामस्य महान् आगमने गुणः ॥
"Then your effort taken for my sake will become futile. That is why there is a great merit in Rama's coming here along with you."
tataH = then; tava = your; aarabhastu = effort; madarthaH = taken for my sake; nivarthakaH = will become futile; mahaan = there is a great; guNaH = merit; aagamane = in coming; raamasya = of Rama; tvayaa saha = along with you.
5.37.58
मयि जीवितम् आयत्तम् राघवस्य महात्मनः |
भ्रातृऋणाम् च महाबाहो तव राज कुलस्य च ॥
"O Hanuma the long-armed! The survival of the high souled Rama, his brothers, of yourself and of your royal family (of Sugreeva) is dependent on me."
mahaabaaho = O the long armed monkey!; jiivitam = the survival; mahaatmanaH = raaghavasya = of the high souled Rama; bhraatruuNaam = (of) his brothers; tava = of yourself; raajakulasyacha = of your royal family; aayattam = is dependent; mayi = on me.
5.37.59
तौ निराशौ मत् अर्थे तु शोक सम्ताप कर्शितौ |
सह सर्व ऋक्ष हरिभिः त्यक्ष्यतः प्राण सम्ग्रहम् ॥
"Those two men Rama and Lakshmana who are emaciated by grief and anguish along with all bears and monkeys, losing their hope, will abandon their lives."
tau = those two men Rama and Lakshmana; shokasamtaapa karshitau = who are emaciated by grief and anguish; sarvarkSaharibhiH saha = with all bears and monkeys; niraashau = bereft of hope; tyakSyataH = will abandon; praaNasamgraham = their protection of life.
5.37.60
भर्तुः भक्तिम् पुरः कृत्य रामात् अन्यस्य वानर |
न अहम् स्प्रष्टुम् पदा गात्रम् इच्छेयम् वानर उत्तम ॥
"O Hanuma, the best of monkeys! Honouring the devotion to my husband, I cannot touch the body of any man other that of Rama."
vaanara = O Hanuma; vaanarapuNgava = thes best of monkeys; puraskR^itya = Honouring; bhaktim = the devotion; bhartuH = to my husband; na spR^ishaami = I can not touch; shariiramtu = the body; anyasya pumsaH = of any other man; raamaat = than Rama.
5.37.61
यत् अहम् गात्र संस्पर्शम् रावणस्य गता बलात् |
अनीशा किम् करिष्यामि विनाथा विवशा सती ॥
"That I got, by force, the touch of Ravana's body, was because being helpless, having lost control of myself and without a protector, I could not do anything."
aham gataayat = that I got; balaat = by force; samsparsham = the touch; raavaNasya gaatra = of Ravana's body; kim kariSyaami = what can I do; aniishaa = being helpless; vivashaa satii = having lost control of myself; vinaathaa = and without a protector?
5.37.62
यदि रामो दशग्रीवम् इह हत्वा सराक्षसम् |
माम् इतो गृह्य गच्छेत तत् तस्य सदृशम् भवेत् ॥
"If Rama kills Ravana here along with his relatives and departs taking me from here, it would be proper for him"
raamaH yadi = If Rama; hattvaa = by killing; dashagriivam = Ravana; iha = here; sabaandhavam = along with his relatives; gachheta = and goes taking; maam = me; itaH = from here; tat = that; bhavet = will become; sadR^isham = proper; tasya = for him.
5.37.63
श्रुता हि दृष्टाः च मया पराक्रमा |
महात्मनः तस्य रण अवमर्दिनः |
न देव गन्धर्व भुजम्ग राक्षसा |
भवन्ति रामेण समा हि सम्युगे ॥
"I have not only heard but seen myself about the strength of the high souled Rama destroying enemies in battle. Neither the celestials nor the divine musicians nor the serpent-gods nor the demons are equal to Rama in combat."
shrutaaH = It was heard; dR^iSTaashcha = and seen; mayaa = by me; paraakramaaH (about) the strength tasya = mahaatmanaH = of the high souled Rama; raNaavamardinaH = destroying enemies in battle; deva gandharva bhujaNga raakSasaaH = the celestials; divine musicians; serpent-gods; and demons; nahi samaaH = are not equal; raameNa = to Rama; samguge = in combat.
5.37.64
समीक्ष्य तम् सम्यति चित्र कार्मुकम् |
महाबलम् वासव तुल्य विक्रमम् |
सलक्ष्मणम् को विषहेत राघवम् |
हुत अशनम् दीप्तम् इव अनिल ईरितम् ॥
"Who can withstand seeing in battle that mighty Rama, dazzling like fire fanned by wind, wielding his conspicuous bow and having prowess equal to that of Indra the Lord of celestials, together with Lakshmana?"
kaH = who; viSaheta = can with stand; samiikSya = seeing; samiti = in battle; tam raaghavam = that Rama; diiptam = dazzling; anileritam = fanned by wind; hutaashanamiva = like a fire; anileritam = fanned by wind; chitra kaarmukam = wielding a conspicuous bow; samyati = endowed with; mahaabalam = great strength; vaasava tulyavikram = having prowess; equal to that of Indra the Lord of celestials; salakSmanam- together with Lakshmana.
5.37.65
सलक्ष्मणम् राघवम् आजि मर्दनम् |
दिशा गजम् मत्तम् इव व्यवस्थितम् |
सहेत को वानर मुख्य सम्युगे |
युग अन्त सूर्य प्रतिमम् शर अर्चिषम् ॥
"O the best of monkeys! In battle, who can endure Rama resembling the sun at noon-time, with his arrows resembling its rays, the destroyer in battle, stationed like a mythical elephant in rut, along with Lakshmana?
vaanara mukhya = O the best of monkeys!; kaH = who; samyuge = in battle; saheta = can endure; raaghavam = Rama; yugaanta snurya pratimam = resembling the sun during the noon-time; salakSmaNam = together with Lakshmana; aajimardanam = the destroyer in battle; vyavasthitam = stationed; dishaagajamiva = like a mythical elephant (which stand in the four quarters of the sky and protect the earth); mattam = in rut; sharaarchiSam = with arrows resembling the rays of the sun.
5.37.66
स मे हरि श्रेष्ठ सलक्ष्मणम् पतिम् |
सयूथपम् क्षिप्रम् इह उपपादय |
चिराय रामम् प्रति शोक कर्शिताम् |
कुरुष्व माम् वानर मुख्य हर्षिताम् ॥
"O the excellent of monkeys! You, as such, soon bring my husband here along with Lakshmana, and the chiefs of army. O the best of monkeys! I am emaciated with grief about Rama since long. Make me now joyful."
harishreSTha = O the excellent of monkeys!; saH = here; kshipram; = soon; patim = my husband; sa lakSmaNam = along with Lakshma; sayuuthapam = with chiefs of army; vaanaramukhya = O the best of monkeys!; kuruSva = make; maam = me; shokakarshitaam = who is emaciated with grief; raamam prati = about Rama; chiraaya = since a long time; harSitaam = joyful.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे सप्तत्रिंशः सर्गः
Sarga 38 (part 1 of 2)
5.38.1
ततः स कपि शार्दूलः तेन वाक्येन हर्षितः |
सीताम् उवाच तत् श्रुत्वा वाक्यम् वाक्य विशारदः ॥
Hearing those words of Seetha, the eloquent Hanuma was very much pleased and spoke to Seetha (as follows):
tataH = thereafter; saH kapi = shaarduulaH = that excellent among monkeys; vaakya vishaaradaH = who was skilled in speech; shrutvaa = after hearing; tat vaakyam = those words; toSitaH = was pleased; uvaacha = and spoke; siitaam = to Seetha ( as follows):
5.38.2
युक्त रूपम् त्वया देवि भाषितम् शुभ दर्शने |
सदृशम् स्त्री स्वभावस्य साध्वीनाम् विनयस्य च ॥
"O Seetha, the beautiful princess! Whatever you spoke is befitting. It is in keeping with woman's nature and humility of a chaste women."
shubhadarshana = O beautiful Seetha; devi = the princess!; bhaaSitam = what is spoken; tvayaa = by you; yuktaruupam = is befitting; sadR^isham = It is suitable; striisvabhavaashcha = of woman's nature; vinayasyacha = and of the humility; saadhviinaam = of chaste women.
5.38.3
स्त्रीत्वम् न तु समर्थम् हि सागरम् व्यतिवर्तितुम् |
माम् अधिष्ठाय विस्तीर्णम् शत योजनम् आयतम् ॥
"It is indeed not fit for a woman to mount on my back and traverse an extensive ocean, which is having a width of one hundred yojanas."
na samartham hi = It is not indeed fit for; striitvam = womanhood; adhiSThaaya = to mount on; maam = me; vyativartitum = and cross; vistiirNam = an extensive; saagaram = ocean; shatayojanam aayatam = which is wide of one hundred Yojanas.
5.38.4
द्वितीयम् कारणम् यच् च ब्रवीषि विनय अन्विते |
रामात् अन्यस्य न अर्हामि संस्पर्शम् इति जानकि ॥एतत् ते देवि सदृशम् पत्न्याः तस्य महात्मनः |
का हि अन्या त्वाम् ऋते देवि ब्रूयात् वचनम् ईदृशम् ॥
"O Seetha endowed with modesty! The second reason you mentioned that you would not be touching any one else other then Rama is befitting of you, the wife of that high soled Rama. O princess! which other lady except you can speak of such sweet words?"
4; 5. jaanaki = O Seetha; vinayaanvite = endowed with modesty!; yat = which; dvitiiyam- second; kaaraNam = reason; braviiSi = you were telling; naarhamiiti = that you would not be; samsparsham = touching; anyasya = any one else; raamaat = than Rama; etat = it; sadR^isham = is befitting; te = of you; patnyaaH = the wife; tasya mahaatmanaH = of that high soled Rama; devi = O princess; kaa anyaa = which other woman; tvaamR^ite = except you; bruuyat = can speak; iidR^isham = such; amR^ite = sweet; vachanam = words?
5.38.6
श्रोष्यते चैव काकुत्स्थः सर्वम् निरवशेषतः |
चेष्टितम् यत् त्वया देवि भाषितम् मम च अग्रतः ॥
"O princess! I can completely inform Rama of all that you have done and of all that you have spoken before me."
devi = O princess!; kaakutthsa = Rama; shroSyate = will hear; niravasheSataH = completely; sarvam = all; yat = that; cheSTitam = was acted correctly; tvayaa = by you; bhaaSitam = and spoken; agrataH = in front; mama = of me.
5.38.7
कारणैः बहुभिः देवि राम प्रिय चिकीर्षया |
स्नेह प्रस्कन्न मनसा मया एतत् समुदीरितम् ॥
"O princess! All this was told by me because of several reasons, being desirous of doing good to Rama ad with my mind moistened with affection towards him."
devi = O princess!; bahubhiH kaaraNaiH = because of several reasons; raama priyachikiirSayaa = being desirous of doing good to Rama; sneha praskanna manasaa = and with a mind moistened with affection; etat = this; samudiiritam = was spoken mayaa = by me.
5.38.8
लन्काया दुष्प्रवेशत्वात् दुस्तरत्वान् महाउदधेः |
सामर्थ्यात् आत्मनः चैव मया एतत् समुदाहृतम् ॥
"I spoke this because of the unassailability of Lanka, its great ocean so difficult to be crossed and also my capacity of taking you."
duSpradharSatraat = because of the unassailability; lankaayaaH = of Lanka; mahodadheH = and the great ocean; dustaratvaa = difficult to be crossed; aatmanaH saamarthyaachchaiva = and because of my capability; etat = this; samudiiritam = was spoken; mayaa = by me.
5.38.9
इच्छामि त्वाम् समानेतुम् अद्य एव रघु बन्धुना |
गुरु स्नेहेन भक्त्या च न अन्यथा तत् उदाहृतम् ॥
"Because of my great affection and devotion towards you, I wish to carry you well now itself to Rama your hushand. These words were not spoken by me with any other motive."
gurusnehena = because of my great affection; bhaktyaacha = and devotion; ichchhami = I wish; tvaam samaanetum = to carry you well; adyaiva = now itself; raghubandhunaa = te Rama your husband; etat = these words; na udaahR^itam = were not spoken; anyathaa = from another motive.
5.38.10
यदि न उत्सहसे यातुम् मया सार्धम् अनिन्दिते |
अभिज्ञानम् प्रयच्छ त्वम् जानीयात् राघवो हि यत् ॥
"O faultless Seetha! If you are not willing to go with me, give me a token of remembrance which Rama can recognise."
anindite = O faultless Seetha!; notsahaseyadi = if you are not willing; yaatam = to go; mayaa saartham = with me; tvam = you; prayachchha = give; abhijJNaanam = a token of remembrance; yat = which; raaghaaH = Rama; jaaniiyaat = can recognise.
5.38.11
एवम् उक्ता हनुमता सीता सुर सुत उपमा |
उवाच वचनम् मन्दम् बाष्प प्रग्रथित अक्षरम् ॥इदम् श्रेष्ठम् अभिज्ञानम् ब्रूयाः त्वम् तु मम प्रियम् |
Hearing Hanuma's words, Seetha like the daughter of a god, slowly spoke the following words, strung together with alphabets of tears: "You tell this (following) excellent thing as a token of remembrance to my beloved husband."
evam = thus; uktaa = spoken; hanumataa = by Hanuma; siitaa = Seetha; surasutopataa = like the daughter of god; mandam = slowly; uvaacha = spoke; vachanam = slowly; uvaacha = spoke; vachanam = the (following) words; baaSpa pragrathitaa kSaram = strung together with alphabets of tears; tvamtu = you; bruuyaaH = tell; idam = this; shreSTham = excellent thing; abhiJNaanam = as a token of remembrance; mama priyam = to my beloved husband.
5.38.12
शैलस्य चित्र कूटस्य पादे पूर्व उत्तरे तदा ॥तापस आश्रम वासिन्याः प्राज्य मूल फल उदके |
तस्मिन् सिद्ध आश्रमे देशे मन्दाकिन्या अदूरतः ॥तस्य उपवन षण्डेषु नाना पुष्प सुगन्धिषु |
विहृत्य सलिल क्लिन्ना तव अन्के समुपाविशम् ||
पर्यायेण प्रसुप्तः च मम अन्के भरत अग्रजः ॥
"There is a place inhabited by sages at a hillock in the north-eastern It was bountiful with roots fruits and water. In that place, while we were residing in a hermitage of sages, on a day long ago, we were strolling in water in parts of groves with various kinds of flowers of perfume in that hillock. Your thereupon became wet and sat at my proximity."
12; 13; 14. paade = at a hillock; puurvottare = in the north-eastern direction; chitrakuuTasya shailasya = of Chitrakuta mountain; praajyamuula phalodake = having bountiful roots fruits and water; tasmin desha = in that place; siddhaashrite = inhabited by seers; mandaakinya viduurataH = in the vicinity of River Ganges; puraa = long ago; vihR^itya = (we were) strolling; salile = in water; upavana khaNDeSu = in parts of groves; naanaapuSpa sugandhiSu = with various kinds of flowers in perfume; tasya = of that hillock; klinnaH = you became wet; samupaavishaH = and sat; mama aN^ke = at my proximity; taapasaashramavaasinyaaaH = residing in the hermitage of sages.
5.38.15
ततो मांस समायुक्तो वायसः पर्यतुण्डयत् |
तम् अहम् लोष्टम् उद्यम्य वारयामि स्म वायसम् ॥
"Then, a crow, yearning for meat, began to peck me. Picking up a clod of earth, I prevented the crow from its act."
tataH = then; vaayasaH = a crow; maamsasamaayuktaH = yearning for meat; paryatuN^Dayat = began to peek (me); aham = I; udyamya = lifting; loSTam = a clod of earth; vaarayaamisma = prevented; tam = that; vaayasam = crow.
5.38.16
दारयन् स च माम् काकः तत्र एव परिलीयते |
न च अपि उपरमन् मांसात् भक्ष अर्थी बलि भोजनः ॥
"Pecking me again and again, the crow was hiding there only. That crow, yearning for food, did not resig from meat."
daarayan = tearing; maam = me; saH kaakaH = that crow pariliiyate = was hiding; tatraiva = there only; saH = that; balibhojanah = crow; bhakSaarthii = yearning for food; na upaaramachchhaapi = did not resign; maamsaat = from meat.
5.38.17
उत्कर्षन्त्याम् च रशनाम् क्रुद्धायाम् मयि पक्षिणे |
स्रंसमाने च वसने ततो दृष्टा त्वया हि अहम् ॥
"While I was angry with that bird, my skirt was slipping and I was pulling its string (so as to tighten it). I was seen by you then."
mayi = (while) I; kruddhaayaam = was angry; pakSiNaa = with that bird; vasane = my skirt; srasyamaanecha = was slipping; utkarSantyaamcha = and I was pulling; rashanaam = its string (so as to tighten it); aham = I; dR^iSTaa = was seen; tvayaa = by you; tataH = then.
5.38.18
त्वया विहसिता च अहम् क्रुद्धा सम्लज्जिता तदा |
भक्ष्य गृद्धेन कालेन दारिता त्वाम् उपागता ॥
"Moved by anger, I felt abashed for being laughed at by you. Torn down by the crow, which was yearning for food, I sought shelter with you."
tadaa = then; aham = I; kR^iddhaa = moved by anger; samlajjitaa = felt abashed; apahasitaa = being laughed at; tvayaa = by you; daaritaa = Torn down; kaakena = by crow; bhakSagR^idhnena = which was yearning for food; upaagataa = I sought shelter; tvaam = with you.
5.38.19
आसीनस्य च ते श्रान्ता पुनः उत्सन्गम् आविशम् |
क्रुध्यन्ती च प्रहृष्टेन त्वया अहम् परिसान्त्विता ॥
"Feeling tired, I again settled on your lap. As though angry, I was consoled by you and I was fully delighted."
shraantaa = feeling tired; punaH aavisham = I again settled on; te = your; utsaN^gam = lap; kruddhyantii = as though angry; aham = I; parisaanvitaa = was consoled; tvayaa = by you; prahR^iSTena = fully delighted.
5.38.20
बाष्प पूर्ण मुखी मन्दम् चक्षुषी परिमार्जती |
लक्षिता अहम् त्वया नाथ वायसेन प्रकोपिता ॥
"Slowly wiping my eyes, my face filled with tears, I was seen by you, O Lord, as having been annoyed by the crow."
naatha = O Lord!; prakopitaa = annoyed; vaayasena = by the crow; baaSpapuurNamukhii = having my face filled with tears; chakSuSi = and having my eyes; parimaarjatii = being wiped; mandam = slowly; aham = I; lakSitaa = was seen; tvayaa = by you.
परिश्रमात्प्रसुप्ता च राघवाङ्के ऽप्य्हम् चिरम् |
पर्याय़ेण प्रसुप्तश्च ममाङ्के भरताग्रजः ५-३८-२१
"I even slept for a long time on Rama's lap because of my fatigue. In his turn, Rama the elder brother of Bharata, slept in my arms."
ahamapi = I even; prasuptaa cha = slept; chiram = for a long time; raaghavaaNke = on Rama's lap; parishramaat = because of fatigue; paryaayeNa = in his turn; bharataagrajaH = Rama; the elder brother of Bharata; prasuptaH = slept; mama; aN^ke = in my arms.
5.38.22
स तत्र पुनरे वाथ वायसः समुपागमत् |
ततः सुप्तप्रबुद्धाम् माम् रामस्याङ्कात्समुत्थिताम् ॥वायसः सहसागम्य विददार स्तनान्तरे |
पुनः पुनर्थोत्पत्य विददार स मां भृशम् ॥
"Meanwhile, the same crow appeared there. Descending all of a sudden, the crow clawed me at the space between the breasts, even as I awoke from my sleep and rose from the lap of Rama. Flying up again, it tore me up a lot."
22; 23. atha = thereafter; saH vaayasaH = that crow; punareva = again; samupaagamat = came; tatra = there; tataH = then; saH = that; vaayasaH = crow; sahasaa = quickly; aagamya = having arrived at; maam = me; samutthitaam = who raised; aN^kaat = from the lap; raamasya = of Rama; suptaprabuddhaam = after waking up from my sleep; vidadaara = clawed; stanaantare = the space between my breasts; atha = and; utpatya = flying up; punaH punaH = again and again; maam vidadaara = tore me up; bhR^isham = a lot.
5.38.24
ततः समुक्षितो रामो मुक्तैः शोणितबिन्दुभिः |
वयसेन ततस्तेन बलवत्क्लिश्यमानया ॥स मया बोधितः श्रीमान् सुखसुप्तः परम्तपः |
"Then, Rama got wet by the discharged drops of blood. Thereafter, that splendorous Rama, the annihilator of enemies, who was in a pleasant slumber, was woken up by that crow and by me who was grievously tormented by the crow."
tataH = then; raamaH = Rama; samukSitaH = was moistened; muktaiH shoNita bindubhiH = by the discharged drops of blood; tataH = thereafter; saH = that Rama; shriimaan = the splendid man; paramtapaH = the destroyer of enemies; sukha suptaH = who was in a pleasant slumber; bodhitaH = was woken up; tena raayasena = by that crow; mayaa = and by me; balavat klishyamaanayaa = who was grievously tormented (by the crow).
5.38.25
स माम् दृष्ट्वा महाबाहुर्वितुन्नाम् स्तनयोस्तदा ॥आशी विष इव क्रुद्धः श्वसान् वाक्यम् अभाषथाः |
"That long-armed Rama, seeing me pierced violently on the breasts, then spoke the following words, hissing like an angry serpant.
saH = that Rama; mahaabaahuH = the long armed; dR^iSTvaa = seeing; maam = me; vitunnaam = pierced; stanayoH = on the breasts; tadaa = then; shvasan = hissing; kruddhah ashiiviSaiva = like an angry serpant; abhaaSata = spoke; vaakyam = (the following) words.
5.38.26
केन ते नाग नास ऊरु विक्षतम् वै स्तन अन्तरम् ॥कः क्रीडति सरोषेण पन्च वक्त्रेण भोगिना |
"O Seetha the round-thighed woman! Who has wounded the space between your breasts? who is playing with a fire-faced serpent filled with fury?"
naaganaasoru = O Seetha the round thighed woman!; kena = by whom; te stanaantaram = the space between your breasts; vikSatam vai = was wounded?; kaH = who; kriiDati = is playing; paN^cha vaktreNa bhoginaa = with a fire-faced serpent; saroSeNa = filled with fury?
5.38.27
वीक्षमाणः ततः तम् वै वायसम् समवैक्षथाः ॥नखैः सरुधिरैः तीक्ष्णैः माम् एव अभिमुखम् स्थितम् |
'Then, throwing a glance around, Rama saw that crow with its sharp claws moistened iwth blood and sitting in front of me alone."
tataH = then; viikSamaaNaH = throwing a glance (around); samudaikSata = (Rama) saw; tam vaayasam = that crow; tiikSNaiH nakhaiH = with its sharp claws; sarudhiraiH = with its sharp claws; sarudhiraiH = moistened with blood; sthitam = and remaining; abhimukham = in front of ; maaneva = me alone.
5.38.28
पुत्रः किल स शक्रस्य वायसः पतताम् वरः ॥धरा अन्तर चरः शीघ्रम् पवनस्य गतौ समः |
"That crow, the best among birds, seems to be the son of Indra the Lord of celestials, staying in mountains and moving with a peed equal to the wind."
saH = vaayasaH = that crow; varaH = the best; patataam = among birds; putraH kila = seems to be the son; shakrasya = of Indra the Lord of celestials; dharaantarayataH = residing; among the mountains; gatau = and in moving; shiighram = speedily; samaH = equal; paranasya = to the wind.
5.38.29
ततः तस्मिन् महाबाहुः कोप सम्वर्तित ईक्षणः ॥वायसे कृतवान् क्रूराम् मतिम् मतिमताम् वर |
"Then, the long-armed Rama, the best among wise men, swirling his eyes in anger, made a resolve in the matter of that ferocious crow."
tataH = then; mahaabaahuH = the long-armed Rama; matimataam varaH = the best among wise men; kopa samvartitekSaNaH = swirling his eyes in anger; kR^itavaan = made; matim = a resolve; tasmin kruuraam vaayase = in the matter of that ferocious cow.
5.38.30
स दर्भ संस्तरात् गृह्य ब्रह्मणो अस्त्रेण योजयः ॥स दीप्त इव काल अग्निः जज्वाल अभिमुखो द्विजम् |
"Taking a blade of Kusa grass from his bed ( made of Kusa grass), Rama employed it to work with Brahma's missile (a mythical weapon which deals with infallible destruction). That blazing shoot of grass, resembling a fire destroying the world, flared up in front of that bird."
gR^ihya = taking; darbham = a shoot of Kusa grass; samstaraat = from his bed (made of Kusa grass); saH = that Rama; yojayat = used it to work; braahmeNa astreNa = with Brahma's missile (a mythical weapon which deals infallible destruction); sah = that; diiptaH = blazing shoot of grass; kaalaagniriva = like fire destroying the world; jajvaala = flared up; dvijam abhimukham = in front of that bird.
5.38.31
स तम् प्रदीप्तम् चिक्षेप दर्भम् तम् वायसम् प्रति ॥ततस्तम् वायसम् दर्भः सोम्बरेऽनुजगाम ह |
"As Rama threw that blazing blade of Kusa grass towards that crow, that blade of grass went chasing that crow in the sky."
saH = that Rama; chikSepa = threw; tam = that; pradiiptam = blazing; darbham = blade of Kusa grass; tam vaayasam prati = towards that crow; tataH = then; saH darbhaH = that blade of grass; anujagaama ha = chased; tam vaayasam = that crow; ambare = in the sky.
5.38.32
अनुसृष्टः तदा कालो जगाम विविधाम् गतिम् ॥त्राण काम इमम् लोकम् सर्वम् वै विचचार ह |
"Then, while that blade of grass came chasing, that crow went flying in many a way. Seeking protection, it roamed all over the world."
tadaa = then; kaakaH = the crow; anusR^iSTaH = being chased; jagaama = wnet; vividhaam = in many; gatim = a way; traaNa kaamaH = seeking protection; (the crow) vichachaara ha = roamed; sarvam = all over; imam = this; lokam = world.
5.38.33
स पित्रा च परित्यक्तः सुरैः सर्वैः महर्षिभिः ॥त्रीन् लोकान् सम्परिक्रम्य त्वाम् एव शरणम् गतः |
"Roaming the three worlds in search of a saviour, that crow was abandoned by Indra; its father, the celestials and the sages. Finally, it sought refuge in the same Rama."
samparikramya = roaming; triin = the three; lokaan = worlds; saH = that crow; parityaktaH = was abandoned; pitraacha = by Indra; its father; suraishcha = celestials; sa maharSibhiH = along with sages; sharaNamgataH = (and finally) sought refuge; tameva = in the same Rama.
5.38.34
स तम् निपतितम् भूमौ शरण्यः शरणा गतम् ॥वध अर्हम् अपि काकुत्स्थ कृपया पर्यपालयः |
"That Rama, who affords protection, was compassionate and protected that crow, which fell on the ground (in salutation to Rama) and sought for protection, eventhough it was apt to be killed."
saH = kaakutthsaH = that Rama; sharaNyaH = who affords protection; kR^ipayaa = by compassion; paryapaalayat = protected; tam = that crow; nipatitam = which fell; bhuumau = on the floor; sharaNaagatam = and sought for protection; vadhaarhamapi = even though it was apt to be killed.
5.38.35
परिद्यूनम् विषण्णम् च स त्वम् आयान्तम् उक्तवान् ॥मोघम् कर्तुम् न शक्यम् तु ब्राह्मम् अस्त्रम् तत् उच्यताम् |
"Seeing that crow, coming exhausted and dejected, Rama said to it: 'It is not possible to make Brahma missile a waste. For this reason, tell me what to do now."
saH = that Rama; abraviit = spoke; tam = of that crow; aayaantam = which was coming; paridyuunam = exhausted; viSaNNam = and dejected; na shakyam tu = It is not possible; kartum = to make; braahmam astram = Brahma missile; mogham = a waste; tat = for that reason; uchyataam = tell me what to do.
5.38.36
हिनस्तु दक्षिणाक्षित्वच्छर इत्यथ सोऽब्रवीत् ॥ततः तस्य अक्षि काकस्य हिनस्ति स्म स दक्षिणम् |
दत्त्वा स दक्षिणम् नेत्रम् प्राणेभ्यः परिरक्षितः ॥
Thereafter, that crow said "Let your arrow shoot my right eye." Then that blade of Kusa grass shooted the right eye of that crow. By giving away its right eye in that way, the crow saved its life."
37. atha = thereafter; saH = that crow; abraviit = said; iti = that; trachcharaH = your arrow; hinastu = shoot; dakSiNaakSi = my right eye; tataH = then; saH = that blade of grass; hinantisma = shooted; dakSiNam = the right; akSi = eye; tasya kaakasya = of that crow; saH = that crow; dattvaa = by giving away; dakSiNam netram = its right eye; parirakSitaH = saved; praaNebhyaH = its lives.
5.38.38
स रामाय नमस्कृत्वा राज्ञे दशरथाय च |
विसृष्टस्तेन वीरेण प्रतिपेदे स्वमालयम् ॥
"After offering salutations to Rama and King Dasaratha and being discharged by that valiant Rama, the crow returned to its own abode."
saH = that crow; namaskR^ityaa = after saluting; raamaaya = Rama; dasharathaaya cha = and Dasaratha; raajJNe = the king; visR^iSTaH = and discharged; tena viireNa = by that valiant Rama; pratipede = it reached; svam = its own; aalayam = abode.
5.38.39
मत् कृते काक मात्रे अपि ब्रह्म अस्त्रम् समुदीरितम् |
कस्मात् यो माम् हरत् त्वत्तः क्षमसे तम् मही पते ॥
"O lord of the earth! For my sake you hurled a Brahma's missile even at a crow. Why are you forgiving the one who has taken me away from you?"
mahiipate = O lord of the earth! matkR^ite = for my sake; brahmaastram = a Brahma's missile; samudiiritam = was hurled; kaakamaatre = even at a crow; kasmaat = why; kSamase = are you forgiving; tam = him; yaH = who; aharat = took away; maa = me; tvattaH = from you?
5.38.40
स कुरुष्व महाउत्साहम् कृपाम् मयि नर ऋषभ |
त्वया नाथवती नाथ ह्यनाथा इव दृश्यते ॥
"O Rama the best among men! You, with great strength, annihilate the enemy and bestow your mercy on me. O Lord! She who has a protector in you, actually looks like one without any protector."
nararSabha = O best among men!; saH = you as such; mahotsaahaH = having great strength; kuruSva = endow; kR^ipam = mercy; mayi = in me; naatha = O protector!; naathavatii = She with a protector; tvayaa = in you; dR^ishyate = is being seen; anaathaa iva = like the one without any protector.
5.38.41
आनृशंस्यम् परो धर्मः त्वत्त एव मया श्रुतः |
जानामि त्वाम् महावीर्यम् महाउत्साहम् महाबलम् ॥अपार पारम् अक्षोभ्यम् गाम्भीर्यात् सागर उपमम् |
भर्तारम् ससमुद्राया धरण्या वासव उपमम् ॥
"You yourself told me that kindness is the best righteousness. I know you, having a great prowess, a great energy, and a great strength. I know your non-acquiescence, imperturbability, profoundness like an ocean, as Lord of the earth including the oceans and as equal to Indra the Lord of celestials."
41; 42. shrutaH = It was heard; mayaa = by me; tvattaH eva = from you alone; anR^ishamsyam = (that) kindness; paraH dharmaH = is the best righteousness; jaanaami = I know; tvaam = you; mahaaiiryam = having a great prowess; mahotsaaham = a great energy; mahaabalam = and a great strength; apaarapaaram = you non-acquiescence; akSobhyam = imperturbability; gaambhiiryaat = profoudness; saagaropamam = like an ocean; bhartaaram = lord; dharaNyaaH = of the earth; samudraayaH = including the ocean; vaasavopamam = and equal to Indra the Lord of celestials.
5.38.43
एवम् अस्त्रविदाम् श्रेष्ठः सत्त्ववान् बलवान् अपि |
किम् अर्थम् अस्त्रम् रक्षह्सु न योजयसि राघव ॥
"O Rama! Eventhough you are strong, excellently skilled in archery and a truthful man, why are you not utilizing your arrow on demons?"
raaghava = O Rama!; balavaanapi = eventhough you are stron; astravidaam shreSThaH = excellently skilled in archery; satyavaan = and a truthful man; evam = thus; kimartham = why; nayojayasi = are you not employing; astram = your arrow; rakSassu = on demons?
5.38.44
न नागा न अपि गन्धर्वा न असुरा न मरुत् गणाः |
रामस्य समरे वेगम् शक्ताः प्रति समाधितुम् ॥
"Neither the serpent-demons, nor the divine musicians nor the demons nor the storm-gods are able to resist the onrush of Rama in battle."
naagaH = the serpent-demons; na shaktaaH = are not capable; pratisamiihitum = of resisting; vegam = the onrush; raamasya = of Rama; samare = in battle; gandharvaa api = even divine musicians; na = are not capable; asuraaH = demons; na = are not capable; marudgaNaaH = troops of storm-gods; na = are not capable.
5.38.45
तस्या वीर्यवतः कश्चित् यदि अस्ति मयि सम्भ्रमः |
किम् अर्थम् न शरैः तीक्ष्णैः क्षयम् नयति राक्षसान् ॥
"If the valiant Rama has any haste in my case, why does he not destroy the demons with his sharp arrows?!
viiryavataH tasya asti yadi = if the valiant Rama has; kashchit = any; sambhramaH = haste; may = in my case; kimartham = why; na nayati kSayam = does he not destroy; raakSasaan = the demons; tiikSNaiH sharaiH = with his sharp arrows?
5.38.46
भ्रातुः आदेशम् आदाय लक्ष्मणो वा परम् तपः |
कस्य हेतोः न माम् वीरः परित्राति महाबलः ॥
"For what reason, even Lakshmana the tormentator of enemies, the mighty man and the valiant man does not protect me, by taking the command of his elder brother?'
kasya hetoH = for what reason; lakSmaNo vaa = even Lakshmana; paramtapaH = the tormentator of enemies; mahaabalaH = the mighty man; viiraH = and the valiant man; na paritraati = does not protect; maam = me; aadaaya = by taking; aadesham = the command; bhraatruH = of his elder brother?"
5.38.47
यदि तौ पुरुष व्याघ्रौ वाय्व् इन्द्र सम तेजसौ |
सुराणाम् अपि दुर्धर्षो किम् अर्थम् माम् उपेक्षतः ॥
Those two tigers among men, Rama and Lakshmana, with a sharpness equal to that of wind and fire, even if they are unconquerable by demons too, why are they neglecting me?"
tau = those two brothers; puruSavyaaghrau = the tigers among men; Rama and Lakshman; vaayvagni samtejasau = with a sharpness equal to that of wind and fire; suraaNaam durdharSau yadi api = even if unconquerable by demons also;
5.38.48
मम एव दुष्कृतम् किंचिन् महत् अस्ति न संशयः |
समर्थाव् अपि तौ यन् माम् न अवेक्षेते परम् तपौ ॥
"There is not doubt that I would have committed a great sin, for which reason those two brothers Rama and Lakshmana the tormentators of enemies, even when capable , are neglecting me."
kimchit = some; mahat = great; duSkR^itam = sin; asti = may be there; mamaiva = of me alone; na samshayaH = there is no doubt; yat = for which reason; tau = those two brothers Rama and Lakshmana; paramtapau = the tormentator of enemies; samrthaavapi = even when capable; na avekSate = are not seeing; maam = me.
5.38.49
वैदेह्या वचनम् श्रुत्वा करुणम् साशुभाषितम् |
अथाब्रवीन्महातेजा हनुमान् मारुतात्मजः ॥
Hearing the pitiable appeal Seetha with tears, Hanuma of great splendour and the son of wind-god spoke (as follows)
atha = then; shrutvaa = hearing; vachanam = the words; bhaaSitam = spoken; karuNam = pitiably; saa shru = with tears; vaidehyaa = by Seetha; hanumaan = Hanuma; mahaatejaa = of great splendour; maarutaatmajaH = the son of wind-god; abraviit = spoke (as follows):
5.38.50
त्वच्छोकविमुखो रामो देवि सत्येन ते शपे |
रामे दुःखाभिपन्ने च लक्ष्मणः परितप्यते ॥
"O Seetha! Rama has grown averse to everything else, caused by grief towards you. I swear it to you by truth. When Rama is overpowered by grief; Lakshmana too gets tormented by grief."
devi = O Seetha!; raamaH = Rama; tvachchoka viukhaH = has grown averse to eveything else caused by grief towards you; shape = I swear; te = to you; satyena = by truth; raame = (When) Rama; duHkhaabhipanne = is overpowered by grief; lakSmaNaH cha = Lakshmana too; paritapyate = is tormented (by grief).
5.38.51
कथम् चिद्भवती दृष्टा न कालः परिदेवितुम् |
इमम् मुहूर्तम् दुःखानाम् द्रक्ष्यस्यन्तमनिन्दिते ॥
"O faultless Seetha! Somehow or other, you have been discovered by me. This is not the time to lament. Your will see the end of your sorrow within a short time."
anindite = O faultless Seetha!; kathamchit = Somehow or other; bhavatii = you; dR^iSTaa = appeared; na kaalaH = this is not the time; paridevitum = to lament; drakSyasi = you will see; antam = the end; duHkhaanaam = of your sorrows; imam muhuurtam = within this moment.
5.38.52
तावुभौ पुरुषव्याघ्रौ राजपुत्रौ महाबलौ |
त्वद्दर्शनकृतोत्साहौ लङ्काम् भस्मीकरिष्यतः ॥
"Those two mighty princes, the excellent among men, are eager to see you and they will reduce Lanka to ashes."
tau ubhau raajaputrau = those two princes; puruSavyaaghrau = the excellent among men; mahaabalau = the mighty ones; tvaddarshanakR^itotsaahau = and who are eager to see you; laN^kaam bhasmii kariSyataH = with reduce Lanka to ashes.
5.38.53
हत्वा च समरे क्रूतम् रावणम् सहबान्धवम् |
राघवस्त्वाम् विशालाक्षि नेष्यति स्वाम् पुरीम् प्रति ॥
"O large-eyed Seetha! Killing the cruel Ravana along with his relatives in battle, Rama will take you back to his own city."
vishaalaakSi = O large eyed Seetha!; hatvaa = killing; kruuram = the cruel; raavaNam = Ravana; sahabaandhavam = along with his relatives; raaghavaH = Rama; neSyati = will take; tvaam = you; svaam puriim prati = to his own city.
5.38.54
ब्रूहि यद्राघवो वाच्यो लक्ष्मणश्च महाबलः |
सुग्रीवो वापि तेजस्वी हरयोऽपि समागताः ॥
"Tell me what to be expressed to Rama or to the mighty Lakshmana or to the splendourous Sugreeva or even to the other monkeys assembled there."
bruuhi = tell me; yat vaachyaH = what to be expressed; raaghavaH = to Rama; mahaabalaH lakSmaNashcha = or to the mighty Lakshmana; tejasvii sugriivovaapi = or to the splendorous Sugreeva; harayo.api = samaagataaH = or to even the monkeys assembled (there).
5.38.55
इत्युक्तवति तस्मिंस्तु सीता सुरसुतोपमा |
उवाच शोकसंतप्ता हनुमन्तं प्लवंगमम् ॥
Hearing the words of Hanuma, Seetha, like the daughter of a sage, tormented with grief, spoke to Hanuma the monkey (as follows):
iti = thus; uktavati = spoken; tasmin = by that Hanuma; siita = Seetha; surasutopamaa = like the daughter of a sage; shoka santaptaa = tormented with grief; uvaacha = spoke; hanumantam = to Hanuma; plavamgamam = the monkey (as follows):
5.38.56
कौसल्या लोक भर्तारम् सुषुवे यम् मनस्विनी |
तम् मम अर्थे सुखम् पृच्छ शिरसा च अभिवादय ॥
"On my behalf, salute by bowing your head and ask about the welfare of Rama, the Lord of the worlds, whom the magnanimous Kausalya gave birth."
madarthe = On my behalf; abhivaadayacha shirasaa = salute by bowing your head; pR^ichchha = and ask; sukham = about the welfare of; tam = that Rama; lokabhartaaram = the lord of the worlds; yam = whom; manasvinii Kausalyaa = the magnanimous Kausalya; suSuva = gave birth.
5.38.57
स्रजः च सर्व रत्नानि प्रिया याः च वर अन्गनाः |
ऐश्वर्यम् च विशालायाम् पृथिव्याम् अपि दुर्लभम् ॥पितरम् मातरम् चैव सम्मान्य अभिप्रसाद्य च |
अनुप्रव्रजितो रामम् सुमित्रा येन सुप्रजाः ॥
(On my behalf, ask about the welfare of ) Lakshmana, that good child of Sumitra who, having renounced the wreaths of flowers, all the riches, pleasant and beautiful girls and even the prosperity difficult to be obtained in this extensive world, offered his profound respects to and pacified his father and mother, followed Rama to exile."
57; 58. sumitraa = Sumitra; suprajaaH = who got good children like Lakshmana; yena = by whom; srajashcha = wreaths of flowers; sarva ratnaani = all the riches; priyaaH yaaH varaaN^ganaaH = pleasant and beautiful girls; aishvaryamcha api = and even the prosperity; durlabham = difficult to be obtained; vishaalaam- pR^ithivyaam = on the extensive earth; (tyakta = were abandoned); sammaanya = venerating; abhiprasaadya cha = and praying for grace; pitram = his fatehr; maataramchaapi = and also his mother; raamaH anupravrajitaH = went to exile; following Rama.
5.38.59
आनुकूल्येन धर्म आत्मा त्यक्त्वा सुखम् अनुत्तमम् |
अनुगच्छति काकुत्स्थम् भ्रातरम् पालयन् वने ॥
"Renouncing a great comfort, the righteous Lakshmana, acting in an affectionate manner towards Rama, followed him, watching over him in the forest."
tyaktvaa = renouncing; anuttamam = a great; sukham = comfort; dharmaatmaa = the righteous Lakshmana; anugachchhati = followed; paalayam = protecting kaakutthsam = Rama; bhraataram = his elder brother; anukuulyena = acting in an affectionate way towards him; vane = in the forest.
5.38.60
सिम्ह स्कन्धो महाबाहुः मनस्वी प्रिय दर्शनः |
पितृवत् वर्तते रामे मातृवन् माम् समाचरन् ॥
"Lakshmana, who has broad shoulders like that ofa lion, mighty-armed, steady-minded and having pleasant looks, behaves towards Rama as towards his father and looks to me as his own mother."
simhaskandhaH = Lakshmana; who has broad shoulders like that of a lion; mahaabaahuH = mighty armed; mansvii = steady minded; priyadarshinaH = and having pleasant looks; vartate = who behaves; raame = towards Rama; pitR^ivat = as towards his father; samaacharan = and look to; maam = me; maatR^ivat = as his own mother.
5.38.61
प्रियमाणाम् तदा वीरो न तु माम् वेद लक्ष्मणः |
वृद्ध उपसेवी लक्ष्मीवान् शक्तो न बहु भाषिता ॥राज पुत्रः प्रिय श्रेष्ठः सदृशः श्वशुरस्य मे |
"The valiant Lakshmana, on that day of occurrence, did not know that I was being taken away by Ravana. He serves elders. He possesses a splendour. Though capable, he does not talk much. To Dasaratha, my father-in-law, he is his replica a beloved and the best prince."
viiraH = the valiant; lakSmaNaH = Lakshmana; tadaa = then; na veda = did not know; maam = me; hriyamaaNaam = as being taken away (by Ravana); vR^iddhopasevii = He serves elders; lakSmiivaan = He has splendour; na bahubhaaSitaa = He does not talk much; shaktaH = (though) capable me shashurasy = to Dasaratha; my father-in-law; sadR^ishaH = he is suitably well; priyaH = a beloved; shreSThaH = and best; raajaputraH = prince.
5.38.62
मत्तः प्रियतरो नित्यम् भ्राता रामस्य लक्ष्मणः ॥नियुक्तो धुरि यस्याम् तु ताम् उद्वहति वीर्यवान् |
"Lakshmana, the younger brother of Rama is the one who is dearer to me always. That energetic Lakshmana carries out well, whatever load of work is entrusted to him"
lakSmaNaH = Lakshmana; bhraataa = the younger brother; raamasya = of Rama; nityam = is always; priyataraH = the one; who is dearer; mam = to me; viiryavaan = the energetic Lakshmana; udvahati = carries out; taam = that; yasyaam = whatever; dhuri = load of work; niyuktaH = is entrusted.
5.38.63
यम् दृष्ट्वा राघवो न एव वृद्धम् आर्यम् अनुस्मरत् ॥स मम अर्थाय कुशलम् वक्तव्यो वचनान् मम |
"Seeing whom, Rama ceases to recollect his deceased father, that Lakshmana is to be asked about his well-being, as my word and on my behalf."
dR^iSTvaa = seeing; yam = whom; raaghavaH = Rama; na anusmaret = does not recollect; vR^ittam = (his) deceased; aaryam = father; saH = that Lakshmana; vaktavyaH = is to be asked; kushalam = about his well-being; mama vachanaat = as my word; mama arthaaya = on my behalf.
5.38.64
मृदुः नित्यम् शुचिः दक्षः प्रियो रामस्य लक्ष्मणः ॥यथा हि वानरश्रेष्ठ दुःखक्षयकरो भवेत् |
त्वमस्मिन् कार्यनिर्योगे प्रमाण हरिसत्तम ॥
"O Hanuma, the excellent of monkeys and the best of monkeys! you are the model for fulfilling this act of addressing him in such a way that Lakshmana, the mild, every-pure and clever darling of Rama may bring my sorrows to an end."
64; 65. vaanarashreSTha = O Hanuma; the excellent of monkeys; harisattama = and the best of monkeys!; tvam = you; pramaaNam = are the model; asmin kaaryaniryoge = for fulfilling this act (of addressing him); yathaa bhavet = in such a way; lakSmaNaH = that Lakshmana; mR^iduH = the mild; nityam = ever; shuchiH = pure; dakSaH = and clever; priyaH = darling; raamasya = of Rama; duHkhakSaya karaH = may bring my sorrows to an end.
5.38.66
राघवस्त्वत्समारम्भान्मयि यत्नपरो भवेत् |
इदम् ब्रूयाः च मे नाथम् शूरम् रामम् पुनः पुनः ॥
"Depending on your effort, Rama will be more active with his effort the following words again and again to Rama, my Lord and the hero:"
tvatsamaarambhaat = by your effort; raaghavaH = Rama; bhavet = will become; yatnaparaH = a diligent man; mayi = in my case; bruuyaaH = tell; idam = this; punaH punaH = again and again; raamam = to Rama; me naatham = my lord; shuuram = and the hero.
5.38.67
जीवितम् धारयिष्यामि मासम् दशरथ आत्मज |
ऊर्ध्वम् मासान् न जीवेयम् सत्येन अहम् ब्रवीमि ते ॥
"O Rama! I shall hold my life for a month. I cannot survive after a month I am telling you the truth."
dasharathaatmaja = O Rama!; dhaarayiSyaami = I shall hold; jiivitam = my life; maasam = for a month; na jiiveyam = I cannot survive; uurdhvam = after; maasaat = a month; aham = I; braviimi = am telling; te = you; satyena = by truth.
5.38.68
रावणेन उपरुद्धाम् माम् निकृत्या पाप कर्मणा |
त्रातुम् अर्हसि वीर त्वम् पातालात् इव कौशिकीम् ॥
"O valiant man! You are required to rescue me, detained (as I am) by Ravana the criminal and subjected to humiliation, as you (as Lord Vishnu) earlier protected Indra the Lord of celestials and Lakshmi the goddess of prosperity from the abode of servants and demons."
viira = O valiant man!; tvam = you; arhasi = are required; traatum = to protect; maam = me; uparuddhaam = who is detained; raavaNena = by Ravana; paapakarmaNaa = the criminal; nikR^ityaa = with humiliation; kaushikiimiva = (as you protected) Indra the Lord of celestials and Lakshmi the goddess of prosperity; paataalaat = from the abode of serpents and demons.
Sarga 38 (part 2 of 2)
5.38.69
ततो वस्त्र गतम् मुक्त्वा दिव्यम् चूडा मणिम् शुभम् |
प्रदेयो राघवाय इति सीता हनुमते ददौ ॥
Then, untying the bright devine jewel for her head tied in her garment, Seetha gave it to Hanuma, saying that it might be handed over to Rama.
tataH = then; muktvaa = untying; shubham = the bright; divyam = divine; chuuDaamaNim = jewel for her head; vastragatam = tied in her garment; siitaa = Seetha; dadau = gave (it); hanumate = to Hanuma; iti = saying; pradeyaH = that it might be delivered; raaghavaaya = to Rama.
5.38.70
प्रतिगृह्य ततो वीरो मणि रत्नम् अनुत्तमम् |
अन्गुल्या योजयामास न हि अस्या प्राभवत् भुजः ॥
Taking the excellent jewel, the valiant Hanuma thereupon fitted it to his finger, since his arm (eventhough he had assumed his former tiny form), was not fitting to it properly.
pratigR^ihya = taking; anuttamam = the excellent; maNiratnam = jewel; viiraH = the valiant Hanuma; tataH = thereupon; yojayaamaasa = fitted it; aN^gulyaa = to his finger; asya bhujaH = (since) his arm; (eventhough he had assumed his former tiny form) na praabhavat hi = was not fitting (to it).
5.38.71
मणि रत्नम् कपि वरः प्रतिगृह्य अभिवाद्य च |
सीताम् प्रदक्षिणम् कृत्वा प्रणतः पार्श्वतः स्थितः ॥
Receiving that jewel, Hanuma the best among the monkeys, offered his salutation to seetha, by engaging himself in circumambulation and stood aside with humbleness.
pratigR^ihya = receiving; maNiratnam = that jewel; kapivaraH = Hanuma the best among the monkeys; abhivaadya cha = offered his salutation; siitaam = to Seetha; pradakSiNam kR^itvaa = engaging in circumambulation; sthitaH = and stood; paarshvataH = aside; namrataH = with humbleness.
5.38.72
हर्षेण महता युक्तः सीता दर्शनजेन सः |
हृदयेन गतो रामम् शरीरेण तु विष्ठितः ॥
Filled with a great delight, born out of Seetha's discovery by him, that Hanuma mentally sought (the presence) of Rama but stood there with just his physical body.
yuktaH = enjoined; mahataa = harSeNa = with a great delight; siitaadarshanajena = born out of Seetha's discovery saH = that Hanuma; hR^idayena gataH = mentally sought (the presence); raamam = of Rama; viSThitaH = but stood there; shariireNatu = with his physical body alone.
5.38.73
मणि वरम् उपगृह्य तम् महाअर्हम् |
जनक नृप आत्मजया धृतम् प्रभावात् |
गिरि वर पवन अवधूत मुक्तः |
सुखित मनाः प्रतिसम्क्रमम् प्रपेदे ॥
Taking that excellent and highly venerable jewel, worn by Seetha and by its influence resembling one who was shaken by a blast coming from the top of a huge mountain, Hanuma was mentally pleased and set out for crossing the ocean in his return journey.
upagR^ihya = taking; tam maNivaram = that excellent jewel; mahaarham = the highly venerable one; dhR^itam = worn; janakanR^ipaatmajayaa = by Seetha; prabhaavaat = and by its influence; pavanaavadhuuta muktaH giririva = resembling one who was shaken by a blast coming from the top of a huge mountain; (Hanuma); sukhita manaaH = mentally pleased; prapede = set out for; pratisamkramam = crossing the ocean in return.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे अष्टत्रिंशः सर्गः
Sarga 39
5.39.1
मणिम् दत्त्वा ततः सीता हनूमन्तम् अथ अब्रवीत् |
अभिज्ञानम् अभिज्ञातम् एतत् रामस्य तत्त्वतः ॥
Then, after giving the jewel for head, Seetha spoke to Hanuma as follows: "This token of remembrance is actually known to Rama."
tataH = then; atha = after; dattvaa = giving; maNim = the jewel; siitaa = Seetha; abraviit = spoke; hanuumantam = to Hanuma (as follows); etat = this; abhijJNaatam = known; raamasya = to Rama.
5.39.2
मणिम् तु दृष्ट्वा रामो वै त्रयाणाम् संस्मरिष्यति |
वीरो जनन्या मम च राज्ञो दशरथस्य च ॥
"By seeing this jewel, the heroic Rama can recollect three of us, viz. my mother, myself and the king Dasaratha."
dR^iSTvaa = by seeing; maNim = (this) jewel; viiraH = the heroic; raamaH = Rama; samsmariSyati = can recollect; trayaaNaam = three of us; jananyaaH = viz. my mother; mamacha = myself; raajJNaH cha = and the king; dasharathasya = Dasaratha.
5.39.3
स भूयः त्वम् समुत्साहे चोदितो हरि सत्तम |
अस्मिन् कार्य समारम्भे प्रचिन्तय यत् उत्तरम् ॥
"O Hanuma the excellent among monkeys! Driven by your enthusiasm again, think what remains to be done in undertaking this task."
harisattama = O the excellent among monkeys; saH tvam = you; as such; bhuuyaH = again; samutsaahachoditaH = driven by enthusiasm; prachintaya = think; yat = what; uttaram = remains to be done; kaarya samaarambhe = in undertaking this task.
5.39.4
त्वम् अस्मिन् कार्य निर्योगे प्रमाणम् हरि सत्तम |
हनुमन् यत्नमास्थाय दुःखक्षयकरो भव ॥तस्य चिन्तय यो यत्नो दुह्ख क्षय करो भवेत् |
"O Hanuma the best among monkeys! You are capable of fulfilling this task. O Hanuma! Become the one who can remove my misfortunes, by employing your effort. If you think of it carefully, your effort will become the one which can remove my misfortunes."
harisattama = O Hanuma the best among monkeys!; asmin kaarya niryoge = In fulfillment of this task; tvam = you; pramaaNam = are the standard; hanuman = O Hanuma!; aasthaaya = utilizing; yatnam = your effort; bhava = become; duHkhakSayakaraH = the on who can remove my misfortunes; tasya = If you; as such; chintayataH = think; yatnah = your effort; bhavet = will become; duHkhhayakaraH = the one which can remove my misfortunes.
5.39.5
स तथा इति प्रतिज्ञाय मारुतिः भीम विक्रमः ॥शिरसा आवन्द्य वैदेहीम् गमनाय उपचक्रमे |
That Hanuma of terrific prowess, having promised 'so be it', offered salutation to Seetha by bowing his head to her and was set off to go.
saH maarutiH = that Hanuma; bhiima vikramaH = of terrific prowess; pratijJNaaya = having promised; tatheti = 'so be it'; vandya = offered his salutation; shirasaa = by bowing his head; vaidehiim = to Seetha; upachakrame = and was set off; gamanaaya = to go.
5.39.6
ज्ञात्वा सम्प्रस्थितम् देवी वानरम् मारुत आत्मजम् ॥बाष्प गद्गदया वाचा मैथिली वाक्यम् अब्रवीत् |
Getting to know Hanuma ready to set out, Seetha the princess spoke the following words with her voice choked by tears.
jJNaatvaa = getting to know; maarutaatmajam = Hanuma; samprasthitam = ready to set out; maithilii = Seetha; vaakyam = (the following) words; baaSpagadgadayaa = with her voice choked by tears.
5.39.7
कुशलम् हनुमन् ब्रूयाः सहितौ राम लक्ष्मणौ ॥सुग्रीवम् च सह अमात्यम् वृद्धान् सर्वान् च वानरान् |
ब्रुयस्त्वाम् वानरश्रेष्ठ कुशलम् धर्मसम्हितम् ॥
"O Hanuma, the excellent among monkeys! Ask about the welfare of both Rama and Lakshmana together. You also ask, according to our usage, about the welfare of Sugreeva together with his ministers and of all the monkeys who are elder."
7; 8. hanumaan = O Hanuma; vaanarashreSTha = the excellent among the monkeys!; bruuyaaH = ask; kushalam = about the welfare; raamalakSmaNau = of Rama and Lakshmana; sahitau = together; tvam = you; bruuyaaH = ask; dharmasamhitam = according to usage; kushalam = for welfare; sugriivamcha = of Sugreeva; sahaamaatyam = together with his ministers; sarvaan vaanaraan = of all the monkeys; vR^iddhaan = who are elder.
5.39.9
यथा च स महाबाहुः माम् तारयति राघवः |
अस्मात् दुह्ख अम्बु सम्रोधात् त्वम् समाधातुम् अर्हसि ॥
"You deserve to evolve a strategy through which the long-armed Rama can make me to cross over this ocean of misfortunes."
tvam = you; arhasi = deserve; samaadhatum = arrange through; saH raaghavaH = that Rama; mahaabaahuH = the long-armed; yathaa = the way in which; taarayati = he can make me to cross over; asmaat = this; duHkhaambu samrodhaat = ocean of misfortunes.
5.39.10
जीवन्तीम् माम् यथा रामः सम्भावयति कीर्तिमान् |
तत् त्वया हनुमन् वाच्यम् वाचा धर्मम् अवाप्नुहि ॥
"O Hanuma! Tell, in whatever manner, by which the illustrious Rama can console me, even while I am still surviving. Reap righteousness, by helping me through your word."
hanuman = O Hanuma!; tat = It; vaachyam = is to be told; yathaa tathaa = in whatever manner; (so that); kiirtimaan = the illustrious; raamaH = Rama; maam jiivantiim = while I am surviving; sambhaavayati = can console me; avaapuuhi = obtain; dharmam = righteousness; vaachaa = by your word.
5.39.11
नित्यम् उत्साह युक्ताः च वाचः श्रुत्वा मया ईरिताः |
वर्धिष्यते दाशरथेः पौरुषम् मत् अवाप्तये ॥
"Constantly hearing the words endowed with energy spoken by you, Rama's manly strength will be intensified to recover me."
nityam = constantly; shrutvaa = hearing; vaachaH = the words; utsaahayuktaaH = endowed with energy; iiritaaH = spoken; tvayaa = by you; daasharathaH = Rama's; pauruSam = manly strength; vardhiSyate = will by intensified; madavaapyate = to recover me.
5.39.12
मत् संदेश युता वाचः त्वत्तः श्रुत्वा एव राघवः |
पराक्रम विधिम् वीरो विधिवत् सम्विधास्यति ॥
'Hearing the words containing my message from you, the valiant Rama will duly set his heart in exercising his strength."
shrutvaa = hearing; vaachaH = the words; matsandesha yutaaH = containing my message; tvattaH = from you; viiraH = the valiant; raaghavaH = Rama; vidhivat samvidhaasyati = will duly set his heart; paraakramavidham = in exercising his strength.
5.39.13
सीतायाः तत् वचः श्रुत्वा हनुमान् मारुत आत्मजः |
शिरसि अञ्जलिम् आधाय वाक्यम् उत्तरम् अब्रवीत् ॥
Hearing the words of Seetha, Hanuma the son of wind-god, having placed his open hands side by side, slightly shallowed on his head in salutation), spoke the following words in reply.
shrutvaa = hearing; vachanam = the words; siitaayaaH = of Seetha; hanumaan = Hanuma; maarutaatmajaH = the son of wind-god; aadhaaya = having placed; aN^jalim = his open hands side by side; slightly hollowed; shirasi = on his head; abraviit = spoke; uttaram vaakyam = (the following) words in reply.
5.39.14
क्षिप्रम् एष्यति काकुत्स्थो हरि ऋक्ष प्रवरैः वृतः |
यस्ते युधि विजित्य अरीन् शोकम् व्यपनयिष्यति ॥
"Coming soon together with valiant monkeys and bears, Rama after defeating the enemies in battle, will eliminate your sorrow."
kaakutthasaH = Rama; eSyati = will come; kSipram = soon; haryR^ikSapravaraiah yutaH = together with excellent monkeys and bears; yaH = which Rama; vijitya = defeating; ariin = the enemies; yudhi = in battle; vyasanayiSyati = will devastate; te = your; shokam = sorrow.
5.39.15
न हि पश्यामि मर्त्येषु न अमरेष्व् असुरेषु वा |
यस्तस्य ष्खिपतो बाणान् स्थातुम् उत्सहते अग्रतः ॥
"While discharging his arrows, none can be seen either in men or in monkeys or in celestials who are able to stand before Rama in battle."
yaH = who; kSipataH = while discharging; baaNaan = his arrows; na hi pashyaami = none can be seen; martyeSu = either in human beings; vaanareSu = or in monkeys; sureSu vaa = or in celestials; utsahate = are able; sthaatum = to stand; agrataH = before; yaH = that Rama; yudhi = in battle.
5.39.16
अपि अर्कम् अपि पर्जन्यम् अपि वैवस्वतम् यमम् |
स हि सोढुम् रणे शक्तः तव हेतोः विशेषतः ॥
"That Rama is capable of enduring even the sun-god, even Indra the god of rain or even Yama the god of death, son of the sun-god a battle-field especially for your sake."
saH = that Rama; shaktaH = is capable; soDhum = to endure; arkamapi = even the sun-god; parjanyam api = even Indra the god of rain; yamam = or Yama; vaivasvatam = son of the sun-god; raNe = in battle-field; visheSataH = especially; tava hetoH = for your sake.
5.39.17
स हि सागर पर्यन्ताम् महीम् शासितुम् ईहते |
त्वन् निमित्तो हि रामस्य जयो जनक नन्दिनि ॥
"Rama is indeed worthwhile to master the entire earth bounded by the ocean. O Seetha! Rama's victory is indeed for your sake."
saH = that Rama; arhati hi = is indeed worthwhile; saadhitum = to master; mahiim = the earth; saagaraparyantaam = which extends to the ocean; janakanandini = O Seetha!; raamasya = Rama's jayaH = victory; tvannimittohi = is indeed for your sake.
5.39.18
तस्य तत् वचनम् श्रुत्वा सम्यक् सत्यम् सुभाषितम् |
जानकी बहु मेने अथ वचनम् च इदम् अब्रवीत् ॥
Hearing those words of Hanuma, spoken rightly and truly well, Seetha held him in great respect and proceeded to speak (the following) words:
shrutvaa = hearing; tat vachanam = those words; tasya = of Hanuma; subhaaSitam = spoken rightly; satyam = and truly; samyak = well; jaanakii = Seetha; bahumane = highly respected him; atha = thereupon; abraviit = spoke; idam = these; vachanam cha = words too.
5.39.19
ततः तम् प्रस्थितम् सीता वीक्षमाणा पुनः पुनः |
भर्तुः स्नेह अन्वितम् वाक्यम् सौहार्दात् अनुमानयत् ॥
Thereupon, looking again and again towards that Hanuma who was going away, Seetha kind-heartedly adored his words endowed with friendliness for her husband.
tataH = thereupon; viikSamaaNaa = looking punaH punaH = again and again; tam = (towards) that Hanuma; prasthitam = who was going away; siitaa = Seetha; sauhaardaat = kind-heartedly; anumaanayat = adored; vaakyam = his words; bhartR^isnehaanvitam = endowed with friendliness for her husband.
5.39.20
यदि वा मन्यसे वीर वस एक अहम् अरिम् दम |
कस्मिंश्चित् सम्वृते देशे विश्रान्तः श्वो गमिष्यसि ॥
"O valiant monkey, the annihilator of enemies! If you are agreeable, stay for a day at any one secret place. After taking rest, you can go tomorrow."
viira = O valiant monkey; arimdama = the annihilator of enemies!; manyasse yadi = If you think it as good; vasa = stay; ekaaham = for a day; kasmimshchit = at anyone; samvR^ite = secret; deshe = place; vishraantaH = after taking rest; gamiSyasi = you can go; shvaH = tomorrow.
5.39.21
मम चेत् अल्प भाग्यायाः साम्निध्यात् तव वीर्यवान् |
अस्य शोकस्य महतो मुहूर्तम् मोक्षणम् भवेत् ॥
"O Hanuma! Because of your vicinity, there may be a relief for a moment to this great sorrow of me, who is less fortunate."
vaanara = O Hanuma! tava sannidhyaat = because of your vicinity; bhavet chet = there may be; mokSaNam = a relief; muhuurtam = for a moment; mahataH asya shokasya = to this great sorrow; mama = of me; alpabhaagyaayaaH = who is less fortunate.
5.39.22
गते हि हरि शार्दूल पुनः आगमनाय तु |
प्राणानाम् अपि संदेहो मम स्यान् न अत्र संशयः ॥
"O Hanuma the lion among the monkeys! If after that, there is any doubt about your return, there is a doubt even for my survival too. There is no suspicion about this matter."
harishaarduula = O lion among the monkeys!; gate = while you go; punaraagamanaaya = for your return; syaat = there will be; sandehaH = a doubt; mama praaNaanaam api = even to my survival; na = there is no; samdehaH = doubt; atra = in this matter.
5.39.23
तव अदर्शनजः शोको भूयो माम् परितापयेत् |
दुह्खात् दुह्ख परामृष्टाम् दीपयन्न् इव वानर ॥
'O Hanuma! To me, who is tormented by one grief after another grief, my sorrow due to your disappearance will further torment me, like a burning flame."
vaanara = O Hanuma!; mama = to me; duHkhaat = duHkhaparaamR^iSTaam = who is touched by one grief after another grief; shokaH = my sorrow; tava adarshanajaH = due to your disappearance; paritaapayet = will torment me; bhuuyaH = again; diipayanniva = like a burning flame.
5.39.24
अयम् च वीर संदेहः तिष्ठति इव मम अग्रतः |
सुमहान् त्वत् सहायेषु हरि ऋक्षेषु हरि ईश्वर ॥
"O best among the monkeys! O valiant one! In the matter of monkeys and bears who are your helpmates, this highly great doubt is lingering before me."
hariishvara = O best among the monkeys; viira = the valiant one!; haryR^ikSeSu = In the matter of monkeys and bears; tvatsahaayeSu- who are helpmates to you; ayam = this; sumahaan = highly great; sandehaH = doubt; tiSThatiiva = is standing; agrataH = before me.
5.39.25
कथम् नु खलु दुष्पारम् तरिष्यन्ति महाउदधिम् |
तानि हरि ऋक्ष सैन्यानि तौ वा नर वर आत्मजौ ॥
"How indeed can those troops of monkeys and bears or Rama and Lakshmana can cross that great insurmountable ocean?"
kathumnu = how; khalu = indeed; taani = those; haryR^ikSasainyaani = troops of monkeys and bears; tau naravaraatmajauvaa = or those two princes; tariSyanti = can cross; duSpaaram = the insurmountable; mahodadhim = great ocean?
5.39.26
त्रयाणाम् एव भूतानाम् सागरस्य इह लन्घने |
शक्तिः स्यात् वैनतेयस्य तव वा मारुतस्य वा ॥
"Three beings viz. Garuda the eagle, or yourself or the wind-god only have the capacity of crossing this ocean."
trayaaNaam eva = only three; bhuutaanaam = beings; vainateyasyavaa = viz. Garuda the eagle; tavavaa = or yourself; maarutasya vaa = or the wind-god; syaat = have; shaktiH = the capacity; laN^ghane = in crossing; asya = of this; saagarasya = ocean.
5.39.27
तत् अस्मिन् कार्य निर्योगे वीर एवम् दुरतिक्रमे |
किम् पश्यसि समाधानम् त्वम् हि कार्यविदाम् वरः ॥
"O valiant monkey! That is why, what strategy are you visualizing to fulfill this act, which is thus impassable? You are indeed excellent of those who know how to accomplish a task.
viira = O valiant monkeys!; tat = that is why; kim = what; samaadhaanam = strategy; pashyasi = are you visualizing; asmin kaaryaniryoge = to fulfill this act; duratikrame = which is impassable; evam = thus?; tvam = you; varaH hi = are indeed excellent; kaaryavidaam = of those who know how to accomplish any work.
5.39.28
कामम् अस्य त्वम् एव एकः कार्यस्य परिसाधने |
पर्याप्तः पर वीरघ्न यशस्यः ते बल उदयः ॥
"O Hanuma the annihilator of hostile enemies! You, as one alone, is capable of fulfilling this task. Your act of fulfilling the result is well-known."
para viiraghna = O Hanuma the annihilator of strong enemies!; tvam = you; eka eva = as one alone; paryaaptaH kaamam = are accomplisher of desires (capable); parisaadhane = of fulfilling; asya kaaryasya = this task; te = your; phalodayaH = fulfillment of result; yashasyaH = is famous.
5.39.29
बलैः समग्रैः यदि माम् रावणम् जित्य सम्युगे |
विजयी स्व पुरम् यायात् तत् तु मे स्यात् यशः करम् ॥
"If Rama defeats Ravana with his entire army in battle and as a champion takes me back to his own city, it will be quite worthy of him."
yadi jitya = (If Rama) defeating; raavaNam = Ravana; samagraiH balaiH = with all his army; samyuge = in battle; vijayii = and as a champion; yaayaat = taking; maam = me; svapuram = to his own city; tatsadR^isham bhavet = it will be worthy; tasya = of him.
5.39.30
शरैस्तु सम्कुलाम् कृत्वा लन्काम् पर बल अर्दनः |
माम् नयेत् यदि काकुत्स्थः तत् तस्य सदृशम् भवेत् ॥
"If Rama, the destroyer of rival army, fills the entire Lanka with his arrows and takes me home, it will be quite worthy of him."
yadi kaakutthsaH = If Rama; parabalaardanaH = the destroyer of army of adversaries; kR^itvaa = making; laN^kaam = Lanka; samkulaam = filled; sharaiH = with arrows; maam nayet = take me home; tat = that; sadR^isham bhavet = will be worthy; tasya = of him.
5.39.31
तत् यथा तस्य विक्रान्तम् अनुरूपम् महात्मनः |
भवेत् आहव शूरस्य तथा त्वम् उपपादय ॥
"For that reason, you act in such a way, that Rama the high-souled man, valiant in battle, may exhibit the prowess befitting of him."
tat = for that reason; tvam = you; upapaadaya = act; yathaa = in such a way; tathaa = that; mahaatmanaH = Rama; the high-souled man; aahavashuurasya = valiant in battle; bhavet = may become; vikraantam = the prowess; anuruupam = worthy; tasya = of him.
5.39.32
तत् अर्थ उपहितम् वाक्यम् सहितम् हेतु सम्हितम् |
निशम्य हनुमान् शेषम् वाक्यम् उत्तरम् अब्रवीत् ॥
Hearing those words, which were meaningful humble and attended with reason, Hanuma gave his final reply (as follows)
nishamya = hearing; tat vaakyam = those words; arthopahitam = which were meaningful; prashritam = humble; hetusamhitam = and attended with reason; hanumaan = Hanuma; abraviit = spoke; sheSam = the remaining; uttaram vaakyam = reply.
5.39.33
देवि हरि ऋक्ष सैन्यानाम् ईश्वरः प्लवताम् वरः |
सुग्रीवः सत्त्व सम्पन्नः तव अर्थे कृत निश्चयः ॥
"O Seetha the princess! Sugreeva, the Lord of the troops of monkeys and bears and the premost among the monkeys, who is endowed with strength, is firmly determined in your cause."
devi = O Seetha the princess!; sugriivaH = Sugreeva; iishvaraH = the Lord; vaanara bhalluukasainyaanaam = of the armies of monkeys and bears; plavataam varaH = excellent among the monkeys; sattvasampannaH = and endowed with strength; kR^itanishchayaH = is firmly determined; tava arthe = in your cause.
5.39.34
स वानर सहस्राणाम् कोटीभिः अभिसम्वृतः |
क्षिप्रम् एष्यति वैदेहि राक्षसानाम् निबर्हणः ॥
"O Seetha! That Sugreeva, endowed with thousands and crores of monkeys, will come soon to destroy the demons."
vaidehi = O Seetha!; saH = that Sugreeva; abhisamvR^itaH = endowed with; vaanara sahasraaNaam koTiibhiH = thousands and crores of monkeys; eSyati = will come; shiighram = soon; nibharhaNah = to destroy; raakSasaam = the demons.
5.39.35
तस्य विक्रम सम्पन्नाः सत्त्ववन्तो महाबलाः |
मनः सम्कल्प सम्पाता निदेशे हरयः स्थिताः ॥
"So many monkeys, endowed with prowess, perseverance, great strength and who can rush to any place as they wish are intensely committed to Sugreeva's command.
harayaH = the monkeys; vikramasampannaaH = endowed with prowess; sattvavantaH = perseverance; mahaabalaaH = great strength; manaH sankalpa sampaataaH = and who can rush to any place as they wish; sthitaaH = are intensely committed; tasya = to Sugreeva's; nideshe = command.
5.39.36
येषाम् न उपरि न अधस्तान् न तिर्यक् सज्जते गतिः |
न च कर्मसु सीदन्ति महत्स्व् अमित तेजसः ॥
"There is no hindrance to their movement either in the sky or in the ground or in any horizontal region (between the sky and the ground) with unlimited splendour are not indolent in performing any great task."
yeSaam = whose; gatiH = movement; upari = on the sky; adhastaat = or on the ground; na sajjate = has no hindrance; na = has no hindrance; tiryak = (even) horizontally; (those monkeys); amita tejasaH = with unlimited splendour; na siidanti = are not indolent; mahatsu karmasu = (to perform) great tasks.
5.39.37
असकृत् तैः महाउत्सहैः ससागर धरा धरा |
प्रदक्षिणी कृता भूमिः वायु मार्ग अनुसारिभिः ॥
"The earth with its oceans and mountains has been circumambulated clockwise many times by those monkeys, who are highly energetic and who follow the aerial path."
taiH = by those monkeys; mahotsaahaiH = which are highly energetic; vaayumaargaanusaaribhiH = and follow the path of the wind; bhuumiH = the earth; sa saagaradharaadharaa = with its oceans and mountains; pradakSiNiikR^itaa = has been circumambulated clockwise; asakR^it = many times.
5.39.38
मत् विशिष्टाः च तुल्याः च सन्ति तत्र वन ओकसः |
मत्तः प्रत्यवरः कश्चिन् न अस्ति सुग्रीव सम्निधौ ॥
"In them, some of the monkeys are superior to me and some are even equal to me. No one in the vicinity of Sugreeva is inferior to me."
tatra = in them; vanausaH = (some of) the monkeys; madvishiSTaashcha = are superior to me; tulyaashcha = and some; even equal to me; santi = are there; kashchit naasti = none; sugriiva; pratyavaraH = is inferior; mattaH = to me.
5.39.39
अहम् तावत् इह प्राप्तः किम् पुनः ते महाबलाः |
न हि प्रकृष्टाः प्रेष्यन्ते प्रेष्यन्ते हि इतरे जनाः ॥
"When I have arrived here, why to talk about the mighty ones? Generally, superior ones are not sent for errands. Only others are indeed sent."
aham taavat = I myself; anupraaptaH = has come; iha = here; kim punaH = why to talk; te = about them; mahaabalaaH = who are mighty?; prakR^iSTaaH = the superior ones; na preSyante hi = are not sent (for errands); itare = other; janaaH = persons; preSante hi = are indeed sent.
5.39.40
तत् अलम् परितापेन देवि शोको व्यपैतु ते |
एक उत्पातेन ते लन्काम् एष्यन्ति हरि यूथपाः ॥
"O Seetha the princess! Enough of your lamentation. Take away your sorrow. Those leaders of monkeys will reach Lanka by one single leap."
devi = O Seetha the princess!; tat = that is why; alam = enough; paritaapena = of (your) lamentation; te shokaH = (Let) your sorrow; vyapaitu = be removed; te = those; hariyuuthapaaH = leaders of monkeys; eSyanti = will reach; laN^kaam = Lanka; ekotpaatena = by one single leap.
5.39.41
मम पृष्ठ गतौ तौ च चन्द्र सूर्याव् इव उदितौ |
त्वत् सकाशम् महासत्त्वौ नृसिम्हाव् आगमिष्यतः ॥
"Rama and Lakshmana, those two lions among men also of great strength, ascending on my shoulders, can come to you, like the rising sun and the moon."
tau nR^isimhau cha = those two lions among men; Rama and Lakshmana too; mahaasathau = of great strength; mama pR^iSThagatau = sitting on my shoulders; aagamiSyataH = can come; tvatsakaasham = to you; uditau chandra suuryaaviva = like the rising sun and the moon.
5.39.42
तौ हि वीरौ नर वरौ सहितौ राम लक्ष्मणौ |
आगम्य नगरीम् लन्काम् सायकैः विधमिष्यतः ॥
"Coming together, Rama and Lakshmana the valiant and the excellent among men, can destroy the City of Lanka with their arrows."
tataH = thereafter; raamalakSmaNau = Rama and Lakshmana; viirau = the valiant; naravarau = and the excellent among men; aagamya = coming; sahitau = together; vidhamiSyataH = can destroy; laN^kaamnagariim = the city of Lanka; saayakaiH = with their arrows.
5.39.43
सगणम् रावणम् हत्वा राघवो रघु नन्दनः |
त्वाम् आदाय वर आरोहे स्व पुरम् प्रतियास्यति ॥
"O Seetha with a good waist! Rama, the delight of Raghu dynasty, killing Ravana together with his troops, will return to his town, duly taking you with him."
varaarohe = O Seetha; with a good waist!; raagavaH = Rama; raghunandanaH = the delight of Raghu dynasty; hattvaa = killing; raavaNam = Ravana; sagaNam = along with his troops; pratiyasyati = will return; svapuriim = to his town tvaam aadaaya = taking you (with him).
5.39.44
तत् आश्वसिहि भद्रम् ते भव त्वम् काल कान्क्षिणी |
नचिरात् द्रक्ष्यसे रामम् प्रज्वजन्तम् इव अनिलम् ॥
"For that reason, console yourself indeed! Happiness to you! If you wait for some time, you shall see, within a short time, Rama like a blazing fire."
tat = for that reason; aashrasi hi = console yourself indeed!; te bhadram = happiness to you!; bhava = be; kaalakaaN^kSiNi = waiting for the time; drakSyase = you shall see; na chiraat = within a short time; raamam = Rama; prajvalantam analam iva = like a blazing fire.
5.39.45
निहते राक्षस इन्द्रे च सपुत्र अमात्य बान्धवे |
त्वम् समेष्यसि रामेण शश अन्केन इव रोहिणी ॥
"When this king of demons is killed along with his sons, ministers and relatives, you will meet Rama, as Rohini* met the moon."
asmin = (when) this; raakSasendre = king of demons; nihate = is killed; saputraamaatyabaandhave = along with his sons; ministers and relatives; tvam = you; sameSyasi = will meet; raameNa = Rama; rohiNi iva = as Rohini*; shashaaN^kena = (met) the moon.
*Rohini: A consort of the moon-god, presiding over a constellation of the same name.
5.39.46
क्षिप्रम् त्वम् देवि शोकस्य पारम् यास्यसि मैथिलि |
रावणम् चैव रामेण निहतम् द्रक्ष्यसे अचिरात् ॥
"O Seetha the princess! You shall see the end of your sorrow soon. Within a short time, you will also see the end of Ravana, as destroyed by Rama."
devi = O princess!; maithili = O Seetha!; tvam = you; yaasyasi = can reach; paaram = the end; shokasya = of your sorrow; kSipram = soon; achiraat = within a short time; drakSyase chaiva = you can also see; raavaNam = Ravana; nihatam = as destroyed; raameNa = by Rama.
5.39.47
एवम् आश्वस्य वैदेहीम् हनूमान् मारुत आत्मजः |
गमनाय मतिम् कृत्वा वैदेहीम् पुनः अब्रवीत् ॥
Thus consoling Seetha, Hanuma the son of wind-god made up his mind to go back and spoke to Seetha again as follows:
evam = thus; aashvaasya = consoling; vaidehiim = Seetha; hanumaan = Hanuma; maarutaatmajaH = the son of wind-god; kR^itva = making up; matim = his mind; gamanaaya = to go; abraviit = spoke; vaidehiim = to Seetha; punaH = again (as follows):
5.39.48
तम् अरिघ्नम् कृत आत्मानम् क्षिप्रम् द्रक्ष्यसि राघवम् |
लक्ष्मणम् च धनुष् पाणिम् लन्का द्वारम् उपस्थितम् ॥
"That Rama the annihilator of enemies, who firmly decided to destroy his adversaries and Lakshmana wielding a bow in his hand will soon reach the entrance of Lanka and you will see them."
tam raaghavam = that Rama; arighnam = the annihilator of enemies; kR^itaatmaanam = who firmly decided (to destroy his adversaries); lakSmaNamcha = and Lakshmana; dhanuSpaaNim = wielding bow in his hand; kSipram = will soon; upaagatam = reach; laN^kaadvaaraam = the entrance of Lanka; drakSyasi = (and) you will see (them).
5.39.49
नख दम्ष्ट्र आयुधान् वीरान् सिम्ह शार्दूल विक्रमान् |
वानरान् वारण इन्द्र आभान् क्षिप्रम् द्रक्ष्यसि सम्गतान् ॥
"You can see soon those valiant monkeys, with their claws and tusks as weapons, having the prowess of lions and tigers and looking like lordly elephants, coming together."
drakSyasi = you can see; kSipram = soon; viiraan vaanaraan = the valiant monkeys; nakhadamSTra aayudhaan = with their claws and tusks as weapons; simha shaarduula vikramaan = having the prowess of lions and tigers; vaaraNendraabhaan = looking like lordly elephants; samgataan = coming together.
5.39.50
शैल अम्बुद निकाशानाम् लन्का मलय सानुषु |
नर्दताम् कपि मुख्यानाम् आर्ये यूथानि अनेकशः ॥
"O venerable lady! You shall see many troops of excellent monkeys resembling hills and clouds, thundering on the peaks of Malaya mountain in Lanka."
aarye = O venerable lady!; (you shall see); anekashaH = many; yuuthaani = troops; kapi mukhyaanaam = of excellent monkeys; shailaambudanikaashaanaam = resembling hillls and clouds; nardataam = thundering; laN^kaamalaya saanuSu = on the peaks of Malaya mountain in Lanka.
5.39.51
स तु मर्मणि घोरेण ताडितो मन्मथ इषुणा |
न शर्म लभते रामः सिम्ह अर्दित इव द्विपः ॥
"Hit in the vitals by the darts of venerable Manmatha the god of love, Rama is not obtaining happiness, as an elephant gets tormented by a lion."
taaDitaH = hit; maronaNi = in the vitals; ghore manmatheSuNaa = by the darts of venerable Manmatha the god of love; saH raamaH = that Rama; na labhate = is not obtaining; sharma = happiness; dvipaH iva = as an elephant; simhaarditaH = tormented by a lion.
5.39.52
मा रुदो देवि शोकेन मा भूत् ते मनसो अप्रियम् |
शची इव पथ्या शक्रेण भर्त्रा नाथवती हि असि ॥
"O Seetha the princess! Do not weep with grief. Let your mind be without any unpleasantness. You are indeed having Rama your husband as your protector like Shachi having Indra her husband as a protector."
devi = O Seetha the princess!; maarudaH = do not weep; shokena = with grief; te manasaH = (Let) your mind; maabhuut = be without; apriyam = unpleasantness; naathavatii bhartraa asihi = you are indeed having Rama; your husband as a protector; shachiiva = as Shachi; patyaa shakreNa = having Indra; the husband as her protector.
5.39.53
रामात् विशिष्टः को अन्यो अस्ति कश्चित् सौमित्रिणा समः |
अग्नि मारुत कल्पौ तौ भ्रातरौ तव संश्रयौ ॥
"Who else is there greater than Rama or who else equal to Lakshmana? Those two brothers, like fire and wind, are supportive to you."
kaH anyaH = who else; asti = is there; vishiSTaH = what so greater; raamaat = than Rama; kashchit = or any person; samaH = equal; saumitriNaa = to Lakshmana?; tau bhraatarau = those two brothers; agni maaruta kalpau = equal to fire and wind; samshrayau = are supportive; tava = to you.
5.39.54
न अस्मिन् चिरम् वत्स्यसि देवि देशे |
रक्षो गणैः अध्युषितो अतिरौद्रे |
न ते चिरात् आगमनम् प्रियस्य |
क्षमस्व मत् साम्गम काल मात्रम् ॥
"O Seetha the princess! You will not stay for long at this place, which is very terrific and occupied with a multitude of demons. The arrival of your husband will not be delayed. Be patient till the moment of my meeting with Rama on my return."
devi = O Seetha the princess!; na vatsyasi = you will not stay; chiram = for long; asmin deshe = at this place; atiraudre = which is very terrific; adhyuSite = and occupied; rakSogaNaiH = with multitude of demons; aagamanam = the arrival; te priyasya = of your husband; na chiraat = will not be delayed; kSamasva = be patient; matsangakaala maatram = till the moment of my meeting (with Rama my return).
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्धरकाण्डे एकोनचत्वारिंशः सर्गः
Sarga 40
5.40.1
श्रुत्वा तु वचनम् तस्य वायु सूनोः महात्मनः |
उवाच आत्म हितम् वाक्यम् सीता सुर सुत उपमा ॥
Hearing the words of that high-souled Hanuma, Seetha who resembled the daughter of god, spoke the following words beneficial to herself.
shrutvaa = hearing; vachanam = the words; tasya = of that; mahaatmanaH = high-souled; vaayusuunoH = Hanuma; Siita = Seetha; surasutopamaa = similar to the daughter of god; uvaacha = spoke; vaakyam = (the following) words; aatmahitam = beneficial to herself.
5.40.2
त्वाम् दृष्ट्वा प्रिय वक्तारम् सम्प्रहृष्यामि वानर |
अर्ध सम्जात सस्य इव वृष्टिम् प्राप्य वसुम् धरा ॥
"O Hanuma! Seeing you speaking pleasant words, I am as overjoyed, as a field with half-sprouted crop of grain is thrilled by receiving a rain."
vaanara = O Hanuma!; dR^iSTvaa = seeing; tvaam = you; priyavaktaaram = speaking pleasant words; samprahR^iSyaami = I am over-joyed; vasumdharaa iva = as a field; artham samjaatasasyaa = with half-sprouted crop of grain; (is over-joyed); praapyeva = by receiving; vR^iSTim = a rain.
5.40.3
यथा तम् पुरुष व्याघ्रम् गात्रैः शोक अभिकर्शितैः |
संस्पृशेयम् सकामा अहम् तथा कुरु दयाम् मयि ॥
"With my limbs emaciated with grief, I have a desire to touch that Rama the tiger among men. Show mercy on me and fulfill my desire."
aham = I; gatriH = with my limbs; shokaabhikarshitaiH = emaciated; sakaamaa = having a desire; yathaa = how; samspR^isheyam = to touch; puruSavyaaghram = that Rama the tiger among men; tathaa = in that manner; kuru = oblige; dayaam = your kindness; mayi = in me.
5.40.4
अभिज्ञानम् च रामस्य दत्तम् हरि गण उत्तम |
क्षिप्ताम् ईषिकाम् काकस्य कोपात् एक अक्षि शातनीम् ॥
"O Hanuma the excellent one among the troops of monkeys! Present the story of the blade of grass called Ishika hurled with anger and thereby one eye of the crow destroyed by Rama (as a signal remembrance)."
harigaNottama = O Hanuma; the excellent one among the troops of monkeys!; dadyaaH = Present (the story of); iSiikaam = a blade of grass; called Ishika; abhiJNaanam = as a signet; kSiptaam = hurled; kopaat = with anger; kaakasya ekaakSishaataniim = and the one eye of a crow destroyed; raamasya = by Rama.
5.40.5
मनः शिलायाः तिकलो गण्ड पार्श्वे निवेशितः |
त्वया प्रनष्टे तिलके तम् किल स्मर्तुम् अर्हसि ॥
"O Rama! You ought surely to recollect that while a mark on my forehead had got effaced once, another mark with realgar was indeed painted by you on the side of my cheek."
(O Rama!); tilake = While a mark on my forehead; praNSTe = had got effaced; manashishilaayaaH tilakaH = a mark on my forehead with realgar; niveshitaH kila = was indeed painted; tvayaa = by you; gaNDa paarshve = on the side of my cheek; arhasi = you ought surely; smartum = to recollect; tam = it.
5.40.6
स वीर्यवान् कथम् सीताम् हृताम् समनुमन्यसे |
वसन्तीम् रक्षसाम् मध्ये महाइन्द्र वरुण उपम ॥
"How are you, the valiant man equal to Indra the Lord of celestials and Varuna the King of Universe, ignore Seetha who was taken away and now staying in the midst of these demons?"
katham = How; sah = are you as such; viiryavaan = the valiant one; mahendra varuNopamaH = equal to Indra the Lord of celestials and Varuna the king of Universe; samanumanyase = give consent to; siitaam = Seetha; hR^itaam = having been taken away; vasantiim = and staying; madhye = in the middle; rakSasaam = of the demons.
5.40.7
एष चूडा मणिः दिव्यो मया सुपरिरक्षितः |
एतम् दृष्ट्वा प्रहृष्यामि व्यसने त्वाम् इव अनघ ॥
"O faultless Rama! This wonderful jewel for the head head has been protected well by me. Seeing this in my distress, I have been getting delighted, as though I have seen you."
anagha = O faultless Rama!; eSaH = this; divyaH = wonderful; chuuDaamaNiH = jewel for the head; suparirakSitaH = has been protected well; mayaa = by me; dR^iSTvaa = seeing this; vyasane = in my distress; prahR^iSyaami = I have been getting delighted; tvaamiva = as though I have seen you.
5.40.8
एष निर्यातितः श्रीमान् मया ते वारि सम्भवः |
अतः परम् न शक्ष्यामि जीवितुम् शोक लालसा ॥
"This splendid jewel, produced in water, has been sent to you. Absorbed in grief, I shall not be able to survive henceforth."
eSaH = this jewel; shriimaan = which is splendid; vaarisambhavaH = and produced in water; niryaatitaH = has been sent; te = to you; shoka laalasaa = absorbed in grief; na shakSyaami = I shall not be able; jiivitum = to survive; ataH param = hence forth.
5.40.9
असह्यानि च दुह्खानि वाचः च हृदयच् चिदः |
राक्षसीनाम् सुघोराणाम् त्वत् कृते मर्षयामि अहम् ॥
"With a hope of your coming here at any time, I am enduring these unbearable hardships and also the words of horrible female demons; which pierce my heart."
tvatkR^ite = for your sake; aham = I; marSayaami = am enduring; asahyaani = (these) unbearable; duHkhaani = troubles; vaachashcha = and the words; raakSasiinaam = of female-demons; sughoraaNaam = which are very horrible; hR^idayachchhidaH = which pierce my heart.
5.40.10
धारयिष्यामि मासम् तु जीवितम् शत्रु सूदन |
मासात् ऊर्ध्वम् न जीविष्ये त्वया हीना नृप आत्मज ॥
"O Rama the prince, the annihilator of enemies! I shall hold my life only for a month. I will not survive without you, after a month."
shatrusuudana = O annihilator of enemies; nR^ipaatmaja = O Rama the prince!; dhaarayiSyaami = I shall hold; jiivitam = my life; maasamtu = only for a month; na jiiviSye = I will not survive; uurdhvam maasaat = after a month; hiinaa = left out; tvayaa = by you.
5.40.11
घोरो राक्षस राजो अयम् दृष्टिः च न सुखा मयि |
त्वाम् च श्रुत्वा विपद्यन्तम् न जीवेयम् अहम् क्षणम् ॥
"This Ravana, the king of demons, is terrible. In my instance, his glance is not pleasant. Hearing that you are causing a delay, I will not survive even for a moment."
ayam = this; raakSasaraajaH = Ravana; the king of demons; ghoraH = is terrible; mayi = in my instance; dR^iSTiH = his glance; na sukhaa = is not pleasant; shrutvaa = hearing; tvaam = (that) you; viSajjantam = are causing a delay; aham = I; na jiiveyam = will not live; kSaNam = even for a moment.
5.40.12
वैदेह्या वचनम् श्रुत्वा करुणम् स अश्रु भाषितम् |
अथ अब्रवीन् महातेजा हनुमान् मारुत आत्मजः ॥
Hearing the words of Seetha, spoken pitiably with tears, Hanuma the son of wind-god, with a great splendour, spoke (as follows):
shrutvaa = hearing; vachanam = the words; vaidehyaaH = of Seetha; bhaaSitam = spoken; karuNam = pitiably; saashru = with tears; hanumaan = Hanuma; maarutaatmajaH = the son of wind-god; mahaatejaaH = having great splendour; atha = thereafter; abraviit = spoke (as follows):
5.40.13
त्वत् शोक विमुखो रामो देवि सत्येन ते शपे |
रामे शोक अभिभूते तु लक्ष्मणः परितप्यते ॥कथंचित् भवती दृष्टा न कालः परिशोचितुम् |
इमम् मुहूर्तम् दुह्खानाम् अन्तम् द्रक्ष्यसि भामिनि ॥ताव् उभौ पुरुष व्याघ्रौ राज पुत्राव् अनिन्दितौ |
त्वत् दर्शन कृत उत्साहौ लन्काम् भस्मी करिष्यतः ॥हत्वा तु समरे क्रूरम् रावणम् सह बान्धवम् |
राघवौ त्वाम् विशाल अक्षि स्वाम् पुरीम् प्रापयिष्यतः ॥
"O Seetha the princess! Rama has grown averse to everything else, caused by grief towards you. I sear it to you truly. when Rama is overpowered by grief, Lakshmana too gets tormented with grief." "O lady! Somehow or other, you have been discovered by me. This is not the time to lament. You will see the end of your sorrow shortly." "Those two princes, the excellent among men, the annihilator of enemies and who are eager to see you, will surely reduce Lanka to ashes. "O large-eyed Seetha! Killing the cruel Ravana along with his relatives, Rama and Lakshmana will take you to their own city."
13; 14; 15; 16. devi = O Seetha; the princess!; raamaH = Rama; tva chchoka vimukhaH = has grown averse the everything else caused by grief towards you; shape = I swear; te = to you; satyena = truly; raame = (When) Rama; duHkhaabhipanna = is overpowered by grief; lakSmaNaH cha = Lakshmana too; paritapyate = is tormented; bhaamini = O lady!; kathamchit = somehow or other; bhavati = you; dR^iSTaa = appeared (have been discovered); na kaalaH = this is not the time; paridevitum = to lament; drakSyasi = you will see; antam = the end; duHkhaanaam = of your sorrows; imammuhurtam = within this moment; tau ubhau raajaputrau = those two princes; puruSa vyaaghrau = the excellent among men; arindamau = and annihilator of enemies; tvaddarshanakR^itotsahau = and who are eager to see you; laNkaam bhasmii kariSyataH = will reduce Lanka to ashes; vishaalaakSi = O large-eyed Seetha!; hatvaa = killing kruuram = the cruel; raavaNam = Ravana; saha baandhavam = along with his realtives; raaghava = Rama and Lakshmana; praapayiSyataH = will take; tvaam = you; svaam puriim = to their own city.
5.40.17
यत् तु रामो विजानीयात् अभिज्ञानम् अनिन्दिते |
प्रीति सम्जननम् तस्य भूयः त्वम् दातुम् अर्हसि ॥
"O faultless Seetha! Be pleased to give another token of remembrance, which Rama will recognise and which creates pleasure to him."
anindite = O faultless Seetha!; tvam = you; arhasi = be pleased; daatum = to give; bhuuyaH = again; yat = whichever; abhijJNaanam = token of remembrance; vijaaniiyaat = (Rama) will recognise; priiti samjanam = and which creates will pleasure; tasya = to Rama.
5.40.18
सा अब्रवीत् दत्तम् एव इह मया अभिज्ञानम् उत्तमम् |
एतत् एव हि रामस्य दृष्ट्वा मत् केश भूषणम् ॥श्रद्धेयम् हनुमन् वाक्यम् तव वीर भविष्यति |
Seetha said, " An excellent token of remembrance was indeed given by me. Seeing this jewel for my hair, Rama will trust your words."
saa = Seetha; abraviit = spoke; iti = thus; uttamam = an excellent; abhijJNaanam = token to remembrance; dattameva = was indeed given; maaa = by me; dR^iSTvaa = etat = this; matkeshabhuuSaNam = jewel; shraadheyam bhaviSyati = will become trust-worthy; raamasya = to Rama.
5.40.19
स तम् मणि वरम् गृह्य श्रीमान् प्लवग सत्तमः ॥प्रणम्य शिरसा देवीम् गमनाय उपचक्रमे |
Taking that excellent jewel, the illustrious Hanuma, the best among monkeys, offered salutation to Seetha by bowing his head and has set off to go.
gR^ihya = taking; tam maNivaram = that excellent jewel; saH = that; shriimaan = illustrious; plavagasattama = Hanuma; the best among monkeys; praNamya = offering salutation; shirasaa = by bowing his head; deviim = to Seetha; upachakrame = has set off; gamanaaya = to go.
5.40.20
तम् उत्पात कृत उत्साहम् अवेक्ष्य हरि पुम्गवम् ॥वर्धमानम् महावेगम् उवाच जनक आत्मजा |
अश्रु पूर्ण मुखी दीना बाष्प गद्गदया गिरा ॥
Seeing that Hanuma, the best among monkeys, possessed of energy to jump up with great speed and expanding, Seetha spoke (as follows) in her voice choked with tears and looking miserable in her face filled with tears.
20; 21. avekSya = seeing; tam haripuNgavam = that Hanuma; the best among monkeys; utpaatakR^itatsaaham = possessed of energy to jum up; mahaavegam = with great speed; vardhamaanam = and expanding; janakaatmajaa = Seetha; uvaacha = spoke (as follows); giraa = in a voice; baaSpagadgadayaa = choked with tears diinaa = looking miserable; ashrupuurNa mukhii = in her face filled with tears.
5.40.22
हनूमन् सिम्ह सम्काशौ भ्रातरौ राम लक्ष्मणौ |
सुग्रीवम् च सह अमात्यम् सर्वान् ब्रूया अनामयम् ॥
"O Hanuma! Enquire about the welfare of Rama and Lakshmana, the brothers looking like lions, of Sugreeva together with his ministers and of all other."
hanuman = O Hanuma!; bruuyaaH = enquire; anaamayam = about the health; raamalakSmaNau = of Rama and Lakshmana; bhraatarau = the brothers; simhasamkaashau = bearing a resemblance to lions; sugriivamcha = and of Sugreeva; sahaamaatyam = together with his ministers; sarvaan = and all others.
5.40.23
यथा च स महाबाहुः माम् तारयति राघवः |
अस्मात् दुह्ख अम्बु सम्रोधात् तत् समाधातुम् अर्हसि ॥
"Be pleased to make that long-armed Rama deliver me from this ocean of sorrow."
tvam arhasi = you be pleased; samadhaatum = to make; saH raaghavaH = that Rama; mahaabaahuH = deliver (me) in whatever manner; asmaat duHkhaambusamrodhaat = from this ocean of sorrow.
5.40.24
इमम् च तीव्रम् मम शोक वेगम् |
रक्षोभिः एभिः परिभर्त्सनम् च |
ब्रूयाः तु रामस्य गतः समीपम् |
शिवः च ते अध्वा अस्तु हरि प्रवीर ॥
"O valiant monkey! After approaching Rama, appraise him of this terrific gush of my grief and also about the threatening attitude of these female-demons. Have a happy journey!"
hari praviira = O valiant monkey; gataH = having gone; raamasya samiipam = to Rama's vicinity; bruuyaaH = appraise (him); mama imam tiivram shokavegam = about this terrific gush of my sorrow; paribhartsanamcha = and about the threatening attitude; ebhiH rakSobhiH = of those female-demons; te adhvaa = (Let) Your journey; astu = be; shivaH = happy.
5.40.25
स राज पुत्र्या प्रतिवेदित अर्थः |
कपिः कृत अर्थः परिहृष्ट चेताः |
तत् अल्प शेषम् प्रसमीक्ष्य कार्यम् |
दिशम् हि उदीचीम् मनसा जगाम ॥
Having been appraised of the matter by Seetha the princess, having accomplished his object, having his mind filled with joy and having perceived that only a little remained to be done, Hanuma intellectually sought the northern direction.
prativeditaarthaH = having been acquainted with the matter; raajaputryaa = by Seetha the princess; kR^itaarthaH = having accomplished his object; prihR^iSTa chetaaH = and with his mind filled with joy; prasamiikSya = and seeing; alpaavasheSam kaaryam = that only a little remains to be done; kapiH = Hanuma; jagaama manasaa = went intellectually; udiichiim disham = towards the northern direction.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे चत्वारिंशः सर्गः
Sarga 41
5.41.1
स च वाग्भिः प्रशस्ताभिः गमिष्यन् पूजितः तया |
तस्मात् देशात् अपक्रम्य चिन्तयामास वानरः ॥
Seetha honoured Hanuma, who was ready to go, with good words. Hanuma, having gone to a distance from that place, thought within himself (as follows):
tayaa = by that Seetha; saH vaanaraH = that Hanuma; gamiSyan = who was ready to go; puujitaH = was treated well; prashastaabhiH vaagbhiH = with commendable words; tasmaat = from that; deshaat = place; apakramya = (Hanuma) having gone to a distance; chintayaamaasa = thought (in this way):
5.41.2
अल्प शेषम् इदम् कार्यम् दृष्टा इयम् असित ईक्षणा |
त्रीन् उपायान् अतिक्रम्य चतुर्थ इह दृश्यते ॥
"I have seen this black-eyed Seetha. There is only a little that remains to be done by me. Abandoning the three strategies for success viz. sowing dissension, negotiation and bribery, I have to implement here the fourth strategy viz. open assault."
iyam = this; asitekSaNaa = black-eyed Seetha; dR^iSTaa = has been seen; idam kaaryam alpa sheSam = there is only a little that remains to be done; atikramya = transgressing; triin = the three; upaayaan = strategies viz. sowing dissension; negotiation and bribery; chaturthaH = the fourth strategy viz. open assault; dR^ishyate = is seen; iha = here.
5.41.3
न साम रक्षह्सु गुणाय कल्पते |
न दनम् अर्थ उपचितेषु वर्तते |
न भेद साध्या बल दर्पिता जनाः |
पराक्रमः तु एष मम इह रोचते ॥
"In the case of demons, the strategy of negotiation is not practicable. For those persons having abundant wealth, the strategy of bribery is not suitable. For persons who are proud of their strength, the strategy of sowing dissension is not amenable. Prowess alone is agreeable for me here."
rakSassu = in the case of demons; saama guNaaya = the strategy of negotiation; na kalpate = is not practicable; arthopachiteSu = in the case of persons having abundant wealth; daanam = the strategy of bribery; na yujyate = is not appropriate; bala darpitaa = who are proud of their strength; na bheda saadhyaaH = the strategy of sowing dissension is not amenable. mama = to me; iha = here; paraakramastvaiva = prowess alone; rochate = is agreeable.
5.41.4
न च अस्य कार्यस्य पराक्रमात् ऋते |
विनिश्चयः कश्चित् इह उपपद्यते |
हृत प्रवीराः तु रणे हि राक्षसाः |
कथंचित् ईयुः यत् इह अद्य मार्दवम् ॥
"Except showing of valour, no strategy in accomplishing this task is adequate in these circumstances, for the demons can adopt a weak attitude in the ensuring combat, if their foremost heroes are somehow killed here and now."
na vinishchayaH = no decision; kashchit = whatsoever; upapadyate = is adequate; asya kaaryasya paraakramaat R^ite = except showing valour; asya kaaryasya = in this task yat = for; raakSasaaH = the demons; hata praviiraaH = being heroes killed; raNe = in combat; iiyuH = may obtain; maardvam = weakness; adya = now; iha = and here; katham chit = somehow or other.
5.41.5
कार्ये कर्मणि निर्दिष्टः यो बहूनि अपि साधयेत् |
पूर्व कार्य विरोधेन स कार्यम् कर्तुम् अर्हति ॥
"He alone can accomplish his purpose, who implements many (secondary) tasks even after the initial task has been carried through, without impairing the previous achievement."
karmaNi = (when) a work; nirdiSTe = is directed; kaarye = to be done; yaH = who; saadhayet = implements; bahuunyapi = many tasks; puurva kaaryaa virodhena = which are not inconsistent to the initial task; saH = he; arhati = is worthy; kaaryam = of doing that work.
5.41.6
न हि एकः साधको हेतुः स्वल्पस्य अपि इह कर्मणः |
यो हि अर्थम् बहुधा वेद स समर्थो अर्थ साधने ॥
'There is indeed no single exclusive method to accomplish a purpose however small a task may be. On the other hand, whoever knows to do a task in many ways, he alone is capable of achieving that task."
na hi ekaH = there is indeed no single; hetuH = manner; saadhakaH = to implememtn; svalpasya api karmaNaH = even a small task; yaH = whoever; veda = knows; artham = (to do) a task; bahudhaa = in many ways; saH = he alone; samarthaH = is capable; artha saadhane = of promoting that task.
5.41.7
इह एव तावत् कृत निश्चयो हि अहम् |
यदि व्रजेयम् प्लवग ईश्वर आलयम् |
पर आत्म सम्मर्द विशेष तत्त्ववित् |
ततः कृतम् स्यान् मम भर्तृ शासनम् ॥
'If I go to the abode of Sugreeva the Lord of monkeys, having ascertained the truth as to who will predominate in an encounter between the adversary and ourselves here itself, then will the command of my master have been carried out by me."
aham vrajeyam yadi = If I go; plavageshvaraalayam = to the abode of Sugreeva the Lord of monkeys; kR^ita nishchyaat paraatma samaarda visheSatattvavit = having ascertained the truth as to who will predominate in an encounter between the adversary and ourselves; ihaiva taavat = here itself; tataH = then; mama bhartR^ishaasanam = will the command of my master; kR^itam syaat = be carried out.
5.41.8
कथम् नु खल्व् अद्य भवेत् सुख आगतम् |
प्रसह्य युद्धम् मम राक्षसैः सह |
तथैव खल्व् आत्म बलम् च सारवत् |
समानयेन् माम् च रणे दश आननः ॥
"How can my combat with the demons now will prove to be a happy one? And, how will my strength become fruitful? How indeed will that Ravana applaud me in battle?"
kathamnu = how can; mama yuddham = my combat; raakSasaiH saha = with the demons; adya = now; prasahya = will very much; sukhaagatam = come to be a happy one?; tathaiva = in the same manner; aatmabalam bhavet = how will my strength become; saaravat = fruitful?; saH dashaananaH = (How) indeed will that Ravana; maanayet = applaud; maam = me; raNe = in battle?
5.41.9
ततः समासाद्य रणे दशाननं |
समन्त्रिवर्गम् सबलप्रयायिनम् |
हृदि स्थितम् तस्य मतम् बलं च वै |
सुखेन मत्त्वाऽहमितः पुनर्व्रजे ॥
"Then meeting Ravana with his troop of ministers, his army and his followers in battle as well as knowing his designs and strength, I will go back from here happily."
tataH = then; samaasaadya = meeting; dashaananam = Ravana; samantrigaNam = with his troop of ministers; sabalaprayaayinam = with his army and followers marching; raNe = in battle; mattvaa = knowing; matam = the opinion; sthitam = established; hR^idi = in his heart; balamcha vai = and also about his strength; aham = I; punaH vraje = will go back; itaH = from here; sukhena = happily.
5.41.10
इदम् अस्य नृशंसस्य नन्दन उपमम् उत्तमम् |
वनम् नेत्र मनः कान्तम् नाना द्रुम लता युतम् ॥
"This excellent grove of this cruel Ravana, with its various kinds of trees and creepers, which is pleasing to the eyes and the mind, is looking like Nandana, Indra's paradise."
idam uttamam = this excellent; vanam = grove; asya nR^ishamsasya = of this cruel Ravana; naanaadrumalataayutam = with various kinds of trees and creepers; netramanaHkaantam = and which is pleasing to the eyes and mind; nandanopamam = is looking like Nandana; Indra's paradise.
5.41.11
इदम् विध्वंसयिष्यामि शुष्कम् वनम् इव अनलः |
अस्मिन् भग्ने ततः कोपम् करिष्यति स रावणः ॥
"I will destroy this grove like fire scorching a dried up forest. While this grove gets demolished, Ravana will then be angry."
vidhvamsayiSyaami = I will destroy; idam = this grove; analaH iva = like fire; shuSkam vanam = searching a dried up forest; asmin bhagne = while this grove gets demolished; dashaananaH = Ravana; kariSyati kopam = will get angry; tataH = then.
5.41.12
ततो महत् साश्व महारथ द्विपम् |
बलम् समानेष्व् अपि राक्षस अधिपः |
त्रिशूल काल आयस पट्टिश आयुधम् |
ततो महत् युद्धम् इदम् भविष्यति ॥
"Thereupon Ravana will order for an army consisting of horses, great chariots and elephants and armed with weapons like great tridents and spears made of iron. Then, a great combat will follow."
tataH = then; raakSasaadhipaH = Ravana; samaadeskSyati = will order for; balam = an army; saashvamahaaratha dvipam = consisting of horses; great chariots and elephants; mahat trishuula kaalaayasapaTTisaayudham = and armed with weapons like great tridents and spears made of iron; tataH = and then; idam = this; mahat = great; yuddham = combat; bhaviSyati = will follow.
5.41.13
अहम् तु तैः सम्यति चण्ड विक्रमैः |
समेत्य रक्षोभिः असम्ग विक्रमः |
निहत्य तत् रावण चोदितम् बलम् |
सुखम् गमिष्यामि कपि ईश्वर आलयम् ॥
"Attacking those demons of terrific prowess, I too with my unbearable prowess, will kill that army instigated by Ravana and return to the place of Sugreeva happily."
sametya = attacking; taiH = those; rakSobhiH = demons; chaNDa vikramaiH = of terrific prowess; aham tu = I too; asahya vikramaH = with an unbearable strength; nihatya = killing; tat = that; balam = army; raavaNa choditam = incited by Ravana; gamiSyaami = will return; kapiishvaraalayam = to the place of Sugreeva; sukham = happily.
5.41.14
ततो मारुतवत् क्रुद्धो मारुतिः भीम विक्रमः |
ऊरु वेगेन महता द्रुमान् क्षेप्तुम् अथ आरभत् ॥
Thereafter, Hanuma of terrific prowess, getting angry, started then to throw away trees by a highly violent jerk of his thighs akin to the jerk of a wind.
tataH = thereafter; maarutiH = Hanuma; bhiima vikramaH = of terrific prowess; kruddhaH = getting angry; atha = then; aarabhat = started; kSeptum = to throw away; drumaan = trees; mahataa uuruvegena = by a highly violent jerk of his thighs; maarutavat = like a wind.
5.41.15
ततः तद्त् हनुमान् वीरो बभन्ज प्रमदा वनम् |
मत्त द्विज समाघुष्टम् नाना द्रुम लता युतम् ॥
Then, the valiant Hanuma laid waste the royal garden attached to the gynaecium resonant with cries of birds in heat and endowed with various kinds of trees and creepers.
tataH = then; viiraH = the valiant; hanumaan = Hanuma; babhaN^ja = laid waste; pramadaavanam = the royal garden attached to the gynaecium; mattadvija samaaghuSTam = resonant with cries of birds in heat; naanaadruma lataayutam = and endowed with various kinds of trees and creepers.
5.41.16
तत् वनम् मथितैः वृक्षैः भिन्नैः च सलिल आशयैः |
चूर्णितैः पर्वत अग्रैः च बभूव अप्रिय दर्शनम् ॥
Hanuma damaged trees in that grove, destroyed the ponds and crushed the tops of pleasure hills to powder. Thus, that grove became nasty at sight.
vR^ikSaiH = with trees; mathitaiH = damaged; salilaashayaiH = with ponds; bhinnaiH = destroyed; parvataagraishcha = with tops of pleasure-hills; chuurNitaiH = powdered; tat vanam = that grove; babhuuva = became; apriyadarshanam = nasty at sight.
5.41.17
नानाशकुन्तविरुतैः प्रभिन्नैः सलिलाशयैः |
ताम्रैः किलसयैः क्लान्तैः क्लान्तद्रुमलतायितम् ॥न बभौ तद्वनम् तत्र दावानलहतम् यथा |
व्याकुलावरणा रेजुर्विह्वला इव ता लताः ॥
With its trees and creepers dried up, with the howls of various birds, with its ponds destroyed, with its copper-coloured sprouts dried up there, that grove did not look bright, as though it had been destroyed by a wild fire. Those creepers with their bars of support displaced, fell down like distressed woman.
17; 18. klaanta druma lataayutam = with its trees and creepers dried up; naanaa shakuntavirtaiH = with the howls of various birds; salilaashayaiH = with its ponds; prabhinnaiH = destroyed; taamraiH kisalayaiH = with its copper-coloured sprouts; klaantaiH = dried up; tatra = there; tat vanam = that grove; na babhau = did not look bright; daavaanalahatam yathaa = as if it had been destroyed by a wild fire; taaH lataaH = those; creepers; vyaakulaavaraNaaH = with their bars of support displaced; rejuH vihvalaaH iva = fell like distressed women.
5.41.19
लता गृहैः चित्र गृहैः च नाशितैः |
महाउरगैः व्याल मृगैः च निर्धुतैः |
शिला गृहैः उन्मथितैः तथा गृहैः |
प्रनष्ट रूपम् तत् अभून् महत् वनम् ॥
"With its arbours and picture-galleries destroyed, its great serpents and wild animals emitting cries of distress, its grottos and other structures demolished, that grove became defaced.
lataagR^haiH = with its arbours; chitragR^ihaiH = and picture-galleries; naashitaiH = destroyed; mahoragaiH = its great serpents; vychaLamR^igaishcha = and wild animals; niruddhaiH = emitting cries of distress; shilaagR^ihaiH = its grottos; gR^ihaiH = (and other) structures unmathitaiH = demolished; tat mahat vanam = that extensive grove; abhuut = became; praNaSTaruupam = defaced.
5.41.20
साविह्वलाऽशोकलताप्रताना |
वनस्थली शोकलताप्रताना |
जाता दशास्यप्रमदावनस्य |
कपेर्बलाद्धि प्रमदावनस्य ॥
"That woody land of that pleasure-garden which afforded shelter to the women-folk of Ravana and which has clusters of Ashoka creepers became a jumble of creepers of sorrow for the distressed women; by the violence of Hanuma."
saa vanasthalii = that woody land; pramadaa vanasya = of that pleasure-garden; dashaasya pramadaa avamasya = which afforded shelter to the women-folk of Ravana; ashoka lataa prataanaa = which has clusters of Ashoka creapers; jaataa = became; shokalataaprataanaa = a jumple of creepers of sorrow; vihvalaa = for the distressed women; kapeH = by Hanuma's; balaat = strength.
5.41.21
स तस्य कृत्वा जगतीपतेर्महा |
न्महत् व्यलीकम् मनसो महात्मनः |
युयुत्सुः एको बहुभिः महाबलैः |
श्रिया ज्वलन् तोरणम् आश्रितः कपिः ॥
Creating a great displeasure to the mind of that high-souled Ravana, the Lord of the land of Lanka; that Hanuma decided to fight alone against many mighty demons and stayed
kR^itvaa = doing; mahat = a great; vyaliikam = displeasure; manasaH = to the mind; tasya = of that; mahaatmanaH = high-souled; jagatiipate = Ravana; Lord of the land of Lanka; mahaakapiH = that Hanuma; yuyutsaH = decided to combat; ekaH = alone; bahubhiH = with many; mahaabalaiH = mighty demons; aasthitaH = and stayed; jvalam shriyaa = with a blazing splendour; toraNam = at the entrance (of the grove).
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे एकचत्वारिंशः सर्गः
Sarga 42
5.42.1
ततः पक्षि निनादेन वृक्ष भन्ग स्वनेन च |
बभूवुः त्रास सम्भ्रान्ताः सर्वे लन्का निवासिनः ॥
At the screaming sound of birds and at the sound of the crash of falling trees, all the inhabitants of Lanka then became trembled with fear.
pakSininaadena = at the sound of birds; vR^ikSabhaNga svanena = and at the sound of falling trees; sarve = all; laN^kaanivaasinaH = those dwelling in Lanka; tataH = then; babhuuvaH = became; traasasambhraantaaH = trembled with fear.
5.42.2
विद्रुताः च भय त्रस्ता विनेदुः मृग पक्षुणः |
रक्षसाम् च निमित्तानि क्रूराणि प्रतिपेदिरे ॥
Made to run to-and-fro and getting frightened, beasts and birds began to scream. Atrocious omens made their appearance before the demons.
vidrutaaH = Made to run to-and-fro; bhayatrastaaH = and getting frightened; mR^iga pakSiNaH = beasts and birds; vineduH = began to scream; kruuraaNi = atrocious; nimittaani = omens; pratipedire = made their appearance; rakSasaamcha = before the demons.
5.42.3
ततो गतायाम् निद्रायाम् राक्षस्यो विकृत आननाः |
तत् वनम् ददृशुः भग्नम् तम् च वीरम् महाकपिम् ॥
Then, the ugly-faced female-demons, whose sleep has vanished, found that grove demolished and saw that great heroic monkey.
tataH = then; vikR^itaananaaH = the ugly-faced; raakSasya = female-demon; nidraayaam gataayaam = whose sleep has gone; dadR^ishuH = saw; tatvanam = that grove; bhagnam = which was demolished; tam viram mahaakapim = and that grea heroic monkey.
5.42.4
स ता दृष्ट्व महाबाहुः महासत्त्वो महाबलः |
चकार सुमहत् रूपम् राक्षसीनाम् भय आवहम् ॥
Seeing those female-demons, the mighty armed Hanuma endowed with a great courage and might, assumed a gigantic form which created a terror to the female-demons.
dR^iSTvaa = seeing; taaH = those female-demons; saH = that Hanuma; mahaabaahuH = the mighty armed; mahaa sattvaH = endowed with a great courage; mahaabalaH = and night; chakaara = assumed; sumahat = a gigantic; ruupam = form; bhayaavaham = which created a terror; raakSasiinaam = to the female demons.
5.42.5
ततः तम् गिरि सम्काशम् अतिकायम् महाबलम् |
राक्षस्यो वानरम् दृष्ट्वा पप्रच्छुः जनक आत्मजाम् ॥
Beholding that mighty monkey having a gigantic body similar to a mountain, the female-demons then asked Seetha (as follows):
dR^iSTvaa = beholding; tam vaanaram = the monkey; mahaabalam = endowed with a great strength; atikaayam = and having a gigantic body; girisamkaasham = looking like a mountain; raakSasya = the female demons; tataH = then; paprachchhuH = asked; janakaatmajam = Seetha (as follows):
5.42.6
को अयम् कस्य कुतो वा अयम् किम् निमित्तम् इह आगतः |
कथम् त्वया सह अनेन सम्वादः कृत इति उत ॥
"Who is he? Whose messenger is he? From where and for what purpose he has come here? Wherefore a conversation was held by him with you?"
kaHayam = who is he?; kasya = whose (messenger) is he?; kutaH = from where; kim nimittam = and for what purpose; ayam = he; aagatam = has come; iha = here?; uta = and; (wherefore); samvaadaH = a conversation; kR^itaH = was held; anena = by him; tvayaa saha = with you?
5.42.7
आचक्ष्व नो विशाल अक्षि मा भूत् ते सुभगे भयम् |
सम्वादम् असित अपान्गे त्वया किम् कृतवान् अयम् ॥
"O large-eyed Seetha! Tell us. Let there be no fear for you, O fortunate lady! What did he speak to you? O lady having black outer eye-corners!"
vishaalaakSi = O large-eyed Seetha!; achakSya = tell; naH = us; maa bhuut = let there be no; bhayam = fear; te = for you; subhage = O fortunate lady!; asitaapaaN^ge = O lady having black outer corners of the eye!; kim = what; kR^itavaan = did; ayam = he; samvaadam = talk; tvayaa = to you?
5.42.8
अथ अब्रवीत् तदा साध्वी सीता सर्व अन्ग शोभना |
रक्षसाम् काम रूपाणाम् विज्ञाने मम का गतिः ॥
Thereupon Seetha the virtuous lady, having a complete beauty of all limbs, spoke as follows: "Where is the ability for me to know about the demons of a terrific form?"
atha = thereupon; siitaa = Seetha; saadhvii = the virtuous lady; sarvaaNga sundarii = having complete beauty of all limbs; tadaa = then; abraviit = spoke; kaa = where is; gatiH = ability; mama = for me; vijJNaane = to know; rakSasaam = about the demons; bhiima rupaaNaam = having terrific form?
5.42.9
यूयम् एव अस्य जानीत यो अयम् यत् वा करिष्यति |
अहिः एव अहेः पादान् विजानाति न संशयः ॥
"You alone can recognise who he is and what he does. A serpent only can recognise the feet of another serpent. There is no doubt about it."
yuuyameva = you alone; abhijaaniita = can recognise; yaH = who; ayam = he is; yadvaa = and what; kariSyati = he does; ahireva = a serpent alone; vijaanaati = can know; paadaan = the feet; aheH = of a serpent; na samshayaH = there is no doubt.
5.42.10
अहम् अपि अस्य भीता अस्मि न एनम् जानामि को अन्वयम् |
वेद्मि राक्षसम् एव एनम् काम रूपिणम् आगतम् ॥
"By seeing him, I too get frightened. I do not know who he is. I only know him as a demon, able to assume any form at his will, who arrived here."
aham api = I am also; bhiitaa asmi = frightened; asya = of him; aham = I; na jaanaami = do not know; konu = who; enam = he is; vedmi = I know; enam = him; kaamaruupiNam = who can assume any form at his will raakSasameva = only as a demon; aagatam = who arrived here.
5.42.11
वैदेह्या वचनम् श्रुत्वा राक्षस्यो विद्रुता द्रुतम् |
स्थिताः काश्चित् गताः काश्चित् रावणाय निवेदितुम् ॥
Hearing the words of Seetha some female-demons fled to different directions. Some stayed back. Some others went to Ravana to inform about the matter.
shrutvaa = hearing; vachanam = the words; vaidehyaaH = of Seetha; raakSasyaH = (some) female-demons; vidrutaaH = dispersed; dishaH = to (different) quarters; kaashchit = some; sthitaaH = stayed back; kaashchit = and some others; yataaH = went; raavaNaaya = to Ravana; niveditum = to inform (about the matter).
5.42.12
रावणस्य समीपे तु राक्षस्यो विकृत आननाः |
विरूपम् वानरम् भीमम् आख्यतुम् उपचक्रमुः ॥
After approaching Ravana, the female demons of ugly faces started to tell (as follows) of the monstrous and terrific monkey.
samiipa = in the presence; raavaNasya = of Ravana; raakSasyaH = the female-demons; vikR^itaananaH = of ugly faces; upachakramuH = started; aakhyaatum = to tell; vaanaram = about the monkey; viruupam = who was monstrous; bhiimam = and terrific.
5.42.13
अशोक वनिका मध्ये राजन् भीम वपुः कपिः |
सीतया कृत सम्वादः तिष्ठति अमित विक्रमः ॥
"O king! A monkey having a terrific body and a boundless prowess, is stationed in the middle of Ashoka grove and made a conversation with Seetha."
raajan = O king!; kapiH = a monkey; bhiima vapuH = having a terrific body; amita vikramaH = and a boundless prowess; tiSThati = is stationed; ashokavana madhye = in the middle of Ashoka grove; kR^ita samvaadaH = and made a conversation; siitayaa = with Seetha.
5.42.14
न च तम् जानकी सीता हरिम् हरिण लोचणा |
अस्माभिः बहुधा पृष्टा निवेदयितुम् इच्छति ॥
"Eventhough questioned in many ways by us, Seetha, the daughter of Janaka, having eyes similar to those of a doe, is not inclined to tell about the monkey."
pR^iSTaa = (Eventhough) questioned; bahudhaa = in many ways; asmaabhiH = by us; siitaa = Seetha; jaanakii = the daughter of Janaka; hariNalochanaa = having eyes similar to those of a doe; na ichchhati = is not inclined; nivedayitum = to tell; harim = about the monkey.
5.42.15
वासवस्य भवेत् दूतो दूतो वैश्रवणस्य वा |
प्रेषितो वा अपि रामेण सीता अन्वेषण कान्क्षया ॥
"He may be a messenger of Indra the Lord of celestials, or the messenger of Kubera the king of riches or even a messenger sent by Rama to search for Seetha."
bhavet = He may be; duutaH = a messenger; vaasavasya = of Indra the Lord of celestials; duuto vaa = or the messenger; vaishravaNasya = of Kubera the king of riches; preSitovaapi = or even a messenger sent; raameNa = by Rama; siitaanveSaNa kaan^kSayaa = desirous of searching for Seetha.
5.42.16
तेन त्वत् भूत रूपेण यत् तत् तव मनो हरम् |
नाना मृग गण आकीर्णम् प्रमृष्टम् प्रमदा वनम् ॥
"He, having a wonderful form, has wiped off your grove, attached to the gynaecium, which is fascinating and extending with many kinds of animal-flock."
tena = by him; adbhuta ruupeNa = having a wonderful form; tava = your; pramadaavanam = grove attached to the gynaecium; yat = which is; manoharam = charming; naanaa mR^iga gaNaakiirNam = and extensive with many kinds of troops of animals; pramR^iSTam = has been wiped off.
5.42.17
न तत्र कश्चित् उद्देशो यः तेन न विनाशितः |
यत्र सा जानकी सीता स तेन न विनाशितः ॥
"There is no place whatsoever in that grove, which was not destroyed by him. Only that place, where Seetha the daughter of Janaka was sitting, was not destroyed by him."
na kashchit uddeshaH = there is no place what so ever; tatra = there; yaH = which; na vinaashitaH = was not destroyed; tena = by him; sah = (only) that place; yatra = where; siitaa = Seetha; jaanakii = the daughter of Janka; (was sitting); na vinaashitaH = was not destroyed; tena = by him.
5.42.18
जानकी रक्षण अर्थम् वा श्रमात् वा न उपलभ्यते |
अथवा कः श्रमः तस्य सा एव तेन अभिरक्षिता ॥
"It is not known whether to protect Seetha or because of fatigue, he has left that place undestroyed, or else, what fatigue is there for him? He has done it to protect Seetha."
nopalabhyate = It is not known; jaanakiirakSaNaartham vaa = whether to protect Seetha; shramadvaa = or because of fatigue; athavaa = or else; kaH = what; shramaH = fatigue (is there); tasya = for him?; saiva = she alone was; abhirakSitaa = was protected tena = by him.
5.42.19
चारु पल्लव पत्र आढ्यम् यम् सीता स्वयम् आस्थिता |
प्रवृद्धः शिंशपा वृक्षः स च तेन अभिरक्षितः ॥
"That well-grown Simsupa tree, abounding in charming sprouts and flowers, under which Seetha herself took shelter, has been spared by him."
saH = that; pravR^iddhaH = well-grown; shimshupaa vR^ikSaH = Simsupa tree; charupallava puSpaaDhyam = abounding in charming sprouts and flowers; yam = (under) which; siitaa = Seetha; svayam = herself; aasthitaa = took shelter; abhirakSitaH = has been spared; tena = by him.
5.42.20
तस्य उग्र रूपस्य उग्रम् त्वम् दण्डम् आज्ञातुम् अर्हसि |
सीता सम्भाषिता येन तत् वनम् च विनाशितम् ॥
To that terribly looking monkey by whom Seetha was spoken to and that grove destroyed you to order a terrible punishment.
tasya ugraruupasya = to that terribly looking monkey; yena = by whom; siitaa = Seetha; sambhaaSitaa = was spoken to; tatvanam cha = and that grove; arhasi destroyed; tvam = you; aajJNaatum = to order; ugram = a terrible; daN^Dam = punishment.
5.42.21
मनः परिगृहीताम् ताम् तव रक्षो गण ईश्वर |
कः सीताम् अभिभाषेत यो न स्यात् त्यक्त जीवितः ॥
"O chief of the demons-troops! Who would dare to talk to that Seetha, who has been mentally accepted by you, except perhaps he who is ready to abandon his life?"
rakSogaNeshvara = O chief of the demon-troops!; kaH = who; abhibhaaSata = (would dare) to talk; taam siitaam = to that Seetha; tava manaH parigR^ihiitaam = who has been mentally accepted by you; nasyaat = not perhaps; yaH = he who; tyaktajiivitaH = is ready to abandon his life.
5.42.22
राक्षसीनाम् वचः श्रुत्वा रावणो राक्षस ईश्वरः |
हुत अगिः इव जज्वाल कोप सम्वर्तित ईक्षणः ॥
Hearing the words of the female-demons, Ravana the lord of demons flared up like a funeral fire, his eyes spinning with anger.
shrutvaa = hearing; vachaH = words; raakSasiinaam = of the female-demons; raavaNaH = Ravana; raakSaseshvaraH = the lord of demons; jajvaala = flared up; hutaagniriva = like a funeral fire; kopa samvartitekSaNaH = his eyes spinning through anger.
5.42.23
तस्य क्रुद्धस्य नेत्राभ्याम् प्रापतन्नस्रबिन्दवः |
दीप्ताभ्यामिव जज्वाल कोपसंवर्तितेक्षणः ॥
Tears dropped from Ravana's enraged eyes, like drops of oil dripping from resplendent lamps.
tasya kruddhasya netraaNaam = from his enraged eyes; asrabindavaH = tears; praapatan = dropped; snehabindavaH = like drops of oil; saarchiSaH diipaabhyaam = dripping from resplendent lamps.
5.42.24
आत्मनः सदृशान् शूरान् किम्करान् नाम राक्षसान् |
व्यादिदेश महातेजा निग्रह अर्थम् हनूमतः ॥
Ravana, with a great splendour, sent demons with a valiance equal to him, called Kinkaras, in order to catch hold of Hanuma.
mahaatejaaH = Ravana with a great splendour; vyaadidesha = ordered (for sending); shuuraan raakSasaan = valiant demons; aatmaH sadR^ishaan = equal to him; kinkaraannaama = called Kinkaras; nigrahaartham = in order to catch hold; hanumataH = of Hanuma.
5.42.25
तेषाम् अशीति साहस्रम् किम्कराणाम् तरस्विनाम् |
निर्ययुः भवनात् तस्मात् कूट मुद्गर पाणयः ॥महाउदरा महादम्ष्ट्रा घोर रूपा महाबलाः |
युद्ध अभिमनसः सर्वे हनूमत् ग्रहण उन्मुखाः ॥
He ordered for eighty thousand of those Kinkaras who were strong. All those mighty Kinkaras with their large bellies, long tusks and terrible forms, longing to fight with iron mallets and clubs in hand, in eagerness to lay hold on Hanuma, started from that place.
(He ordered for); ashiitisaahasram = eighty thousand; teSaam kinkaraaNaam = of those Kinkaras; tarassvinaam = who were strong; sarve = all tose Kinkaras; mahodaraaH = with large bellies; mahaadamSTraaH = long tusks; ghora ruupaaH = and having terrible forms; mahaabalaaH = and ones with great strength; yuddhaabhimanasaH = longing to fright; kuuTamudgara paaNayaH = with iron mallets and paaNayaH = with iron mallets and clubs in hand; hanumadgrahaNodyataaH = eager to lay hold on Hanuma; niryayuH = started tasmaat bhavanaat = niryayuH = started; tasmaat bhavanaat = from that palace.
5.42.27
ते कपिम् तम् समासाद्य तोरणस्थम् अवस्थितम् |
अभिपेतुः महावेगाः पतन्गा इव पावकम् ॥
Approaching Hanuma who was standing near the arched doorway, they rushed towards him with a great speed, like locusts rushing towards a fire.
samaasaadya = approaching; kapiindram = Hanuma; avasthitam = who was standing near; toraNastham = the arched doorway; te = they; abhipetuH = rushed towards (him); mahaavegaaH = with a great speed; pataN^gaaH iva = like locusts; paavakam = (rushing towards) fire.
5.42.28
ते गदाभिः विचित्राभिः परिघैः कान्चन अन्गदैः |
आजघ्नुः वानर श्रेष्ठम् शरैः आदित्य सम्निभैः ॥
They banged Hanuma with various kinds of maces, iron bludgeons plated with gold and arrows shining like the sun.
te = they; ajaghnaH = banged; vaanarashreshTham = Hanuma; gadaaH = with various kinds of maces; parighaiH = with iron bludgeons; kaaN^chanaaNgadaiH = plated with gold; sharaishcha = and with arrows; aaditya samnibhaiH = shining like the sun.
5.42.29
मुद्गरैः पट्टिसैः शूलैः प्रासतोमरशक्तिभिः |
परिवार्य हनूमन्तं सहसा तस्थुरग्रतः ॥
Quickly surrounding Hanuma with clubs, sharp edged spears, iron pikes, lances, javelins and swords, they stood in front of him.
sahasaa = quickly; parivaarya = surrounding hanumantam = Hanuma; mudgaraiH = with clubs; paTTisaiH = sharp edged spears; shuulaiH = iron pikes; praasatomara shaktibhiH = lances; jaavelins and swords; (they); tasthuH = stood; agrataH = in front of him.
5.42.30
हनूमान् अपि तेजस्वी श्रीमान् पर्वत सम्निभः |
क्षिताव् आविध्य लान्गूलम् ननाद च महास्वनम् ॥
The highly splendorous and illustrious Hanuma too, looking like a mountain, hurled his tail on the ground, making a thunderous noise.
hanumaanapi = Hanuma too; tejasvii = with his great splendour; shriimaan = illustriousness; parvatasannibhaH = and looking like a mountain; aavidhya = hurling; laaNguulam = his tail; kSitau = on the ground; mahaasvanam = creating a thunderous noise.
5.42.31
स भूत्वा सुमहाकायो हनुमान् मारुतात्मजः |
धृष्टमास्फोटयामास लङ्काम् शब्देन पूरयन् ॥
The highly splendourous and illustrious Hanuma too, looking like a mountain, hurled his tail on the ground, making a thunderous noise.
saH hanumaan = that Hanuma; maarutaatmajaH = the son of wind-god; bhuutvaa = becoming; sumahaakaayaH = one with a very big body; aasphoTayaamaasa = clapped on his arms; dhR^iSTam = boldly; puurayan = filling; laN^kaam = Lanka; shabdena = with that sound.
5.42.32
तस्यस्फोटितशब्देन महता सानुनादिना |
पेतुर्विहङ्गा गगनादुच्चैश्चेदमघोयत् ॥
By that great sound made by Hanuma through clapping on his arms together with a resound, birds fell down from the sky. Hanuma also then cried aloud with a clamorous voice (as follows):
tasya asphoTita shabdena mahataa = by that great sound made by Hanuma; through clapping on his arms; saanunaadinaa = together with a resound; vihaNgaaH = birds; petuH = fell down; gaganaat = from the sky; aaghoSayat cha = (He) also cried aloud; idam = this here; uchchaiH = with a clamorous voice (as follows).
5.42.33
जयत्यतिबलो रामो लक्ष्मणश्च महाबलः |
राजा जयति सुग्रीवो राघवेणाभिपालितः ॥
"Long live the mighty Rama and the powerful Lakshmana! Long live the King Sugreeva, protected by Rama!"
jayati = long live; raamaH = Rama; atibalah = the mighty; mahaabalaH = and the powerful; lakSmaNashcha = Lakshmana too jayati = long live; raajaa = the king; sugriivaH = Sugreeva; anupaalitaH = protected; raaghavena = by Rama.
5.42.34
दासोऽहम् कोसलेन्द्रस्य रामस्याक्लिष्टकर्मणः |
हनुमान् शत्रुसैन्यानाम् निहन्ता मारुतात्मजः ॥
"I am Hanuma, the destroyer of the army of adversaries and the son of wind-god. I am the servant of Rama, the king of Kosala Kingdom, who is unwearied in action."
aham = I; hanumaan = am Hanuma; nihantaa = the killer; shatrusainyaanaam = of army of adversaries; maarutaatmajah = and the son of wind-god; aham = I; daasaH = am the servant; raamasya = of Rama; kosalendrasya = the king of Kosala kingdom; akliSTa karmaNaH = who is unwearied in action.
5.42.35
न रावणसहस्रम् मे युद्धे प्रतिबलं भवेत् |
शिलाभिस्तु प्रहरतः पादपैश्च सहस्रशः ॥
"Even a thousand of Ravanas will not be matching equally with me, who is capable of striking with thousands of rocks and trees in battle."
me = to me; praharataH = who is striking; sahasrashaH = with thousands of; shilaabhiH = rocks; paadapaishcha = and trees; yuddhe = in battle; raavaNa sahasram = even a thousand of Ravanas; na bhavet = will not be; pratibalam = matching equally (with me).
5.42.36
अर्दयित्वा पुरीम् लङ्कामभिवाद्य च मैथिलीम् |
समृद्धार्थो गमिष्यामि मिषताम् सर्वरक्षसाम् ॥
"Here, before the eyes of all the demons, I will annihilate the City of Lanka and after offering salutation to Seetha, I will go back after fully completing my task."
miSataam = before the eyes of ; sarva rakSasaam = all the demons; ardayitvaa = annihilating; laN^kaam purrim = the city of Lanka; abhivaadya cha = and offering salutation; maithiliim = Seetha; gamiSyaami = I will go back; samR^iddhaarthaH = after having accomplished my task.
5.42.37
तस्य सन्नाद शब्देन ते अभवन् भय शन्किताः |
ददृशुः च हनूमन्तम् संध्या मेघम् इव उन्नतम् ॥
Those demons became frightened by the clamorous voice of Hanuma cried aloud and saw him to be as high as a twilight rain-cloud.
te = they; abhavan = became; bhayashaNkitaaH = mistrustful with fear; tasya samaada shabdena = by his clamorous voice cried aloud; dadR^ishushcha = and saw; hanuumantam = Hanuma; unnatam = who was a s high; sandhyaameghamiva = as a twilight rain-cloud.
5.42.38
स्वामि संदेश निह्शन्काः ततः ते राक्षसाः कपिम् |
चित्रैः प्रहरणैः भीमैः अभिपेतुः ततः ततः ॥
Not feeling apprehended because of the orders of their king, those demons thereafter rushed towards Hanuma, with their terrific and amazing weapons.
svaami sandesha niH shaN^kaaH = not feeling apprehended because of the command by their king; te = those; raakSasaaH = demons; tataH = thereafter; abhipetuH = rushed towards; kaprim = Hanuma; bhimaiH = with terrific; chitraiH = and amazing; praharaNaiH = weapons.
5.42.39
स तैः परिवृतः शूरैः सर्वतः स महाबलः |
आससाद आयसम् भीमम् परिघम् तोरण आश्रितम् ॥
Surrounded on all sides by those strong demons, that Hanuma endowed with a great strength seized a huge iron bar belonging to the arched gate.
pari vR^itaH = surrounded; sarvataH = on all sides; taiH = by those demons; shuuraiH = who were valiant; saH = that Hanuma; samahaabalaH = endowed with a great strength; aasasaada = seized; bhiimam = a huge; aayasam parigham = iron bar; toraNaashrittam = belong to the arched gate.
5.42.40
स तम् परिघम् आदाय जघान रजनी चरान् |
स पन्नगम् इव आदाय स्फुरन्तम् विनता सुतः ॥विचचार अम्बरे वीरः परिगृह्य च मारुतिः |
Taking that iron rod, Hanuma killed the demons. That violent Hanuma strolled in the sky, taking that iron rod in his hand, as Garuda the eagle would carrying a serpent in its claws.
aadaaya = taking; tam parigham = that iron rod; saH = that Hanuma; jaghaana = killed; rajaniicharaan = demons; saH viiraH maarutiH = that valiant Hanuma; vichachaara = strolled; ambare = in the sky; parigR^ihya = taking (that iron rod in hand); sphurantam vinataasutaH iva = as a moving Garuda the eagle; aadaaya = taking; pannagam = a serpent (in its claws).
5.42.41
स हत्वा राक्षसान् वीरः किम्करान् मारुत आत्मजः ॥युद्ध आकान्क्षी पुनः वीरः तोरणम् समुपस्थितः |
Killing the valiant demons called Kinkaras, that heroic Hanuma wishing to fight again, arrived at the archy gate way.
hatvaa = killing; viiraan raakSasaan = the valiant demons; kimkaraan = called Kinkaras; saH viiraH maarutaatmajaH = that Hanuma; the hero; yuddhaakaaN^kSii = wishing fight; punaH = again; samupaashritaH = resorted to; toraNam = the archy gate-way.
5.42.42
ततः तस्मात् भयान् मुक्ताः कतिचित् तत्र राक्षसाः ॥निहतान् किम्करान् सर्वान् रावणाय न्यवेदयन् |
Some demons, who somehow escaped from that terror, went to Ravana and informed him that all the Kinkaras have been killed.
tatH = then; katichit = some; raakSasaaH = demons; muktaaH = who was released (escaped); tasmaat bhayaat = from that horror; tatra = there; nyavedayan = informed; raavaNaaya = Ravana; sarvaan = (that) all; kimkaraan = Kinkaras; nihataan = have been killed.
5.42.43
स राक्षसानाम् निहतम् महाबलम् |
निशम्य राजा परिवृत्त लोचनः |
समादिदेश अप्रतिमम् पराक्रमे |
प्रहस्त पुत्रम् समरे सुदुर्जयम् ॥
Hearing of large army of demons having been killed, that Ravana with his eyes rolling rapidly (with anger), ordered Jambumali, son of Prahasta, who was unequal in prowess and admirably unconquerable in battle.
nishamya = hearing; mahat balam = of large army; raakSasaanaam = of demons; nihatam = having been killed; saH = that; raajaa = Ravana parivR^itta lochanah = with his eyes rolling rapidly (in anger); samaadidesha = ordered; prahastaputram = Jambumali; the son of Prahasta; apratimam = who was unequal; paraakrame = in prowess; sudurjayam = and admirably unconquerable; samare = in battle.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे द्विचत्वारिंशः सर्गः
Sarga 43
5.43.1
ततः स किम्करान् हत्वा हनूमान् ध्यानम् आस्थितः |
वनम् भग्नम् मया चैत्य प्रासादो न विनाशितः ॥तस्मात् प्रासादम् अपि एवम् इमम् विध्वंसयामि अहम् |
इति संचिन्त्य हनुमान् मनसा दर्शयन् बलम् ॥चैत्य प्रासादम् आप्लुत्य मेरु शृन्गम् इव उन्नतम् |
आरुरोह हरि श्रेष्ठो हनूमान् मारुत आत्मजः ॥
After killing the Kinkaras, that Hanuma thought to himself (as follows): "The grove was damaged by me. The lofty palatial mansion of the sanctuary (sacred to the guardian-deity of the demons) has not been destroyed. For that reason, I will cause this mansion to crumble down in the same way." Thus thinking himself, Hanuma the best among monkeys, son of the wind-god having large jaws, by showing his strength, bounced up and ascended the lofty palatial mansion of the sanctuary, which was as high as a mountain-top of Meru.
tataH = then; hattvaa = after killing; kimkaraan = the Kinkaras; saH hanumaan = that Hanuma; aasthitaH = was absorbed; dhyaanam = in thought (as follows); vanam = the grove; bhagnam = was damaged; mayaa = by me; chaitya praasaadaH = the lofty palatial mansion of the sanctuary (sacred to the guardian-deity of the demons); na vinaashitaH = has not been destroyed; tasmaat = for that reason; adya = now; aham = I; imam praasaadam vidhvamsayaami = will cause this mansion to crumble down; evam = in the same way; iti = thus; samchintya = thinking; manasaa = in his mind; hanumaan = Hanuma; harishreSThaH = the best among monkeys; maarutaatmajaH = the son of wind-god; hanumaan = and having large jaws; darshayan = showing; balam = his strength; utplutya = has bounced up; aaruroha = and ascended; chaitya praasaadam = the lofty palatial mansion of the sanctuary; unnatam = which was as high; merushR^Ngamiva = as a Meru mountain-top.
5.43.4
आरुह्य गिरिसम्काशम् प्रासादम् हरियूथपः |
बभौ स सुमहातेजाः प्रतिसूर्य इवोदितः ॥
That Hanuma, an army-chief of monkeys, possessing a very great splendour, ascending the lofty palatial mansion similar to a mountain shone like a second rising sun.
saH = that Hanuma; hariyuuthapaH = an army-chief of monkeys; sumahaatejaaH = having very great splendour; aaruhya = ascending; praasaadam = the lofty palatial mansion; girisamkaasham = equal to a mountain; babhou = shone; uditaH pratisuuryaH iva = like a second rising son.
5.43.5
सम्प्रधृष्य च दुर्धर्षः चैत्य प्रासादम् उन्नतम् |
हनूमान् प्रज्वलम्ल् लक्ष्म्या पारियात्रा उपमो अभवत् ॥
Overpowering the lofty and inviolable of the sanctuary, Hanuma blazing mansion his splendour, meta morposed into a towering sized body equal to that of Pariyatra mountain.
sampradhR^iSya cha = overpowring; uttamam chaitya praasaadam = the lofty palatial mansion of the sanctuary; durdharSam = which was inviolable; hanumaan = Hanuma; prajvalan = blazing lakSmyaa = with splendour; abhavat = metamorphosed into; paariyaatropamaH = (a towering sized) body equal to that of pariyatra mountain.
5.43.6
स भूत्वा तु महाकायो हनूमान् मारुत आत्मजः |
धृष्टम् आस्फोटयामास लन्काम् शब्देन पूरयन् ॥
Enhancing his body to a very big size by dint of his distinction, Hanuma clapped on his arms strongly, filling the City of Lanka with sound.
bhuutvaa = becoming; sumahaakaayaH = one having a very big body; prabhaavaat = by dint of his distinction; maarutaatmajaH = Hanuma; aasphoTayaamaasa = clapped on his arms; dhR^iSTam = strongly; puurayan = filling; laNKaam = the city of Lanka; shabdena = with sound.
5.43.7
तस्य आस्फोटित शब्देन महता श्रोत्र घातिना |
पेतुर्विहङ्गमास्तत्र चैत्यपालाश्च मोहिताः ॥
By the great deafening noise, made by clapping on his arms, the birds and also the guards protecting the sanctuary unconsciously fell down.
tasya mahataa asphoTita shabdena = by his great sound made by clapping on his arms; shrotraghaatinaa = which deafened the ears; vihaN^gamaaH = the birds; tatra = there; petuH = fell down; chaitya paalaashcha = the guards; protecting the sanctuary also; mohitaaH = (fell down) unconsciously.
5.43.8
अस्त्रविज्जयताम् रामो लक्ष्मणः च महाबलः |
राजा जयति सुग्रीवो राघवेन अभिपालितः ॥दासो अहम् कोसल इन्द्रस्य रामस्य अक्लिष्ट कर्मणः |
हनुमान् शत्रु सैन्यानाम् निहन्ता मारुत आत्मजः ॥न रावण सहस्रम् मे युद्धे प्रतिबलम् भवेत् |
शिलाभिः तु प्रहरतः पादपैः च सहस्रशः ॥अर्दयित्वा पुरीम् लन्काम् अभिवाद्य च मैथिलीम् |
समृद्ध अर्थो गमिष्यामि मिषताम् सर्व रक्षसाम् ॥
"Long live Rama, skilled in archery and the powerful Lakshmana! Long lie the King Sugreeva, protected by Rama! I am Hanuma, the destroyer of the army of adversaries and the son of wind-god. I am the servent of Rama, the king of Kosala kingdom, who is unwearied in action. Even a thousand of Ravanas will not be matching equally with me, who is capable of striking with thousnads of rocks and trees in battle. Here, before the eyes of all the demons, I will annihilate the City of Lanka and after offering salutation to Seetha, I will go back duly completing my task."
8; 9; 10; 11. jayataam = long live; raamaH = Rama; astravit = skilled in shooting; mahaabalaH = and the powerful; lakSmaNashcha = Lakshmana too; jayati = long live; raajaa = the king; sugriivaH = Sugreeva; abhipaalitaH = protected; raaghaveNa = by Rama; aham = I; hanumaan = am Hanuma; nihantaa = the killer; shatrusainyaanaam = the army of adversaries; maarutaatmajaH = and the son of wind-god; aham = I; daasaH = am the servant; raamasya = of Rama; kosalendrasya = the king of Kosala kingdom; akliSTa karmaNaH = who is unwearied in action; me = to me; praharataH = who is striking; sahasrashaH = with thousands of; shailaabhiH = rocks; paadapaishcha = and trees; yuddhe = in battle; raavaNa sahasram = even a thousand of Ravanas; na bhavet = will not be; pratibalam = matching equally (with me); miSataam = before the eyes of sarvarakSasaam = all the demons; ardayitvaa = annihilating; laN^kaam puriim = the city of Lanka; abhivaadyacha = and offering salutation; maithiliim = Seetha; gamiSyaami = I will go back; samR^iddhaarthaH = after having accomplished my task.
5.43.12
एवम् उक्त्वा विमानस्थः चैत्यस्थान् हरि पुम्गवः |
ननाद भीम निर्ह्रादो रक्षसाम् जनयन् भयम् ॥
Thus uttering to those guards protecting the sanctuary, roared terribly, making a noise and creating a terror to the demons.
evam = thus; uktvaa = speaking; chaityasthaan = to the guards protecting the sanctuary; hariyuuthapaH = Hanuma the chief of army of monkeys; vimaanasthaH = standing on the tower; bhiima nirhraadaH = roaring terribly; nanaada = made a noise; janayan = creating bhayam = terror; rakSasaam = to the demons.
5.43.13
तेन शब्देन महता चैत्य पालाः शतम् ययुः |
गृहीत्वा विविधान् अस्त्रान् प्रासान् खड्गान् परश्वधान् ॥विसृजन्तो महाक्सया मारुतिम् पर्यवारयन् |
Hearing that loud noise, hundreds of guards protecting the sanctuary went, taking many kinds of weapons, spears, swords and axes. Those Kinkaras with huge bodies surrounded Hanuma, duly discharging those weapons.
tena mahataa shabdena = by that loud noise; shatam = hundreds of; chaitya paalaaH = guards protecting the sanctuary; yiayuH = went; gR^ihiitvaa = taking; vividhaan = many kinds of; astraan = weapons; praapaan = spears; khaDgaan = swords; parashvathaan = and axes; mahaakaayaaH those kinkaras with huge bodies; paryavaarayan = surrounded; maartutim = Hanuma; visR^ijantaH = discharging (those weapons).
5.43.14
ते गदाभिर्विचित्राभिः परिघैः काञ्चनाङ्गदैः ॥अजघ्नर्वानरश्रेष्ठं शरैश्चादित्यसन्निभैः |
आवर्त इव गन्गायाः तोयस्य विपुलो महान् ॥परिक्षिप्य हरि श्रेष्ठम् स बभौ रक्षसाम् गणः |
They banged Hanuma with various kinds of maces, iron bludgeons plated with gold and arrows shining like the sun. That troop of demons surrounding Hanuma the best among monkeys, shone like a greatly extensive whirlpool in the waters of River Ganga.
14; 15. te = they; ajaghnaH = banged; vaanara shreSTham = Hanuma; vichitraabhiH = gadaaH = with various kinds of maces; parighaiH = with iron bludgeous; kaaN^chanaanN^gadaiH = plated with gold; sharaishcha = and with arrows; aaditya samnibhaiH = shining like the sun. saH = that; rakSasaam gaNaH = troop of demons; parikSipya = surrounding; harishreSTham = Hanuma the best among monkeys; babhau = shone; mahaan vipulaH aavarta iva = like a greatly extensive whirlpool; toyasya = of the water; gaN^gaayaaH = of Rvier Ganga.
5.43.16
ततो वात आत्मजः क्रुद्धो भीम रूपम् समास्थितः ॥प्रासादस्य महान् तस्य स्तम्भम् हेम परिष्कृतम् |
उत्पाटयित्वा वेगेन हनूमान् मारुत आत्मजः ॥ततः तम् भ्रामयामास शत धारम् महाबलः |
Thereupon, the enraged Hanuma assumed a terrific form. Hanuma possessing a gigantic body and the son of wind-god, uprooting a pillar with a hundred edges and decorated with gold in that edifice, then speedily whirled it around.
16; 17. tataH = thereupon; kruddhaH = the enraged; vaataatmajaH = Hanuma; samaasthitaH = assumed; bhiimam = a terrific; ruupam = form; hanumaan = Hanuma; mahaan = possesssing a gigantic body; pavanaatmajaH = the son of wind-god; utpaaTayitvaa = uplifting; stamabham = a pillar; shatadhaaram = with a hundred edges; hema pariSkR^itam = decorated with gold; praasaadasya = of (that) edifice; tataH = and then; bhraamayaamaasa = whirled it round; vegena = with speed.
5.43.18
तत्र चाग्निः समभवत्प्रासादश्चाप्यदह्यत ॥दह्यमानं ततो दृष्ट्वा प्रासादं हरियूथपः |
स राक्षस शतम् हत्वा वज्रेण इन्द्र इव असुरान् ॥अन्तरिक्ष स्थितः श्रीमान् इदम् वचनम् अब्रवीत् |
Fire was also generated there (due to friction with other pillars) The edifice was then consumed by fire. Seeing the edifice burning, that Hanuma killing those hundred demons, like Indra killing demons with his thunderbolt and gloriously staying in the sky, spoke (the following) words:
18; 19. agniH cha = fire also; samabhavat = was generated there (due to friction with other pillars); praasaadashcha = the edifice; tataH adahyata = was then consumed by fire; dR^iSTya = seeing; praasaadam = the edifice; dahyamaanam = burning; saH hariyuuthapaH = that Hanuma; hattvaa = killing; raakSasa shatam = those hundred demons; indraH iva = like Indra; asuraan = (killing) demons; vajreNa = with his thunderbolt; sthitaH = and staying; antarikSe = in the sky; shriimaan = gloriously; abraviit = spoke; idam = these; vachanam = words.
5.43.20
मादृशानाम् सहस्राणि विसृष्टानि महात्मनाम् ॥बलिनाम् वानर इन्द्राणाम् सुग्रीव वश वर्तिनाम् |
अटन्ति वसुधाम् कृत्स्नाम् वयमये च वानराः ॥
"Thousands of monkeys like me, possessing gigantic bodies of strength, were sent on the orders of Sugreeva. We and other monkeys are now roaming the entire earth."
20; 21. sahasraaNi = thousands; vaanarendraanaam = of excellent monkeys; maadR^ishaanaam = like me; mahaatmanaam = possessing gigantic bodies; balinaam = having strength; sugriiva vashavartinaam = obeying the orders of Sugreeva; visR^iSTaani = were sent; vayam = we; anye = and other; vaanaraashcha = monkeys; aTanti = are roaming; kR^itsnaam vasudhaam = in the entire earth.
5.43.22
दशनागबलाः केचित्केचिद्दशगुणोत्तराः |
केचिन्नागसहस्रस्य बभूवुस्तुल्यविक्रमाः ॥
"Some of the monkeys are having a strength of ten elephants. Some are having a strength of a hundred elephants. Some are having a prowess equal to that of a thousand elephants."
kechit = some (of the monkeys); dashanaaga balaaH = are having a strength of ten elephants; kechit = some; dashaguNottaraaH = are having a strength of hundred elephants; kechit = some; babhuuvuH = are; tulya vikramaaH = having a prowess equal to; naagasahasrasya = that of a thousand elephants.
5.43.23
सन्ति चौघबलाः केचित्केचिद्वायुबलोपमाः |
अप्रमेयबलाश्चान्ये तत्रासन् हरियूथपाः ॥
"Some are having the strength of a strong stream. Some have strength equal to that of wind. Some other army-chiefs of monkeys even cannot be measured."
kechit = some; santi = are; oghabalaaH = having the strength of a strong stream kechit = some; vaayubalopamaa = have strength equal to that of wind; anye = some other; hariyuutapaaH = chiefs of army of monkeys; tatra = in them; aasan = are; aprameya balaashcha = having strength; which even cannot be measured.
5.43.24
ईदृग्विधैस्तु हरिभिर्वऋतो दन्तनखायुधैः |
शतैः शत सहस्रैः च कोटीभिः अयुतैः अपि ॥आगमिष्यति सुग्रीवः सर्वेषाम् वो निषूदनः |
"Surrounded by hundreds, myriads, lakhs and crores of such monkeys having their teeth and nails as their weapons, Sugreeva, who is capable of destroying you all, will come."
vR^itaH = surrounded by; shataiH = hundreds; ayutaiH = ten thousands; shatasahasraiH = laksha; koTiibhiH = and crores; iidR^igvidhaiH haribhiH = of such monkeys; dantanakhaayudhaiH = sugriivaH = Sugreeva; niSuudanaH = who is capable of destroying; vaH = you; sarveSaam = all; aagamiSyati = will come.
5.43.25
न इयम् अस्ति पुरी लन्का न यूयम् न च रावणः ॥यस्मात् इक्ष्वाकु नाथेन बद्धम् वैरम् महात्मना |
"You hold enmity with the high souled Rama. For this, the City of Lanka will not be there. Neither you, nor even Ravana will survive."
yasmaat = for what reason; vairam = an enmity; baddhaam = was held; mahaatmanaa ikSvaakunaathena = with the high souled Rama; (for that reason); iyam = this; laN^kaapurii = City of Lanka; naasti = will not be there; yuuyam = you; na = will not exist; raavaNaH chat = even Ravana too; na = will not exist.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे त्रिचत्वारिंशः सर्गः
Sarga 44
5.44.1
संदिष्टो राक्षस इन्द्रेण प्रहस्तस्य सुतो बली |
जम्बु माली महादम्ष्ट्रो निर्जगाम धनुः धरः ॥रक्त माल्य अम्बर धरः स्रग्वी रुचिर कुण्डलः |
महान् विवृत्त नयनः चण्डः समर दुर्जयः ॥धनुः शक्र धनुः प्रख्यम् महत् रुचिर सायकम् |
विस्फारयाणो वेगेन वज्र अशनि सम स्वनम् ॥
Jambumali, the demon with great tusks, wielding a bow, donning crimson garlands and clothes, wearing beautiful chaplet and charming ear-rings, possessing a gigantic body, having round and open eyes, the demon causing diseases, unconquerable in battle, a strong demon and the son of Prahasta, commanded by Ravana, started stretching with rashness his big bow resembling a rain bow garnished splendorous arrows and which brilliance was similar to that of a lightening and produced a sound like that of a thunder.
1; 2; 3. jambumaalii = Jambumali; mahaadamSTraH = the one with great tusks; dhanurdharaH = wielder a bow; raktamaalyaambaradharaH = the one who wears crimson garlands and clothes; sragvii = wearing a chaplet; ruchikuNDalaH = the one who wears charming ear-rings; mahaan = having a gigantic body; vivR^ttanayanaH = having round and open eyes; chaNTDaH = a demon causing diseases; balii = a strong demon; prahastasya sutaH = and the so of Prahasta; sandiSTaH = commanded; raakSasendreNa = by Ravana; nirjagaama = started; visphaaraaNaH = stretching; vegena = with rashness; mahat dhanuH = his big bow; shakradhanuH prakhyam = resembling a rain bow; ruchirasaayakam = with splendourous arrows; vajraashanisamaprabham = which brilliance was similar to that of lightning and produced a sound like that of a thunder.
5.44.4
तस्य विस्फार घोषेण धनुषो महता दिशः |
प्रदिशः च नभः चैव सहसा समपूर्यत ॥
The tumultuous sound created out of the twanging of that bow, soon filled up the quarters, intermediate points and the sky.
mahataa visphaara ghoSeNa = the tumultuous sound out of the twanging; tasya dhanuSaH = of that bow; sahasaa = soon; samapuuryata = filled up; dishaH = the quarters; pradishashchaiva = the intermediate points; nabhashchaiva = and even the sky.
5.44.5
रथेन खर युक्तेन तम् आगतम् उदीक्ष्य सः |
हनूमान् वेग सम्पन्नो जहर्ष च ननाद च ॥
Seeing him, arriving by a chariot yoked with donkeys, that Hanuma who was endowed with swiftness, was thrilled with joy and made a noise too.
udiikSye = seeing; tam = him; aagatam = who arrived; rathena = by a chariot; kharayuktena = yoked with donkeys; saH hanumaan = that Hanuma; vega sampannaH = endowed with swiftness; jaharSa cha = was thrilled with joy; nanaadacha = and made a noise too.
5.44.6
तम् तोरण विटन्कस्थम् हनूमन्तम् महाकपिम् |
जम्बु माली महाबाहुः विव्याध निशितैः शरैः ॥
The long-armed Jambumali transfixed sharp arrows into that great monkey, Hanuma who was standing on the top of the archy door-way.
mahaabaahuH = the long-armed; jambumaalii = Jambumali; vivyaadha = transfixed; nishitaiH = sharp; sharaiH = arrows; tam hanumantam = into that Hanuma; mahaakapim = the great monkey; toraNa viTaN^kastham = who was standing on the top of the archy door-way.
5.44.7
अर्ध चन्द्रेण वदने शिरसि एकेन कर्णिना |
बाह्वोः विव्याध नाराचैः दशभिः तम् कपि ईश्वरम् ॥
He transfixed Hanuma the leader of monkeys in the face with an arrow with a crescent-shaped head, on the head with an arrow having an ear-shaped top and in the arms with ten steel arrows.
vivyaadha = (He) transfixed; tam kapiishvaram = that Hanuma; the leader of monkeys; vadane = in the face; ardha chandreNa = with an arrow with a crescent-shaped head; shirasi = on the head; ekena karNinaa = with an arrow with an ear-shaped top; baahvoH = and in the arms; dashabhiH = with ten; vaaraachaiH = arrows made fully of steel.
5.44.8
तस्य तत् शुशुभे ताम्रम् शरेण अभिहतम् मुखम् |
शरदि इव अम्बुजम् फुल्लम् विद्धम् भास्कर रश्मिना ॥
That crimson face of Hanuma, hit by an arrow, shone like a full-blown lotus touched by a sun's ray in autumn.
tat = that; taamram = crimson; mukham = face; abhihatam = hit; shareNa = by an arrow; shushubhe = shone; phullam ambujamiva = like a full-blown lotus; viddham = penetrated; bhaaskara rashminaa = by the ray of the sun; sharadi = in autumn.
5.44.9
तत्तस्य रक्तम् रक्तेन रञ्जितम् शुशुभे मुखम् |
यथाकाशे महापद्मं सिक्तं चन्दनबिन्दुभिः ॥
That face of Hanuma, which was naturally crimson in colour, smeared with blood, beamed like a large lotus in the sky sprinkled with drops of sandal.
tat = that; mukham = face; tasya = of Hanuma; raktam = which was naturally crimson in colour; raN^jitam = smeared; raktena = with blood; shushubhe = beamed; mahaapadmamyathaa = like a large louts; aakaashe = in the sky; siktam = sprinkled; chandana bindubhiH = with drops of sandal.
5.44.10
चुकोप बाण अभिहतो राक्षसस्य महाकपिः |
ततः पार्श्वे अतिविपुलाम् ददर्श महतीम् शिलाम् ॥
Hanuma, struck by those arrows, was enraged with that demon and then saw by his side, a big rock of a very large measure.
mahaakapiH = Hanuma; baaNaabhihataH = struck by the arrows; chukopa = was enraged; raakSasasya = of the demon; tataH = and then; dadarsha = saw; paarshve = by his side; ativipulaam shilaam = a big rock; mahatiim = of a very large measure.
5.44.11
तरसा ताम् समुत्पाट्य चिक्षेप बलवत् बली |
ताम् शरैः दशभिः क्रुद्धः ताडयामास राक्षसः ॥
Uplifting that rock with strength, the athletic Hanuma hurled it with force. The enraged demon then struck back that rock with ten arrows.
samutpaaTya = uplifting; taam = that rock; tarasaa = with strength; balii = the strong Hanuma; chikSepa = hurled (it); balavat = with force; kruddhaH = the enraged; raakSasaH = demon; taaDayaamaasa = struck; taam = that rock; dashabhiH = with ten; sharaiH = arrows.
5.44.12
विपन्नम् कर्म तत् दृष्ट्वा हनूमान् चण्ड विक्रमः |
सालम् विपुलम् उत्पाट्य भ्रामयामास वीर्यवान् ॥
Seeing that work in vain, the powerful Hanuma of terrific prowess, uprooted a very large sal tree and whirled it around.
viiryavaan = the powerful; hanumaan = Hanuma; chaN^Da vikramah = having terrific prowess; dR^iSTvaa = in vain; utpaaTya = and having uprooted; vipulam = a very large; saalam = sal tree; bhraamayaamaasa = whirled it around.
5.44.13
भ्रामयन्तम् कपिम् दृष्ट्वा साल वृक्षम् महाबलम् |
चिक्षेप सुबहून् बाणान् जम्बु माली महाबलः ॥
Seeing the mighty Hanuma, whirling around the sal tree, the exceedingly strong Jambumali discharged numerous arrows.
dR^iSTvaa = seeing; mahaabalam kapim = the mighty Hanuma; bhraamayantam = whirling around; saala vR^ikSam = the sal tree; mahaabalaH = the exceedingly strong; jambumaalii = Jambumali; chikSepa = discharged; subahuun = numerous baaNaan = arrows.
5.44.14
सालम् चतुर्भिः चिच्छेद वानरम् पन्चभिः भुजे |
उरसि एकेन बाणेन दशभिः तु स्तन अन्तरे ॥
He splitted sal tree with four arrows and struck the arms of Hanuma with five arrows, in the chest with one arrow and in the space between the breast wit ten arrows.
chichheda = (He) splitted; saalam = sal tree; chaturbhiH = with four arrows; vaanaram bhuje = the arms of Hanuma; paN^chabhiH = with five arrows; urasi = in the chest; ekena baaNena = with one arrow; stanaantare = in the space between the breasts; dashabhiH = with ten arrows.
5.44.15
स शरैः पूरित तनुः क्रोधेन महता वृतः |
तम् एव परिघम् गृह्य भ्रामयामास वेगितः ॥
Hanuma, with his body full of arrows, was highly enraged and taking the same iron rod as well as clasping it swiftly, whirled it around.
saH = Hanuma; sharaiH puurita tanuH = with his body full of arrows; mahataa krodhena = was highly enraged; gR^ihya = and taking; tam parighameva = the same iron rod; vR^itaH vegitaH = and clasping it swiftly; bhraamayaamaasa = whirled it around.
5.44.16
अतिवेगो अतिवेगेन भ्रामयित्वा बल उत्कटः |
परिघम् पातयामास जम्बु मालेः महाउरसि ॥
Spinning the iron rod with a great speed, Hanuma, richly endowed with strength and highly agitated, threw it on the broad chest of Jamubumali.
bhraamayitvaa = spinning; parigham = the iron rod; ativegena = with a great speed; balatkaTaH = Hanuma; richly endowed with strength; ativegaH = and highly agitated; paatayaamaasa = threw (it); mahorasi = on the broad chest; jambumaalaH = of Jamubumali.
5.44.17
तस्य चैव शिरो न अस्ति न बाहू न च जानुनी |
न धनुः न रथो न अश्वाः तत्र अदृश्यन्त न इषवः ॥
That Jambumali's head was not there, nor his arms, nor his knees, nor his bow, nor his chariot and nor his horses were seen nor his arrows.
tasya = that Jambumali's; shiraH chaiva = head; naasti = was not; tatra = there; na = now; jaanunii = his knees; na = nor; dhanuH = his bow; na = nor; rathaH = his chariot; naa dR^ishyanta = ashvaaH = nor his horses were seen; na = nor iSavaH = his arrows.
5.44.18
स हतः तरसा तेन जम्बु माली महारथः |
पपात निहतो भूमौ चूर्णित अन्ग विभूषणः ॥
Thus struck by Hanuma, the mighty Jambumali, with his limbs and ornaments crushed to powder, was instantly killed and fell dead on the ground.
hataH = (Thus) struck; tena = by Hanuma; mahaabalaH = the mighty; jambumaalii = Jambumali; chuurNitaan^ga vibhuuSaNaH = with his limbs and ornaments crushed to powder; sahasaa = was instantly; nihataH = killed; papaata = and fell; bhuumau = on the ground.
5.44.19
जम्बु मालिम् च निहतम् किम्करान् च महाबलान् |
चुक्रोध रावणः श्रुत्वा कोप सम्रक्त लोचनः ॥
Hearing Jambumali having been killed, as also the mighty Kimkaras, Ravana was angry with his red enraged eyes.
shrutvaa = hearing; jambumaalimcha = Jambumali; nihatam = having been killed; mahaabalaan kimkaraanshcha = as also the might kimbaras; raavaNaH = Ravana; chukrodha = was angry; kopa samrakta lochanah = with his red enraged eyes.
5.44.20
स रोष सम्वर्तित ताम्र लोचनः |
प्रहस्त पुत्रे निहते महाबले |
अमात्य पुत्रान् अतिवीर्य विक्रमान् |
समादिदेश आशु निशा चर ईश्वरः ॥
Since the mighty son of Prahasta was killed, that Ravana rolling his red eyes with rage, immediately ordered the sons of ministers possessing high strength and prowess, to go to the battle.
mahaabale = (Since) the mighty; prahastaputre = son of Prahasta; nihate = was killed; saH nishaachareshvaraH = that Ravana; roSasamvartita taamra lochanaH = rolling his red eyes with rage; aashu = immediately; samaadidesha = ordered; amaatya putraan = the sons of ministers; ativiirya vikramaan = having too much of strength and prowess; (to go to the battle).
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे चतुश्चत्वारिंशः सर्गः
Sarga 45
5.45.1
ततः ते राक्षस इन्द्रेण चोदिता मन्त्रिणः सुताः |
निर्ययुः भवनात् तस्मात् सप्त सप्त अर्चि वर्चसः ॥महाबल परीवारा धनुष्मन्तो महाबलाः |
कृत अस्त्रा अस्त्रविदाम् श्रेष्ठाः परस्पर जय एषिणः ॥हेम जाल परिक्षिप्तैः ध्वजवद्भिः पताकिभिः |
तोयद स्वन निर्घोषैः वाजि युक्तैः महारथैः ॥तप्त कान्चन चित्राणि चापानि अमित विक्रमाः |
विस्फारयन्तः सम्हृष्टाः तडिद्वन्त इव अम्बुदाः ॥
Thereafter, those seven sons of his chief minister having a lustre similar to that of fire, surrounded by a great army, wielding their respective bows, possessing a great strength, well-trained in archery and the best among knower of weapons, wishing a victory reciprocally, having an immense prowess each, and as directed by Ravana, started highly delighted from that palace, in great chariots yoked with horses. Those chariots were having a noise similar to that of an autumnal cloud, overlaid with a protective armour of gold, surmounted by banners and decorated with smaller flags. They were stretching their bows inlaid with refined gold and looking colourful like clouds accompanied by flashes of lightning.
1; 2; 3; 4. tataH = thereafter; te = those; sapta = seven; sutaaH = sons; mantriNaH = of his chief minister; saptaarchirochiSaH = having a lustre similar to that of fire; mahaabalapariivaaraaH = surrounded by a great army; dhanuSmantaH = wielding their respective bows; mahaabalaaH = possessing a great strength; kR^itaastraaH = well; trained in archery; astravidaam shreSThaH = the best among knowers of weapons; paraspara jayaiSiNaH = wishing victory reciprocally; amita vikramaaH = and having an immense prowess each; choditaaH = directed; raakSasendreNa = by Ravana; niryayuH = started; samhR^iSTaaH = highly delighted; tasmaat = from that; bhavanaat = palace; mahaarathaiH = in great chariots; vaajiyuktaiH = yoked with horses; (the chariots) toyadasvananirghoSaiH = were having a noise similar to that of an autumnal cloud; hemajaala parikSiptaiH = overlaid with aprotective armour of gold; dhvajadbhiH = surmounted by banners; pataakibhiH = decorated with smaller flags; visphaarayantaH = stretching; chaapaani = their bows; tapta kaaNchana chitraaNi = inlaid with refined gold and looking colourful; taTitvantaH ambudaaH iva = like clouds accompanied by flashes of lightning.
5.45.5
जनन्यः ताः ततः तेषाम् विदित्वा किम्करान् हतान् |
बभूवुः शोक सम्भ्रान्ताः सबान्धव सुहृत् जनाः ॥
Coming to know that Kimkaras themselves were killed their mothers together with their relatives and friends were tormented with grief.
tataH = thereupon; viditvaa = coming to know; kimkaraan = that Kimkaras (themselves); hataan = were killed; teSaam = their; janyastu = mothers on their part; sa baandhava suhR^ijjanaaH = together with their relatives and friends; babhuuvuH = became; shoka sambhraantaaH = tormented with grief.
5.45.6
ते परस्पर सम्घर्षाः तप्त कान्चन भूषणाः |
अभिपेतुः हनूमन्तम् तोरणस्थम् अवस्थितम् ॥
Those sons of chief minister, wearing ornaments made of pure gold, rushed towards Hanuma, who was ready for battle and who stood on the archy gate-way motionless.
te = those sons of chief minister; taptakaaNchana bhuuSaNaaH = wearing ornaments made of pure gold; abhipetuH = rushed; hanumantam = towards Hanuma; avasthitam = who was ready for battle; toraNastham = and who stood on the archy door-way motionless.
5.45.7
सृजन्तो बाण वृष्टिम् ते रथ गर्जित निह्स्वनाः |
वृष्टिमन्त इव अम्भोदा विचेरुः नैरृत ऋषभाः ॥
Those demons looking like clouds, diffusing thunder-like sounds of their chariots and discharging a shower of arrows, moved in different directions resembling rainy clouds in the monsoon.
te nairR^itaambudaaH = those demons looking like clouds; ratha garjita niHsvanaaH = diffusing thunder-like sounds of their chariots; sR^ijantaH = creating; baaNavR^iSTim = a shower of arrows; vicheruH = moved in different directions; vR^iSTimantaH ambhodaaH = resembling rainy clouds.
5.45.8
अवकीर्णः ततः ताभिः हनूमान् शर वृष्टिभिः |
अभवत् सम्वृत आकारः शैल राड् इव वृष्टिभिः ॥
Thus covered by those showers of arrows, Hanuma became invisible even as a mountain-king is concealed by incessant showers.
tataH = then; avakiirNaH = covered by; taabhiH sharavR^iSTibhiH = those showers of arrows; hanumaan = Hanuma; abhavat = became; shailaraaDiva = like a mountain-king; samvR^itaakaaraH = concealed by incessant showers.
5.45.9
स शरान् वन्चयामास तेषाम् आशु चरः कपिः |
रथ वेगान् च वीराणाम् विचरन् विमले अम्बरे ॥
Roaming about in a cloudless sky, that fast-footed monkey made the arrows and the speedy chariots of those virile demons, useless.
vicharan = roaming about; vimale = in a cloudless; ambare = sky; saH aashucharaH = that fast-footed; kapiH = monkey; moghayaamaasa = made useless; sharaan = the arrows; ratha vegamcha = and the speed of the chariots; teSaam viiraaNaam = of those virile demons.
5.45.10
स तैः क्रीडन् धनुष्मद्भिः व्योम्नि वीरः प्रकाशते |
धनुष्मद्भिः यथा मेघैः मारुतः प्रभुः अम्बरे ॥
Playing with those demons wielding a bow each in the sky, that hero shone like the Lord of Wind, playing with clouds brandishing a rain bow.
kriiDan = playing; taiH = with those demons; dhanuSmadbhiH = wielding a bow each; vyomni = in the sky; saH viiraH = that hero; prakaashate = shone; prabhuH maarutaH = loke the Lord of Wind; meghaiH = (playing with) clouds; dhanuSmadbhiH = brandishing a rainbow.
5.45.11
स कृत्वा निनदम् घोरम् त्रासयन् ताम् महाचमूम् |
चकार हनुमान् वेगम् तेषु रक्षह्सु वीर्यवान् ॥
Making a terrific roar and frightening that great army, the valiant Hanuma rushed on those demons.
kR^itvaa = making; ghoram = a terrific; ninadam = roar; viiryavaan = the valiant; saH = Hanuma; traasayan = and frightening; taam = that; mahaa chamuum = great army; chakaara vegam = rushed; teSu rakSassu = on those demons.
5.45.12
तलेन अभिहनत् कांश्चित् पादैः कांश्चित् परम् तपः |
मुष्टिना अभ्यहनत् कांश्चिन् नखैः कांश्चित् व्यदारयत् ॥
That Hanuma, the annihilator of enemies, struck some with his palms, some with his feet and some others with his fists. He tore down some others with his nails.
paramtapaH = that Hanuma; the annihilator of enemies; abhyahanat = struck; kaamshchit = some; talena = with palms; kaamschhit = some; paadaiH = with his feet; kaamshchit = and some; muSTinaa = with his fists; vyadaarayat = (He) tore down; kaamshchit = some; nakhaiH = with his nails.
5.45.13
प्रममाथ उरसा कांश्चित् ऊरुभ्याम् अपरान् कपिः |
केचित् तस्य एव नादेन तत्र एव पतिता भुवि ॥
Hanuma crushed some with his chest and some others with his thighs. Some fell down there itself on the ground, just by the roar made by Hanuma.
kapiH = Hanuma; pramamaatha = crushed; kaamshchit = some; urasaa = with his chest; aparaan = and some others; uurubhyaam = with his thighs; kechit = some; patitaaH = fell down; bhuvi = on the ground; tatvaiva = there itself; tasya minaadena = by his roar.
5.45.14
ततः तेष्व् अवपन्नेषु भूमौ निपतितेषु च |
तत् सैन्यम् अगमत् सर्वम् दिशो दश भय अर्दितम् ॥
Seeing those demons dying and falling on the ground, all the remaining army, afflicted with fear, fled in ten different directions.
teSu = (Seeing) those demons; uvasanneSu = dying; nipatiteSu cha = and falling; bhuumau = on the ground; sarvam = all; tat = that (remaining); sainyam = army; agamat = fled; dasha dishaH = in ten (different) directions; bhayaarditam = afflicted with fear.
5.45.15
विनेदुः विस्वरम् नागा निपेतुः भुवि वाजिनः |
भग्न नीड ध्वजच् चत्रैः भूः च कीर्णा अभवत् रथैः ॥
Their elephants trumpeted with a wrong accent. Horses fell down on the ground. Even the earth was filled with chariots which had their seats, banners and canopies broken.
naagaaH = elephants; vineduH = trumpeted; visvaam = with a wrong accent; vaajinaH = Horses; nipetuH = fell down; bhuvi = on the ground; bhuushcha = even the earth; kiirNaa abhavat = was filled with; rathaiH = chariots; bhagna niiDa dhvajachchhatraiH = which had their seats; banners and canopies broken.
5.45.16
स्रवता रुधिरेणाथ स्रवन्त्यो दर्शिताः पथि |
विविधैश्च स्वरैर्लङ्का ननाद विकृतम् तदा ॥
Thereafter, streams flowing with blood were seen on the way. Lanka resounded with various kinds of horrible voices.
sravantyaH = streams; sravataa rudhireNa = flowing with blood; darshitaa = were seen; pathi = on the way; atha = thereafter; tadaa = then; laN^kaa = Lanka; nanaada = resounded; vikR^itam = horribly; vividhaiH svaraiH = with various kinds of voices.
5.45.17
स तान् प्रवृद्धान् विनिहत्य राक्षसान् |
महाबलः चण्ड पराक्रमः कपिः |
युयुत्सुः अन्यैः पुनः एव राक्षसैः |
तत् एव वीरो अभिजगाम तोरणम् तत् ॥
That heroic and mighty Hanuma having a terrible prowess, killing those arrogant demons and being desirous of a combat with the other demons, again reached that archy door way itself.
saH kapiH = that Hanuma; viiraH = the hero; mahaabalaH = the exceedingly strong one; chaN^Da paraakramaH = having terrible prowess; vinihatya = killing; taan = those; pravR^iddhaan raakSasaan = arrogant demons; yuyutsuH = and being desirous of a combat; anyaiH raakSasaiH = with the other demons; abhijagaama = reached; punareva = yet again; tam toraNameva = that archy door way itself.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे पञ्चचत्वारिंशः सर्गः
Sarga 46
5.46.1
हतान् मन्त्रि सुतान् बुद्ध्वा वानरेण महात्मना |
रावणः सम्वृत आकारः चकार मतिम् उत्तमाम् ॥
Coming to know that the chief minister's sons were killed by the high souled who had cleverly concealed the expression made an excellent thought.
buddhvaa = coming to know; mantrisutaan = that the sons of his chief minister; hataan = were killed; mahaatmanaa = vaanareNa = by the high-souled Hanuma; raavaNaH = Ravana; samvR^itaakaaraH = who had cleverly concealed to expression of his face; chakaara = made; uttamaam = an excellent; matim = thought.
5.46.2
स विरूप अक्ष यूप अक्षौ दुर्धरम् चैव राक्षसम् |
प्रघसम् भास कर्णम् च पन्च सेना अग्र नायकान् ॥संदिदेश दशग्रीवो वीरान् नय विशारदान् |
हनूमत् ग्रहणे व्यग्रान् वायु वेग समान् युधि ॥
That Ravana ordered (as follows) five foremost leaders of the army viz. Virupaksha, Yupaksha, Durdhara the demon, Praghasa and Bhasakarna, all of them brave demons, skilled in strategy, eager to capture Hanuma and equal to the speed of wind in battle.
2; 3. sah dashagriivaH = that Ravana; samdidesha = ordered; paN^cha = five; senaagra naayakaan = foremost leaders of the army; virunpaakSayuupaakSau = viz. Virupaksha; Yuupaksha; raakSasam chaiva = and even the demon; durdharam = Durdhara; praghasam = Praghasa; bhaasakarNam cha = and Bhasakarna; viiraan = (all of them) brave demons; nayavishaaradaan = skilled in strategy; hanumadgrahaNavyagraan = who were eager to capture Hanuma; vaayuvegasamaan = and equal to the speed of the wind; yudhi = in battle.
5.46.4
यात सेना अग्रगाः सर्वे महाबल परिग्रहाः |
सवाजि रथ मातन्गाः स कपिः शास्यताम् इति ॥
He ordered as follows: "March, all of you O generals, taking a large army together that mokey be punished."
iti = he ordered as follows; yaata = March; sarve = all of you; senaagragaaH = O generals; mahaabala parigrahaaH = taking a large army; savaajiratha maataNgaaH = together with horses; chariots and elephants; saH kapiH = and (let) that monkey; shaasyataam = be punished.
5.46.5
यत् तैः च खलु भाव्यम् स्यात् तम् आसाद्य वन आलयम् |
कर्म च अपि समाधेयम् देश काल विरोधितम् ॥
"Approaching that monkey, you ought to become diligent. Action should be taken by you which is not out of accord with time and space."
aasaadya = approaching; tam = that; vanaalayam = monkey; syaat = perhaps bhaavyam = you ought to become; khalu = indeed; yatnaiH cha = diligent; karmachaapi = samaadheyam = action should be taken by you; desha kaala virodhitam = which is not out of accord with time and space.
5.46.6
न हि अहम् तम् कपिम् मन्ये कर्मणा प्रतितर्कयन् |
सर्वथा तन् महत् भूतम् महाबल परिग्रहम् ॥
"Judging him by his actions, I do not think him as a mere monkey. By all means, he may be an evil spirit, putting on an extraordinary might."
pratitarkayan = judging (him) karmaNaa = by his actions; aham = I; na manye = do not think; tam = him; kapim = as a monkey; sarvathaa = by all means; tat = it; mahat = is a great; bhuutam = evil spirit; mahaabala parigraham = putting on an extra ordinary might.
5.46.7
भवेत् इन्द्रेण वा सृष्टम् अस्मत् अर्थम् तपो बलात् |
सनाग यक्ष गन्धर्वा देव असुर महर्षयः ॥युष्माभिः सहितैः सर्वैः मया सह विनिर्जिताः |
तैः अवश्यम् विधातव्यम् व्यलीकम् किंचित् एव नः ॥तत् एव न अत्र संदेहः प्रसह्य परिगृह्यताम् |
न अवमन्यो भवद्भिः च हरिः क्रूर पराक्रमः ॥
"This evil spirit may be some being evolved for our sake by Indra the Lord of celestials with a strength of his askesis. Celestials, demons, sages along with Nagas the serpent-demons, Yakshas the spirits and Gandharvas the celestials musicians were conquered by my along with you all together. Even same offensive surely, will be effected to us by them. It is such an evil spirit created by Indra. There is no doubt about it. Let it be captured forcibly. This monkey of a great prowess should not be despised by you."
7; 8; 9. bhavet = (this evil spirit) may be; sR^iSTamvaa = (some being) evolved; asmadartham = for our sake; indreNa = by Indra; tapobalaat = with a strength of his askesis; devaasura maharSayaH = Celestials; demons; sages; sanaagayakSagandharvaaH = along with Nagas; yakshas and Gandharvas; vimirjitaaH = were conquered; mayaa = by me; sarvaiH yuSmaabhiH saha sahitaiH = along with you all together; kimchideva = even some; vyaLiikam = offensive; avashyam = surely; vidhaatavyam = is to be effected; naH = to us; evil spirit; na samdehaH = there is no doubt; atra = about it; pargR^ihyataam = let hariH = this monkey; dhiira paraakramaH = of a great prowess; naavamaanyaH = should not be despised; bhavadbhiH = by you.
5.46.10
दृष्टा हि हरयः शीघ्रा मया विपुल विक्रमाः |
वाली च सह सुग्रीवो जाम्बवान् च महाबलः ॥नीलः सेना पतिः चैव ये च अन्ये द्विविद आदयः |
न एव तेषाम् गतिः भीमा न तेजो न पराक्रमः ॥न मतिः न बल उत्साहो न रूप परिकल्पनम् |
"Earlier, I saw the monkeys of a great prowess like Vali and Sugreeva, the mighty Jambavan, Nila the Chief of army and so on like Dvivida. their scheme of performance is not so fearful as this; nor their efficacy, nor their prowess, nor their intellect, nor this capacity to change their form or energy at will."
10; 11. puurva = earlier; dR^iSTaaH hi = were indeed seen; mayaa = by me; harayaH = the monkeys; vipula vikramaaH = of a great prowess; vaaliicha = like Vali; sa sugriivaH = along with Sugreeva; mahaabalaH = the mighty; jaambavaamshcha = Jambavan; niilaH = Nila; senaapatiH = the Chief of army; ye anyecha = and others; dvividaadayaH = and so on like Dvivida; teSaam = their; gati = scheme of performance; na bhiimaa = is not so fearful; evam = as this; na tejaH = nor their efficacy; na paraakramaH = nor their prowess; na buddhiH = nor their intellect; na = nor; balotsaahau ruupa parikalpanam = the capacity to change their form or energy (at will).
5.46.12
महत् सत्त्वम् इदम् ज्ञेयम् कपि रूपम् व्यवस्थितम् ॥प्रयत्नम् महत् आस्थाय क्रियताम् अस्य निग्रहः |
"Keeping in view that it is a great evil spirit standing in the form of a monkey, exert a great effort and capture it."
idam JNeyam = this is to be known; mahat sattvam = as a great spirit; vyarasthitam = standing; kapiruupam = the firm of a monkey; aasthaaya = employing; mahat = a great; prayatnam = effort; aya nigrahaH = let its capture; kriyataam = be made.
5.46.13
कामम् लोकाः त्रयः स इन्द्राः ससुर असुर मानवाः ॥भवताम् अग्रतः स्थातुम् न पर्याप्ता रण अजिरे |
"The three worlds including Indra, celestials, demons and humans are not fit to stand before you in the battle-field."
sthaatum = to stand; agrataH = in front; bhavataam = of you; raNaajite = in the battle-field; trayaH = the three; lokaaH = worlds; sendraaH = including Indra; sa suraasuramaanavaaH = together with celestials; demons and human beings; na paryaaptaaH kaamam = their desires are not accomplished.
5.46.14
तथा अपि तु नयज्ञेन जयम् आकान्क्षता रणे ॥आत्मा रक्ष्यः प्रयत्नेन युद्ध सिद्धिः हि चन्चला |
"Even then, the one who is skilled in strategy, desirous of a victory in a battle is to protect himself. Victory in a battle is indeed unreliable."
tathaapi = even then; nayajJNena = by the one who is skilled in strategy; aakaaN^kSataa = desirous of; jayam = a victory; raNe = in battle; rakSyaH = one is to protect; aatmaa = himself; prayatnena = with effort; yuddhasiddhiH = victory in a battle; chaN^chalaahi = is indeed unreliable.
5.46.15
ते स्वामि वचनम् सर्वे प्रतिगृह्य महाओजसः ॥समुत्पेतुः महावेगा हुत अश सम तेजसः |
रथैः च मत्तैः नागैः च वाजिभिः च महाजवैः ॥शस्त्रैः च विविधैः तीक्ष्णैः सर्वैः च उपचिता बलैः |
All of them, having a great strength and a blaze equal to that of fire, accepting the orders of their king and augmenting their strength with chariots, elephants in rut, horses of extra ordinary swiftness and various kinds of sharp weapons, sallied forth with a great speed.
15; 16. te sarve = all of them; mahenjasaH = having a great strength; hutaasha samatejasaH = and a blaze equal to that of fire; pratigR^ihya = accepting; svaami vachanam = the orders of their king; upachitaaH = and (their strength) augmented; rathaiH = by chariots; mattaiH maatangaiH = by elephants in rut; vaajibhishcha mahaajavaiH = by horses of extraordinary swiftness; tiikSNaiH vividhaiH shastraiH = and by various kinds of sharp weapons; samutpetuH = sallied forth; mahaavegaaH = with a great speed.
5.46.17
ततः तम् ददृशुः वीरा दीप्यमानम् महाकपिम् ॥रश्मिमन्तम् इव उद्यन्तम् स्व तेजो रश्मि मालिनम् |
तोरणस्थम् महावेगम् महासत्त्वम् महाबलम् ॥
Thereafter, those valiant demons saw that Hanuma the great monkey, encircled by his rays of splendour like a rising sun, shining, standing on the archy door-way, possessing enormous energy, strong mental disposition and colossal strength.
17; 18. tataH = thereafter; viiraaH = those valiant demons; dadR^ishuH = saw; tam mahaakapim = that Hanuma the great monkey; svatejorashmi maalinam = encircled by his rays of splendour; udantam rashmimantamiva = like a rising sun; diipyamaanam = shining; toraNastham = standing on the archy doorway; mahotsaaham = possessing a great energy; mahaasattvam = a strong mental disposition; mahaabalam = and an enormous strength.
5.46.19
महामतिम् महाउत्साहम् महाकायम् महाबलम् |
तम् समीक्ष्य एव ते सर्वे दिक्षु सर्वास्व् अवस्थिताः ॥तैः तैः प्रहरणैः भीमैः अभिपेतुः ततः ततः |
Immediately on seeing that Hanuma of great intellect, of great swiftness and of a gigantic body, all those demons, stationed in all quarters, attacked him with their terrific weapons from every side.
samiikSaiva = Immediately on seeing; tam = that Hanuma; mahaamatim = of great intellect; mahaavegam = of great swiftness; mahaakaayam = and of a gigantic body; sarve = all those demons; stationed; sarvaasn dikSu = in all quarters; abhipetuH = attacked; tatstataH = from that and that place; taiH taiH = with their respective; bhiimaiH = terrific; praharaNaiH = weapons.
5.46.20
तस्य पन्च आयसाः तीक्ष्णाः सिताः पीत मुखाः शराः ॥शिरस्ति उत्पल पत्र आभा दुर्धरेण निपातिताः |
Durdhara discharged five sharp and fierce steel arrows with a lustre of black lily-petals and yellow tops to descend into Hanuma's head.
paN^cha = five; aayasaaH = steel; shraaH = arrows; tiikSNaaH = fierce; shitaaH = sharp; piitamukhaaH = with yellow tops; utpala patraabhaaH = and with a lustre of black lily-petals; nipaatitaaH = were made to descend; shiras = into the head; tasya = of Hanuma; durdhareNa = by Durdhara.
5.46.21
स तैः पन्चभिः आविद्धः शरैः शिरसि वानरः ॥उत्पपात नदन् व्योम्नि दिशो दश विनादयन् |
Pierced in the head by those fire arrows, Hanuma leapt roaring in the sky, making the roar reverberating in all directions.
aaviddhaH = pierced; shirasi = in the head; taiH = by those; paN^chabhiH = five; sharaiH = arrows; vaanaraH = Hanuma; nadan = making a sound; vinaadayan = reverberating; dashadishaH = in all directions; utpapaata = leapt; vyomni = into the sky.
5.46.22
ततः तु दुर्धरो वीरः सरथः सज्ज कार्मुकः ॥किरन् शर शतैः नैकैः अभिपेदे महाबलः |
Then the mighty and the valiant Durdhara leapt into the sky with his chariot. Stretching his bow and throwing hundreds of sharp arrows, he attacked Hanuma.
tataH = then; mahaabalaH = the mighty; viiraH = and the valiant; durdharaH = Durdhara; sarathaH = with his chariot; sajyakaarmukaH = stretching his bow; kiran = throwing; tiikSNaiH sharashataiH = hundreds of sharp arrows; abhipede = attacked Hanuma.
5.46.23
स कपिः वारयामास तम् व्योम्नि शर वर्षिणम् ॥वृष्टिमन्तम् पयोदान्ते पयोदम् इव मारुतः |
Hanuma warded him off from showering the arrows on him in the sky, as the wind wards off a rainy cloud from raining at the end of a monsoon.
sah kapiH = that Hanuma; tam vaarayaamaasa = warded him off; sharavarSiNam = from showering the arrows on him; vyomni = in the sky; maarutaH iva = as the wind (warding off); vR^iSTimantam payodam = a rainy cloud; payodaante = at the end of a monsoon.
5.46.24
अर्द्यमानः ततः तेन दुर्धरेण अनिल आत्मजः ॥चकार निनदम् भूयो व्यवर्धत च वेगवान् |
Thus afflicted by that Durdhara, Hanuma then emitted a roar once again and swiftly expanded his body.
ardhyamaanaH = thus afflicted; tena = by that; durdhareNa = Durdhara; anilaatmajaH = Hanuma; tataH = then; chakaara = emitted; ninadam = a roar; bhuuyaH = again; vegavaan = and swiftly; vyavardhataH = expanded his body.
5.46.25
स दूरम् सहसा उत्पत्य दुर्धरस्य रथे हरिः ॥निपपात महावेगो विद्युत् राशिः गिराव् इव |
Like a mass of lightning on a mountain, Hanuma instantaneously fell on Durdhara's chariot, by jumping up from far above with great speed.
vidyudraashiriva = like a mass of lightning; girau = on a mountain; saH hariH = that Hanuma; sahasaa = instantaneously; nipapaata = fell; rathe = on the chariot; durdharasya = of Durdhara; utpatya = by jumpin up; duuram = from far above; mahaavegaH = with great speed.
5.46.26
ततः तम् मथित अष्ट अश्वम् रथम् भग्न अक्ष कूवरम् ॥विहाय न्यपतत् भूमौ दुर्धरः त्यक्त जीवितः |
Losing his chariot whose axle and pole had been broken and all his eight horses destroyed, Durdhara then dropped down, losing his life, to the ground.
vihaaya = losing; ratham = his chariot; bhagnaakSakuubaram = whose axle and pole had been broken; mathitaaSTaashvam = and all his eight horses destroyed; saH durdharaH = that Durdhara; tataH = then; nyapatat = dropped down; tyakta jiivitaH = losing his life; bhuumau = to the ground.
5.46.27
तम् विरूप अक्ष यूप अक्षौ दृष्ट्वा निपतितम् भुवि ॥सम्जात रोषौ दुर्धर्षाव् उत्पेततुः अरिम् दमौ |
Engrossed in anger to see his fallen on the ground, the inviolable virupaksha and Yupaksha, the annihilators of enemies, jumped up into the air.
samjaata roSau = engrossed in anger; dR^iSTvaa = fallen; bhuvi = on the ground; viruupaakSa yuupaakSau = Virupaksha and Yupaksha; durdharSau = inviolable; arimdamau = and annihilators of enemies; utpetatuH = jumped up into the air.
5.46.28
स ताभ्याम् सहसा उत्पत्य विष्ठितो विमले अम्बरे ॥मुद्गराभ्याम् महाबाहुः वक्षसि अभिहतः कपिः |
Jumping up in the air all of a sudden those two demons struck in the chest with their clubs that long-armed Hanuma standing in clear sky.
saH mahaabahuH = kapiH = that long-armed monkey; viSThitaH = standing; vimaleambare = in clear sky; abhihataH = was struck; vakSasi = in the chest; mudgaraabhyaam = with clubs; sahasa = all of a sudden; taabhyaam = by them; utpatya = jumping up the air.
5.46.29
तयोः वेगवतोः वेगम् विनिहत्य महाबलः ॥निपपात पुनः भूमौ सुपर्ण सम विक्रमः |
Striking down the swiftness of those violent demons, the mighty Hanuma whose prowess is equal to that of Garuda the eagle, again descended on to the ground.
vinihatya = striking down; vegam = the swiftness; tayoH = of those demons; mahaabalaH = the mighty; suvarNa samavikramaH = Hanuma; having prowess equal to that of Garuda the eagle; punaH = again; nipapaata = descended; bhuumau = on to the ground.
5.46.30
स साल वृक्षम् आसाद्य समुत्पाट्य च वानरः ॥ताव् उभौ राक्षसौ वीरौ जघान पवन आत्मजः |
Approaching a sala tree and uprooting it, that Hanuma the monkey killed those two valiant demons.
aasaadya = approaching; saala vR^ikSam = a sala tree; tam utpaaTya cha = and uprooting it; saH pavanaatmajaH = that Hanuma; vaanaraH = the monkey; jaghaana = killed; tau = those; ubhau = two; viirau = valiant; raakSasau = demons.
5.46.31
ततः तान् त्रीन् हतान् ज्ञात्वा वानरेण तरस्विना ॥अभिपेदे महावेगः प्रसह्य प्रघसो हरिम् |
भास कर्णः च सम्क्रुद्धः शूलम् आदाय वीर्यवान् ॥
Getting to know all those mighty three killed by Hanuma, Praghasa with a great alacrity, forcefully attacked Hanuma. The valiant Bhasakarna, highly enraged, attacked taking a spear in his hand.
31; 32. tataH = then; jJNaatvaa = getting to know; taam tarsvinaa = that the mighty; triin = three; hataan = have been killed; vaanareNa = by Hanuma praghasaH = praghasa; mahaavegaH = with a great alacrity; prasahya = forcefully; abhipede = attacked (Hanuma); viiryavaan = the valiant; bhaasakarNashcha = Bhasakarna too; samkruddhaH = enraged; aadaaya = taking; shuulam = a spear in his hand (attacked).
5.46.33
एकतः कपि शार्दूलम् यशस्विनम् अवस्थितौ |
पट्टिशेन शित अग्रेण प्रघसः प्रत्यपोथयत् ॥भास कर्णः च शूलेन राक्षसः कपि सत्तमम् |
The two generals stood by the side of the illustrious Hanuma. Praghasa pierced Hanuma with a sharp-pointed spear and Bhasakarna attacked him with a dart.
(The two generals) avasthitau = stood; ekataH = by the side; yashasvinam kapishaarduulam = of the illustrious Hanuma; praghasaH = Praghasa; pratya yodhayat = pierced; kapisattamam = Hanuma; shitaagreNa = with a sharp pointed; paTTisena = spear; bhaasakarNaH = and Bhasakarna; raakSasaH = the demon; (attacked); shuulena = with a dart.
5.46.34
स ताभ्याम् विक्षतैः गात्रैः असृग् दिग्ध तनू रुहः ॥अभवत् वानरः क्रुद्धो बाल सूर्य सम प्रभः |
With his limbs wounded by those two demons, that Hanuma with his body-hair anointed by blood, became enraged, with his blaze similar to that of a rising sun.
gaatraiH = with his limbs; vikSataiH = wounded; taabhyaam = by those two demons; saH vaanaraH = that Hanuman; asR^igdigdhatanuuruhaH = with his body-hair anointed by blood; abhavat = became; kruddhaH = enraged; baala suurya samaprabhaH = having his blaze similar to that of rising sun.
5.46.35
समुत्पाट्य गिरेः शृन्गम् समृग व्याल पादपम् ॥जघान हनुमान् वीरो राक्षसौ कपि कुन्जरः |
Having plucked up the top of a mountain with its various animals serpents and trees, the heroic Hanuma the best among monkeys, killed those two demons.
samutpaaTya = Having plucked up; gireH shR^iN^gam = the top of a mountain; samR^igavyaaLa paadaam = with its animals; serpants and trees; viiraH = the heroic; hanumaan = Hanuma; kapikuN^jaraH = the best among monkeys; jaghaana = killed; raakSasau = those two demons.
5.46.36
ततः तेष्व् अवसन्नेषु सेना पतिषु पन्चसु ॥बलम् तत् अवशेषम् तु नाशयामास वानरः |
When those five army-generals have been killed, Hanuma then destroyed that remaining army.
teSu paNchasu = (When) those five; senaapatiSu = army-generals; avasanneSu = have been killed; vaanaraH = Hanuma; tataH = then; naashayaamaasa = destroyed; tat = that; avaseSam = remaining; balam = army.
5.46.37
अश्वैः अश्वान् गजैः नागान् योधैः योधान् रथै रथान् ॥स कपिः नाशयामास सहस्र अक्ष इव असुरान् |
Like Indra the thousand-eyed god destroying the demons, Hanuma destroyed the horses by striking them with horses, the elephants with elephants, the warriors with warriors and the chariots with chariots.
sahasraakSaH iva = like Indra; thousand-eyed god; asuraaniva = destroying the demons; saH kapiH = that Hanuman naashayaamaasa = destroyed; ashvaan = the horses; ashvaiH = (by striking them) with horses; naagaan = the elephants; gajaiH = with elephants; yodhaan = the warriors; yodhaiH = with warriors; rathaan = and the chariots; rathaiH = with chariots.
5.46.38
हतैः नागैः च तुरगैः भग्न अक्षैः च महारथैः ॥हतैः च राक्षसैः भूमी रुद्ध मार्गा समन्ततः |
The earth had its path-ways blocked on all sides with the elephants and the horses killed, with the demons killed and with the big chariots which had their axles broken.
bhuumiH = the earth; samantatah = on all sides; ruddhamaargaa = had its path-ways blocked; naagaiH = with the elephants; turagaiH = and the horses; hataiH = killed; raakSasaiH = with the demons; hataiH = killed mahaarathaishoha = and with the big chariots; bhagnaashcha = which had their axles broken.
5.46.39
ततः कपिः तान् ध्वजिनी पतीन् रणे |
निहत्य वीरान् सबलान् सवाहनान् |
तत् एव वीरः परिगृह्य तोरणम् |
कृत क्षणः काल इव प्रजा क्षये ॥
Like Yama the Time-spirit waiting for the right moment for the destruction of the mortals, the heroic Hanuma, killing the eminent demons and the army-generals with their troops and vehicles in the combat, waited for the right moment at the arch-way.
kaalaH iva = like Yama the Time Spirit; kR^ita kSaNaH = waiting for the right moment; prajaakSaye = for the destruction of two mortals; viiraH = the heroic; kapiH = Hanuma; tataH = thereupon; nihatya = killing; viiraan = the eminent demons; taan = and those; dhvajiniipatiin = army-generals; sabalaan = with their army; savaahanaan = and their vehicles; raNe = in the combat; tathaiva = in like manner (waited for the right moment) parigR^ihya = by laying hold of; toraNam = the arch way.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे ष्ट्चत्वारिंशः सर्गः
Sarga 47
5.47.1
सेना पतीन् पन्च स तु प्रमापितान् |
हनूमता सानुचरान् सवाहनान् |
समीक्ष्य राजा समर उद्धत उन्मुखम् |
कुमारम् अक्षम् प्रसमैक्षत अक्षतम् ॥
Hearing and sustaining that the five army-generals along with their followers and vehicles were disposed off by Hanuma, Ravana looked at Aksha, his son, violent in combat and who was inclined to fighting as well as sitting in front of him.
nishamya = hearing; pramaapitaan = and sustaining prof; paN^cha = (that) the five; senaapatiin = army-generals; saanucharaan = along with their followers; savaahanaan = and vehicles; hataan = were disposed off; hanumataa = by Hanuma; raajaa = that Ravana; prasamaikSata = looked at; akSam = Aksha; kumaaran = his son; agrataH = who was sitting in front of him; samaroddhatonmukham = who was violent in combat and inclined to fighting.
5.47.2
स तस्य दृष्टि अर्पण सम्प्रचोदितः |
प्रतापवान् कान्चन चित्र कार्मुकः |
समुत्पपात अथ सदसि उदीरितो |
द्विजाति मुख्यैः हविषा इव पावकः ॥
Goaded by the looks of Ravana, the energetic Aksha, wielding a golden dotted bow, quickly sprang up, like a fire switched up by the foremost of brahmins in a sacrificial fire, by offering oblations to it.
dR^iSTyarpaNa samprachoditaH = goaded by obtaining of looks; tasya = of Ravana; saH = that Aksha; prataapavaan = the energetic demon; atha = thereupon; golden dotted bow; samutpapaata = sprang up quickly; paavakaH iva = like a fire; udiiratah = moved up; dvijaatimukhyaiH = by the foremost brahmins; haviSaa = by offering oblations; sadasi = in a sacrificial fire.
5.47.3
ततो महत् बाल दिवा कर प्रभम् |
प्रतप्त जाम्बू नद जाल सम्ततम् |
रथाम् समास्थाय ययौ स वीर्यवान् |
महाहरिम् तम् प्रति नैरृत ऋषभः ॥
Mounting a great chariot, having a splendour of a newly risen sun and overlaid with a protective armour of highly refined gold, that valiant cheif of demons sallied forth towards that mighty monkey.
saamaasthaaya = mounting; mahat = a great; ratham = chariot; baaladivaakaraprabham = having a splendour of a newly risen sun; pratapta jaambuunada jaalasamtatam = and overlaid with a protective armour of highly refined gold; saH viiryavaan nairR^itarSabhaH = that valiant chief of demons; tataH = then; yayau = went; tam mahaaharim prati = towards that mighty monkey.
5.47.4
ततः तपः सम्ग्रह संचय अर्जितम् |
प्रतप्त जाम्बू नद जाल शोभितम् |
पताकिनम् रत्न विभूषित ध्वजम् |
मनो जव अष्ट अश्व वरैः सुयोजितम् ॥
Aksha's chariot was earned through many kinds of his penances. It was shining with a protective armour of highly refined gold, adorned with a flag on a flag-staff studded with gems and yoked well with eight excellent horses, having speed equal to that of a mind.
tataH = then; (that chariot); tapaH samgraha samchayaarjitam = was earned by many kinds of his penances; pratapta jaambuunadjaala shobhitam = shining with a protective armour of highly refined gold; pataakinam = adorned iwth a flag; ratnavibhuuSita dhvajam = on a flag-staff studded with gems; suyojitam = yoked well with; manojavaaSTaashvavaraiH = eight excellent horses; having a speed equal to that of a mind.
5.47.5
सुर असुर अधृष्यम् असम्ग चारिणम् |
रवि प्रभम् व्योम चरम् समाहितम् |
सतूणम् अष्ट असि निबद्ध बन्धुरम् |
यथा क्रम आवेशित शक्ति तोमरम् ॥
That chariot was unassailable by celestials or demons. It moved without hindrance to any place. It shone like a sun and could move within the sky. It was well-conceived with a quiver, eight swords and tied with bells. It was orderly arranged with spears and lances in their respective places.
suraasuraadhR^iSyam = (that chariot) cannot be attacked by celestials or demons; asamga chaariNam = (It) moves without hindrance; raviprabham = It has a shining similar to the sun; vyomacharam = It can move within the sky; samaahitam = well-conceived; satuuNam = with a quiver; aSTaasi = eight swords; nibaddha bandhuram = tied with bells; yathaakrama aveshita shakti tomaram = arranged well in order with spears and lances.
5.47.6
विराजमानम् प्रतिपूर्ण वस्तुना |
सहेम दाम्ना शशि सूर्य वर्वसा |
दिवा कर आभम् रथम् आस्थितः ततः |
स निर्जगाम अमर तुल्य विक्रमः ॥
Then, Aksha having a prowess equal to that of celestials, came forth, mounting that chariot decorated with golden wreaths, having a brilliance of moon and sun, filled with every right thing and shining like rays of sun.
tataH = then; saH = he; amaratulyavikramaH with a prowess equal to that of celestials; nirjagaama = came forth; aasthitaH = mounting; ratham = the chariot; sa hema daamnaa = decorated with golden wreaths; shashi suurya varchasaa = with a brilliance of the moon and the sun; pratipuurNa vastunaa = filled with every right thing; viraajamaanam = shining; divaakaraabham = like rays of sun.
5.47.7
स पूरयन् खम् च महीम् च साचलाम् |
तुरम्ग मतन्ग महारथ स्वनैः |
बलैः समेतैः स हि तोरण स्थितम् |
समर्थम् आसीनम् उपागमत् कपिम् ॥
Aksha, filling the sky earth and its mountains with sounds of horses elephants and chariots, together with his army, approached the efficient Hanuma the great monkey, standing at the archy door-way.
saH = that Aksha; puurayan = filling; khamcha = the sky; mahiimcha = and the earth; saachalam = along with its mountains; turaN^ga maatN^ga mahaarathasvanaiH = with sounds of horses; elephants and chariots; balaiH saha sametaiH = joined together with his army; upaagamat = approached; mahaakapim = Hanuma the great monkey; samartham = the efficient one; toraNasthitam = who was standing at the archy door-way.
5.47.8
स तम् समासाद्य हरिम् हरि ईक्षणो |
युग अन्त काल अग्निम् इव प्रजा क्षये |
अवस्थितम् विस्मित जात सम्भ्रमः |
समैक्षत अक्षो बहु मान चक्षुषा ॥
Approaching that Hanuma, standing there readily to destroy mortals, similar to a fire that is to destroy the world, the yellow-eyed Aksha was bewildered, born of a surprise and looked to him with a great esteem.
samaasaadya = approaching; tam harim = that Hanuma; avasthitam = standing readily; prajaakSaye = to destroy mortals; kaalagnim iva = like a fire that is to destroy the world; saH akSaH = that Aksha; hariikSaNaH = the yellow-eyed; vismitajaatasambhramaH = was bewildered born of a surprise; samaikSata = and looked to; bahuumaanachakSuSaa = him with a great esteem.
5.47.9
स तस्य वेगम् च कपेः महात्मनः |
पराक्रमम् चारिषु पार्ह्तिव आत्मजः |
विचारयन् खम् च बलम् महाबलो |
हिम क्षये सूर्य इव अभिवर्धते ॥
That Aksha, the mighty prince, assessing the swiftness of that high-souled Hanuma and his prowess with regard to his adversaries as also his own strength, increased his body more and more like the sun when the frost is faded away.
saH = that Aksha; mahaabalaH = the mighty; paarthivaamajaH = prince; vidhaarayan = assessing; vegamcha = the swiftness; tasya kapeH = of that Hanuma; mahaatmanaH = the high-souled; paraakramamcha = his prowess; aariSu = in respect of his adversaries; svam cha = and his own; balam = strength; abhivardhate = increased his body more and more; himakSaye suurya iva = like the sun when the frost is faded away.
5.47.10
स जात मन्युः प्रसमीक्ष्य विक्रमम् |
स्थिरः स्थितः सम्यति दुर्निवारणम् |
समाहित आत्मा हनुमन्तम् आहवे |
प्रचोदयामास शरैः त्रिभिः शितैः ॥
Understanding Hanuma's prowess to be unrestrainable and stable in battle, that Aksha, exhibiting anger initially, became stable and mentally composed and incited Hanuma to battle by discharging three sharp arrows towards him.
prasamiikSya = seeing; vikramam = Hanuma's prowess; durnivaaraNam = which was unrestrainable; sthiram = and stable; samyati = in battle; sah = that Aksha; jaatamanyuH = exhibiting anger; sthiraH = became stable; samaahitaatmaa = with his mind composed; prachodayaamaasa = incited; hanumantam = Hanuma; aahave = to battle; shitaiH = tribhiH sharaiH = by discharging three sharp arrows.
5.47.11
ततः कपिम् तम् प्रसमीक्ष्य गर्वितम् |
जित श्रमम् शत्रु पराजयोः जितम् |
अवैक्षत अक्षः समुदीर्ण मानसः |
सबाण पाणिः प्रगृहीत कार्मुकः ॥
Recognizing that Hanuma, as a haughty monkey, after having gallantly conquered his adversaries and accustomed to fatigue, that Aksha, graspign the bow and arrows his hand, saw him with an excited mind.
prasamiikSya = recognising; tam kapim = that Hanuma; garvitam = as a haughty monkey; shatru paraajayorjitam = after having gallantly conquered his adversaries; jita shramam = and accustomed to fatigue; sah akSaH = that Aksha; sabaaNapaaNiH = with arrows in his hand; pragrahiita kaarmukaH = and grasping the bow; avaikSata = saw (him); samudiirNamaanasaH = with an excited mind.
5.47.12
स हेम निष्क अन्गद चारु कुण्डलः |
समाससाद आशु पराक्रमः कपिम् |
तयोः बभूव अप्रतिमः समागमः |
सुर असुराणाम् अपि सम्भ्रम प्रदः ॥
Having a glden chain, a pair of armlets and charming ear-rings, Aksha of a swift prowess, approached Hanuma. Their unmatched get-together in combat became a baffle to even the celestials and demons.
hema niSkaaN^gadachaarukuN^DalaH = having a golden chain; a pair of armlets and charming ear-rings; saH = Aksha; aashuparaakramaH = of a quick prowess; samaasasaada = approached; kapim = Hanuma; tayoH = their; apratimaH = unmatched; samaagamaH = get-together in combat; abhuut = became; sambhramapradaH = baffled; suraasuraaNaamapi = to even the celestials and demons.
5.47.13
ररास भूमिः न तताप भानुमान् |
ववौ न वायुः प्रचचाल च अचलः |
कपेः कुमारस्य च वीक्ष्य सम्युगम् |
ननाद च द्यौः उदधिः च चुक्षुभे ॥
Seeing that battle between Hanuma and Aksha, the earth uproared. The sun did not shine brightly. The wind ceased to blow. The mountain shook. The sky made a reverberant sound. The ocean too was agitated.
viikSya = seeing; samyugam = the battle; kapeH = of Hanuma; kumaarasya = and of Aksha; bhuumiH = the earth; raraasa = uproared; bhaanumaan = the sun; na tataapa = did not shine; vaayuH = the wind; na vavau = ceased to blow; achalaH cha = the mountain; prachachaala = shook; dyau = the sky; nanaada = made a reverberent sound; udadishcha = the ocean too; chukSubhe = was agitated.
5.47.14
ततः स वीरः सुमुखान् पतत्रिणः |
सुवर्ण पुन्खान् सविषान् इव उरगान् |
समाधि सम्योग विमोक्ष तत्त्ववित् |
शरान् अथ त्रीन् कपि मूर्ध्नि अपातयत् ॥
Then, that eminent demon, who correctly knew how to fix his gaze on the target, to fit an arrow to the bow and to discharge it, hurled on Hanuma's head, three arrows which were well-painted, having golden shafts and feathers and which resembled venomous serpants.
tataH = then; atha = and thereafter; saH viiraH = that eminent demon; samaadhisamyoga vimokSatattvavit = who correctly knew how to fix his gaze on the target; to fit an arrow to the bow and to discharge it; apaatayat = hurled; kapimuurdhni = on Hanuma's head; triin sharaan = three arrows; sumukhaan = well-painted; suvarNa puNkhaan = with golden shafts; patattriNaH = and feathers; saviSaan uragaamiva = and which resembled venomous serpants.s
5.47.15
स तैः शरैः मूर्ध्नि समम् निपातितैः |
क्षरन्न् असृग् दिग्ध विवृत्त लोचनः |
नव उदित आदित्य निभः शर अंशुमान् |
व्यराजत आदित्य इव अंशु मालिकः ॥
Oozing the blood from his wound caused by those arrows descended into his head (by Aksha), looking like the newly risen sun, his eyes bathed in blood rolling rapidly, Hanuma shone brightly like the sun surrounded by a circle of rays, having the arrows as its rays.
kSaran = oozing the blood from his wounds; taiH sharaiH = caused by those arrows; muurdhni nipaatitaiaH = descended into his head; samam = at the same time (by Aksha); navoditaadityanibhaH = looking like the newly risen su; arR^igdigdha vivR^ittalochanaH = his eyes; bathed in blood; rolling rapidly; saH = Hanuma; vyaraajata = shone brightly; aaditya iva = like the sun; amshumaalikaH = surrounded by a circle of rays; sharaamshumaan = having the arrows as its rays.
5.47.16
ततः स पिन्ग अधिप मन्त्रि सत्तमः |
समीक्ष्य तम् राज वर आत्मजम् रणे |
उदग्र चित्र आयुध चित्र कार्मुकम् |
जहर्ष च आपूर्यत च आहव उन्मुखः ॥
Seeing in the battle that Aksha the prince, with his marvellous weapons and picturesque bow, that Hanuma the excellent one among Sugree's counsellors, was rejoiced and with an inclination to fight, grew in size.
samiikSya = seeing; raNe = in the battle; tam = that; raajavaraatmajam = Aksha the prince; udagra chitraayudhachitra kaarmukam = with his marvelllous weapons and picturesque bow; saH = that Hanuma; piN^gaadhipa mantri sattamaH = the excellent one among Sugreeva's ministers; tataH = then; jaharSa = rejoiced; aahavonmukhaH = and with an inclination to fight; apuuryata = grew in size.
5.47.17
स मन्दर अग्रस्थ इव अंशु माली |
विवृद्ध कोपो बल वीर्य सम्युतः |
कुमारम् अक्षम् सबलम् सवाहनम् |
ददाह नेत्र अग्नि मरीचिभिः तदा ॥
That Hanuma, endowed with strength and prowess, resembling the sun appearing on a peak of Mandara muntain and whose anger was increased, then burnt the prince Aksha along with his army and vehicles, by the rays of fire emnating from his eyes.
saH = that Hanuma; balaviirya samyutaH = endowed with strength and prowess; amshumaalikaH iva = resembling the sun; mandaraagra sthaH = appearing on a peak of Mandara mountain; vivR^iddha kopaH = and whose anger was increased; tadaa = then; dadaaha = burnt; netraagni mariichibhiH = by the rays of fire emnating from his eyes; kumaaam = the prince; akSam = Aksha; sabalam = along with his army; savaahanam = and vehicles.
5.47.18
ततः स बाण आसन शक्र कार्मुकः |
शर प्रवर्षो युधि राक्षस अम्बुदः |
शरान् मुमोच आशु हरि ईश्वर अचले |
बलाहको वृष्टिम् इव अचल उत्तमे ॥
That demon in the form of a cloud, raining down arrows, then wielding a bow in the form of a rain-bow, soon discharged arrows on Hanuma standing in the form of a mountain, like a cloud showering rain on a high mountain.
saH raakSasaambudaH = that demon in the form of a cloud; sharapravarSaH = raining down arrows; tataH = then; baaNaasana chitrakaarmukaH = wielding a bow in the form of a rain bow; aashu = soon; mumocha = discharged; sharaan = arrows; hariishvaraachale = on Hanuma in the form of a mountain; valaakakaH iva = like a cloud; vR^iSTim = showering rain; achalottame = on a high mountain.
5.47.19
ततः कपिः तम् रण चण्ड विक्रमम् |
विवृद्ध तेजो बल वीर्य सायकम् |
कुमारम् अक्षम् प्रसमीक्ष्य सम्युगे |
ननाद हर्षात् घन तुल्य विक्रमः ॥
Seeing that Aksha the prince, possessing an impetuous valour, endowed with enhanced splendour strength and vigour with a capacity to move within the sky like a cloud, coming to the battle, Hanuma roared with joy.
tataH = then; prasamiikSya = seeing; tam = that; kumaaram akSam = prince Aksha; raNachaN^Da vikramam = having an impetuous valour; vivR^iddhatejobalaviirya samyutam = endowed with enhanced splendour; strength and vigour; ghanatulyavikramam = wandering in the sky like a cloud; samyuge = in the battle; kapiH = Hanuma; nanaada = roared; harSaat = with joy.
5.47.20
स बाल भावात् युधि वीर्य दर्पितः |
प्रवृद्ध मन्युः क्षतज उपम ईक्षणः |
समाससाद अप्रतिमम् रणे कपिम् |
गजो महाकूपम् इव आवृतम् तृणैः ॥
Boastful of his valour in battle because of his childish attitude, Aksha wit an enhanced fury and red-blood eyes, approached Hanuma who was incomparable in battle, as an elephant approaching a well covered with heaps of straw.
viiryadarpitaH = boastful of his valour; yudhi = in battle; baalabhaavaat = because of his childish attitude; saH = that Aksha; pravR^iddhamanyuH = with a heightened fury; kSatajopamekSaNaH = with blood-red eyes; samaasaada = approached; kapim = Hanuma; apratimam = who was incomparable; raNe = in battle; gajaH iva = like an elephant; mahaakuupam = (approaching) a well; aavR^itam = covered; tR^iNaiH = with heaps of grass.
5.47.21
स तेन बाणैः प्रसभम् निपातितैः |
चकार नादम् घन नाद निह्स्वनः |
समुत्पपात आशु नभः स मारुतिः |
भुज ऊरु विक्षेपण घोर दर्शनः ॥
As Aksha forcefully discharged his arrows, Hanuma roared a sound of thunder and bounced quickly to the sky assuming a terrible sight, stretching out his arms and thighs.
baaNaiH = by the arrows; nipaatitaiH = descended; prasabham = forcefully; tena = by Aksha; saH maarutiH = that Hanuma; chakaara = made; naadam = a noise; naadaniHsvanaH = like the sound of a thunder; samutpapaata = and jumped; aashu = quickly; nabhaH = to the sky; bhujoruvikSepaNa ghora darshanaH = assuming a terrible sight; stretching out his arms and thighs.
5.47.22
समुत्पतन्तम् समभिद्रवत् बली |
स राक्षसानाम् प्रवरः प्रतापवान् |
रथी रथ श्रेष्ठतमः किरन् शरैः |
पयो धरः शैलम् इव अश्म वृष्टिभिः ॥
That strong and valiant Aksha, the foremost among the demons, and the best among car warriors, went chasing Hanuma who was flying upwards, difusing arrows like a cloud showering hail-stones on a mountian.
saH = that Aksha; balii = the strong one; pravaraH = the foremost; raakSasaanaam = among demons; prataapavaan = the valiant one; rathii = mounting a chariot; rathishreSThatamaH = the best among the car-warriors; samabhidravat = went chasing; utpatantam = (that Hanuma) flying upwards; kiran = sprinkling; sharaiH = arrows; payodharaH iva = like a cloud; ashma vR^iSTibhiH = showering hail-stones; shailam = on a mountain.
5.47.23
स तान् शरान् तस्य विमोक्षयन् कपिः |
चचार वीरः पथि वायु सेविते |
शर अन्तरे मारुतवत् विनिष्पतन् |
मनो जवः सम्यति चण्ड विक्रमः ॥
That valiant Hanuma, whose swiftness was equal to the mind and possessing impetuous valour in battle, rushing forth like wind in the space between one arrow and another and thus escaping Aksha's arrows, moved in the path visited by wind (the sky).
saH hariH = that Hanuma; manojavaH = who has a swiftness equal to the mind; chaN^DavikramaH = possessing impetuous valour; samyati = in battle; viiraH = and a valiant one; viniSpatan = rushing forth; maarutavat = liek wind; sharaantare = in the space between one arrow and another; vimokSayan = and escaping; sharaan = the arrows; tasya = of Aksha; chachaara = moved; pathi = in the path; vaayusevite = visited by wind.
5.47.24
तम् आत्त बाण आसनम् आहव उन्मुखम् |
खम् आस्तृणन्तम् विविधैः शर उत्तमैः |
अवैक्षत अक्षम् बहु मान चक्षुषा |
जगाम चिन्ताम् च स मारुत आत्मजः ॥
With a respectful faculty of sight, Hanuma saw that Aksha who was wielding his bow and readily inclined to fight, covering the entire sky with excellent arrows with various types of tops and became thoughful.
saH maarutaatmajaH = that Hanuma; avaikSata = saw; bahumaana chakSuSau = with a respectful faculty of sight; tam = that; akSam = Aksha; aattabaaNaasanam = wielding a bow; aahavonmukham = readily inclined; to fight; aastR^iNantam = covering; kham = the sky; sharottamaiH = with excellent arrows; vishikhaiH = having various types of tops; jagaama = and became; chintaamcha = thoughtful.
5.47.25
ततः शरैः भिन्न भुज अन्तरः कपिः |
कुमार वर्येण महात्मना नदन् |
महाभुजः कर्म विशेष तत्त्ववित् |
विचिन्तयामास रणे पराक्रमम् ॥
Then, the mighty armed Hanuma, who knew how to act under particular circumstances, roaring when pierced in the breast with shafts by the high souled heroic, Aksha, reflected on the prowess of his adversary in battle.
tataH = then; kapiH = Hanuma; mahaabhujaH = the mighty armed; karma visheSa tattvavit = who knew how to act under particular circumstances; nadan = roaring; bhinna bhujaantaraH = when pierced in the breast with shafts; mahaatmanaa = by the high souled; kumaara viireNa = heroic Aksha; vichintayaamaasa = reflected on; paraakramaan = the prowess of the adversary; raNe = in battle.
5.47.26
अबालवत् बाल दिवा कर प्रभः |
करोति अयम् कर्म महन् महाबलः |
न च अस्य सर्व आहव कर्म शोभिनः |
प्रमापणे मे मतिः अत्र जायते ॥
"The mighty Aksha, possessing the lustre of a rising sun, is performing a great act, as a mature youth. My mind is not conceding here to kill him, who is distinguished in all acts of war-fare."
mahaabalaH = the mighty; ayam = Aksha; baaladivaakaraprabhaH = possessing the lustre of a rising sun; karoti = is performing; mahat = great; karma = act; abaalavat = as a mature youth; me matiH = my mind; na cha jaayate = is nt conceding atra = here; pramaapaNe = to kill; asya = him; sarvaahavakarma shobhinaH = who is distinguished in all acts of war fare.
5.47.27
अयम् महात्मा च महान् च वीर्यतः |
समाहितः च अतिसहः च सम्युगे |
असंशयम् कर्म गुण उदयात् अयम् |
सनाग यक्षैः मुनिभिः च पूजितः ॥
"He possesses a great intellect and is also prominent by his valour. He is well-composed and highly tolerant in battle. Due to his eminent deeds and virtues, he is undoubtedly adored by saints, Nagas the serpent-demons and Yakshas the semi-dviine being."
ayam = he; mahaatmaacha = possesses a great intellect; mahaan = and is prominent viiryataH cha = by his valour too; samaahitaH = (He is) well-composed; atisahaH = and highly tolerant; samyuge = in battle; karmaguNodayaat = due to eminence in his deeds and virtues; ayam = he; asamshayam = is undoubtedly; puujitaH = adored; munibhishcha = by saints; sanaagayakSaiH = along with Nagas the serpent-demons and Yakshas the semi-divine beings.
5.47.28
पराक्रम उत्साह विवृद्ध मानसः |
समीक्षते माम् प्रमुख आगतः स्थितः |
पराक्रमो हि अस्य मनांसि कम्पयेत् |
सुर असुराणाम् अपि शीघ्र कारिणः ॥
"He is standing very much before me and looks me straight in the eyes, reassured as he is, by his prowess and enthusiasm. His swift-moving prowess trembles even the minds of celestials and demons."
sthitaH = (He is) standing; pramukhaagrataH = very much before; samiikSate = and seeing; maam = me; paraakramtsaaha vivR^iddha maanasaH = straight in eyes reassured as he is; by his prowess and enthusiasm; asya = his; shiighra gaaminaH = swift-moving; paraakramaH = prowess; prakampayet = trembles; maamsi api = even the minds; suraasuraaNaam = of celestials and demons.
5.47.29
न खल्व् अयम् न अभिभवेत् उपेक्षितः |
पराक्रमो हि अस्य रणे विवर्धते |
प्रमापणम् तु एव मम अस्य रोचते |
न वर्धमानो अग्निः उपेक्षितुम् क्षमः ॥
'If neglected, he would undoubtedly overpower me. His prowess is getting augmented in battle. The only option left out for me is to kill him now. It is not proper to neglect a spreadin fire."
upekSitaH = (If) neglected; ayam = he; naabhibhavet na khalu = would undoubtedly overpower me; asya = his; paraakramaH = prowess; vardhate hi = is indeed getting augmented; raNe = in battle; pramaapaNamtveva = killing him only; adya = now; rochate = is the option; mama = for me; nakSamaH = It is not appropriate; upekSitum = to neglect; vardhamaanaH = an augmented; agniH = fire.
5.47.30
इति प्रवेगम् तु परस्य तर्कयन् |
स्व कर्म योगम् च विधाय वीर्यवान् |
चकार वेगम् तु महाबलः तदा |
मतिम् च चक्रे अस्य वधे महाकपिः ॥
The valiant and te mighty Hanuma, reflecting thus about the swiftness of the adersary and determining his own couse of action, then acquired a course of action, then acquired a momentum and also made up his mind to kill him.
mahaakapiH = Hanuma; viiryavaan = the valiant one; mahaabalah = and the mighty one; chintayan = reflecting; iti = thus; parasya pravegam = about the rapidity of the adversary; vidhaaya = and determining; svakarmayogamcha = his own couse of action; tadaa = then; chakara = acquired; vegam = momentum; chakre = and made up; buddhim = his mind too; asya = of his; vadhe = killing.
5.47.31
स तस्य तान् अष्ट हयान् महाजवान् |
समाहितान् भार सहान् विवर्तने |
जघान वीरः पथि वायु सेविते |
तल प्रहालैः पवन आत्मजः कपिः ॥
That Hanuma, the heroic son of wind, killed using the blows of his palm, those eight horses posessing a great speed in the path of sky with alertness as also having a capacity to bear burden while turning to different directions.
saH kapiH = that Hanuma; viiraH = the heroic; pavanaatmajaH = son of wind; jaghaana = killed; tala prahaaraiH = by the slap of his palm; taan = those; aSTa = eight; hayaan = horses; mahaajavaan = possessing great speed; pathi = in the path; vaayusevite = abounding in wind; samaahitaan = with alertness; bhaarasahaan = with a capacity bear burden; vivartane = while turning to different directions.
5.47.32
ततः तलेन अभिहतो महारथः |
स तस्य पिन्ग अधिप मन्त्रि निर्जितः |
स भग्न नीडः परिमुक्त कूबरः |
पपात भूमौ हत वाजिः अम्बरात् ॥
Then, the great chariot of Aksha, thus struck by the palm and subdued by Hanuma the counsellor of Sugreeva, had its interior broken, its carriage pole loosened and its horses dead and fallen from the sky to the ground.
tataH = then; tasya mahaarathaH = the great chariot of Aksha; abhihataH = struck; taleNa = by the palms; piN^gaadhipamantrimirjitaH = subdued by Hanuma; the counsellor of Sugreeva; prabhagnaniiDaH = with its interior broken; parimukta kumubaraH = with its carriage-pole loosened; hatavaajiH = and its horses dead; papaata = and fallen; ambaraat = from the sky; bhuumau = to the ground.
5.47.33
स तम् परित्यज्य महारथो रथम् |
सकार्मुकः खड्ग धरः खम् उत्पतत् |
तपो अभियोगात् ऋषिः उग्र वीर्यवान् |
विहाय देहम् मरुताम् इव आलयम् ॥
Leaving the chariot, wielding the bow and sword, that Aksha the chariot-warrior leapt to the sky. Having a terrible power of penance and leaving his body like a sage, he then was seen departing to heaven because of his Yogic penance.
parityajya = leaving; ratham = the chariot; saH = that Aksha; mahaarathaH = the great chariot-warrior; sakaarmukaH = with his bow; khaDgadharaH = and wielding a sword; utpatatan = leaping; kham = to the sky; ugra viiryavaan = having a terrible power of penance; vihaaya = leaving; deham = his body; R^iSiH iva = like a sage; (was seen going to); aalayam = the abode; marutaam = of celestials; tapobhiyogaat = because of his Yogic penance.
5.47.34
ततः कपिः तम् विचरन्तम् अम्बरे |
पतत्रि राजा अनिल सिद्ध सेविते |
समेत्य तम् मारुत वेग विक्रमः |
क्रमेण जग्राह च पादयोः दृढम् ॥
Thereafter, Hanuma with his prowess equal to that of wind, approaching Aksha moving in the sky, which is often frequented by Garuda the eagle, the wind and Siddhas the ascetics endowed with supernatural powers, slowly grasped his feet firmly.
tataH = thereafter; kapiH = Hanuma; maarutatulya vikramaH = with a prowess equal to that of wind; sametya = approaching; tam = Aksha; vicharantam = moving; ambare = in the sky; patatriraajaanila siddha sevite = often frequented by Garuda the eagel; the wind and Siddhas the ascetics endowed with supernatural powers; krameNa = and slowly; jagraaha = grasped; dR^iDham = firmly; tam = his; paadayoH = feet.
5.47.35
स तम् समाविध्य सहस्रशः कपिः |
महाउरगम् गृह्य इव अण्डज ईश्वरः |
मुमोच वेगात् पितृ तुल्य विक्रमो |
मही तले सम्यति वानर उत्तमः ॥
That Hanuma, with a prowess equal to that of wind-god, his father, and the excellent one among monkeys, spigning round Aksha like grasping a great serpent an eagle for a thousand times in the battle, hurled him down to the floor rapidly.
saH kapiH = that Hanuma; pitR^itulyavikramaH = having a prowess equal to the wind-god; his father; vaanarottamaH = and the excellent one among the monkeys; samaavidhya = spinning round; tam = that Aksha; gR^ihya = grasping; mahoragam = a great serpent; aNDajeswaraH iva = like an eagle; samyati = in the battle; sahasrashaH = for a thosand time; mumocha = and hurled him down; mahaatale = to the floor; vegaat = rapidly.
5.47.36
स भग्न बाहु ऊरु कटी शिरो धरः |
क्षरन्न् असृन् निर्मथित अस्थि लोचनः |
स भिन्न संधिः प्रविकीर्ण बन्धनो |
हतः क्षितौ वायु सुतेन राक्षसः ॥
With his arms, thighs, hips and neck broken, blood dripping, his bones and eyes crushed, his joints displaced and his sinews shattered, that demon was killed by Hanuma.
bhagnar baahuuru kaTii shirodharaH = with his arms; thighs; hips and neck broken; asR^ik = blood; kSaran = dripping; nirmathitaasthilochanaH = with his bones and eyes crushed; sambhinnasandhiH = with his joints displaced; pravikiirNa bandhanaH = and with sinews shattered; saH raakSasaH = that demon; hataH = was killed; vaayusutena = by Hanuma; kSitau = on the ground.
5.47.37
महाकपिः भूमि तले निपीड्य तम् |
चकार रक्षो अधिपतेः महत् भयम् |
महर्षिभिः चक्र चरैः महाव्रतैः |
समेत्य भूतैः च सयाक्ष पन्नगैः |
सुरैः च स इन्द्रैः भृश जात विस्मयैः |
हते कुमारे स कपिः निरीक्षितः ॥
Hanuma, having crushed him on the ground, created a great fear to Ravana. Aksha, thus having been killed, Hanuma was gazed on with excessive astonishment by great sages who move everywhere without obstruction and having great voes as also by spirits Yakshas the semidivine beings, Pannagas the serpent-demons and by celestials with Indra the lord of celestials.
mahaalkapiH = Hanuma; nipiiDya = having crushed; tam = him; bhuumitale = on the floor; chakaara = created; mahat = a great; bhayam = fear; rakSodhipateH = to Ravana; kumaare = Aksha; hate = thus having beeing killed; saH kapiH = Hanuma; niiriikSataH = was seen; sametya = together; bhR^ishajaatavismayaiH = with excessive astonisment; maharSibhiH = by great sages; chakracharaiH = who move everywhere without obstructions; mahaavrataiH = having exalted voes; bhuutaishcha = by spirits; sayakSa pannagaiH = alog with Yakshas the semi-divine beings and Pannagas the serpent-demons; suraishcha = and by celestials; sendraiH = together with Indra the lord of celestials.
5.47.38
निहत्य तम् वज्र सुत उपम प्रभम् |
कुमारम् अक्षम् क्षतज उपम ईक्षणम् |
तत् एव वीरो अभिजगाम तोरणम् |
कृत क्षणः काल इव प्रजा क्षये ॥
Killing that Aksha, possessing a lustre equal to that of Jayanta the son of Indra the lord of celestials and having his eyes resembling blood, the heroic Hanuma reached the same archy door way again, like Yama the lord of death expecting in a moment any mortal getting destroyed by him.
nihatya = killing; tam akSam = that Aksha; vajrisutopama prabham = with a lustre equal to that of Jayantha the son of Indra; kSata jopamakSaNam = and having eyes equal to blood; viiraH = the heroic Hanuma; abhijagaama = reached; tam = that; toraNameva = archy door way again; kaalah iva = like Yama the lord of death; kR^itakSaNaH = expecting in a moment; prajaakSaye = any mortal to be destroyed.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे सप्तचत्वारिंशः सर्गः
Sarga 48 (part 1 of 2)
5.48.1
ततस्तु रक्षोधितिर्महात्म |
हनूमताक्षे निहते कुमारे |
मनः समाधाय स देवकल्पम् |
समादिदेशेन्द्रजितम् सरोषः ॥
Filled with anger on his son Aksha having been killed by Hanuma, yet reconciling his mind, the high-minded Ravana the king of demons for his part then instructed Indrajit (his eldest son) possessing the qualities of god (as follows):
tataH = thereafter; saH = that; mahaatmaa = the high-minded; rakSodhipatiH = Ravana the king of the demons; kumaare = (when) his son; akSe = Aksha; nihate = having been killed; hanuumataa = by Hanuma; saroSaH = full of anger; samaadhaaya = yet reconciling; maraaH = his mind; samaadidesha = instructed; indrajit = Indrajit; devakalpam = possessing the qualities of a god.
5.48.2
त्वमस्त्रविच्छस्त्रविदाम् वरिष्ठः |
सुरासुराणामपि शोकदाता |
सुरेषु सेन्द्रेषु च दृष्टकर्मा |
पितामहाराधनसंचितास्त्रः ॥
"You are well acquainted with mystic missiles. You are the foremost among those who are conversant with weapons. You cause anguish even to celestials and demons. Indra and other celestials perceived your performance with your missiles acquired by propitiating Brahma the creator."
tvam = you; astravit = are acquainted with mystic missiles; variSThaH = you are the foremost; shastravidaam = among those who are conversant with weapons; shokadaataa = you are giver of grief; suraasuraaNaamapi = even to celestials and demons; dR^iSTakarmaa = whose actions are seen; sureSu = by celestials; sendreSu = along with Indra; pitaa mahaaraadhanasamchitaastraH = having missiles acquired by propitiating Brahma the creator.
5.48.3
तवास्त्रबलमासाद्य ससुराः समरुद्गणाः |
न शेकुः समरे स्थातुम् सुरेश्वरसमाश्रिताः ॥
"Celestials together with troops of storm-gods joining Indra the lord of celestials were not able to endure the strength of your missiles in battle."
sasuraaH = accompanied by celestials; samarudgaNaaH = together with troops of storm-gods; sureshvara samaashritaaH = joining Indra the Lord of celestials; nashekuH = were not able; sthaatum = to endure; samare = in battle; aasaadya = encountering; tava = your; astrabalam = strength of missiles.
5.48.4
न कश्चित्त्रिषु लोकेषु सम्युगे न गतश्रमः |
भुजवीर्याभिगुप्तश्च तपसा चाभिरक्षितः ॥देशकालविभागज्ञस्त्वमेव मतिसत्तमः |
"In a battle against you, every one in the three worlds gets exhausted. You are protected yourself by your great intellect and strong arms. You are guarded by your penance. You are aware of apportioning place and time properly."
na kashchit = no one; triSu lokeSu = in the three worlds; na gatashramaH = was not without a fatigue; samyuge = in the battle (against you); tvameva = you by yourself; matisattamaH = with a great intellect; bhujaviirya = and with strong arms; abhiguptashcha = are protected; abhirakSitaH = you are even protected; tapasaa = by penance; deshkaalavibhaagaJNaH = you are aware of apportioning place and time.
5.48.5
न तेऽस्त्यशक्यम् समरेषु कर्मणा |
न तेऽस्त्यकार्यम् मतिपूर्वमन्त्रणे |
न सोऽस्ति कश्चित्त्रिषु सम्ग्रहेषु वै |
न वेद यस्तेऽस्त्रबलम् बलम् च ते ॥
"There is nothing impossible for you in your acts of war. With your purposeful thinking, everything is possible for you. There is none in the three worlds, who does not know the force of missiles as also your (physical) strength."
naasti = there is nothing; ashakyam = impossible; te = for you; karmaNaa = in acts; samareSu = of war; naasti = there is nothing; akaaryam = impossible to be done; te = by you; mati puurva mantraNe = with your no one whosoever; yaH = who; na veda = does not know; te = your; astrabalam = force of the missiles; te balamcha = and your (physical) strength; triSu samgraheSu = in the three worlds.
5.48.6
ममानुरूपम् तपसो बलम् च ते |
पराक्रमश्चास्त्रबलम् च सम्युगे |
न त्वाम् समासाद्य रणावमर्दे |
मनः श्रमं गच्छति निश्चितार्थम् ॥
"The strength of your penance as also your prowess and strength in battle resemble mine. Admitting you in the squeeze of battle, my mind does not get fatigues because of the re-assurance."
balam = the strength; te tapasaH = of your penance; anuruupam = is like that of; mama = me; paraakramashcha balam cha = as also your prowess and strength; samyuge = in battle; samaasaadya = admitting; tvaam = you; raNaavamarde = in the squeeze of battle; manaH = my mind; na gachchhati = does not get; shramam = weariness; nishchita artham = because of reassurance.
5.48.7
निहताः किम्कराः सर्वे जम्बुमाली च राक्षसः |
अमात्यपुत्रा वीराश्च पञ्च सेनाग्रयायिनः ॥बलानि सुसमृद्धानि साश्वनागरथानि च |
"All the Kimkaras, a demon called Jambumali, the heroic sons of ministers and the five chiefs of army have been killed, as also the army together with highly abundant number of horses, elephants and chariots."
sarve = all; kimkaraaH = Kimkaras; raakSasashcha = a demon; jambumaalii = called Jambumali; viiraaH = the heroic; amaatya putraaH = sons of ministers; paN^cha = the fire; senaagra yaayinaH = chiefs of army; nihataaH = have been killed; balaanicha = as also the army; susamR^iddhaani saashvanaaga rathaam cha = along with highly abundant number of horses; elephants and chariots.
5.48.8
सहोदरस्ते दयितः कुमारोऽक्षश्च सूदितः ॥न हि तेष्वेव मे सारो यस्त्व य्यरिनिषूदन |
"Your beloved brother Aksha the prince also has been killed. O annihilator of enemies! The strength which is in me or in you, is indeed not there in them at all."
te = your; dayitaH = beloved; sahodaraH = brother; kumaarah akSashcha = Aksha the prince also; suuditaH = has been killled; arniSUdana = O annihilator of enemies!; saaraH = the strength; yaH = which; me = is in me; tvayi = and you; nahi = is indeed not there; teSveva = in them at all.
5.48.9
इदम् हि दृष्ट्वा मतिमन् महाद्बलम् |
कपेः प्रभावम् च पराक्रमम् च |
त्वमात्मनश्चापि समीक्ष्य सारं |
कुरुष्व वेगम् स्वबलानुरूपम् ॥
"O intelligent one! Seeing the great strength, power and prowess of this monkey and keeping in view your own strength, exhibit your valour accordingly."
matiman = O intelligent one!; dR^iSTvaa = seeing; idam = this; mahat = great; balam = strength; prabhaavamcha = power; paraakramamcha = and power; kapeH = of the monkey; samiikSya = and keeping in view; aatmanaH = your; saaramchaapi = strength even; kuruSva = exhibit; vegam = your valour; svabalaanuruupam = according to your strength.
5.48.10
बलावमर्दस्वयि सम्निकृष्टे |
यथा गते शाम्यति शान्तशत्रौ |
तथा समीक्ष्यात्मबलम् परम् च |
समारभस्वास्त्रविदाम् वरिष्ठ ॥
"Keeping in view your own strength and of the army, O the foremost among those employing missiles, exert yourself in such a way, that further destruction of our army may stop, the moment you, whose enemies have died, have arrived near Hanuma."
samiikSya = keeping in view; aatmabalam = your own strength; paramcha = and of the enemy; variSTha = O the foremost; astravidaam = among those employing missiles; samaarabhasva = exert yourself; yathaa tathaa = in such a way; balaavamardaH shaamyati = that (further) destruction of our army may stop; tvayi = (the moment) you; gate = (whose enemies) have died; tvayi = you; samnikR^iSTe = have arrived near Hanuma.
5.48.11
न वीरसेना गणशोच्य (प्य) वन्ति |
न वज्रमादाय विशालसारम् |
न मारुतस्यास्य गतेः प्रमाणम् |
न चाग्निकल्पः करणेन हन्तुम् ॥
"O hero! The armies cannot protect you, even if they are in multitudes. There is no use taking a weapon like a strong thunder bolt against the monkey. There is no limit to the strength of Hanuma the son of wind-god. It is not possible to kill him, who resembles fire, by means of any weapon."
viira = O hero!; senaaH = the armies; na avanti = cannot protect you (before); gaNashochi = the shining monkey who is tormenting they demons; na = there is no use; aadaaya = taking; vajram = a weapon like the thunderbolt; visaala saaram = of an extensive power; na pramaaNam = there is no limit; gateH = to the strength; asya maarutasya = of Hanuma the son of wind-god; na = it is not possible; hantum = to kill; agnikalpaH; the one resembling fire; karaNena = by means of any weapon.
5.48.12
तमेवमर्थम् प्रसमीक्ष्य सम्यक् |
स्वकर्मसाम्याद्धि समाहितात्म |
स्मरंश्च दिव्यम् धनुषोऽस्त्रवीर्यम् |
व्रजाक्षतम् कर्म समारभस्व ॥
"Perceiving well the fact in this way and with your mind composed by the thought that success can be achieved by your own effort, and remembering the strength of arrows of your wonderful bow, go and duly proceed with your work, without any hindrance."
prasamiikSya = perceiving; samyak = well; tam eva artham = that fact thus; samaahitaatmaa = and with your mind composed by the thought; svakarma saamyaat = that success can be achieved by your own effort; smaramshcha = and remembering; astraviiryam = the strength of arrows; divyam dhanuSaH = of your wonderful bow; craja = go; samaarabhasva = and duly proceed; karma = with your work; akSatam = without any hindrance.
5.48.13
न खल्वियम् मतिः श्रेष्ठा यत्त्वाम् सम्प्रेषयाम्यहम् |
इयम् च राजधर्माणाम् क्षत्रियस्य मतिर्मता ॥
"This thought of my sending you is not indeed the best option. But, this decision is said to be according to the duties of a king and is the commendation of a warrior-class."
iyam matiH = this thought; aham = (that) I; tvaam sampreSayaami itiyat = am sending you; nakhalu = is not indeed; shreSThaa = the best; iyam = this; mataa = is said to be; raajadharmaaNaam = the duties of a king; matiH = and is the commendation; kSatriyasya = of a warrior-class.
5.48.14
नानाशस्त्रेषु सम्ग्रामे वैशारद्यमरिंदम् |
अवश्यमेव बोद्धव्यम् काम्यश्च विजयो रणे ॥
"O destroyer of enemies! You have to learn surely the skill to employ various weapons in battle. You have to aspire for a victory too in battle."
arimdama = O destroyer of enemies!; vaishaaradyam = the skill; boddhavyam = is to be learnt; avashyameva = surely; naanaashastreSu = in various kinds of weapons; samgraame = in battle; vijayashcha = victory too; kaamya = is to be aspired; raNe = in battle.
5.48.15
ततः पितुस्तद्वचनम् निशम्य |
प्रदक्षिणम् कक्षसुतप्रभावः |
चकार भर्तारमदीनसत्त्वो |
रणाय वीरः प्रतिपन्नबुद्धिः ॥
Hearing the words of his father, Indrajit the strong demon, possessing a power similar to that of gods, with an undepressed mind and with his intellect resolved to fight, performed a circumambulation in honour of Ravana the lord.
tataH = then; nishamya = hearing; tatvachanam = that word; pituH = of his father; viiraH = the strong demon; Indrajit; dakSasuta prabhaavaH = having power similar to that of gods; adiina sattvaH = with an undepressed mind; pratipannabuddhiH = and with his intellect resolved; raNaaya = for the battle; pradakSiNam chakaara = performed a circumambulation; bhartaaram = around Ravana the lord.
5.48.16
ततसैः स्वगणैरिष्टैरिन्द्रजित् प्रतिपूजितः |
यद्धोद्धतः कृतोत्साहः सम्ग्रामम् प्रत्यपद्यत ॥
Acclaimed by the beloved people of his own class, Indrajit who was violent in battle then entered the battle-field with an accomplished enthusiasm.
pratipuujitaH = Acclaimed; taiH iSTaiH svagaNaiH = by the beloved people of his own class; indrajit = Indrajit; yuddhoddhataH = who was violent in battle; tataH = then; pratyapadyata = entered; samgraamam = the battle; kR^itotsaahaH = with an accomplished enthusiasm.
5.48.17
श्रीमान् पद्मपलाशाक्षो राक्षसाधिपतेः सुतः |
निर्जगाम महातेजाः समुद्र इव पर्वसु ॥
Indrajit, the illustrious son of Ravana, having eyes like lotus-petals and endowed with extra ordinary energy, rushed forth like an ocean on full-moon days.
raakSasaadhipateH sutaH = Indrajit the son of Ravana; shriimaan = the illustrious; padmapalaashaakSaH = having eyes similar to lotus-petals; mahaatejaaH = endowed with extra-ordinary energy; nirjagaama = rushed forth; samudraH iva = like an ocean; parvasu = on full moon days.
5.48.18
स पक्षिराजोपमतुल्यवेगै |
र्व्याळैश्चतुर्भिः सिततीक्ष्णदम्ष्ट्रैः |
रथम् समायुक्तमसम्गवेगम् |
समारुरोहेन्द्रजिदिन्द्रकल्पः ॥
That Indrajit, alike Indra the lord of celestials, ascended a chariot with unchecked speed and yoked with four sharp-toothed tigers, having their swiftness similar to Garuda the king of eagles.
saH indrajit = that Indrajit; indrakalpaH = equal to Indra the lord of celestials; samaaruroha = ascended; ratham = a chariot; asamga vegam = with unchecked swiftness; samaayuktam = and yoked; chaturbhiH = with four; vyaaLaiH = tigers; sita tiikSNa damSTraiH = having sharp teeth; pakSiraaja tulya vegaiH = having their swiftness equal to Garuda the king of eagles.
5.48.19
स रथी धन्विनाम् श्रेष्ठः शस्त्रज्ञोऽस्त्रविदाम् वरः |
रथेनाभिययौ क्षिप्रम् हनुमान्यत्र सोऽभवत् ॥
That Indrajit, the chariot-warrior, best among the wielders of bow, skilled in the use of weapons and excellent among those proficient in the use of missiles, went swiftly in his chariot to where Hanuma was.
saH = that Indrajit; rathii = the chariot- warrior; shreSThahaH = the best; dhanvinaam = among the wielders of bow; shastrajJNaH = skilled in the use of weapons; varaH = and excellent; shatravidaam = among those proficient in the use of missiles; abhiyayau = went; shiighram = swiftly; rathen = in his chariot; yatra = to where; saH hanuman = that Hanuma; abhavat = was.
5.48.20
स तस्य रथनिर्घोषम् ज्यास्वनम् कार्मुकस्य च |
निशम्य हरिवीरोऽसौ सम्प्रह्ऱ्^ष्टतरोऽभवत् ॥
Hearing the rattling sound of Indrajit's chariot and a twang of his bow, the heroic Hanuma became more thrilled with delight.
nishamya = hearing; tasya rathanirghoSam = the rattling sound of his chariot; jyaasvanamcha = and a twang of bow-string; kaarmukasya = of his bow; asau hariviiraH = Hanuma; such a heroic monkey; abhavat = became; samprahR^iSTataraH = more thrilled with delight.
5.48.21
सुमहाच्चापमादाय शितशल्यांश्च सायकान् |
हनुमन्तमभिप्रेत्य जगाम रणपण्डितः ॥
Indrajit, skilled in warfare, taking a very big bow with pointed arrows, went aiming towards Hanuma.
raNapaN^DitaH = Indrajit; skilled in warfare; aadaaya = taking; sumahat = a very big; chaapam = bow; shita shalyaan saayakaan = with pointed arrows; jagaama = proceeded; abhipretya = aiming towards; hanumantam = Hanuma.
5.48.22
तस्मिंस्ततः सम्यति जातहर्षे |
रणाय निर्गच्छति चापपाणौ |
दिशश्च सर्वाः कलुषा बभूवु |
र्मृगाश्च रौद्रा बहुधा विनेदुः ॥
While that Indrajit who was energetic in battle, was going ahead to the combat, with a bow in his hand, all the quarters became gloomy and ferocious animals howled in many ways.
tataH = then; tasmin = that Indrajit; jaataharSe = rejoiced; samyati = in battle; nirgachchhati sati = was going ahead; raNaaya = to the combat; chaapapaaNau = with a bow in his hand; sarvaaH = all; dishaH = the quarters; babhuuvuH = became; kaluSaaH = gloomy; raudraaH = ferocious; mR^igaashcha = animals; vineduH = howled; bahudhaa = in many ways.
5.48.23
समागतास्तत्र तु नागयक्षा |
महर्षयश्चक्रचराश्च सिद्धाः |
नभः समावृत्य च पक्षिसम्घा |
विनेदुरुच्चैः परमप्रहृष्टाः ॥
Nagas and Yakshas, great sages moving in astronomical circles, Siddhas and a multitude of birds going around the sky, gathered there and clamoured loudly with a great rejoice.
naagayakSas = Nagas and Yakshas; chakracharaaH maharSaaH = great sages moving in astronomical circles; siddhaashcha = Siddhas; pakSisamghaaH = and a multitude of birds; nabhaH samaavR^itya = going round the sky; samaagataaH = gathered; tatra = there; vineduH = and clamoured; uchchhaiH = loudly; paramaprahR^iSTaaH = with a great rejoice.
5.48.24
आयान्तम् सरथम् द्ऱ्^ष्ट्वा तूर्णमन्द्रिजितम् कपिः |
विननाद महानादम् व्यवर्धत च वेगवान् ॥
Seeing Indrajit coming swiftly with the chariot, Hanuma made a noise with great resonance and grew up his body speedily.
dR^iSTvaa = seeing; indrajitam = Indrajit; aayaantam = coming; tuurNam = swiftly; saratham = with the chariot; kapiH = Hanuma; vinanaada = made a noise; mahaanaadam = with great resonance; vyavardhata cha = and grew up his body; vegavaan = speedily.
5.48.25
इन्द्रजित्तु रथम् दिव्यमास्थितश्चित्रकार्मुकः |
धनुर्विष्फारयामास तटिदूर्जितनिस्स्वनम् ॥
Ascending on his wonderful chariot and wielding a colourful bow, Indrajit on his part, stretched his bow, which made a glaring sound like that accompanying a stroke lightning.
aasthitaH = ascending; divyam rathan = on his wonderful chariot; chitrakaarmukaH = and wielding a colourful bow; indrajit tu = Indrajit; on his part; visphaarayaamaasa = stretched; dhanuH = his bow; taTiduurjitaniHsvanam = which made a glaring sound like that accompanying a stroke of lightning.
5.48.26
ततः समेतावतितीक्ष्णवेगौ |
महाबलौ तौ रणनिर्विशङ्कौ |
कपिश्च रक्षोधिपतेस्तनूजः |
सुरासुरेन्द्रनिव बद्धवैरौ ॥
Those two warriors, Hanuma and Indrajit, possessing great velocity and a great strength as also fearless in combat, confronted in the battle like Indra the Lord of celestials and Ravana the Lord of demons who tightened hostility with each other.
tataH = thereupon; tau = those (two warriors); kapishcha = Hanuma; tanuujaH = and the son; rakSodhipate = of Ravana; atitiikSNa vegau = possessing great velocity; mahaabalau = and a great strength; raNa nirvishaN^kau = fearless in combat; sametau = confronted in battle; suraasurendraaviva = like Indra the Lord of celestials and the lord of demons; baddhavairau = who tightened hostility with each other.
5.48.27
स तस्य वीरस्य महारथस्य |
धनुष्मतः सम्यति सम्मतस्य |
शरप्रवेगम् व्यहनत्प्रवृद्ध |
श्चचार मार्गे पितुरप्रमेयः ॥
Hanuma, of immeasurable strength, having expanded his body, aborted the swiftness of arrows of that Indrajit, the great chariot-warrior, the wielder of a bow and well-renowned in battle. Hanuma wheeled about in the path of wind-god, his father.
saH = that Hanuma; aprameyaH = of immeasurable strength; pravR^iddhaH = having grown up his body; vyahavat = aborted; sharapravegam = the swiftness of arrows; tasya viirasya = of that Indrajit; mahaarathaH = the great chariot-warrior; dhanuSmataH = wielder of a bow; chachaara = (Hanuma) wheeled about; maarge = in the path; pituH = of his father; the wind-god.
5.48.28
ततः श्रानायततीक्ष्णशल्यान् |
सुपत्रिणः काञ्चनचित्रपुङ्खान् |
मुमोच वीरः परवीरहन्ता |
सुनन्नतान् वज्रनिपातवेगान् ॥
Then, the heroic Indrajit, the destroyer of strong enemies, discharged long and sharp-pointed arrows, having beautiful feathers, provided with picturesque golden shafts, with good inclination and as swift as lightning.
tataH = then; viiraH = the heroic Indrajit; paraviirahantaa = the destroyer of strong enemies; mumocha. Discharged; sharaan = arrows; aayata tikSNa shalyaan = with long and sharp points; supatriNaH = having beautiful feathers; kaaN^chana chitrapuNJNaan = provided with picturesque golden shafts; susannataan = with good inclination; vajranipaata vegan = and swift as lightning.
5.48.29
ततः स तत्स्यन्दननिःस्वनम् च |
मृदङ्गभेरीपटहस्वनम् च |
विकृष्यमाणस्य च कार्मुकस्य |
निशम्य घोषम् पुनरुत्पपात ॥
Hearing the rattling sound of the chariot and the sound of wooden tomtoms, kettledrums and war-drums as also the sound of the bow-string being plucked, Hanuma sprang up again.
tataH = then; nishamya = hearing; tatsyandananiHsvanamcha = the rattling sound of the chariot; mR^idaN^gabheriipaTaha svanamcha = and the sound of wooden tomtoms; kettledrums and war-drums; ghoSam = and the sound; kaarmukasya = of the bow-string; vikR^iSyamaaNasya = being plucked; saH = that Hanuma; utpapaata = sprang up; punaH = again.
5.48.30
शराणामन्तरेष्वाशु व्यवर्तत महाकपिः |
हरिस्तस्याभिलक्ष्यस्य मोघयन् लक्ष्यसम्ग्रहम् ॥
Making the total target of Indrajit who was skilled in hitting his target useless, Hanuma the great monkey swiftly wheeled about between the arrows.
moghayan = making useless; lakSya samgraham = the totality of target; tasya = of Indrajit; abhilakSyasya = who was skilled in hitting his target; hariH = Hanuma; mahaakapiH = the great monkey; aashu = swiftly; vyavartata = wheeled about; antareSu = between; sharaaNaam = the arrows.
5.48.31
शराणामग्रतस्तस्य पुनः समभिवर्तत |
प्रसार्य हस्तौ हनुमानुत्पपातानिलात्मजः ॥
Hanuma, the son of wind-god, again stayed in front of his arrows and stretching out his hands, sprang up.
hanuman = Hanuma; anilaatmajaH = the son of wind-god; samabhivartata = stayed; agrataH = in front; tasya sharaaNaam = of his arrows; punaH = again; prasaarya = and stretching out; hastau = his hands; utpapaata = (he) sprang up.
5.48.32
तावुभौ वेगसम्पन्नौ रणकर्मविशारदौ |
सर्वभूतमनोग्राहि चक्रतुर्युद्धमुत्तमम् ॥
Those two warriors, full of swiftness and skilled in their war-fare, staged an excellent battle, which captivated the minds of all beings.
tau = ubhau = those two warriors; vegasampannau = full of swiftness; raNakarma vishaaradau = and skilled in warfare; chakratuH = staged; uttamam yuddham = an excellent battle; sarvabhuuta mano graahi = which captivated the minds of all beings.
5.48.33
हनुमतो वेद न राक्षसोऽन्त्रम् |
न मारुतिस्तस्य महात्मनोऽन्तरम् |
परस्परम् निर्विषहौ बभूवतुः |
समेत तौ देवसमानविक्रमौ ॥
Indrajit could not know the weakness of Hanuma, nor did Hanuma know the weakness of high-minded Indrajit. Those two warriors, who were equal in prowess to gods, coming into collision with each other, became unbearable to each other.
raakSasaH = Indrajit; na veda = could not know; antaram = the weakness; tasya mahaatmanaH = the weakness of the high-minded Indrajit; tau = those two warriors; devasamaana vikramau = who were equal in prowess to gods; sametya = coming into collision; parasparam = with each other into; babhuuvatuH = became; nirviSahau = unbearable.
5.48.34
ततस्तु लक्ष्ये स विहन्यमाने |
शरेष्वमोघेषु च संपतत्सु |
जगाम चिन्ताम् महतीम् महात्मा |
समाधिसम्योगसमाहितात्मा ॥
The aim of his arrows getting aborted and even his unfailing arrows falling down, the high-minded Indrajit, who was well-known for hitting his target, got hold of a great thought.
lakSye = the aim (of his arrows); vihanyamaane = getting aborted; amogheSushareSu = and (even) unfailing arrows; sampatatsu = falling down; sah = that Indrajit; mahaatmaa = the high-minded demon; samaadhisamyoga samaahitaatmaa = who was well known for hitting his target; jagaama = got; mahatiim = a great; chintaam = thought.
5.48.35
ततो मतिम् राक्षसराजसूनु |
श्चकार तस्मिन् हरिवीरमुख्ये |
अवध्यताम् तस्य कपेः समीक्ष्य |
कथम् निगच्छेदिति निग्रहार्थम् ॥
Keeping in view of that monkey being incapable of being slain, Indrajit, Ravana's son then formed an idea as to how to resort to capture of that Hanuma the chief of monkey-warriors.
samiikSya = keeping in view; tasya kapeH = of that monkey; avadhyataam = being incapable of being slain; raakSasa raja suunuH = Indrajit; Ravana's son; tataH = then; chakaara = formed; matim = an idea; katham it = as to how; nigachchhet = to resort; nigrahaartham = to capture of; tasmin = that; hariviira mukhye = Hanuma; the chief of monkey-warriors.
5.48.36
ततः पैतामहम् वीरः सोऽस्त्रमस्त्रविदाम् वरः |
संदधे सुमहातेजास्तम् हरिप्रारम् प्रति ॥
That warrior, Indrajit, excellent among the knowers of missiles and possessing a great splendor, then fitted to his bow, a missile presided over by Brahma the creator.
saH = that Indrajit; viiraH = the warrior; varaH = excellent; astravidaam = among the knowers of missiles; sumahaatejaaH = and possessing a great splendor; tataH = then; samdadhe = fitted to his bow; astram = a missile; paitaamaham = presided over by Brahma; the creator.
5.48.37
अवध्योऽयमिति ज्ञात्वा तमस्त्रेणास्त्रतत्त्ववित् |
निजग्राह महाबाहुर्मारुतात्मजमिन्द्रजित् ॥
Indrajit, who knows the true nature of missiles, feeling certain that he was incapable of being killed, bound that Hanuma, the son of wind-god, by that presided over by Brahma the creator.
indrajit = Indrajit; astratattvavit = who knows the true nature of missiles; mahaabaahuH = and the long-armed; jJNaatvaa = feeling certain; iti = that; ayam = he; avadhyaH = was incapable of being killed; nijagraaha = bound; tam = that; maarutaatmajam = Hanuma the son of wind-god; astreNa = by that missile presided over by Brahama the creator.
5.48.38
तेन बद्धस्ततोऽस्त्रेण राक्षसेन स वानरः |
अभवन्निर्विचेष्टश्च पपात स महीतले ॥
Fastened with the weapon discharged by the demon, Hanuma became motionless and fell down on the ground.
tataH = then; baddhaH = fastened; astreNa = with the weapon; raakSasena = by the demon; saH vaanaraH = that Hanuma; abhavat = became; nirvicheSTaH = motionless; saH = He = papaata = fell; mahiitale = on the ground.
5.48.39
ततोऽथ बुद्ध्वा स तदस्त्रबन्धम् |
प्रभोः प्रभावाद्विगतात्मवेगः |
पितामहानुग्रहमात्मनश्च |
विचिन्तयामास हरिप्रवीतः ॥
Realizing that he had been bound by a missile presided over by Brahma the Lord of creation that Hanuma failing to keep his swiftness, considered it to be a favour of Brahma the creator done to him.
atha = then; tataH = therefore; buddhvaa = realizing; tadastrabandham = that he had been bound by a missile; prabhoH prabhaavaat = presided over by Brahma the Lord (of creation); saH haripraviiraH = that Hanuma; vigataatma vegaH = failing to keep his swiftness; vichintayaamaasa = remembered; pitaamahaanugraham = about the favour of Brahma the Creator; aatmanaH = to him.
5.48.40
ततह् स्वायम्भुवैर्मन्रैर्ब्रह्मस्त्रमभिमन्त्रितम् |
हनुमांश्चिन्तयामास वरदानम् पितामहात् ॥
Knowing it to be a missile presided over by Brahma the creator and consecrated by spells sacred to Brahma, the creator, Hanuma then recollected a boon got by Lord Brahma, the grand father of the entire creation.
brahmaastram = (knowing it) to be missile presided over by Brahma the creator; abhimantram = and consecrated; mantraiH = by spells; svaayambhuvaiH = sacred to Brahma the creator; hanuman = Hanuma; tataH = then; chintayaamaasa = recollected; varadaanam = a boon got; pitaamahaat = by Lord Brahama; the grand-father of the entire creation.
5.48.41
न मेऽस्त्रबन्धस्य च शक्तिरस्ति |
मिमोक्षणे लोकगुरोः प्रभावात् |
इत्येव मत्वा विहितोऽस्त्रबन्धो |
मयात्मयोनेरनुवर्तितव्यः ॥
"I have no capacity to liberate from the bondage of the missile due to the power of Brahma the father of the world. Thus knowing the bondage, through the missile presided over by Brahma the self-born creator imposed by the enemy, it must be obeyed by me."
me = to me; naasti = there is no; shaktiH = capacity; vimokSaNe = to liberate; astrabandhasya = of this bondage of the missile; prabhaavaat = due to the power; lokaguroH = of Brahma the father of the world; itvena = thus; matvaa = knowing; astrabandhaH = the bondage through the missile; aatma yoneH = presided over by Brahma; the self born creator; vihataH = imposed by the enemy; anuvartitavyaH = (it) must be obeyed; mayaa = by me.
5.48.42
स वीर्यमस्त्रस्य कपिर्विचार्य |
पितामहानुग्रहमात्मनश्च |
विमोक्षशक्तिम् परिचिन्तयित्वा |
पितामाहाज़्ज़्नामनुवर्तते स्म ॥
Thinking of the potency of the missile and the grace of Brahma, the grandfather of the entire creation enjoyed by him, and thinking about his capacity to liberate from it (which was going to alight on him after a while) that Hanuma obeyed the command of Brahma the grand father of the entire creation.
vichaarya = thinking; viiryam = of the potency; astrasya = of the missile; pitaamaha anugrahamcha = and the grace of Brahma the grandfather of the entire creation enjoyed; aatmanaH = by him; parichintayitvaa = and thinking; vimokSashaktim = about his capacity to liberate from it (which was going to alight on him after a while); saH kapiH = that Hanuma; anuvartatesma = obeyed; pitaamahaaJNaam = the command of Brahma; the grandfather of the entire creation.
5.48.43
अस्त्रेणापि हि बद्धस्य भयम् मम न जायते |
पितामहम् हेन्द्राभ्याम् रक्षितस्यानिलेन च ॥
"Since I am being protected by Brahma, Indra and the wind-god, I do not have fear, eventhough I am fastened by the missile."
me = to me; rakSitasya = being protected; pitaamaha mahendraabhyaam = by Brahma; Indra; anilenacha = and the wind-god; bhayam = a fear; najaayate = does not arise; baddhasyaapi = eventhough fastened; astreNa = by the missile.
5.48.44
ग्रहणे चापि रक्षोभिर्महन्मे गुणदर्शनम् |
राक्षसेन्द्रेण सम्वादस्तस्माद्गृह्णन्तु माम् परे ॥
"Even if I were captured by the demons, a great advantage is foreseen. There will be a dialogue with Ravana. Therefore, let the enemies capture me."
me = to me; grahaNechaapi = even if captured; rakSobhiH = by the demons; mahat guNadarshanan = there will be a great advantage being foreseen; samvaadaH = there will be a dialogue; raakSasendreNa = with Ravana; tasmaat = therefore; pare = (let) the enemies; gR^ihNantu = capture; maam = me.
5.48.45
स निश्चितार्थः परवीरहन्ता |
समीक्ष्यकारी विनिवृत्तचेष्टः |
परैः प्रसह्याभिगतैर्निगृह्य |
ननाद तैस्तैः परिभर्त्स्यमानः ॥
That Hanuma, the destroyer of enemies and who acted after fully considering the pros and cons, ascertained his objective and stayed motionless. Approached and captured forcibly by the enemies as also frightened by them, he made a loud scream.
saH = that Hanuma; paraviirahantaa = the destroyer of his enemies; samiiSya kaarii = and who acted after fully considering the pros and cons; nishchitaarthaH = ascertained his objective; vinivR^ittacheSTaH = and stayed motionless; abhigataiH = approached; nigR^ihya = and captured; prasahya = forcibly; paraiH taiHtaiH = by different enemies; paribhartasyamaanaH = and frightened by them; nanaada = he made a loud scream.
5.48.46
ततस्तम् राक्षसा दृष्ट्वा निर्विचेष्टमरिंदमम् |
बबन्धुः शणवल्कैश्च द्रुमचीरैश्च सम्हतैः ॥
Seeing that Hanuma, the destroyer of enemies falling motionless, the demons then tied him with plaited chords of hemp and bark of trees.
dR^iSTvaa = seeing; taam = that Hanuma; arimdamam = the destroyer of enemies; nirvicheSTam = falling motionless; rakSasaaH = the demons; tatah = then; babandhuH = tied (him); samhataiH shaNavalkaishcha = with plaited chords of hemp; drumachiiraishcha = and bark of trees.
5.48.47
स रोचयामास परैश्च बन्धनम् |
प्रश्य वीरैरभिनिग्रहम् च |
कौरूहलान्माम् यदि राक्षसेन्द्रो |
द्रष्टो व्यवस्येदिति निश्चितार्थः ॥
Hanuma approved of being forcibly bound and reviled by the enemies, with an assured feeling that Ravana was curious as he was, to see him.
saH = Hanuma; rochayaamaasa = approved prasahya = of being forcibly; bandhanam = bound; paraiH = by the enemies; abhinigrahancga = and reviled by them; iti nishchitaarthaH = with an assured feeling that; raakSasendraH = Ravana; vyavasyedyadi = might make an effort; draSTum = to see; maam = me; kantuuhalaat = by curiosity.
5.48.48
स बद्धस्तेन वल्केन विमुक्तोऽस्त्रेण वीर्यवान् |
अस्त्रबन्धः स चान्यम् हि न बन्धमनुवर्तते ॥
That powerful Hanuma, tied with those chords of hemp and bark, was relieved of the missile, since the bondage of that missile does not indeed coexist with another bondage.
saH viiryavaan = that powerful Hanuma; baddhaH = tied; tena valkena = with those chords of hemp and bark; vimuktaH = was relieved; astreNa = of the missile; saH astrabandhaH = (since) the bondage of that missile; naanuvartate hi = does not indeed coexist; anyam bandham = with another bondage.
5.48.49
अथेन्द्रजित्तु द्रुमचीरबद्धम् |
विचार्य वीरः कपिसत्तमम् तम् |
विमुक्तमस्त्रेण जगाम चिन्ताम् |
नान्येन बद्धो ह्यनुवर्ततेऽस्त्रम् ॥
Conceiving that Hanuma the foremost among the monkeys, bound with the bark of trees, as having been relieved of the missile, the heroic Indrajit, on his part, then became thoughtful as follows: "A person tied with other means cannot indeed be bound again by the missile."
vichaarya = conceiving; tam = that; kapisattmam = Hanuma the foremost among the monkeys; drumachiirabaddham = bound with the bark of trees; vimuktam = as having been relieved; astreNa = of the missile; viiraH = the heroic; indrajittu = Indrajit on his part; atha = then; jagaama = got hold of chintaam = a thought (as follows); baddhaH = a person tied; anyena = with other means; naanuvartate hi = cannot indeed be obliged; astram = by the missile.
5.48.50
अहो महत्कर्म कृतम् निरर्थकम् |
न राक्षसैर्मन्त्रगतिर्विमृष्टा |
पुनश मन्त्रे विहतेऽस्त्रमन्य |
त्प्रवर्तते संशयिताः स्म सर्वे ॥
"Alas! My great exploit has been rendered futile. The scope of the mystic formula has not been considered by the demons. Once the spell has been made ineffective, another missile cannot be operative. All of us became jeopardized."
aho = alas!; mahat = a great; karma = exploit; kR^itam = as been made; nirarthakam = futile; mantragatiH = the scope of the mystic formula; na vimR^iSTaa = has not been considered; raakSasaiH = by the demons; mantre = once the spell; vihate = has been made ineffective; anyat = another; astram = missile; na pravartate = cannot be operative; sarve = all of us; sma = became; samshayitaah = jeopardised.
5.48.51
अस्त्रेण हनुमान् मुक्तो नात्मानमवबुध्यत |
कृष्यमाणस्तु रक्षोभिस्तैश्च बन्धैर्निपीडितः ॥
Hanuma, liberated from the missile being dragged away by the demons and afflicted by the ties of ropes, could not realize that he was liberated from the missile.
hanumaan = Hanuma; muktaH = liberated; astreNa = by the missile; kR^iSya maaNastu = being dragged away; rakSobhiH = by the demons; nipiiDitaH = and afflicted; bandhaiH = by the ties of ropes; na avabudhyata = could not perceive; aatmaanam = his own liberated from the missile.
5.48.52
हन्यमानस्ततः क्रूरै राक्षसैः काष्ठमुष्टिभिः |
समीपे राक्षसेन्द्रस्य प्राकृष्यत स वानरः ॥
That Hanuma, then being beaten with sticks and fists by the cruel demons, was dragged to the vicinity of Ravana.
tataH = then; saH vaanaraH = that Hanuma; hanyamaanaH = being beaten; kaaSTha muSTibhiH = with sticks and fists; kruuraiH raakSasaiH = by the cruel demon; praakR^iSyata = was dragged; samiipam = to the vicinity; raakSasendrasya = of Ravana.
5.48.53
अथेन्द्रजित्तम् प्रसमीक्ष्य मुक्त |
मस्त्रेण बद्धम् द्रुमचीरसूत्रैः |
व्यदर्शयत्तत्र महाबलम् तम् |
हरिप्रवीरम् सगणाय राज्ञे ॥
Then, recognizing that Hanuma, tied with barks of trees and ropes, but liberated by the missile, Indrajit slowed that mighty Hanuma the jewel among the monkeys, to Ravana there sitting along with a body of his attendants.
atha = then; prasamiikSya = considering; tam = that Hanuma; baddham = tied; drumachiira suutraiH = with barks of trees and ropes; muktam = (but_ liberated; astreNa = by the missile; indrajit = Indrajit; atha = thereupon; vyadarshayat = showed; tam mahaabalam = that mighty; haripraviiram = jewel among the monkeys; raajJNe = to the king; tatra = there; sagaNaaya = along with a body of his attendants.
5.48.54
तम् मत्तमिव मातङ्गम् बद्धम् कपिवरोत्तमम् |
राक्षसा राक्षसेन्द्राय रावणाय न्यवेदयन् ॥
The demons showed to Ravana, the king of demons that captured Hanuma, the jewel among the foremost of monkeys who looked like an elephant in rut.
raakSasaaH = the demon; nyavedayan = showed; raakSasendraaya raavaNaaya = to Ravana the king of demons; tam baddham = that captured Hanuma; kapivarottamam = the jewel among the foremost of monkeys; mattam maataN^gamiva = who was like an elephant in rut.
5.48.55
कोऽयम् कस्य कुतो वात्र किम् कार्यम् को व्यपाश्रयः |
इति राक्षसवीराणाम् तत्र सम्ज्ज्ञिरे कथेः ॥
So went round the following conversations from the heroic demons there: "Who is this being? Whose savant is he? Where has he come from? What is his pursuit? Who is his alley?"
raakSasaviiraaNaam = from the heroic demons; sajajJNire = were generated; tatra = there; iti = (as follows); kaH = who; ayam = is this being; kasya = whose servant is he?; kim = what; kaaryam = is his pursuit?; kaH = who; vyapaashrayaH = is his ally?.
Sarga 48 (part 2 of 2)
5.48.56
हन्यताम् दह्यताम् वापि भक्ष्यतामिति चापरे |
राक्षसास्तत्र सम्क्रुद्धाः परस्परमथाब्रुवन् ॥
Thereafter, some demons, highly enraged, said to one another as follows: "Let this monkey be killed, even roasted alive and devoured."
atha = thereafter; apare = some; raakSasaaH = demons; samkruddhaaH = highly enraged; abruvat = said; parasparam = to one another; iti = as follows; hanyataam = let this monkey be killed; dahyataamchaapi = even roasted (alive); bhakSyataam = and devoured.
5.48.57
अत्तित्य मार्गम् सहसा महात्मा |
स तत्र रक्षोधिपपादमूले |
ददर्श राज्ञः परिचारवृद्धान् |
गृहम् महारत्नविभूषितम् च ॥
After crossing over the path swiftly, the high-souled Hanuma saw there the palace of Ravana, decorated with highly precious stones and his elderly attendants sitting at the feet of Ravana.
atiitya = after crossing over; maargam = the path; sahasaa = swiftly; saH mahaatmaa = that high-souled Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; tatra = there; gR^iham = the palace; raajJNaH = of Ravana; mahaaratna vibhuuSitam = decorated with highly precious stones; parichaara vR^iddaan = and his elderly attendants; rakSodhipa paadamuule = at the feet of Ravana.
5.48.58
स ददर्श महातेजा रावणः कपिसत्तमम् |
रक्षोभिर्विकृताकारैः कृष्यमाणमितस्ततः ॥
That Ravana, who was endowed with an extraordinary energy, saw Hanuma the foremost of monkeys, being dragged hither and thither by demons of ugly countenance.
saH raavaNaH = that Ravana; mahaatejaaH = with a highly excited energy; dadarsha = saw; kapisattamam = Hanuma the foremost of monkeys; kR^iSya maaNam = being dragged; itastataH = hitter and thither; rakSobhiH = by demonsl; vikR^itaakaaraiH = of ugly countenance.
5.48.59
राक्षसाधिपतिम् चापि ददर्श कपिसत्तमः |
तेजोबलसमायुक्तम् तपन्त मिव भास्करम् ॥
Hanuma the jewel among the monkeys also saw Ravana the king of demons, charged with luster and strength and blazing like the sun.
kapisattamaH cha = Hanuma; the jewel among monkeys; too; dadarsha = saw; raakSasaadhipatum = Ravana the king of demons; tejobala samaayuktam = charged with luster and strength; tapantam = blazing; bhaaskaram iva = like the sun.
5.48.60
स रोषसम्वर्तितताम्रदृष्टि |
र्दशाननस्तम् कपिमन्ववेक्ष्य |
अथोपविष्टान् कुलशीलवृद्धन् |
समादिशत्तम् प्रति मन्त्रिमुख्यान् ॥
That Ravana, rolling his red-hot eyes with rage by seeing that Hanuma and thereafter seeing his important ministers who were elder to his by clan and character sitting there, ordered them to interrogate Hanuma.
saH dashaananaH = that Ravana; roSasamvartita taamradR^iSTiH = rolling his red-hot eyes with rage; anvakSya = by seeing; tam kapim = that Hanuma; atha = and thereafter; mantri mukhyaana = important ministers; kulashiila vR^iddhaan = who were elder by clan and character; upaviSTaan = sitting there; samaadishat = ordered; (to know); tam prati = about that Hanuma.
5.48.61
यथाक्रमम् तैः स कपिर्विपृष्टः |
कार्यार्थमर्थस्य च मूलमादौ |
निवेदयामास हरीश्वरस्य |
दूतः सकाशादहमागतोऽस्मि ॥
Questioned, as per order, by those ministers as to the purpose of his operation and the motive of his act, that Hanuma at the outset informed, "I came from Sugreeva as an envoy."
vipR^iSTaH = questioned; yathaakramam = as per order; taiH = by those ministers; kaaryaartham = about the purpose of his operation; muulam = and the source; arthasya = of his act; saH kapiH = that Hanuma; nivedayaamaasa = informed; adau = at the outset; aagataH asmi = "I came; duutaH = harishvarasya sakaashaat = from the presence of Sugreeva.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे अष्टचत्वारिंशः सर्गः
Sarga 49
5.49.1
ततः स कर्मणा तस्य विस्मितो भीम विक्रमः |
हनुमान् रोष ताम्र अक्षो रक्षो अधिपम् अवैक्षत ॥
Then, Hanuma with a terrific prowess, was enraged (at his capture and his being dragged) and saw Ravana with his red hot eyes. He was surprised by that deed of Indrajit.
tataH = then; saH hanuman = that Hanuma; bhiima vikramaH = with a terrific prowess; krodha taamraakSaH = was enraged and with his red-hot eyes; avaikSata = saw; rakSodhipam = that Ravana; vismitaH = was surprised; tena tasya = by that Indrait's; karmaNaa = deed.
5.49.2
भ्राजमानम् महाअर्हेण कान्चनेन विराजता |
मुक्ता जाल आवृतेन अथ मुकुटेन महाद्युतिम् ॥
Ravana was endowed with a great splendor and shone with a glittering and precious diadem of gold as also encircled with strings of pearls.
(Ravana) mahaadyutim = was endowed with a great splendor; bhraajamaanam = and shone; viraajataa = with a glittering; mahaarheNa = and precious; makuTena = diadem; kaaN^chanena = of gold; atha = and; muktaa jaalaavR^itena = encircled with strings of pearls.
5.49.3
वज्र सम्योग सम्युक्तैः महाअर्ह मणि विग्रहैः |
हैमैः आभरणैः चित्रैः मनसा इव प्रकल्पितैः ॥
That Ravana was adorned with bright-coloured gold ornaments, inlaid with diamonds and decorated with worthy gems, which appeared as though they were prepared with the mind.
(That Ravana was adorned) chitraiH haimaiH aabharaNaiH = with bright-coloured gold ornaments; vajra samyoga yuktaiH = inlaid with diamonds; mahaarha maNi vigrahaiH = and decorated with worthy gems; prakalpitairiva = which appeared as though prepared with the mind.
5.49.4
महाअर्ह क्षौम सम्वीतम् रक्त चन्दन रूषितम् |
स्वनुलिप्तम् विचित्राभिः विविधभिः च भक्तिभिः ॥
Ravana was attired in very costly silk and his body was smeared with red-sandal paste and well painted with various brightly coloured designs.
(Ravana) mahaarha Khaumasamviitam = was attired in very costly silk; raktachandananruuSitam = and smeared with red sandal-paste; svanuliptam = and well-painted; vividhaabhishcha = with various; vichitraabhiH = brightly coloured; bhaktibhiH = designs.
5.49.5
विपुलैः दर्शनीयैः च रक्ष अक्षैः भीम दर्शनैः |
दीप्त तीक्ष्ण महादम्ष्ट्रैः प्रलम्ब दशनच् चदैः ॥शिरोभिः दशभिः वीरम् भ्राजमानम् महाओजसम् |
नाना व्याल समाकीर्णैः शिखरैः इव मन्दरम् ॥
Ravana looked strange with his ten heads, having terrible-looking yet good-looking pair of red eyes each, with brilliant sharp enormous teeth and protruding lips, like a daring demon endowed with extra ordinary vigour, shining brightly as Mount Mandara with its peaks and infested with snakes of different varieties.
5; 6. (Ravana looked) vichitram = strange; dashabhiH shirobhiH = with his ten heads; bhiimadarshanaiH = with terrible looking; darshaniiyaiH = yet good-looking; raktaakSaiH = red eyes; diipta tiikSNa mahaadamSTraiH = with brilliant sharp enormous teeth; pralamba dashanahchhadaiH = and protruding lips; viiram = a daring demon; mahaujasam = endowed with extraordinary vigour; bhraajamaanam = shining brightly; mandaram iva = as Mount Mandra; shikharaiH = with its peaks; naanaa vyaaLasamaakiirNaiH = and infested with snakes of different varieties.
5.49.7
नील अञ्जन चय प्रख्यम् हारेण उरसि राजता |
पूर्ण चन्द्र आभ वक्त्रेण सबलाकम् इव अम्बुदम् ॥
Ravana was having a pearl necklace casting its splendor on his bosom. He was looking like a mass of blue antimony, but with his countenance shining like the full moon and appearing like a cloud illumined by the rising sun.
(Ravana) raajataa = was shining; haareNa = with a pearl necklace; urasi = on his bosom; niilaaN^anachayaprakhyam = looking like a mass of blue antimony; puurNachandraabhavaktrNa = but with his countenance shining like the full moon; ambudamiva = and appearing like a cloud; sabaalaarkam = illumined by the rising sun.
5.49.8
बाहुभिः बद्ध केयूरैः चन्दन उत्तम रूषितैः |
भ्राजमान अन्गदैः पीनैः पन्च शीर्षैः इव उरगैः ॥
Ravana was distinguished by (twenty) arms, adorned with bracelets, smeared with excellent sandal-paste and decked with shining Angadas another variety of bracelets and looking like large five-hooded serpents.
baahubhiH = Ravana was distinguished by (twenty) arms; baddha keyuuraiH = adorned with bracelets; chandanottama ruuSitaiH = smeared with excellent sandal-paste; bhraajamaana aN^gadaiH = and decked with shining Angadas another type of bracelets; piinaiH paNchashiirSaiH uragairiva = and looking like large five-hooded serpents
5.49.9
महति स्फाटिके चित्रे रत्न सम्योग संस्कृते |
उत्तम आस्तरण आस्तीर्णे उपविष्टम् वर आसने ॥
He was comfortably seated on a big excellent throne of crystal, rendered picturesque by being embedded with jewels and overspread with an exquisite covering.
suupaviSTam = (Ravana) was comfortably seated; mahati = on a big; varaasane = excellent throne; sphaaTike = of crystal; chitre = rendered picturesque; ratna samyoga samskR^ite = by being embedded with jewels; uttmaaastaraNa astiirNe = and overspread with an exquisite covering.
5.49.10
अलम्कृताभिः अत्यर्थम् प्रमदाभिः समन्ततः |
वाल व्यजन हस्ताभिः आरात् समुपसेवितम् ॥
He was duly waited upon at close quarters on all sides by young ladies, well-adorned and with whisks in their hands.
samupasevitam = He was duly waited upon; aaraat = at close quarters; samantataH = on all sides; pramadaabhiH = by young ladies; atyartham alankR^itaabhiH = well adorned; vaalavajanahastaabhiH = with whisks in their hands.
5.49.11
दुर्धरेण प्रहस्तेन महापार्श्वेन रक्षसा |
मन्त्रिभिः मन्त्र तत्त्वज्ञैः निकुम्भेन च मन्त्रिणा ॥उप उपविष्टम् रक्षोभिः चतुर्भिः बल दर्पितैः |
कृत्स्नैः परिवृतम् लोकम् चतुर्भिः इव सागरैः ॥
He was proud of his might and had four counselors sitting nearby, all belonging to the demonical race and who knew the secret of good counsel, viz. Durdhara, Prahasta, Mahaparshva the demon and the counselor Nikumbha and looked like the entire terrestrial globe enclosed by four oceans.
11; 12. Balagarvitam = He was proud of his might; chaturbhiH rakSobhiH = and had four counselors; upopaviSTam = sitting nearby; rakSobhiH = all belonging to the demoniacal race; mantratattvajJNaiH = who knew the secret of good counsel; durdhareNa = namely Durdhara; prahastena = Prahasta; mahaaparshvena = Mahaparshva; rakSasaa = the demons; maNtriNaa = and the counselor; nikumbhena = Nikumbha; kR^itsnam loka iva = and looked like the entire terrestrial globe; parivR^itam = enclosed; chaturbhiH saagaraiH = by four oceans.
5.49.13
मन्त्रिभिः मन्त्र तत्त्वज्ञैः अन्यैः च शुभ बुद्धिभिः |
अश्वास्यमानम् सचिवैः सुरैः इव सुर ईश्वरम् ॥
He was being reassured by counselors knowing the secret of good counsel and other demons with auspicious minds, as Indra the lord of celestials is reassured by celestials.
aashvaasyamaanam = He was being reassured; mantribhiH = by counselors; mantratattvajJNaiH = knowing the secret of good counsel; anyaiH = and other; rakSobhiH = demons; shubhabuddhibhiH = with; rakSobhiH = demons; shubhabuddhibhiH = with auspicious minds; sureshvanam iva = as Indra the lord of celestials; ( is reassured) sraiH = by celestials.
5.49.14
अपश्यत् राक्षस पतिम् हनूमान् अतितेजसम् |
विष्ठितम् मेरु शिखरे सतोयम् इव तोयदम् ॥
Hanuma saw Ravana with a great splendor, sitting on the throne, looking like a rainy cloud on the peak of Mount Meru.
hanuman = Hanuma; apashyat = saw; raakSasapatim = Ravana; ati tejasam = with a great splendor; viSThitam = being present (on the throne) satoyam toyadam iva = like a rainy cloud; merushikaare = on the peak of Mount Meru.
5.49.15
स तैः सम्पीड्यमानो अपि रक्षोभिः भीम विक्रमैः |
विस्मयम् परमम् गत्वा रक्षो अधिपम् अवैक्षत ॥
Though tortured by the demons that Hanuma, of terrific prowess, experiencing a great surprise, looked attentively at Ravana.
sampiiDyamaano.api = though tortured; rakSobhiH = by the demons; saH = that Hanuman; bhiimavikramaiH = of terrific prowess; gatvaa = undergoing terrific prowess; gatvaa = undergoing; paramam = a great; vismayam = surprise; avaikSata = looked attentively; rakSodhipam = at Ravana.
5.49.16
भ्राजमानम् ततो दृष्ट्वा हनुमान् राक्षस ईश्वरम् |
मनसा चिन्तयामास तेजसा तस्य मोहितः ॥
Seeing the glittering Ravana, the king of demons, Hanuma was bewildered by his splendor and thought in his mind as follows:
tataH = thereupon; dR^iSTvaa = seeing; bhraajamaanam = the glittering; raakSaseshvaram = king of demons; hanuman = Hanuma; mohitaH = was bewildered; tasya = by his; tejasaa = splendor; chintayaamaasa = thought; manasaa = in his mind (as follows):
5.49.17
अहो रूपम् अहो धैर्यम् अहो सत्त्वम् अहो द्युतिः |
अहो राक्षस राजस्य सर्व लक्षण युक्तता ॥
"What figure, what courage, what strength, what splendor and what amalgam of auspicious marks, alas, this king of demons has!"
aho ruupam = what figure; aho dhairyam = what courage; aho sattvam = what strength; aho dyutiH = what splendor; aho sarvalakSaNa yuktaa = and what bestowal of all auspicious marks; aho raakSasaraajasya = alas; this king of demons has.
5.49.18
यदि अधर्मो न बलवान् स्यात् अयम् राक्षस ईश्वरः |
स्यात् अयम् सुर लोकस्य सशक्रस्य अपि रक्षिता ॥
"Had this lord of demons perhaps not strong in unrighteousness, he would have been a protector of even the world of celestials together with Indra the lord of celestials."
yadi ayam raakSaseshvaraH = (had) this lord of demons; na syaad = not perhaps; balavaan = strong; adharmaH = in unrighteousness; syaat = he would have been; raksitaa = a protector; suralokasyaapi = of even the world of celestials; sashakrasya = including Indra the Lord of celestials.
5.49.19
अस्य क्रूरैर्नृशम् सैश्च कर्मभिर्लोककुत्सितैः |
सर्वे बिभ्यति खल्वस्माल्लोकाः सामरदानवाः ॥अयम् ह्युत्सह्ते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमेकार्णवम् जगत् |
"By his cruel and violent acts despised by the world, all people including gods and demons indeed remain frightened of him. If enraged he is indeed capable to turn the entire world into a single ocean."
asya karmabhiH = by his acts; kruuraH = cruel; nR^ishamsaishcha = and violent; lokakutsitaiH = despised by the world; sarve lokaaH = all people; samara daanavaaH = including gods and demons; bibhyati hi = indeed remain frighteed; asmaat = of him; ayam = he; kruddhaH = if enraged; utsahate hi = is indeed capable; kartum = to turn; jagat = the world; ekaarNavan = into a single ocean.
5.49.20
इति चिन्ताम् बहु विधाम् अकरोन् मतिमान् कपिः |
दृष्ट्वा राक्षस राजस्य प्रभावम् अमित ओजसः ॥
Seeing the power of Ravana the king of demons, who possessed an unlimited vigour, the intelligent Hanuma formulated many kinds of thoughts in this way.
dR^iSTvaa = seeing; prabhaavam = the power; raakSasaraajasya = of Ravana the king of demons; amitonjasaH = who had an unlimited vigour; matimaan = the intelligent; hariH = Hanuma; akarot = formed; bahuvidhaam = many kinds; chintaam = of thought; iti = in this way.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे एकोनपञ्चाशः सर्गः
Sarga 50
5.50.1
तम् उद्वीक्ष्य महाबाहुः पिन्ग अक्षम् पुरतः स्थितम् |
रोषेण महता आविष्टो रावणो लोक रावणः ॥स राजा रोष ताम्र अक्षः प्रहस्तम् मन्त्रि सत्तमम् |
That Ravana, the long-armed, who caused people to cry, looking up at that monkey standing in front of him, was affected with violent anger, having his mind seized with suspicion, speculated (as follows) about Hanuma, the jewel among the monkeys, who was invested with splendour.
saH raavaNaH = That Ravana; mahaabaahuH = the long armed; lokaraavaNaH = who causes the people to cry; udviikSya = looking up; tam piN^gaakSam = at that mokey; sthitam = standing; purataH = in front of him; mahataa kopena aaviSTah = affected with violent anger; shaN^kaahR^itmaa = with his mind seized with suspicion; dadhyau = speenlated; kapiindram = about Hanuma the formost of monkeys; aavR^itam = who was invested; tejasaa = with splendour.
5.50.2
किमेष भगवान्नन्दी भवेत्साक्षादिहागतः ॥येन शप्तोऽस्मि कैलासे मया संचालिते पुरा |
सोऽयम् वानरमूर्तिः स्यात्किंस्विद्बाणो महासुरः ॥
"When Mount Kailasa was moved by me, is it the same Nandi the divine bull (attendant of Siva) which cursed me long ago and came here now in this form or whether he is Bana the great demon (son of Bali) came here in the form of a monkey."
2; 3. Kailaase = (when) Mount Kailasa; samchaalite = was moved; mayaa = by me; kim bhavet = whether (he is); saakSaat = actually; bhagavaan = the divine; nandii = bull; aagataH = who came; iha = here; yena = and by whom; shaptaH asmin = I was cursed; puraa = long ago; saH ayam = or he; syaat kim svit = in whether; mahaasuraH baaNaH = the great demon named Bana; vaanara muurtiH = in the form of a monkey.
5.50.4
स राजा रोषताम्राक्षः प्रहस्तम् मन्त्रिसत्तमम् |
काल युक्तम् उवाच इदम् वचो विपुलम् अर्थवत् ॥
That king Ravana, becoming enraged with red hot eyes, spoke the following concise and meaningful words relevant to that occasion, to Prahasta, his chief of ministers.
saH raajaa = that king; roSa taam raakSaH = enraged with red-hot eyes; uvaacha = spoke; idam vachaH = these words; kaalavat = connected with that time; arthavat = meaningful; avipulam = and concise; prahastam = to Prahasta; mantrisattaamam = his chief of ministers.
5.50.5
दुरात्मा पृच्छ्यताम् एष कुतः किम् वा अस्य कारणम् |
वन भन्गे च को अस्य अर्थो राक्षसीनाम् च तर्जने ॥
"Ask this wicked monkey from where did he come, for what reason did he come to this place and for what purpose did he frighten the female-demons in destroying our garden."
pR^ichchhyataam eSaH duraatmaa = let this wicked one be asked; kutaH = from where did he come; kim kaaaNam = for what reason; atra = at this place; kaH arthaH = and for what purpose; asya = for him; tarjane = to frighten; raakSasiinaam = the female-demons; vana bhaNgecha = in destroying the garden.
5.50.6
मत्पुरीमप्रधृष्याम् वागमने किं प्रयोजनम् |
आयोधने वाकिं कार्यम् पृच्छ्यतामेष दुर्मतिः ॥
"Ask this evil-minded monkey as to what really is his purpose in coming over to my invincible City and what pursuit he is doing this battle."
pR^ichchhyataam eSaH durmatiH = let this evil-minded monkey be asked; kim prayojanam = on what purpose; aagamane = in coming; matpuriim = to my City; apradhR^iSyaam = which is invincible; kim kaaryam = and on what pursuit; aayodhanevaa = in doing the battle.
5.50.7
रावणस्य वचः श्रुत्वा प्रहस्तो वाक्यम् अब्रवीत् |
समाश्वसिहि भद्रम् ते न भीः कार्या त्वया कपे ॥
Hearing the words of Ravana, Prahasta spoke the following words to Hanuma, "Take courage! Happiness to you! You need not get frightened, O monkey!"
shrutvaa = hearing; vachaH = the words; raavaNasya = of Ravana; prahastaH = Prahasta; abraviit = spoke; vaakyam = (the following) words (to Hanuma); samaashvasihi = take courage!; bhadram te = Happiness to you!; bhiiH na kaaryaa = not to be frightened; tvayaa = by you!; kape = O monkey.
5.50.8
यदि तावत् त्वम् इन्द्रेण प्रेषितो रावण आलयम् |
तत्त्वम् आख्याहि मा ते भूत् भयम् वानर मोक्ष्यसे ॥
"O monkey! If Indra has sent you to the abode of Ravana, tell me the truth. Do not have fear. You will be released."
vaanara = O monkey!; tvam preSitaH yadi taavat = If you are sent; indreNa = by Indra; raavaNaalayam = to the abode of Ravana; aakhyaahi = tell (me); tattvam = the truth; maa bhuut = let there not be; bhayam = fear; te = for you; mokSyase = you will be released.
5.50.9
यदि वैश्रवणस्य त्वम् यमस्य वरुणस्य च |
चारु रूपम् इदम् कृत्वा ओरवुष्टो नः पुरीमिमाम् ॥विष्णुना प्रेषितो वा अपि दूतो विजय कान्क्षिणा |
"Are you, the one who has entered our city, assuming the guise of a spy, sent by Kubera the god of riches or by Yama the god of death or by Varuna the lord of the sea or whether sent by Vishnu the lord of preservation, as a messenger, longing for a victory?"
tvam = you; praviSTaH = the one who has entered; imam purim = this city; naH = of ours; kR^itvaa = assuming; idam = this; chaararuupam = guise of a spy; tvam = (are) you; vaishrvaNasya = belonging to Kubera the lord of riches; yamasya = or belonging to Yama the god of death; varuNasya = or belonging to Varuna the Lord of the sea; preSitovaapi yadi = or whether sent; viSnunaa = by Vishnu; the lord of preservation; duutaH = as a messenger; vijayakaamkSiNaa = longing for a victory?
5.50.10
न हि ते वानरम् तेजो रूप मात्रम् तु वानरम् ॥तत्त्वतः कथयस्व अद्य ततो वानर मोक्ष्यसे |
"O monkey! Your form alone is that of a monkey. Your splendour indeed is not that of a monkey. Now, tell me the truth. Thereupon, you will be released."
vaanara = O monkey!; te = your; ruupamadtramtu = form alone; vaanaram = (is that of) a monkey; tejaH = (your) splendour; na hi = is not indeed; vaanaram = that of a monkey; adya = Now; kathayasva = tell (me); tattvataH = actually; mokSase = you will be released; tataH = thereafter.
5.50.11
अनृतम् वदतः च अपि दुर्लभम् तव जीवितम् ॥अथवा यन् निमित्तः ते प्रवेशो रावण आलये |
"If you tell a lie, your survival will be difficult. Or else, tell me the purpose of your entry into Ravana's abode."
tava vadataH = If you tell; anR^itam = a lie; jiivitam = your survival; durlabham = will be difficult; athavaa = or (tell me); yannimittam = for what purpose; te praveshaH = is your entry; raavaNaalaye = into Ravana's abode."
5.50.12
एवम् उक्तो हरि वरः तदा रक्षो गण ईश्वरम् ॥अब्रवीन् न अस्मि शक्रस्य यमस्य वरुणस्य वा |
धनदेन न मे सख्यम् विष्णुना न अस्मि चोदितः ॥जातिः एव मम तु एषा वानरो अहम् इह आगतः |
Hearing the words of Prahasta, Hanuma spoke to Ravana the Lord of demons as follows, "I am not a messenger of Indra or Yama or Varuna. I have no friendship with Kubera the god of riches, nor am I instigated by Vishnu. This is just my form of existence, by my very birth. I am a monkey who came here."
12; 13. evan = thus; uktaH = spoken; harishreSTaH = Hanuma the foremost of monkeys; tadaa = then; abraviit = spoke; rakSogaNeshvaram = to Ravana the Lord of demons; (as follows); naasmi = I am not (a messenger); shakrasya = of Indra; yamasya = or of Yama; varuNasye = or of Varuna; me = to me; na shakhyam = there is no friendship; dhanadena = with Kubera the god of riches; na = nor; choditaH = instigated; viSNunaa = by Vishnu; eSaa = this; mame eva = is just my; jaatiH = form of existence; aham = I; vaanaraH = am a monkey; aagataH = who came; iha = here.
5.50.14
दर्शने राक्षस इन्द्रस्य दुर्लभे तत् इदम् मया ॥वनम् राक्षस राजस्य दर्शन अर्थे विनाशितम् |
"The sight of Ravana the King of demons is difficult to be obtained. Intent on that object (of sight of Ravana), the garden was destroyed by me."
darshane = the sight; raakSasendrasya = of the king of demons; durlabhe = difficult to be obtained; taidam = Intent on that; darshanaarthe = object of sight; raakSasaraajasya = of the king of demons; vanam = the garden; vinaashitam = was destroyed; mayaa = by me.
5.50.15
ततः ते राक्षसाः प्राप्ता बलिनो युद्ध कान्क्षिणः ॥रक्षण अर्थम् च देहस्य प्रतियुद्धा मया रणे |
"Then, those strong demons came with a desire to fight with me. Just for protecting my body, I had to attack them in battle."
te balinaH raakSasaaH = those strong demons; tataH = then; praaptaaH = came; yuddha kaaN^kSiNah = with a desire to fight; rakSaNaartham tu = for the protection; dehasya = of my body; pratiyuddhaaH = they were attacked; raNe = in battle; mayaa = by me.
5.50.16
अस्त्र पाशैः न शक्यो अहम् बद्धुम् देव असुरैः अपि ॥पितामहात् एव वरो मम अपि एषो अभ्युपागतः |
"I am incapable of being bound by missiles and nooses even by celestials and demons. This boon came to me also from Brahama only."
aham = I; na shakyaH = am incapable; baddhum = of being bound; astrapaashaiH = by missiles and nooses; devaasurairapi = even by celestials and demons; eSaH varaH = this boon; abhyupaagataH = came; mamaapi = to me too; pitaamahaadeva = from Brahma only.
5.50.17
राजानम् द्रष्टु कामेन मया अस्त्रम् अनुवर्तितम् ॥विमुक्तो अहम् अस्त्रेण राक्षसैः तु अतिपीडितः |
केवचिद्राजकार्येण सम्प्राप्तोऽस्मि तवान्तिकम् ॥
With a desire to see you the king, I surrendered to the missile. Soon after bound by the demons, I was indeed released from the missile. I came to your presence, prompted by some mission of Rama."
17; 18. mayaa = by me; draSTukaamena = with a desire to see; raajaanam = you the king; astram anuvartitam = the missile was obeyed; mayaa = by me; abhipiiDitaH tu = after being bound; raakSasaiH = by the demons; aham = I; vimuktohi = was indeed released; astreNa = from the missile; sampraaptaH asmi = I came; tava antikam = to your vicinity; kenachit raajakaaryeNa = on some king's duty.
5.50.19
दूतोऽहमिति विज्ञेयो राघवस्यामितौजसः |
श्रूयताम् चापि वचनम् मम पथ्यमिदम् प्रभो ॥
"O, Lord of demons! Know me to be a messenger of Rama who is possessing I am unlimited splendour. I am telling you a beneficial word. Listen to it."
aham = I; vijNeyaH = am to be known; duutaaH iti = as a messenger; raaghavasya = of Rama; amitoujasaH = possessing an unlimited splendour; prabho = O Lord of demons!; idam = let this; pathyam = beneficial; mama vachaam = word of mine; shruujataam cha = be heard (by you).
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे पङ्चाशः सर्गः
Sarga 51
5.51.1
तम् समीक्ष्य महासत्त्वम् सत्त्ववान् हारि सत्तमः |
वाक्यम् अर्थवत् अव्यग्रः तम् उवाच दश आननम् ॥
Seeing that highly energetic Ravana, the courageous Hanuma coolly spoke to him the following meaningful words:
samiikSya = seeing; tam = that; mahaasattvam = highly energetic; dashaananam = Ravana; sattvavaan = the courageous; harisattamaH = Hanuma; uvaacha = spoke; tam = to him; arthavat = (the following) meaningful; vaakyam = words; avyagram = coolly.
5.51.2
अहम् सुग्रीव संदेशात् इह प्राप्तः तव आलयम् |
राक्षस इन्द्र हरि ईशः त्वाम् भ्राता कुशलम् अब्रवीत् ॥
"O king of demons! By the command of Sugreeva, I came here to your abode. Sugreeva, the Lord of monkeys, your brother, asked me to enquire about your welfare.
raakSasendra = O king of demons!; sugriiva samdeshaat = by the command of Sugreeva; aham = I; praaptaH = came; iha = here; tava aalayam = to your abode; hariishaH = Sugreeva; that Lord of monkeys; bhraataa = your brother; abraviit = enquired; tvaam kushalam = about your welfare.
5.51.3
भ्रातुः शृणु समादेशम् सुग्रीवस्य महात्मनः |
धर्म अर्थ उपहितम् वाक्यम् इह च अमुत्र च क्षमम् ॥
"Hear the righteous and meaningful words, as a following advice, of the high-souled Sugreeva, your brother, conducive to good in the world as well as in the other world."
shruNa = here; vaakyam = the words; samaadesham = as an advice; mahaatmanaH sugriivasya = of the high-souled Sugreeva; bhraatuH = your brother; kSamam = conducive to good; ihacha = in this world; amutracha = and in the other world; dharmaarthopahitam = as also endowed with righteousness and meaningfulness.
5.51.4
राजा दशरथो नाम रथ कुन्जर वाजिमान् |
पिता इव बन्धुः लोकस्य सुर ईश्वर सम द्युतिः ॥
"There was a king named Dasaratha, having chariots, elephants and horses, like a father to the people and endowed with a splendour equal to that of Indra the lord of celestials."
raajaa = (there was) a king; dasharathonaama = named Dasaratha; ratha kuN^jara vaajimaan = having chariots; elephants and horses; piteva = like a father; lokasya = to the people; sureshvara samadyutiH = and possessing a splendour equal to that of Indra the Lord of celestials.
5.51.5
ज्येष्ठः तस्य महाबाहुः पुत्रः प्रिय करः प्रभुः |
पितुः निदेशान् निष्क्रान्तः प्रविष्टो दण्डका वनम् ॥लक्ष्मणेन सह भ्रात्रा सीतया च अपि भार्यया |
रामो नाम महातेजा धर्म्यम् पन्थानम् आश्रितः ॥
"His eldest son named Rama, having mighty arms, a bestower of affection and our lord, by the command of his father, abiding in a righteous path, went out on exile and entered a forest called Dandaka along with Lakshmana his brother and Seetha his wife."
5; 6. tasya = his; jyeSThaH putraH = eldest son; raamo naama = named Rama; mahaabaahuH = having mighty arms; priyakaraH = a bestower of affection; prabhuH = and our lord; nideshaat = by the command; pitaH = of his father; asthitaH = abiding; dharmyam panthaanam = in a righteous path; niSkraantaH = went out; praviSTaH = and entered; daNDakaavanam = a forest called Dandaka; bhraatraa lakSmaNena = (along with) his brother Lakshmana; bhaaryayaa siitayaa = and with his wife; Seetha.
5.51.7
तस्य भार्या वने नष्टा सीता पतिम् अनुव्रता |
वैदेहस्य सुता राज्ञो जनकस्य महात्मनः ॥
"Seetha, wife of Rama, devoted to her husband and daughter of the high-souled king, named Janaka, the head of Videha kingdom, got lost in the forest."
siitaa = Seetha; tasya bhaaryaa = Rama's wife; patim anuvrataa = devoted to her husaband; sutaa = and daughter; mahaatmanaH = of the high-souled; raaj~naH = king; janakasya = called Janaka; vaidehasya = the head of Videha kingdom; naSTaa = got lost; vane = in the forest.
5.51.8
स मार्गमाणः ताम् देवीम् राज पुत्रः सह अनुजः |
ऋश्यमूकम् अनुप्राप्तः सुग्रीवेण च सम्गतः ॥
"That prince, Rama together with his brother, searching that lady, reached Mount Rishyamuka and happened to meet Sugreeva."
saH raajaputraH = Rama; that prince; sahaanujaH = along with his brother; maarga maaNaH = searching; taam deviim = that lady; anupraaptaH = reached; R^iSyamuukam = Mount Rishyamuka; samaagataH = and met; sugreevaNa = Sugreeva.
5.51.9
तस्य तेन प्रतिज्ञातम् सीतायाः परिमार्गणम् |
सुग्रीवस्य अपि रामेण हरि राज्यम् निवेदितम् ॥
"While Sugreeva promised Rama to get Seetha searched, Rama too promised to get the kingdom of monkeys to Sugreeva."
tena = by that Sugreeva; siitaayaaH parimaargaNam = looking for Seetha; pratijJNaatam = was promised; tasya = to that Rama; raameNa api = even by Rama; hariraajyam = the kingdom of monkeys; niveditam = was announced (promised); sugriivasya = to Sugreeva.
5.51.10
ततः तेन मृधे हत्वा राज पुत्रेण वालिनम् |
सुग्रीवः स्थापितो राज्ये हरि ऋक्षाणाम् गण ईश्वरः ॥
"Thereafter, killing Vali in a combat, Rama installed Sugreeva on the throne as a lord of that troop monkeys and bears."
tataH = thereafter; vaalinam = Vali; hatvaa = having been killed; mR^idhe = in combat; tena raajaputreNa = by Rama; sugriiva = Sugreeva; sthaapitaH = was installed; raajye = in the kingdom; haryR^ikSaNaam = of monkeys and bears; gaNeshvaraH = as a Lord of that troop.
5.51.11
त्वया विज्ञातपूर्वश्च वाली वानरपुङ्गवः |
रामेण निहतः संख्ये शरेणैकेन वानरः ॥
"You may indeed know Vali, the foremost among monkeys, previously. Rama killed that Vali with a single arrow in battle."
vaali = Vali; vaanarapuNgavaH = the foremost among monkeys; tvayaa vijJNaata puurvashcha = was known to you previously; vaanaraH = that Vali; nihataH = was killed; raameNa = by Rama; ekena shareNa = with a single arrow; samkhye = in battle.
5.51.12
स सीता मार्गणे व्यग्रः सुग्रीवः सत्य सम्गरः |
हरीन् सम्प्रेषयामास दिशः सर्वा हरि ईश्वरः ॥
"Sugreeva, the lord of monkeys, true to his promise, was intent on searching for Seetha and sent his monkeys to all directions."
saH hariishvaraH = that lord of monkeys; sugriivaH = Sugreeva; satya sangaraH = true to his promise; vyagraH = was intent on; siitaamaargaNe = searching for Seetha; sampreSayaamaasa = and sent; hariin = his monkeys; sarvaaaH = to all dishaH = directions.
5.51.13
ताम् हरीणाम् सहस्राणि शतानि नियुतानि च |
दिक्षु सर्वासु मार्गन्ते अधः च उपरि च अम्बरे ॥
"Hundreds, thousands and lakhs of monkeys are searching for her in all quarters, as also below and above in the sky."
sahasraaNi = thousands; shataani = hundreds; niyutaani = and lakhs; hariiNaam = of monkeys; maargante = are searching; taam = for her; sarvaasu dikSu = in all directions; adhashcha = as also below; upari = and above; ambare cha = in the sky.
5.51.14
वैनतेय समाः केचित् केचित् तत्र अनिल उपमाः |
असम्ग गतयः शीघ्रा हरि वीरा महाबलाः ॥
"Among those monkeys, some mighty and virile monkeys are similar to Garuda the eagle. Some are like wind, swiftly going with an unhindered movement."
tatra = in those monkeys; kechit = some; mahaabalaaH = mighty; hariviiraaH = virile monkeys; vainateya samaaH = are like Garuda the eagle. kechit = some; anilopamaaH = are like wind; shiighraaH = swiftly going; asmgagatayaH = with an unhindered movement.
5.51.15
अहम् तु हनुमान् नाम मारुतस्य औरसः सुतः |
सीतायाः तु कृते तूर्णम् शत योजनम् आयतम् ॥समुद्रम् लन्घयित्वा एव ताम् दिदृक्षुः इह आगतः |
"I am, however, an own son of wind-god and named as Hanuma. I came here even by crossing quickly the ocean, which is a hundred yojanas (or eight hundred miles) wide for the sake of Seetha and wishing to see her."
aham tu = I am; however; ourasaH sutaH = an own son; maarutasya = of wind-god; hanumaannaama = and named as Hanuma; aagataH = who came; iha = here; laN^ghayitvaiva = even by crossing; tuurNam = quickly; samudram = the sea; shatayojanam aayatam = which is a hundred yojanas (or eight hundred miles) wide; siitaayaaH kR^ite = for the sake of Seetha; didR^ikSuH = and wishing to see; taam = her.
5.51.16
भ्रमता च मया दृष्टा गृहे ते जनकात्मजा ॥तत् भवान् दृष्ट धर्म अर्थः तपः कृत परिग्रहः |
पर दारान् महाप्राज्ञ न उपरोद्धुम् त्वम् अर्हसि ॥
"While strolling around in the city of Lanka, I found Seetha in your abode. You know about religious merit and wealth. You performed and mastered the austerities. That is why, you ought not besiege the wife of another, O great intellectual!"
16; 17. mayaa = by me; bhramataa = who was strolling around; janakaamajaa = Seetha; dR^iSTaa = was seen; te gR^ihe = in your abode; bhavaan = you; dR^iSTadharmaarthaH = learnt about religious merit and wealth; tapaH kR^itaparigrahaH = and performed and mastered the austerities; mahaapraajJNa = O great intellectual!; tat = that is why; tvam na arhasi = you ought not; uparoddhum = besiege; paradaaraan = the wife of another.
5.51.18
न हि धर्म विरुद्धेषु बह्व् अपायेषु कर्मसु |
मूल घातिषु सज्जन्ते बुद्धिमन्तो भवत् विधाः ॥
"Intellectuals like you indeed are not engrossed in acts, which are antagonistic to righteousness, which are attended with many dangers and which even ruin the doer at the roots."
buddhimantaH = Intellectuals; bhavadvidhaaH = like you; na sujjante hi = indeed are not engrossed; karmasu = in actions; dharmaviruddheSu = which are antagonistic to righteousness; bahvapaayeSu = which are attended with many dangers; muulaghaatiSu = and which ruin doer at the roots.
5.51.19
कः च लक्ष्मण मुक्तानाम् राम कोप अनुवर्तिनाम् |
शराणाम् अग्रतः स्थातुम् शक्तो देव असुरेष्व् अपि ॥
"Who is capable even among celestials and demons, to withstand the arrows discharged by Lakshmana, in the wake of the fury of Rama?
kaH = who; shaktaH = is capable; devaaasureSvapi = even among celestials and demons; sthaatum = to stand firmly; agrataH = in front; sharaaNaam = of arrows; lakSmaNamuktaanaam = discharged by LakSmaNamuktaanaam = discharged by Lakshmana; raama kopaanuvartinaam = in the wake of the fury of Rama?
5.51.20
न च अपि त्रिषु लोकेषु राजन् विद्येत कश्चन |
राघवस्य व्यलीकम् यः कृत्वा सुखम् अवाप्नुयात् ॥
"O king! No one is known in the three worlds, who have gained happiness, by doing harm to Rama."
raajan = O king!; na vidyeta kashchana = none is known; triSu lokeSu = in the three worlds; yaH = who avaapnuyaat = have gained; sukham = happiness; kR^itaa = by doing; vyaLiikam = harm; raaghavaya = to Rama.
5.51.21
तत् त्रिकाल हितम् वाक्यम् धर्म्यम् अर्थ अनुबन्धि च |
मन्यस्व नर देवाय जानकी प्रतिदीयताम् ॥
"That is why, accede to my words, which are beneficial for all the three divisions of time (viz. the past, present and future), resulting in affluence and respectability as well. Let Seetha be restored to Rama."
tat = that is why; manyasva = agree with; vaakyam = my words; trikaalahitam = which are beneficial for all the three times; dharmyam = legitimate; arthaanubandhicha = and resulting in affluence and respectability janakii = 9let) Seetha; pratidiiyataam = be restored; naradevaaya = to Rama.
5.51.22
दृष्टा हि इयम् मया देवी लब्धम् यत् इह दुर्लभम् |
उत्तरम् कर्म यत् शेषम् निमित्तम् तत्र राघवः ॥
"I beheld Seetha, the princess. The audience of Seetha is difficult to be achieved and it is obtained here. It is for Rama there to decide his remaining task of future consequence."
maaa = by me; iyam devii = this princess; Seetha; dR^iSTaa hi = has been indeed beheld; yat = which; durlabham = is difficult to be achieved; labdham = and which is achieved; iha = here; yat karma = whichever work; sheSam = remaining; uttaram = of future consequence; nimittam = is for; raaghavaH = Rama; tatra = there (to decide)
5.51.23
लक्षिता इयम् मया सीता तथा शोक परायणा |
गृह्य याम् न अभिजानासि पन्च आस्याम् इव पन्नगीम् ॥
"Capturing Seetha, whom you do not recognize as a five-hooded female serpent in your abode, has been found by me in that manner, and wholly given over to sorrow."
gR^ihya = capturing; yaam = which Seetha; paN^chaasyaam pannagiimiva = akin to a five-hooded female-serpent; naabhijaanaasi = you are not able to recognize; iyam siitaa = this Seetha; shokaparaayaNaa = wholly given up to sorrow; lakSitaa = was seen; mayaa = by me; tathaa = in that manner.
5.51.24
न इयम् जरयितुम् शक्या सासुरैः अमरैः अपि |
विष संसृष्टम् अत्यर्थम् भुक्तम् अन्नम् इव ओजसा ॥
"She is incapable of being devoured with one's might even by celestials and demons, any more than food mixed with abundant poison could be digested with one's digestive power, if consumed."
iyam = she; na shakyaa = is incapable; jarayitum = of being devoured; ojasaa = with one's might; amarairapi = even by celestials; saasuraiH = together with demons; annamiva = like food; atyartham viSasamsR^iSTam = mixed with abundant poison; bhuktam = is in capable of being consumed.
5.51.25
तपः सम्ताप लब्धः ते यो अयम् धर्म परिग्रहः |
न स नाशयितुम् न्याय्य आत्म प्राण परिग्रहः ॥
"It is not proper for you to lose your exceptional longevity and that fortune which is an outcome of your virtue, both of which have been acquired by you through the practice of austerities."
na nyaayyaH = it is not proper; naashayitum = to lose; saH = that; aatma praaNa parigrahaH = capacity to preserve your life (for exceptional longevity); yaH = or which; ayam dharmaparigrahaH = is an outcome of your virtue; tapaH samaapa labdhaH = both of which have been acquired by you through the practice of austerities.
5.51.26
अवध्यताम् तपोभिः याम् भवान् समनुपश्यति |
आत्मनः सासुरैः देवैः हेतुः तत्र अपि अयम् महान् ॥
"You may be thinking that you are immune from death from demons and celestials, because of your austerities. But your opinion in that matter is not correct, on account of the following reason.
bhavaan samanupashyasi = you may perceive; aatmanaH avadhyataam = your own immunity from death; saasuraiH = from demons; devaiH = and celestials; tapobhiH = by your austerities; tatraapi = in that matter also; ayam = this; mahaan = great; hetuH = reason (exists).
5.51.27
सुग्रीवो न हि देवो अयम् न असुरो न च मानुषः |
न दानवो न गन्धर्वो न यक्षो न च पन्नगः ॥तस्मात् प्राण परित्राणम् कथम् राजन् करिष्यसि |
"This Sugreeva is indeed neither a god, nor Asura the chief of evil spirits nor a demon nor a child of Danu the demon, nor Gandharva the celestial musician nor Yaksha the semi-divine being nor pannaga the serpent-demon. O King! How do you protect your life from him?"
ayam sugriivaH = this Sugreeva; na hi = is not indeed; devaH = a god; asuraH na = nor Asura the chief of evil spirits; raakSasaH cha = nor a demon; daanavaH na = nor a child of Danu the demons; gandharvaH na = nor Gandhara; the celestial musician; yakSaH na = nor Yaksha; the semi-divine being; pannaga the serpent-demon; raajan = O king!; katham = how; kariSyasi = do you; praaNaparitraaNam = protect your life; tasmaat = from him?
5.51.28
न तु धर्म उपसम्हारम् अधर्म फल सम्हितम् ॥तत् एव फलम् अन्वेति धर्मः च अधर्म नाशनः |
"The fruit of righteousness does not exist together with the result of unrighteousness (eventhough he practices virtue). That consequence of unrighteousness alone follows him. Righteousness in abundance destroys unrighteousness."
dharmopasamhaaram = the fruit of righteousness; na tu = is not; adharmaphalasamhitam = close by the result of unrighteousness; tat phalameva = that consequence of unrighteousness alone; anveti = follows as an adherent; dharmashcha = righteousness; adharma naashanaH = destroys unrighteousness.
5.51.29
प्राप्तम् धर्म फलम् तावत् भवता न अत्र संशयः ॥फलम् अस्य अपि अधर्मस्य क्षिप्रम् एव प्रपत्स्यसे |
"You already obtained the fruit of virtue till now. There is no doubt about it. In no time, you will obtain the fruit of unrighteousness also."
dharmaphalam = the fruit of virtue; praaptam taavat = has already been obtained; bhavataa = by you; na samshayah = there is no doubt; atra = about it; prapatsyase = you will obtain; kSiprameva = just soon; phalamapi = even the fruit; adharmasya = of unrighteousness also."
5.51.30
जन स्थान वधम् बुद्ध्वा बुद्ध्वा वालि वधम् तथा ॥राम सुग्रीव सख्यम् च बुध्यस्व हितम् आत्मनः |
"Recognizing the killing of demons in the forest of Janasthana, about the killing of Vali and about the friendship between Rama and Sugreeva, realize your own interest."
buddhvaa = recognizing; janasthaana vadham = the killing of demons in Janasthana-forest; tathaa = and; buddhvaa = recognizing; vaalivadham = the killing of Vali; raama sugriiva sakhyam cha = and about the friendship between Rama and Sugreeva; budhyasva = realise; aatmanaH = your own; hitam = interest.
5.51.31
कामम् खल्व् अहम् अपि एकः सवाजि रथ कुन्जराम् ॥लन्काम् नाशयितुम् शक्तः तस्य एष तु विनिश्चयः |
"I am indeed, even alone, undoubtedly, destroying Lanka, along with its horses, chariots and elephants. However, this is not in accordance with the resolution of Rama."
aham = I; eko.api = even alone; shaktaH khalu = am capable indeed; naashayitum = to destroy; laN^kaam = Lanka; savaajiratha kuN^jaraam = along with its horses; chariots and elephants; kaamam = undoubtedly; eSaH tu = However; this; ma = is not; nishchayaH = a decision; tasya = of Rama.
5.51.32
रामेण हि प्रतिज्ञातम् हरि ऋक्ष गण सम्निधौ ॥उत्सादनम् अमित्राणाम् सीता यैः तु प्रधर्षिता |
"For, Rama, indeed, promised in the presence of troops of monkeys and bears, about the extermination of enemies, by whom Seetha was actually laid violent hands upon."
pratijJNaatamhi = It was indeed promised; raameNa = by Rama; haryR^ikSagaNa sammidhau = in the presence of troops of monkeys and bears; utsaadanam = about the extermination; amitraaNaam = of enemies; yaiH = by whom; siitaa = Seetha; pradharSitaa = was actually laid violent hands upon.
5.51.33
अपकुर्वन् हि रामस्य साक्षात् अपि पुरम् दरः ॥न सुखम् प्राप्नुयात् अन्यः किम् पुनः त्वत् विधो जनः |
"Even Indra the Lord of celestials, in person, cannot attain happiness if he does any harm to Rama. How much move to another person like you?"
puramdaraH api = even Indra the Lord of celestials; saakSaat = in person; na praapnuyaat = cannot attain; sukham = happiness; apakurvan = if he does any harm; raamasya = to Rama; kim punaH = how much more; anyaH janaH = to another person; tvadvidhaH = like you?
5.51.34
याम् सीता इति अभिजानासि या इयम् तिष्ठति ते वशे ॥काल रात्री इति ताम् विद्धि सर्व लन्का विनाशिनीम् |
"Know her, whom you recognize as Seetha and who stays in your captivity, to be none else than Kalaratri (the goddess presiding over and responsible for dissolution), who can destroy the entire Lanka."
viddhi = know; yaa imam = her; yaam = whom; abhijaanaasi = you recognize; siitaa iti = as Seetha; tiSThati = and who stays; te vashe = in your captivity; kaalaraatriiti = to be none else than kalaratri (the goddess presiding over and responsible for universal dissolution); sarva laN^kaavinaashiniim = who can destroy the entire Lanka.
5.51.35
तत् अलम् काल पाशेन सीता विग्रह रूपिणा ॥स्वयम् स्कन्ध अवसक्तेन क्षमम् आत्मनि चिन्त्यताम् |
"Therefore, have it enough of this noose of death, in the form of Seetha's personality, which has been placed by yourself around your neck. Think well of your safety."
tat = therefore; alam = enough; kaalapaashena = of this noose of death; siitaavigraharuupiNaa = in the form of Seetha's personality; svayam skandhaavasaktena = which has been placed by yourself around your neck; aatmani = let your; kSemam = safety; chintyatataam = be thought of.
5.51.36
सीतायाः तेजसा दग्धाम् राम कोप प्रपीडिताम् ॥दह्यमनाम् इमाम् पश्य पुरीम् साट्ट प्रतोलिकाम् |
"See; (in the immediate future), this city of Lanka, burnt away by the effulgence of Seetha and the City too being scorched with its markets and main streets, afflicted by the wrath of Rama."
pashya = See; (in the immediatefuture); imaam = this; puriim = city (of Lanka); dagdhaam = burnt away; tejasaa = by the effulgence; siitaayaaH = of Seetha; dahyamaanaam = and (the city too) being scorched; saaTTapratoLikaam = with its markets and main streets; raama kopa piiDitaam = afflicted by the wrath of Rama.
5.51.37
स्वानि मित्राणि मन्त्रींश्च ज्ञातीन् भ्रातृन् सुतान् हितान् ॥भोगान् दारांश्च लङ्काम् च मा विनाशमुपानय |
"Do not lead to extermination your own friends, counsellors, kinsmen, brothers, sons, well-wishers, enjoyments, wives and Lanka."
maa upaanaya = do not lead; vinaasham = to extermination; svaani = your own; mitraaNi = friends; mantriimshcha = counsellors; jJNaatiin = kinsmen; bhraatR^iin = brothers; sutaan = sons; hitaan = well-wishers; bhogaan = enjoyments; daaraamshcha = wives; laN^kaamcha = and Lanka.
5.51.38
सत्यम् राक्षसराजेन्द्र शृणुष्व वचनम् मम ॥रामदासस्य दूतस्य वानरस्य विशेषतः |
"O king of demons! Listen to my truthful words coming as it is from the lips of this servant of Rama, his messenger and particularly of this monkey."
raakSasaraajendra = O king of demons!; shR^iNusva = listen to; mama = my; satyam = truthful; vahanam = words; raamadaasasya = (coming as it is) from the lips of a serpent of Rama; duutasya = of his messenger; visheSataH = and particularly; vaanarasya = of a monkey.
5.51.39
सर्वान् लोकान् सुसम्हृत्य सभूतान् सचराचरान् ॥पुनरेव तथा स्रष्टुम् शक्तो रामो महायशाः |
"The renowned Rama is capable of totally destroying all the worlds together with its five elements, along with its animate and inanimate things and also to create yet again all the worlds in like manner as before."
mahaa yashaaH raamaH = the renowned Rama; shaktaH = is capable; susamhR^itya = of completely destroying; sarvaan = all; lokaan = the worlds; sabhuutaan = together with its five elements; sacharaacharaan = along with its animate and inanimate things; tathaa sraSTum = and also to create in like manner as before; punareva = yet again.
5.51.40
देवासुरनरेन्द्रेषु यक्षरक्षोगणेषु च ॥विद्याधरेषु सर्वेषु गन्धर्वेषूरगेषु च |
सिद्धेषु किन्नरेन्द्रेषु पतत्रिषु च सर्वतः ॥सर्वभूतेषु सर्वत्र सर्वकालेषु नास्ति सः |
योरामम् प्रतियुध्येत विष्णुतुल्यपराक्रमम् ॥
"The renowned Rama, who is equal in prowess to Vishnu the lord of the preservation and among celestials, demons or the foremost of men, or among hordes of Yakshas the semi-divine beings or ogres or among all Vidyadharas, a king of super-natural beings or among Gandharvas the celestials musicians or among Uragas the semi-divine serpents or among Siddhas the holy personages having super-natural powers or among excellent Kinnaras the mythical beings with human figure and head of a horse or among all types of birds or among all living beings at all places and at all times."
40; 41; 42. naasti = there is none; saH yaH = that who; pratiyudhyeta = can fight against; raamam = Rama; viSNutulyaparaakramam = who is equal in prowess to Vishnu the lord of preservation; devaasura narendreSu = among celestials or demons or the foremost of men; yakSarakSogaNeSucha = or among hordes of Yakshas the semi-divine beings or ogres; sarveSu = or among all; vidyaadhareSu = Vidyadharas; a kind of super-natural beings; gandharveSu = or among Gandharvas the celestial musicians; urageSu cha = or among Uragas the semi-divine serpents; siddheSu = or among Siddhas the holy personages having super-natural powers; kinnarendreSu = or among excellent Kinnaras the mythical beings with a human figure and the head of a horse; sarvatra = at all places; sarvakaaleSu = and at all times.
5.51.43
सर्वलोकेश्वरस्यैवम् कृत्वा विप्रियमुत्तमम् |
रामस्य राजसिम्हस्य दुर्लभम् तव जीवितम् ॥
"After doing a great harm in this manner to Rama the lord of all worlds as well as the lion among kings, your survival will be difficult."
kR^itvaa = doing; uttamam vipriyam = a great harm; evam = in this manner; raamasya = to Rama; sarvalokeshvarasya = the lord of all the worlds; raajasimhasya = and the lion among kings; jiivitam = survival; durlabham = is difficult; tava = for you.
5.51.44
देवाश्च दैत्याश्च निशाचरेन्द्र |
गन्धर्वविद्याधरनागयक्षाः |
रामस्य लोकत्रयनायकस्य |
स्थातुम् न शक्ताः समरेषु सर्वे ॥
"O king of demons! Either celestials or demons or Gandharvas the celestial musicians or Vidyadharas a king of super-natural beings or Nagas the semi-divine serpents or Yakshas the semi divine beings-all of them are not able to stand before Rama the lord of the three worlds."
nishaacharendra = O king of demons!; devaashcha = either celestials; daityaashcha = or demons; gandharva vidyaadhara naaga yakshaaH = or Gandharvas the celestial musicians or Vidyadharas a king of super natural beings or Nagas the semi-divine serpents or Yaksha the semi-divine beings; sarve = all of them; nashaktaaH = are not able; sthatum = to stand; samareSu = in combats; raamasya = in front of Rama; lokatraya naayakasya = the lord of the three worlds.
5.51.45
ब्रह्म स्वयमुभूश्च तुराननो वा |
रुद्रस्त्रिणेत्रस्त्रिपुरान्तको वा |
इन्द्रो महेन्द्रः सुरनायको वा |
त्रातुम् न शक्ता युधि रामवध्यम् ॥
"Either Brahma the self-existing god with four faces or Rudra with three eyes and the destroyer of Tripura (the city built of gold, silver and iron in the sky, air and earth, by Maya for the demons and burnt by Shiva), or Mahendra the god of atmosphere and sky as also the lord of celestials would not be able to protect the one to be killed by Rama in battle."
brahmaa vaa = either Brahma; svayambhuuH = the self-existing; chaturaananaH = god with four faces; rudraa vaa = or Rudra; triNetraH = having three eyes; tripuraantakaH = and destroyer of Tripura; the city built of gold; sivler and iron; in the sky; air and earth; by Maya for the demons and burnt (by Shiva); mahendraH vaa = or Mahendra; indraH = the god of atmosphere and sky; suranaayakah = and the lord of celestials; na shaktaaH = are not able; traatum = to protect; raamavadhyam = the one to be killed by Rama; yudhi = in battle.
5.51.46
स सौष्ठव उपेतम् अदीन वादिनः |
कपेः निशम्य अप्रतिमो अप्रियम् वचः |
दश आननः कोप विवृत्त लोचनः |
समादिशत् तस्य वधम् महाकपेः ॥
Hearing those unpleasant words endowed with extreme skillfulness and which were spoken without fear from Hanuma, that unequalled Ravana ordered for the killing of that Hanuma.
nishamya = hearing; vachaH = the words; sauSThhavopetam = endowed with extreme skillfulness; apriyam = which were unpleasant; adiinavaadinaH = and spoken without fear; kapeH = from Hanuma; saH apratimaH dashaananaH = the unequalled Ravana; samaadishat = ordered; vadham = the killing; tasya mahaakapeH = of that Hanuma.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे एकपङ्चशः सर्गः
Sarga 52
5.52.1
तस्य तत् वचनम् श्रुत्वा वानरस्य महात्मनः |
आज्ञापयत् वधम् तस्य रावणः क्रोध मूर्चितः ॥
Hearing those words of the high=souled Hanuma, Ravana duly excited with anger, ordered for the killing of Hanuma.
shrutvaa = hearing; tat vachanam = those words; tasya vaanarasya = of that Hanuma; mahaatmanaH = the high-souled one; raavaNaH = Ravana; krodhamuurchhitaH = excited with anger; aajJNaapayat = ordered; vadham = for the killing; tasya = of Hanuma.
5.52.2
वधे तस्य समाज्ञप्ते रावणेन दुरात्मना |
निवेदितवतो दौत्यम् न अनुमेने विभीषणः ॥
While it was ordered by the evil-natured Ravana for the killing of Hanuma, Vibhishana did not agree to the killing of Hanuma, who was entrusted with the functions of a messenger.
samaajJNapte = while it was ordered; duraatmanaa raavaNena = by the evil-natured Ravana; tasya vadhe = for killing of Hanuma; vibhiiSaNaH = Vibhishana; naanumene = did not agree; dautyam niveditavataH = to the killing of Hanuma; who was entrusted with the function of a messenger.
5.52.3
तम् रक्षो अधिपतिम् क्रुद्धम् तच् च कार्यम् उपस्थितम् |
विदित्वा चिन्तयामास कार्यम् कार्य विधौ स्थितः ॥
Seeing Ravana getting enraged and looking to that affair (of killing of an envoy) that has arisen, Vibhishana who was firm in accompanying any object, reflected upon an appropriate action to be done.
viditvaa = looking to; tat = that; kaaryam cha = affair (of killing an envoy); upasthitam = that has arisen; tam = and that; rakSodhipatim = Ravana; kruddham = getting enraged; kaaryavidhau; sthitaH = Vibhishana; who was firm in accompanying any object; chintayaamaasa = reflected upon; kaaryam = the appropriate action to be done.
5.52.4
निश्चित अर्थः ततः साम्ना आपूज्य शत्रुजित् अग्रजम् |
उवाच हितम् अत्यर्थम् वाक्यम् वाक्य विशारदः ॥
Then, deciding about a right action, Vibhishna, who was silled in communication and a conqueror of enemies, spoke softly the following very meaningful and useful words to Ravana, his venerable borther.
tataH = then; nishchitaarthaH = deciding about a right action; vaakyavishaaradaH = Vibhishana; who was skilled in communication; shatrujit = and a conqueror of enemies; uvaacha = spoke; atyartham = very meaningful; hitam = and useful; vaakyam = words; puujyam agrajam = to his venerable brother; saamnaa = softly.
5.52.5
क्षमस्व रोषम् त्यज राक्षसेन्द्र |
प्रसीद मद्वाक्यमिदम् शृणुष्व |
वधम् न कुर्वन्ति परावरज्ञा |
दूतस्य सन्तो वसुधाधिपेन्द्राः ॥
"O king of demons! Forgive and give up your anger. Be gracious and hear my words. Virtuous kings of excellence, knowing the distant and the near, do not cause killing of an envoy."
raakSasendra = O king of demons!; kSamasva = forgive; tyaja = and give up; roSam = anger; prasiida = be gracious; shR^iNusva = and hear; idam = these; madvaakyam = words of mine; santaH = virtuous; vasudhaadhipendraaH = kings of excellence; paraavarajJNaaH = knowing the disant and the near; na kurvanti = do not cause; vadham = killing; duutasya = of an envoy.
5.52.6
राजन् धर्म विरुद्धम् च लोक वृत्तेः च गर्हितम् |
तव च असदृशम् वीर कपेः अस्य प्रमापणम् ॥
"O hero! Killing of this monkey is against a royal virtue and any universal custom condemns it. Hence, it is improper for you also to do it."
viira = O hero!; pramaapaNam = murder; asya kapeH = of this monkey; raajadharma viruddham = is antagonistic to a royal virtue; garhitam = and is condemnable; loka vR^itteshcha = according to universal custom; asadR^isham = It is improper; tavacha = for you too.
5.52.7
धर्मज्ञ्श्च कृतज्ञ्श्च राजधर्मविशारदः |
परावरज्ञो भूतानाम् त्वमेव परमार्थवित् ॥
"You are indeed the knower of what is right. You are a person of gratitude. You are well-versed in royal virtues. You know both the distant and the near in beings. You know the highest truth."
tvameva = you are indeed; dharmajJNascha = the knower of what is right; kR^itajJNashcha = and a person of gratitude; raajadharma vishaaradaH = you are experienced in royal virtues; paraavarajJNaH = you know both the distant and the near; bhuutaanaam = in beings; paramaarthavit = you know the highest truth.
5.52.8
गृह्यन्ते यदि रोषेण त्वादृशोऽपि विपश्चितः |
ततः शास्त्रविपश्चित्त्वम् श्रम एव हि केवलम् ॥
"If even learned persons like you are seized by anger, then the knowledge of scriptures is indeed just a labour in vain."
vipashchito.api yadi = if even learned persons; tvaadR^ishaH = like you; gR^ihyante = are seized; roSam = by anger; tataH = then; shaastravipashchittvam = the knowledge of scriptures; kevalam shrama eva hi = is indeed just a labour in vain.
5.52.9
तस्मात्प्रसीद शत्रुघ्न राक्षसेन्द्र दुरासद |
ततः शास्त्रविपश्चित्त्वम् श्रम एव हि केवल्म् ॥
"O king of demons! O annihilator of enemies, dangerous to be approached! Therefore, be graceful. After ascertaining about right and wrong, let appropriate punishment be ordered to the envoy."
raakSasendra = O king of demons!; shatrughna = O annihilator of enemies!; duuraasada = O king; dangerous to be approached!; tasmaat = therefore; prasiida = be greaceful; vinishchitya = determining; yuktaayuktam = about right and wrong; duutadaN^DaH = (let) the punishment to the envoy; vidhiiyataam = be ordered.
5.52.10
विभीषणवचः श्रुत्वा रावणो राक्षसेश्वरः |
रोषेण महताविष्टो वाक्यमुत्तरमब्रवीत् ॥
Hearing the words of Vibhishana, Ravana the lord of demons was greatly enraged and replied in the following words:
shrutvaa = hearing; vibhiiSaNa vachaH = the words of Vibhishana; raavaNaH = Ravana; raakSaseshvaraH = the lord of demons; aaviSTaH mahataa roSeNa = was enveloped by a great anger; abraviit = and spoke; vaakyam = (the following) words; uttaran = in reply.
5.52.11
न पापानाम् वधे पापम् विद्यते शत्रुसूदन |
तस्मादेनम् वधिष्यामि वानरम् पापचारिणम् ॥
"O Vibhishana, the annihilator of enemies! There is no sin, even if the sinners are killed. So, I shall kill this monkey, who performed sins."
shatru suudana = O annihilator of enemies!; na vidyate paapam = there is no sin; vadhe = in killing; paapaanaam = of sinners; tasmaat = therefore; vadhiSyaami = I shall kill; enam = this; vaanaram = monkey; paapachaariNam = who performed sins.
5.52.12
अधर्ममूलम् बहुदोषयुक्त |
मनार्यजुष्टम् वचनम् निशम्य |
उवाच वाक्यम् परमार्थतत्त्वम् |
विभीषणो बुद्धिमताम् वरिष्ठः ॥
Hearing those words, rooted in unrighteousness, enveloped in a great anger and accepted by the dishonourable, Vibhishana the best among those who weer endowed with understanding, spoke the following words, comprising of the highest truth.
nishamya = hearing; vachanam = those words; adharma muulam = rooted in unrighteousness; bahuroSayuktam = accompanied by a great enragement; anaarya juSTam = and practised by the dishonourable; vibhiiSaNaH = Vibhishana; variSThaH = the best buddhimataam = among those who were endowed iwht understanding; uvaacha = spoke; vaakyam = ( the following) words; paramaarthatattvam = comprising of the highest truth.
5.52.13
प्रसीद लङ्केश्वर राक्षसेन्द्र |
धर्मार्थयुक्तम् वचनम् शृणुष्व |
दूतानवध्यान् समयेषु राजन् |
सर्वेषु सर्वत्र वदन्ति सन्तः ॥
"O king of demons! O lord of Lanka! Be gracious enough. Hear my words endowed with righteousness and significance. O king! Sages say that messengers should not be killed at all places and at all times."
raakSasendra = O king of demons!; laN^keshwara = O Lord of Lanka!; prasiida = be gracious enough!; shruNuSva = hear; vachanam = my words; dharmaarthayuktam = endowed with righteousness and significance; raajan = O king; santah = sages; vadanti = say; duutaan = that envoys; avadhyaan = are not to be killed; sarveSu samayeSu = at all times; sarvatra = and at all places.
5.52.14
असंशयम् शत्रुः अयम् प्रवृद्धः |
कृतम् हि अनेन अप्रियम् अप्रमेयम् |
न दूत वध्याम् प्रवदन्ति सन्तो |
दूतस्य दृष्टा बहवो हि दण्डाः ॥
"There is no doubt that this enemy is arrogant. He has created an unlimited displeasure to us. But, sages do not talk about the killing of an envoy There are indeed severeal punishments, intended for an envoy."
asamshayam = there is no doubt; ayam shatruH = this enemy; pravR^iddhaH = is arrogant; aprameyam = an unlimited; apriyam = displeasure; kR^itam hi = has indeed been done; anena = by him; santaH = sages; na pravadanti = do not speak; duuta vadhyaam = about the killing of an envoy; bahavaH = many; daN^DaaH = punishments; dR^iSTaaH hi = are indeed indentified; duutasya = for an envoy.
5.52.15
वैरूप्याम् अन्गेषु कश अभिघातो |
मौण्ड्यम् तथा लक्ष्मण सम्निपातः |
एतान् हि दूते प्रवदन्ति दण्डान् |
वधः तु दूतस्य न नः श्रुतो अपि ॥
"Some of the punishments to an envoy are-deforming the limbs, striking with a whip, shaving the head and impressing marks on the body. Indeed, we have not heard at any time of killing a messenger."
vairuupyam = deforming; aN^geSu = the limbs; kashaabhighaataH = striking with a whip; mauN^Dyam = shaving the head; tathaa = ad; lakSaNa sannipaataH = impressing marks on the body; pravadanti = (they) say; etaan = these; daN^Daan = to be the punishments; duute = for the envoys; naasti = It is not; shrutaH = heard; naH = by us; vadhastu = about the killing; duutasya = of a messenger.
5.52.16
कथम् च धर्म अर्थ विनीत बुद्धिः |
पर अवर प्रत्यय निश्चित अर्थः |
भवत् विधः कोप वशे हि तिष्ठेत् |
कोपम् नियच्छन्ति हि सत्त्ववन्तः ॥
"How can a person like you, holding an intellect trained in religious merit and purpose and a right judgement on cause and effect, subject to anger? Wise people indeed contain their anger."
katham = how; bavadvidhaH = can a person like you; dharmaartha viniita buddhiH = holding an intellect trained in religious merit and purpose; paraavara pratyayanishchitaarthaH = and who has a right judgement over cause and effect; tiSThet = abide; kopavashe = in subjection of anger; sattvantaH = wise persons; niyachchhantihi = indeed contain; kopam = their anger.
5.52.17
न धर्म वादे न च लोक वृत्ते |
न शास्त्र बुद्धि ग्रहणेषु वा अपि |
विद्येत कश्चित् तव वीर तुल्यः |
त्वम् हि उत्तमः सर्व सुर असुराणाम् ॥
"O hero! There is no one equal to you, who can discuss about the law or duty, none about universal custom and none in capturing the essence of scriptures. You are indeed excellent among all the celestials and demons in these matter."
viira = O hero!; na vidyeta = there is none; tulyaH = equal; tava = to you; dharma vaade = who can discuss about the law or duty; na = none; loka vR^itte = about universal custom; na = and none; shaastra buddhi grahaNeSu = in capturing the essence of scriptures; tvam = you; uttamaH hi = are indeed excellent; sarva suraasuraaNaam = among all the celestials and demons (in these matters).
5.52.18
शूरेण वीरेण निशाचरेन्द्र |
सुरासुराणामपि दुर्जयेन |
त्वया प्रगल्भाः सुरदैत्यसम्घा |
जिताश्च युद्धेष्वसकृन्नरेन्द्राः ॥
"O king of demons! You are valiant. You are heroic. Even celestials and demons cannot conquer you. You conquered a multitude of proud celestials and demons together with their kings in battles several times"
nishaacharendra = O king of demons!; shuureNa = you are valiant; viireNa = you are heroic; tvayaa = by you; durjayena = who cannot be conquered; suraasuraaNaamapi = even by celestials and demons; pragalbhaaH = proud; suradaitya samghaaH = multitude of celestials and demons; narendraaH = together with their kings; jiteshcha = were conquered; yuddheSu = in battles; asakR^it = several times.
5.52.19
न च अपि अस्य कपेः घाते कंचित् पश्यामि अहम् गुणम् |
तेष्व् अयम् पात्यताम् दण्डो यैः अयम् प्रेषितः कपिः ॥
"I do not see any merit in killing this monkey. Let this carnal punishment be employed on those by whom this monkey was sent."
aham = I; na pashyaami = do not see; kamchit guNam = any merit; ghaate = in killing; asya = this; kapeH = monkey; ayam daN^DaH = let this punishment; paatyataam = be employed; teSu = on those; yaiH = by whom; ayam kapiH = this monkey; preSitaH = was sent.
5.52.20
साधुः वा यदि वा असाधुः परैः एष समर्पितः |
ब्रुवन् पर अर्थम् परवान् न दूतो वधम् अर्हति ॥
"He is a person, sent by our enemies, whether he is good or bad. It is not worthy of killing him, who is an envoy, who is dependent on others and who talks for the cause of others."
eSaH = He; samarpitH = is a person sent; paraiH = by our enemies; saadhurvaa = or bad; na arhati = It is not worthy; vadham = of killing; duutaH = him who is a messenger; paravaan = who is dependent on others; bruvan = and who talks; paraartham = for the cause of others.
5.52.21
अपि च अस्मिन् हते राजन् न अन्यम् पश्यामि खे चरम् |
इह यः पुनः आगच्छेत् परम् पारम् महाउदधिः ॥
"O king! Moreover, If he is killed, I do not find any other person, who can travel through the sky and come here again to this shore of the great ocean."
raajaa = O king!; apicha = moreover; asmin = (If) he; hate = is killed; na pashyaami = I do not find; anyam = any other person; yaH khecharam = who can travel through sky; aagachchhet = and come; iha = here; punaH = again; param paaram = to this shore; mahodadhe = of the great ocen.
5.52.22
तस्मान् न अस्य वधे यत्नः कार्यः पर पुरम् जय |
भवान् स इन्द्रेषु देवेषु यत्नम् आस्थातुम् अर्हति ॥
"O conqueror of enemies! Therefore, do not make efforts to kill him. On the other hand, you ought to strengthen such effort on celestials including indra."
para puramjaya = O conqueror of enemies!; tasmaat = therefore; na kaaryaH yatnaH = do not make effort; vadhe = to kill; asya = him; bhavaan = you; arhasi = ought; aasthaatum = to strengthen; yatnam = your effort; deveSu = on celestials; sendreSu = including Indra.
5.52.23
अस्मिन् विनष्टे न हि दूतम् अन्यम् |
पश्यामि यः तौ नर राज पुत्रौ |
युद्धाय युद्ध प्रिय दुर्विनीताव् |
उद्योजयेत् दीर्घ पथ अवरुद्धौ ॥
"O Ravana, who is fond of war! If he is dead, I do not find any other hero, who can incite those two arrogant princes, who are hindered by a long distance, for war."
yuddhapriya = O Ravana; fond of war!; asmin vinaSTe = If he is dead; na pashyaami hi = I do not indeed find; anyam = another; viiram = her; yaH = who; udyojayet = can incite; tau nara raajaputrau = those princes; durviniitaa = who are arrogant; diirgha pathaavaruddhau = and who are hindered by a long distance; yuddhaa ya = for war.
5.52.24
पराक्रम उत्साह मनस्विनाम् च |
सुर असुराणाम् अपि दुर्जयेन |
त्वया मनो नन्दन नैरृतानाम् |
युद्ध आयतिः नाशयितुम् न युक्ता ॥
"O Ravana who can gladden the hearts of demons! It is not proper for you, who are difficult to be conquered by even celestials and demons having sufficient prowess energy and courage, to crush the arrival of a war."
manonandana = O Ravana who can gladden the hearts; nairR^itaanaam = of demons!; tvayaa = by you; durjayena = who are difficult to be conquered; suraasuraaNaamapi = by even celestials and demons; paraakramat saaha manasvinaam = having prowess; energy and courage; na yuktaa = it is not proper; naashayitum = to eliminate; yuddhaayatiH = an arrival of war.
5.52.25
हिताः च शूराः च समाहिताः च |
कुलेषु जाताः च महागुणेषु |
मनस्विनः शस्त्रभृताम् वरिष्ठाः |
कोटि अग्र शस्ते सुभृताः च योधाः ॥
"There are more than a crore of valiant warriors in your charge, well-maintained, who desire your welfare, quite devoted, having colossal merits, born in a good tribe, holding high spirits and excellent wielders of weapons."
koTyagrataH = (There are) more than a crore; yodhaaH = of warriors; subhR^itaashcha = well-maintained; te hitaashcha = and who desire your welfare; shuuraashcha = valiant ones; samaahitaashcha = mahaaguNeSu = who have colossal merits;; jaataaH = who were born; kuleSu = in a good tribe; manasvinaH = who are n high spirits; variSThaaH = excellent ones; shastra bhR^itaam = among wielders of weapons.
5.52.26
तत् एक देशेन बलस्य तावत् |
केचित् तव आदेश कृतो अपयान्तु |
तौ राज पुत्रौ विनिगृह्य मूढौ |
परेषु ते भावयितुम् प्रभावम् ॥
"Therefore, let some who follow your command, by talking a portion of your army, subjugate those two stupid princes, in order to make your power known to your adversaries."
tat = therefore; kechit = some; tava aadesha kR^itaH = who follow your command; abhiyaantu = go; ekadeshena = with a portion; balasya = of your army; vinigR^ihya = subjugating; tau = those; muuDhyau raajaputrau = two stupid princes; bhaavayitum = and to protect; te = your; prabhaavam = power; pareSu = on the enemies.
5.52.27
निशाचराणामधिपोऽनुजस्य |
विभीषणस्योत्तमवाक्यमिष्टम् |
जग्राह बुद्ध्या सुरलोकशत्रु |
र्महाबलो राक्षसराजमुख्यः ॥
Ravana, the mighty and the eminent king of demons as also the lord of ogres and the adversary of the world of celestials, understood the cherished and excellent message of Vibhishana his brother with his due presence of mind."
mahaabalaH = the mighty; raakSasaraaja mukhyaH = and eminent king of demons; adhipaH = the lord; nishaacharaaNaam = of ogres; suralokashatruH = and the adversary of the world of celestials; jagraaha = understood; iSTam = the cherished; uttam vaakyam = and excellent message; amyasya vibhiiSaNasya = of Vibhishana his brother; buddhyaa = with his presence of mind.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे द्विपञ्चाशः सर्गः
Sarga 53
5.53.1
तस्य तत् वचनम् श्रुत्वा दशग्रीवो महाबलः |
देश काल हितम् वाक्यम् भ्रातुः उत्तमम् अब्रवीत् ॥
Hearing those words, which were aprropriate for that place and time, spoken by that hih-souled Vibhishana, his brother, Ravana spoke the following words in reply:
shrutvaa = hearing; tat vachanam = those words; desha kaala hitam = suitable for place and time; tasya mahaamanaH = spoken by that high-souled Vibhishana; bhraatuH = his brother; dashagriivaH = Ravana; abraviit = spoke; vaakyam = the (following) words; uttaram = in reply.
5.53.2
सम्यग् उक्तम् हि भवता दूत वध्या विगर्हिता |
अवश्यम् तु वधात् अन्यः क्रियताम् अस्य निग्रहः ॥
"You have spoken well indeed that killing of an envoy is forbidden. Another punishment other than killing needs be certainly meted out to him."
uktamhi = It has been indeed told; samyak = well; bhavataa = by you; duutavadhyaa = killing of an envoy; vigrahitaa = is forbidden; anyaH = another; nigrahaH = punishment; vadhaat = other than killing; avashyam kriyataam = needs be certainly meted out; asya = to him.
5.53.3
कपीनाम् किल लान्गूलम् इष्टम् भवति भूषणम् |
तत् अस्य दीप्यताम् शीघ्रम् तेन दग्धेन गच्छतु ॥
"It is said that a tail is possibly a beloved ornament for the monkeys. Let his tail be burn immediately. Let him go with a burnt tail."
kila = It is so said that; kapiinaam = to monkeys; bhavati = it is possible; laaN^guulam = that a tail; iSTam = is a beloved; bhuuSaNam = ornament; tat laaN^guulam = let that tail; asya = of Hanuma; diipyataam = be burnt; shiighram = immediately; gachchhatu = let him go; dagdhena tena = with a burnt tail.
5.53.4
ततः पश्यन्तु इमम् दीनम् अन्ग वैरूप्य कर्शितम् |
समित्रा ज्ञातयः सर्वे बान्धवाः ससुहृज् जनाः ॥
"Let all his relatives together with his friends, kinsmen and amicable persons then see him miserably injured with his deformed limbs."
tataH = then; sarve = (Let) all; baandhavaaH = his relatives; samitrajJNaataaH = together with his friends and kinsmen; sasuhR^ijjanaaH = along with his amicable persons; pashyantu = see; imam = him; aN^gavairuupyakarshitano = injured iwth his deformed limbs; diinam = miserable.
5.53.5
आज्ञापयत् राक्षस इन्द्रः पुरम् सर्वम् सचत्वरम् |
लान्गूलेन प्रदीप्तेन रक्षोभिः परिणीयताम् ॥
Ravana ordered that let the monkey be carried around with his burning tail by the demons in the entire city around its cross-roads."
raakSasendraH = Ravana; aajJNaapayat = ordered; pariNiiyataam = that let him be carried around; pradiiptena; laaNguulena = with his burning tail; rakSobhiH = by the demons; sarvam = in the entire; puram = city; sachatvaram = with its cross-roads.
5.53.6
तस्य तत् वचनम् श्रुत्वा राक्षसाः कोप कर्कशाः |
वेष्टन्ते तस्य लान्गूलम् जीर्णैः कार्पासिकैः पटैः ॥
Hearing those words of Ravana, the demons, hard-tempered with their wrath, wrapped, up old ragged clothes around Hanuma's tail.
shrutvaa = hearing; tat vachanam = those words; tasya = of Ravana; raakSasaaH = the demons; kopakarkashaaH = hard-tempered with their wrath; jiirNaiH kaarpaasakaiH paTaiH = with old ragged garments.
5.53.7
सम्वेष्ट्यमाने लान्गूले व्यवर्धत महाकपिः |
शुष्कम् इन्धनम् आसाद्य वनेष्व् इव हुत अशनः ॥
While his tail was being wrapped around with cotton tatters, Hanuma proliferating, soon after catching dry wood in forests.
laaN^guule samveSTyamaane = while his tail was wrapped around with cottong tatters; mahaakapiH = Hanuma; vyavardhata = increased his body; hutaashanaH iva = like a fire; aasaadya = after catching; shuSkam indhanam = dry wood; vaneSu = in forests.
5.53.8
तैलेन परिषिच्य अथ ते अग्निम् तत्र अवपातयन् |
लान्गूलेन प्रदीप्तेन राक्षसान् तान् अपातयत् ॥रोष अमर्ष परीत आत्मा बाल सूर्य सम आननः |
The demons sprinkled oil and set out fire on that tail. Then, Hanuma, with his face resembling a rising sun with his mind filled with anger and impatience and with his burning tail, threw those demons down.
atha = then; pariSichya = sprinkling; tailena = oil; te = they; abhyapaatayan = set out; agnim = fire; tatra = on that tail; baalasuuryasamaananaH = Hanuma; with his face resembling a rising sun; roSaamarSapariitaatmaa = and with his mind filled with rage and impatience; pradiiptena laaNguulena = and with his burning tail; apaatayat = threw down; taan raakSasaan = those demons.
5.53.9
लाङ्गूलम् सम्प्रदीप्तम् तु द्रष्टुम् तस्य हनूमतः ॥सहस्त्रीबालवृद्धाश्च जग्मुः प्रीता निशाचराः |
To see the burning tail of that Hanuma, the delighted demons together with their women, chldren and elders went there.
draSTum = to see; sampradiitptam = the burning; laaN^guulam = tail; tasya hanuumataH = of that Hanuma; nishaacharaaH = the demons; sahastrii baala vR^iddhaashcha = together with their women; children and elders; jagmuH = went; priitaaH = delighted.
5.53.10
स भूयः सम्गतैः क्रूरै राकसैः हरि सत्तमः ॥निबद्धः कृतवान् वीरः तत् काल सदृशीम् मतिम् |
Tied down again by the cruel demons, coming together, the heroic Hanuma the foremost among monkeys made up his mind appropriate for that occasion (as follows):
nibaddhaH = tied down; samgataiH = coming together; saH viiraH harisattamaH = that heroic Hanuma; the foremost among the monkeys; kR^itavaan = made up; matim = his mind; tatkaala sadR^ishiim = appropriate for that occasion (as follows):
5.53.11
कामम् खलु न मे शक्ता निबधस्य अपि राक्षसाः ॥चित्त्वा पाशान् समुत्पत्य हन्याम् अहम् इमान् पुनः |
"Though I have been tied down, those demons cannot do whatever they wish to do against me. Breaking the ties, I can fly up and kill them."
nibaddhasyaapi = though I have been tied down; raakSasaaH = those demons; na shaktaaH kaamam khalu = cannot do anything they wish; me = against me; chhitvaa = breaking; paashaan = the nooses; punaH = again; aham = I; samutpatya = by jumping up; hanyaam = can kill; imaan = them.
5.53.12
यदिभर्तुर्हतार्थाय चरन्तम् भर्तृशासनात् ॥बध्नन्त्येते दुरात्मनो न तु मे निष्कृतिः कृता |
"If these evil-minded demons fasten me who is acting for the good of Rama my lord, because of the command by their lord, no rebuff has been done to me."
ete duraatmanaH yadi = If these evil minded demons; badhnanti = fasten; charantam = me; acting; hitaarthaaya = for the benefit; bhartuH = of Rama; my lord; bhartuH = of Rama; my lord; bhartR^ishaasanaat = because of the command of their lord; na niSkR^itiH = no rebuff; kR^itaa = has been done; me = to me.
5.53.13
सर्वेषाम् एव पर्याप्तो राक्षसानाम् अहम् युधि ॥किम् तु रामस्य प्रीति अर्थम् विषहिष्ये अहम् ईदृशम् |
लन्का चरयितव्या मे पुनः एव भवेत् इति ॥
"I am adequate enough to kill all these demons in battle. But, for the delight of Rama, such city of Lanka is fit to be espionaged again. For this reason, I am putting up with it."
13; 14. ahami = I; paryaaptaH = am adequate; sarveSaameva raakSasaanaam = even for all the demons; yudhi = in battle; kimtu = but; priityartham = for the delight; raamasya = of Rama; iidR^isham = such; laN^kaa = Lanka; punareva = again; bhavet = becomes; chaarayitavyaa = fit to be espionaged; iti = for this reason; viSahiSye = I am putting up with it.
5.53.15
रात्रौ न हि सुदृष्टा मे दुर्ग कर्म विधानतः |
अवश्यम् एव द्रष्टव्या मया लन्का निशा क्षये ॥
"Lanka was not indeed observed well as to the particulars of specifications of the fort, when it was seen by me during the night. Surely, it is to be seen by me during the day-time."
laN^kaa = Lanka; na hi sudR^iSTaa = was not indeed observed well; raatrau = during night-time; durgakarmavidhaanataH = as to the particulars of specifications of the fort; meva = surely; draSTavyaa = it is to be seen; mayaa = by me; nishaakSaye = in the day-time.
5.53.16
कामम् बन्धैः च मे भूयः पुच्छस्य उद्दीपनेन च |
पीडाम् कुर्वन्तु रक्षांसि न मे अस्ति मनसः श्रमः ॥
"Let the demons tie me down of again and torment me as they wish, by burning my tail. There will be no travail to my mind."
me = to me; baddhasya = who has been tied down; bhuuyaH = again; rakSaamsi = let the demons; kurvantu piiDaam = torment me; kaamam = as they wish; uddiipanenacha = by burning also; puchchhasya = my tail; me manasaH = to my mind; naasti = there will be no; shramaH = travail.
5.53.17
ततः ते सम्वृत आकारम् सत्त्ववन्तम् महाकपिम् |
परिगृह्य ययुः हृष्टा राक्षसाः कपि कुन्जरम् ॥
Then, those delighted demons went, seizing Hanuma, who concealed all types of his feelings, who was strong and foremost among monkeys.
tataH = then; te hR^iSTaaH raakSasaaH = those delighted demons; yayuH = went; parigR^ihya = taking; mahaakapim = Hanuma; savR^itaakaaram = who concealed all types of feelings; sattvavantam = who was strong; kapikuN^jaram = and the foremost among monkeys.
5.53.18
शन्ख भेरी निनादैः तैः घोषयन्तः स्व कर्मभिः |
राक्षसाः क्रूर कर्माणः चारयन्ति स्म ताम् पुरीम् ॥
Sounding couches and kettle-drums and proclaining the acts of Hanuma like his damaging of the pleasure-garden, the demons performing terrible deeds, dragged Hanuma through out that city.
shaNkhabherii ninaadaishcha = sounding couches and kettle-drums; ghoSayantaH = proclaiming; svakarmabhiH = the acts of Hanuma; raakSasaaH = the demons; kruurakarmaaNaH = performing terrible deeds; chaarayantisma = dragged him; taam purim = throughout that city.
5.53.19
अन्वीयमानो रक्षोभिर्ययौ सुखमरिंदमः |
हनुमान् चारयामास राक्षसानाम् महापुरीम् ॥
Accompanied by demons, Hanuma the annihilator of enemies, went happily and roamed about in that great city of demons.
anviiyamaanaH = accompanied; rakSobhiH = by demons; hanumaan = Hanuma; arimdamaH = the annihilator of enemies; yayau = went; sukham = happily; chaarayaamaasa = and roamed about; mahaapuriim = in the great city; raakSasaanaam = of the demons.
5.53.20
अथ अपश्यत् विमानानि विचित्राणि महाकपिः |
सम्वृतान् भूमि भागान् च सुविभक्तान् च चत्वरान् ॥
Then, Hanuma saw some wonderful house some wrapped up plots of land and well parted cross ways.
atha = then; mahaakapiH = Hanuma; apashyat = saw; vichitraaNi = wonderful; vimaanaani = houses; samvR^itaan = wrapped up; bhuumi bhaagaamshcha = plots of land; suvibhaktaan = well-parted; chatvaraan = cross-ways.
5.53.21
वीथीश्च गृहसम्बाधाः कपिः शृङ्गटकानि च |
तथा रथ्योपरथ्याश्च तथैव गृहकान्तरान् ॥गृहांश्च मेघसम्काशान् ददर्श पवनात्मजः |
Hanuma, the son of wind-god, saw streets congested with dwellings, places where several roads meet, high-ways as also approach-roads, small inner apartments and palaces appearing in multitudes, like clouds.
kapiH = Hanuma; pavanaatmajaH = the son of wind-god; dadarsha = saw; viithiiH = streets; gR^ihasambaadhaaH = congested with houses; shR^iNgaaTakaani = places where several roads meet; tathaa = and; rathyoparathyaashcha = high-ways as also approach-roads; gR^ihakaantaraan = small inner apartments; gR^ihaamshcha = and palaces; meghasamkaashaan = appearing in multitudes like clouds.
5.53.22
चत्वरेषु चतुष्केषु राज मार्गे तथैव च ॥घोषयन्ति कपिम् सर्वे चारीक इति राक्षसाः |
All the demons proclaimed in cross roads, four-pillared temples and in royal high-ways, saying that Hanuma was a spy.
sarve = all; raakSasaaH = the demons; ghoSayanti = proclaimed; chatvareSu = in cross-roads; chatuSkeSu = four-pillared temples; tathaiva cha = and; raajamaarge = royal high-ways; kapim chaarikaH iti = saying that Hanuma was a spy.
5.53.23
स्त्रीबालवृद्धा निर्जग्मुस्तत्र तत्र कुतूहलात् ॥तम् प्रदीपितलाङ्गूलम् हनुमन्तम् दिदृक्षवः |
Women, children and old people came out from their respective dwellings, with an eagerness to see that Hanuma with his burning tail.
striibaala vR^iddhaaH = women; children and old people; nirjagmuH = came out; tatra tatra = from their respective dwellings; kutuuhalaat = with an eagerness; didR^ikSavaH = to see; tam hanumantam = that Hanuma; pradiipila laaN^gmulam = with his burnign tail.
5.53.24
दीप्यमाने ततः तस्य लान्गूल अग्रे हनूमतः ॥राक्षस्यः ता विरूप अक्ष्यः शंसुः देव्याः तत् अप्रियम् |
While the tip of Hanuma's tail was being ignited by the demons there, those female-demons with monstrous eyes then informed that unpleasant matter to Seetha, the princess.
hanumataH laaNgullaagre = (while) the tip of Hanuma's tail; diipyamaane = was being ignited; tatra = there; taaH raakSasyaH = those female-demons; viruupaakSyaH = with monstrous eyes; tataH = then; shashamsuH = inforemed; tat apriyam = that unpleasant thing; devyaaH = to Seetha the princess.
5.53.25
यः त्वया कृत सम्वादः सीते ताम्र मुखः कपिः ॥लान्गूलेन प्रदीप्तेन स एष परिणीयते |
"O Seetha! That monkey with a red face, who had a conversation with you, is being moved around in the city, with his ignited tail."
siite = O Seetha!; sa eSaaH kapiH = that monkey; yaH = who; taamra mukhaH = was having a red face; kR^ita samvaadaH = and who had conversation; tvayaa = with you; pariNiiyate = is being moved around; pradiiptena laaNguulena = with his ignited tail; (in the city).
5.53.26
श्रुत्वा तत् वचनम् क्रूरम् आत्म अपहरण उपमम् ॥वैदेही शोक सम्तप्ता हुत अशनम् उपागमत् |
Hearing that cruel news, which created as much sorrow as when she was carried away by Ravana, Seetha was tormented with grief and started to pay homage to the fire-god.
shrutvaa = hearing; tat kruuram vachanam = that cruel news; aatmaapaharaNopamam = which was equal to the news of her carrying away (by Ravana); vaidehii = Seetha; shoka samtaptaa = was tormented with grief; upaagamat = and paid homage; hutaashanam = the fire-god.
5.53.27
मन्गला अभिमुखी तस्य सा तदा आसीन् महाकपेः ॥उपतस्थे विशाल अक्षी प्रयता हव्य वाहनम् |
Then, the large-eyed Seetha, wishing for the welfare of Hanuma, prayed the fire-god with her devoted self.
tadaa = then; saa = she; aasiit = was maN^galaabhimukhii = wishing for the welfare; mahaakapeH = of Hanuma; vishaalaakSi = the large-eyed Seetha; prayataa = with her devoted self; upatasthe = worshipped; havya vaahanam = the fire-god.
5.53.28
यदि अस्ति पति शुश्रूषा यदि अस्ति चरितम् तपः ॥यदि च अस्ति एक पत्नीत्वम् शीतो भव हनूमतः |
"If I have done any service to my husband, if I have performed a penance and if I am a faithful wife, please be cool to Hanuma."
asti yadi = If I have done; patishushruuSaa = any service to my husband; astiyadi charitam = if I have done; tapaH = a penance; asti cha yadi = if I am; eka patniitvam = a faithful wife; tvam = you; bhava = be; shiitaH = cool; hanumataH = to Hanuma.
5.53.29
यदि कश्चित् अनुक्रोशः तस्य मयि अस्ति धीमतः ॥यदि वा भाग्य शेषम् मे शीतो भव हनूमतः |
"If the wise Rama has even a little of kindness to me and if I have still some good fortune remaining to my credit, please be cool to Hanuma."
dhiimataH tasya yadi = if the wise Rama; kimchit = has even a little; anukroshaH = of Kindness; mayi = towards me; yadi vaa me = and if towards me; bhaagya sheSaH = some good fortune is remaining; bhava = be; shiitaH = cool; hanuumataH = to Hanuma.
5.53.30
यदि माम् वृत्त सम्पन्नाम् तत् समागम लालसाम् ॥स विजानाति धर्म आत्मा शीतो भव हनूमतः |
"If that virtuous Rama recognises me as one,, who is endowed with a good moral conduct and who is ardently desirous of meeting him, please be cool to Hanuma."
saH dharmaatmaa yadi = If that virtuous Rama; vijaanaati = understands; maam = me; vR^ittasampannam = as endowed with a good moral conduct; tatsamaagama laalasaam = ardently desirous of meeting him; bhava = be; shiitaH = cool; hanumataH = to Hanuma.
5.53.31
यदि माम् तारयति आर्यः सुग्रीवः सत्य सम्गरः ॥अस्मात् दुह्खान् महाबाहुः शीतो भव हनूमतः |
"If the venerable Sugreeva, true to his promise, can make me traverse from this ocean of sorrow, please be cool to Hanuma."
aaryaH yadi = (If) the venerable; sugriivaH = Sugreeva; satya samgaraH = true to his promise; me taarayet = can make me traverse; asmaat duH khaambu samrodhaat = from this ocean of sorrow; bhava = be; shiitaH = cool; hanuumataH = to Hanuma.
5.53.32
ततः तीक्ष्ण अर्चिः अव्यग्रः प्रदक्षिण शिखो अनलः ॥जज्वाल मृग शाव अक्ष्याः शंसन्न् इव शिवम् कपेः |
Then, the fire-god, as though informing the fawn-eyed Seetha about the well-being of Hanuma, shone brightly with sharp flames, undisteurbed and shooting out pointed flames towards the right.
tataH = then; analaH = the fire-god; shamsanniva = as though informing; mR^igashabaakSyaaH = the fawn-eyed; Seetha; kapeH shivam = about the welfare of Hanuma; jajvaala = sone brilliantly; tiikSNaarchiH = with sharp flames; avyagraH = undisturbed; pradakSiNa shikhaH = shooting out pointed flames towards the right.
5.53.33
हनुमज्जनकश्चापि पुच्छानलयुतोऽनिलः ॥ववौ स्वास्थ्यकरो देव्याः प्रालेयानिलशीतलः |
Even wind-god, the father of Hanuma, combined with the fire on Hanuma's tail, swept coolly like a snow-breeze, creating a solace to Seetha.
anilaH apicha = even wind-god; hanumajjanakaH = father of Hanuma; puchchhaanala yutaH = combined with the fire on his tail; vavau = swept; praaleyaanila shiitalaH = coolly like a snow-breeze; svaasthyakaraH = creating a soloce; devyaaH = to Seetha.
5.53.34
दह्यमाने च लान्गूले चिन्तयामास वानरः ॥प्रदीप्तो अग्निः अयम् कस्मान् न माम् दहति सर्वतः |
While his tail was in flames, Hanuma was reflecting why the fire, which was blazing on all sides, was not burning him.
laN^guule = (While) his tail; dahyamaane = was burning; vaanaraH = Hanuma; chintayaamaasa = was reflecting; kasmaat = why; ayam agniH = this fire; pradiiptaH = which was burning; saavataH = on all sides; na dahati = was not burning; maam = him.
5.53.35
दृश्यते च महाज्वालः करोति च न मे रुजम् ॥शिशिरस्य इव सम्पातो लान्गूल अग्रे प्रतिष्ठितः |
"It is conspicuous with large flames. But it is not creating any paoin to me, as if a snow-ball is kept at the tip of my tail."
dR^ishyate = It is conspicuous; mahaajvaalaH = with large flames; na karoti cha = not creating;rujam = paoin; me = to me; iva = as though; shishirasya samghaataH = a snow-ball; pratiSThitaH = is kept; laaNguulaagre = at the tip of my tail.
5.53.36
अथवा तत् इदम् व्यक्तम् यत् दृष्टम् प्लवता मया ॥राम प्रभावात् आश्चर्यम् पर्वतः सरिताम् पतौ |
"Or, while I was jumping over the ocean, a surprise-alliance was formed with Mount Mainaka and through the mountain, with the ocean, because of Rama's power. By this, the reason of the coolness is clear."
athava = Or; plavataa = while jumping over; mayaa = by me; raama prabhaavaat = due to the power of Rama; aashcharyam = a surprise; dR^iSTam = was seen; parvatodadhi samgame = in a friendly alliance with a mountain and the sea; yat tat = by which; idam = this; vyaktam = is clear.
5.53.37
यदि तावत् समुद्रस्य मैनाकस्य च धीमथ ॥राम अर्थम् सम्भ्रमः तादृक् किम् अग्निः न करिष्यति |
"If such an eagerness was there in the mind of the sea and the wise Mount Mainaka for the cause of Rama; will not the fire-god show the same degree of eagerness in making its touch cold?"
yadi = If; samudrasya = for the ocean; dhiimataH mynakasya = and the wise Mount Mainaka; taadR^ik sambhramaH = such an eagerness was tehre; raamaartham = for the sake of Rama; kim = why; agniH = the fire-god; nakariSyati = will not do it?
5.53.38
सीतायाः च आनृशंस्येन तेजसा राघवस्य च ॥पितुः च मम सख्येन न माम् दहति पावकः |
"The fire does not burn me, due to kindness of Seetha, powerfulness of Rama and friendlines of my father."
paavakaH = the fire; na dahati = does not burn; maam = me; aanR^ishamsyena = due to kindness; siitaayaaH = of Seetha; tejasaa = power; raaghavasya = of Rama; sakhyena = and friendship; mama pituH = of my father.
5.53.39
भूयः स चिन्तयामास मुहूर्तम् कपि कुन्जरः ॥उत्पपात अथ वेगेन ननाद च महाकपिः |
That Hanuma, the foremost among the monkeys, reflected agian for a monment, jumped with swiftness and roared too.
saH mahaakapiH = that Hanuma; kapikuN^jaraH = the foremost among mokeys; chintayaamaasa = reflected; bhuuyaH = again; atha = and thereafter; utpapaata = jumped; vegena = with swiftness; nanaada cha = and roared also.
5.53.40
पुर द्वारम् ततः श्रीमान् शैल शृन्गम् इव उन्नतम् ॥विभक्त रक्षः सम्बाधम् आससाद अनिल आत्मजः |
Then, the glorious Hanuma like a mountain-peak, approached the city-gate, which was looking high and stood secluded from the crowds of demons.
tataH = then; shriimaan = the glorious; anilaatmajaH = Hanuma; shaila shR^iN^gamiva = like a mountain-peak; aasasaada = approached; puradvaaram = the city-gate; unnatam = which was looking high; vibhaktarakSaH sambaadham = and stood secluded from the crowds of demons.
5.53.41
स भूत्वा शैल सम्काशः क्षणेन पुनः आत्मवान् ॥ह्रस्वताम् परमाम् प्राप्तो बन्धनानि अवशातयत् |
That prudent Hanuma assumed the form of a mountain and immediately within a moment, assumed an exceedingly short form, thus becoming free from his tethers.
saH aatmavaan = that prudent Hanuma; bhuutvaa = became; shaila samkaashaH = similar to a mountain; kSaNena = and within a moment; praaptaH = reached; paramaam hrasvataam = an exceedingly short form; avashaatayat = and became free; bandhanaani = from tethers.
5.53.42
विमुक्तः च अभवत् श्रीमान् पुनः पर्वत सम्निभः ॥वीक्षमाणः च ददृशे परिघम् तोरण आश्रितम् |
The glorious Hanuma, having been free from his bonds, again assumed the form equal to a mountain and while looking around, found and iron rod belonging to the arched door-way.
shriimaan = the glorious Hanuma; vimuktashcha = having been free from his tethers; punaH = again; abhavat = assumed; parvatasannibhaH = a form equal to a mountain; viikSamaaNashcha = and while looking around; dadR^ishe = saw; parigham = an iron rod; toraNaashritam = belonging to the arched door-way.
5.53.43
स तम् गृह्य महाबाहुः काल आयस परिष्कृतम् ॥रक्षिणः तान् पुनः सर्वान् सूदयामास मारुतिः |
That long-armed Hanuma, again taking taht rod made of iron, killed all those guards.
saH mahaabaahuH = that long-armed; maarutiH = Hanuma; punaH = again; gR^ihya = taking; tam = that rod; kaalaaasapariSkR^itam = made of iron; suudayaamaasa = killed; sarvaan = all; taan rakSiNaH = tose guards.
5.53.44
स तान् निहत्वा रण चण्ड विक्रमः |
समीक्षमाणः पुनः एव लन्काम् |
प्रदीप्त लान्गूल कृत अर्चि माली |
प्रकाशत आदित्य इव अंशु माली ॥
That Hanuma, having an impetuous valour in combat, destroying those demons and looking over Lanka, shone like the sun encircled with rays, with the wreath of flames blazing on his tail.
saH = that Hanuma; raNa chaN^Da vikramaH = possessing impetuous valour in combat; nihattvaa = destroying; taan = them; punareva = and again; samiikSamaaNaH = looking over; laN^kaam = Lanka; prakaashata = shone; aaditya iva = like the sun; archimaalii = encircled with rays; pradiipta laaNguulakR^itaarchi maalii = with the wreath of flames; blazing on his tail.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे त्रिपञ्चशः सर्गः
Sarga 54
5.54.1
वीक्षमाणः ततो लन्काम् कपिः कृत मनो रथः |
वर्धमान समुत्साहः कार्य शेषम् अचिन्तयत् ॥
Then, after fulfilling his heart's wish, Hanuma, looking over Lanka, thought about the remaining act to be done, with an augmented energy.
tataH = then; kR^ita manorathaH = after fulfilling his heart's wish; kapiH = Hanuma; viikSamaaNaH = looking over; laN^kaam = Lanka; achintayat = thought; kaarya sheSam = about the remaining act to be done; vardhamaanasamutsaahaH = with an augmented energy.
5.54.2
किम् नु खल्व् अविशिष्टम् मे कर्तव्यम् इह साम्प्रतम् |
यत् एषाम् रक्षसाम् भूयः सम्ताप जननम् भवेत् ॥
"Which act indeed is remaing nowto be done by me here, that may further create anguish to these demons?"
kimnu = which; kartavyam = (is the) act; khalu = indeed; avashiSTam = remaining; iha = here; me = for me; yat = that; ibhavet = may; bhuuyaH = anguish; saampratam = now; eSaam = to these; rakSasaam = demons?
5.54.3
वनम् तावत् प्रमथितम् प्रकृष्टा राक्षसा हताः |
बल एक देशः क्षपितः शेषम् दुर्ग विनाशनम् ॥
"I have demolished the garden. I have killed excellent demons. I destroyed a portion of the army. The demolition of the fort is still remaining."
vanam = the garden; pramathitam taavat = has been destroyed; prakR^iSTaaH = excellent; raakSasaaH = demons; hataaH = have been killed; balaikadeshaH = a portion of the army; kSapitaH = has been destroyed durgavinaashanam = the demolition of the fort; sheSam = is remaining.
5.54.4
दुर्गे विनाशिते कर्म भवेत् सुख परिश्रमम् |
अल्प यत्नेन कार्ये अस्मिन् मम स्यात् सफलः श्रमः ॥
"When the fort gets destroyed, the task (of Rama's battle) will be devoid of fatigue. Even with a small effort in this task, the work will become fruitful."
durge = (While) the fort; vinaashite = is destroyed; karma = the task; bhavet = will become; sukhaprishramam = bereft of fatigue; alpayatnena = by a small effort; asmin kaarye = in this task; shramaH = the work; syaat = will become; saphalah = fruitful.
5.54.5
यो हि अयम् मम लान्गूले दीप्यते हव्य वाहनः |
अस्य सम्तर्पणम् न्याय्यम् कर्तुम् एभिः गृह उत्तमैः ॥
"It is justified to satisfy this blazing flame on my tail, by feeding it to the full, with these excellent houses (in the city of Lanka)."
nyaayam = It is justified; kartum = to do; samtarpaNam = the act of satiating; asya = to it; ayam = this; haryavaahanaH = fire; yaH diipyate = which is flaring up; mama laaNguule = on my tail; ebhiH = with these; gR^ihottamaH = excellent houses.
5.54.6
ततः प्रदीप्त लान्गूलः सविद्युत् इव तोयदः |
भवन अग्रेषु लन्काया विचचार महाकपिः ॥
Then, Hanuma, with his burning tail, strolled over the house-tops of Lanka, like a cloud charged with lightning.
tataH = then; mahaakapiH = Hanuma; prataptalaaNguulaH = with his burning tail; vichachaara = strolled; bhavanaagreSu = over the house-tops; laN^kaayaaH = in Lanka; savidyut toyadaH iva = like a cloud charged with lightning.
5.54.7
गृहाद्गृहम् राक्षसानामुद्यानानि च वानरः |
वीक्षमाणो ह्यसम्त्रस्तः प्रासादांश्च चचार सः ॥
Surveying the gardens and lofty palatial mansions, that Hanuma, without fear, passed from one house to another, of the demons.
viikSamaaNaH = Surveying; udyaanaani = the gardens; praasaadaashcha = and lofty palatial mansions; saH vaanaraH = that Hanuma; asamtraptaH = without fear; chachaara = wandered; gR^ihaat = from one house; gR^iham = to another house; raakSasaanaam = of the demons.
5.54.8
अवप्लुत्य महावेगः प्रहस्तस्य निवेशनम् |
अग्निम् तत्र स निक्षिप्य श्वसनेन समो बली ॥ततोऽन्यत्पुप्लुवे वेश्म महापार्श्वस्य वीर्यवान् |
मुमोच हनुमान् अग्निम् काल अनल शिखा उपमम् ॥
Jumping down on Prahasta's house, the valiant Hanuma, with great swiftness, having strength equal to wind, scattering fire on it, jumped over from there, to another house belonging to Mahaparsva. Hanuma, with great swiftness, having strength equal to wind, scattering fire on it, jumped over from there, to another house belonging to Mahaparsva. Hanuma scattered a fire there resembling a flame of fire that is to destroy the world.
8; 9. avaplutya = jumping down; prahastasya niveshanam = on Prahasta's house; viiryavaan = the valiant; saH = Hanuma; mahaavegaH = with great swiftness; balii = having strength; samaH = equal; shvasanena = to wind; nikSipya = putting down; agnim = fire; tatra = on it; tataH = and from there; pupluve = jumped over; anyat = another; veshma = house; mahaaparshvasya = of Mahaparsva; hanumaan = Hanuman; mumocha = dropped; agnim = fire; kaalaanalashikhopamam = resembling a flame of fire that is to destroy the world; (on that house).
5.54.10
वज्रदंष्ट्र स्य च तदा पुप्लुवे स महाकपिः |
शुकस्य च महातेजाः सारणस्य च धीमतः ॥
That Hanuma, of great splendour, then leapt to the houses of Vajradamshtra, Shuka and Sarana, the intelligent.
saH mahaakapiH = that Hanuma; mahaatejaa = of great splendour; tadaa = then; pupluve = jumped over; (the houses); vajradamSTrasycha = of Vajradamshtra; shukasya = of Shuka; dhiimataH saaraNasya = and of the intelligent Sarana.
5.54.11
तथा चेन्द्रजितो वेश्म ददाह हरियूथपः |
जम्बुमालेः सुमालेश्च ददाह भवनम् ततः ॥रश्मिकेतोश्च भवनम् सूर्यशत्रोस्तथैव च |
ह्रस्वकर्णस्य दंष्ट्रस्य रोमशस्य च रक्षसः ॥युद्धोन्मत्तस्य मत्तस्य ध्वजग्रीवस्य रक्षसः |
विद्युज्जिह्वस्य घोरस्य तथा हस्तिमुखस्य च ॥कराळस्य पिशाचस्य शोणिताक्षस्य चैव हि |
कुम्भकर्णस्य भवनम् मकराक्षस्य चैव हि ॥यज्ञशत्रोश्च भवनम् ब्रह्मशत्रोस्तथैव च|
नरान्तकस्य कुम्भस्य निकुम्भस्य दुरात्मनः ॥वर्जयित्वा महातेजा विभीषणगृहम् प्रति |
क्रममाणः क्रमेणैव ददाह हरिपुङ्गवः ॥
Leaving the house of Vibhishana, Hanuma of great splendour, went successively to the houses of Rashmiketu, Surya shatru, Hrasvakarna, Damshtra, Romasha the demon, Yuddhonmatta, Matta, Dhvajagreeva the demon, the terrific Vidyujjihva, Hastimukha, Karala, Pishacha, Shonitaaksha, Kumbhakarna, Makaraksha, Yajnashatru, Brahmashatru, Narantaka, Kumbha as also the evil-minded Nikumbha and burnt the houses.
11; 12; 13; 14;15; 16. varjayitvaa = leaving; vibhiiSaNa gR^ihamprati = the house of Vibhishana; haripuN^gava = Hanuma; mahaatejaaH = of great splendour; kramamaaNaH = went; krameNaiva = successively; bhavanam = to the house; rashmiketoshcha = of Rashmiketu; tathaiva cha = and; suuryashatroH = of surya shatru; hrasvakarNashcha = of Hrasvakarna; damSTrasya = of Damstra; rakSasaH romashasya = of Romasha the demon; yuddhonmattasya = of Yuddhaumatta; mattasya = of Matta; rakSasaH dhvajagriivasya = of Dhvajagriva; the demon; ghorasya vidyujjihvasya = of the terrific Vidyujjihva; tathaa = and; hastimukhasya cha = of Hastimukha; karaahasya = of Karala; pishaachasya = of Pishacha; shoNitaakSasya chaiva hi = of Shonitaaksha; bhavanam = the house; kumbhakarNasya = of Kumbhakarna; makaraakSasya chaivahi = of Makaraaksha; yajJNashatroshcha bhavanam = the house of Yajnashatru; tathaiva cha = and; brahmashatro = of Bhrahmashatru; naraantakasya = of Narantaka; kumbhasya = of Kumbha; duraatmanaH nikumbhasya = and the house of the evil minded Nikumbha.
5.54.17
तेषु तेषु महार्हेषु भवनेषु महायशाः |
गृहेष्वृद्धिमतामृद्धिम् ददाह स महाकपिः ॥
That Hanuma of great fame burnt away wealth in the mansions of the rich.
saH mahaakapiH = that Hanuma; mahaayashaaH = of great fame; dadaaha = burnt away; R^iddhim = the wealth; teSu teSu = in the respective; mahaarheSu gR^iheSu = mansions; R^iddhimataam = of the rich.
5.54.18
सर्वेषाम् समतिक्रम्य राक्षसेन्द्रस्य वीर्यवान् |
आससादाथ लक्ष्मीवान् रावणस्य निवेशनम् ॥
Having passed over all the houses, the mighty and glorious Hanuma thereafter approached the house of Ravana the king of demons.
samatikramya = having passed over; sarveSaam = all the houses; viiryavaan = the mighty; lakSmiivaan = Hanuman of glory; atha = thereafter; aasasaada = approached; niveshanam = the house; rakSasendrasya = of Ravana the king of demons.
5.54.19
ततस्तस्मिन् गृहे मुख्ये नानारत्नविभूषिते |
मेरुमन्दरसंकाशे सर्वमङ्गळशोभिते ॥प्रदीप्तमग्निमुत्सृज्य लाङ्गूलाग्रे प्रतिष्ठितम् |
ननाद हनुमान् वीरो युगान्तजलदो यथा ॥
Thereafter, scattering a blazing fire located at the tip of his tail, on that principal house, decorated with various kinds of precious stones, resembling Mounts Meru and Mandara as also embellished with all good work, the valiant Hanuma roared like a cloud thundering at noon-time in a rainy season.
19; 20. tataH = thereafter; utsR^ijya = throwing; pradiiptam = blazing; agnim = fire; pratiSThitam = located; laN^guulaagre = at the tip of his tail; tasmin mukhye gR^ihe = on that principal house; naanaaratna vibhuuSite = decorated with various kinds of precious stones; merumandara samkaashe = resembling Mounts Meru and Mandara; sarvamaNgaLa shobhite = and embellished with all good work; viiraH = the valiant; hanumaan = Hanuma; nanaada = roared; yugaantajalado yathaa = like a cloud thundering at noon-time in rainy season.
5.54.21
श्वसनेन च सम्योगात् अतिवेगो महाबलः |
काल अग्निः इव जज्वाल प्रावर्धत हुत अशनः ॥
In contact with the wind, the fire escalated with a great speed and intensity, blazing like a fire that is to destroy the world.
samyogaat = in contact; shvasanena = with the wind; hutaashanah = the fire; praavardhata = escalated; ativegaH = with a great speed; mahaabalaH = and a great intensity; jajvaala = blazed; kaalagniriva = like a fire that is to destroy the world.
5.54.22
प्रदीप्तम् अग्निम् पवनः तेषु वेश्मसु चारयत् |
अभूच्छ्वसनसम्योगादतिवेगो हुताशनः ॥
The wind carried the blazing fire to other houses. In conjunction with the wind, the fire became very swift.
pavanaH = the wind; aachaarayat = carried; pradiiptam = the blazing; agnim = fire; teSu veshmasu = on those houses; shvasanam yogaat = by combining with the wind; hutaashanaH = the fire; abhuut = became; ativegaH = very swift.
5.54.23
तानि कान्चन जालानि मुक्ता मणिमयानि च |
भवनानि अवशीर्यन्त रत्नवन्ति महान्ति च ॥
Those large houses, with golden windows, embedded with pearls, gems and precious jewels were shattered to pieces.
taani mahaanti cha bhavanaani = those; large houses; kaaNchana jaalaani = with golden windows; muktaamaNimayaani cha = embedded with pearls; gems; ratnavanti = and precious stones; avashiiryanta = were shattered (to pieces).
5.54.24
सम्जज्ञे तुमुलः शब्दो राक्षसानाम् प्रधावताम् |
स्वग्ऱिहस्य परित्राणे भग्नोत्साहोर्जिअश्रियाम् ॥नूनेमेषाऽग्निरायातः कपिरूपेण हा इति |
The demons, who were running hither and thither to protect their houses and who lost their spirits and abundant wealth, created a tumultuous nose, saying "Alas! The fire-god has come really in a form of this monkey!"
tumulaH = a tumultuous; shabdaH = voice; samjajJNe = was produced; iti = saying; haa = "Alas!; eSaH agniH = this fire; aayataH = has come; nuunam = really; kapiruupeNa = in the form of a monkey!"; raakSasaanaam = by the demons; pradhaavataam = who were running (hither and thither); paritraaNe = to protect; svagR^ihasya = their houses; bhagnotsaahorjita shriyaam = who lost their energy and abundant wealth.
5.54.25
क्रन्दन्त्यः सहसा पेतुः स्तनंधयधराः स्त्रियः ॥काश्चिरग्निपरीतेभ्यो हर्म्येभ्यो मुक्तमूर्धजाः |
पतन्त्यो रेजिरेऽभ्रेभ्यः सौदामिन्य इवाम्बरात् ॥
Some women crying and carrying their suckling's with their hair dishevelled, fell down from their houses, which were enveloped with fire, and shone like flashes of lightning falling from clouds in the sky.
25; 26. kaashchit = some; striyaH = women; krandantyaH = crying; stamamdhaya dharaaH = carrying their suckling's; muktamuurdhajaaH = and having their hair dishevelled; petuh = felldown; sahasaa = quickly; harmebhyaH = from their houses; agniparitebhyaH = enveloped by fire; rejire = and shone; soudaaminyaH iva = like lightning's; patantyaH = falling; abhrebhyaH = from clouds; ambaraat = from the sky.
5.54.27
वज्र विद्रुम वैदूर्य मुक्ता रजत सम्हितान् |
विचित्रान् भवनात् धातून् स्यन्दमानान् ददर्श सः ॥
That Hanuma saw molten metals mixed with diamonds, corals, cat's eye-gems, pearls and silver, surging from every marvellous house.
saH = that Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; syandamaanaan = molten; dhaatuun = metals; vajra vidruma vaiduurya muktaa rajata samhitaan = mixed with diamonds; corals; cat's eye gems; pearls and silver; vichintraan bhavanaat = (surging) from every marvellous house.
5.54.28
न अग्निः तृप्यति काष्ठानाम् तृणानाम् च यथा तथा |
हनूमान् राक्षस इन्द्राणाम् वधे किंचिन् न तृप्यति ॥न हनूमद्विशस्तानाम् राक्षसानाम् वसुन्धरा |
As the fire does not get satisfied with any amount of firewood and straw fed to it, Hanuma was not wearied in killing any number of demons. The earth was not then wearied in receiving the number of demons killed by Hanuma (in her lap).
yathaa = how; agniH = the fire; natR^ipyati = is not satisfied; kaaSThaanaam = with firewood; tR^iNaanaam = and dry blades of grass; tathaa = so also; hanumaan = Hanuma; natR^ipyati = was not satisfied; kimchit = even a little; vadhe = in killing; raakSasendraaNaam = of demons; vasundharaa = the earth; na = is not wearied; raakSasaanaam = with the demons; hanumadvishastaanaam = killed by Hanuma (receiving in her lap)
5.54.29
क्वचित्किंशुकसम्काशाः क्वचिच्छाल्मलिसन्निभाः ॥क्वचित्कुङ्कुमसम्काशाः शिखा वह्नेश्चकाशिरे |
Flames of fire glittered like Kimshuka flowers at some places, blossoms of Shalmali tree at some places and like saffron-flowers at some other places.
shikaaH = flames; vahneH = of fire; chakaashire = glittered; kimshukasamkaashaaH = like Kimshuka (Butea frondosa) flowers; kvachit = at some places; shaalmali sannibhaaH = like blossoms of Shalmali tree (Salmalia malabarica); kvachit = at some places; kuNkuma samkaashaaH = like flowers of saffron; kvachit = at some places.
5.54.30
हनूमता वेगवता वानरेण महात्मना |
लङ्कापुरम् प्रदग्धम् तद्रुद्रेण त्रिपुरम् यथा ॥
The high souled Hanuma, the swift monkey scorched the city of Lanka, as Rudra scorched the city of Tripura.
tat = that; laN^kaapuram = city of Lanka; pradagdham = was scorched; mahaatmanaa hanuumataa = by the high-souled Hanuma; vegavataa vaanareNa = the swift monkey; tripuram yathaa = as Tripura city; (was scorched); rudreNa = by Rudra.
5.54.31
ततस्तु लङ्कापुरपर्वताग्रे |
स्मुत्थितो भीमपराक्रमोऽग्निः |
प्रसार्य चूडावलयम् प्रदीप्तो |
हनूमता वेगवता विसृष्टः ॥
Then, the fire having a terrific prowess, diffused by the swift Hanuma, stretching out a circle of flames, blazed and rose up to the summit of the mountain on which the city of Lanka.
tataH = then; agniH = the fire; bhiima paraakramah = having a terrific prowess; visR^iSTaH = diffused; vegavataa hunuumataa = by the swift Hanuma; prasaarya = having stretched out; chuuDaavalayam = a circle of flames; pradiiptaH = blazed; samutthitaH = and rose up; laN^kaapura parvataagre = to the summit of the mountain on which the city of Lanka was situated.
5.54.32
युगान्तकालानलतुल्यवेगः |
समारुतोऽग्निर्ववृधे दिवस्पृक् |
विधूमरश्मिर्भवनेषु सक्तो |
रक्षः शरीराज्यसमर्पितार्चिः ॥
That fire diffused on those buildings, together with the wind picked up a speed equal to that of a fire at the time of dissolution of the world. It grew taller, touching the sky with a smokeless splendour. Those flames of fire shot up, as inflamed by ghee
agniH = (that) fire; bhavaneSu = saktaH = diffused on those buildings; samaarutaH = together with the wind; yugaanta kaalaanala tulya vegaH = having a speed equal to the fire at the time of dissolution of the world; vavR^iddhe = grew taller; divispR^ik = touching the sky; (that fire was) vidhuuma rashmiH = having smokeless splendour; rakSaH shariiraajya samarpitaarchiH = with flames consigned to the bodies of demons like a ghee.
5.54.33
आदित्यकोटीसदृशः सुतेजा |
लङ्काम् समस्ताम् परिवार्य तिष्ठन् |
शब्दैरनेकैरशनिप्ररूडै |
र्भिन्दन्निवाण्डम् प्रबभौ महाग्निः ॥
The great fire persisted, surrounding the entire Lanka, having a good splendour equal to that of millions of suns and blazed like a broken-up hemi-sphere of the world, creating many sounds of a wide-spread thunderbolt.
mahaagniH = the great fire; parivaarya tiSThan = persisted; surrounding; samastaan laN^kaam = the entire Lanka; sutejaaH = with a good splendour; aaditya koTiisadR^ishaH = equal to that of a crore of suns; prababhau = blazed; aN^Dam bhindanniva = like a broken-up hemi-sphere of the world; shabdaiH = with sounds; anekaiH = in multitude; ashanipraruuDhaH = of a widely thunderbolt.
5.54.34
तत्राम्बरादग्निरतिप्रवृद्धो |
रूक्षप्रभः किंशुकपुष्पचूडाः |
निर्वाणधूमाकुलराजयश्च |
नीलोत्पलाभाः प्रचकाशिरेऽभ्राः ॥
The fire with a fierce splendour there, extended fully to the sky, shooting flames like Kumshuka flowers. The clouds, bearing the colour of blue lotuses, shone as covered by smoke formed out of the extinguished fire.
tatra = there; ruukSaprabhaH = with a harsh splendour; agniH = the fire; atipravR^iddhaH = extended fully; ambaraat = to the sky; kimshukapuSpa chuuDa = having a crest like; kimshuka flowers; (shooting flomes) abravaaH = the clouds; niilotpalaabhaaH = bearing the colour of blue lotuses; prachakaashire = shone; nirvaaNa dhuuma kuularaajayaH = as covered by smoke formed out of extinguished fire.
वज्री महेन्द्रस्त्रिदशेश्वरो वा |
साक्षाद्यमो वा वरुणोऽनिलो वा |
रुद्रोग्निरर्को धनदश्च सोमो |
न वानरोऽयम् स्वयमेव कालः | ५-५४-३५
"He is not a monkey. He is either Indra the Lord of celestials wielding a thunderbolt, or Yama the lord of death of water, or the wind-god or the fire seated in the third eye of Lord Shiva or the sun-god or Kubera the lord of riches or the moon-god. He may be Kala (the Time-spirit) himself."
ayam = he; na = is not; vaanaraH = a monkey; (He is) mahendraH vaa = either Indra; vajraa = wielding a thunderbolt; saakSaat yamovaa = or Yama the lord of death appearing before the eyes; varuNaH = or Varuna the lord of water; anilovaa = or the wind-god; agniH = or the fire; rudraH = seated in the third eye of Lord Shiva; arkaH = or the sun-god; dhanadashcha = or Kubera the lord of riches; somah = or the moon-god; svayameva kaalaH = he may be Kala (the Time-spirit) himself.
किम् ब्रह्मण सर्वपितामहस्य |
सर्वस्य धातुश्चतुराननस्य |
इहागतो वानररूपधारी |
रक्षोपसम्हारकरः प्रतापः ५-५४-३६
"Whether the rage of four-faced Brahma, the grand father of all and the creator of all has arrived here in the guise of a monkey, playing the role of a destroyer of demons?"
kim = whether; chaturaananasya brahmaNaH prataapaH = the rage of four-faced Brahama; sarva pitaamahasya = the grand father of all; sarvasya dhaatuH = and the creator of all; upaayataH = has arrived; iha = here; vaanara ruupa dhaarii = in the guise of a monkey; rakSopasamhaarakaraH = playing the role of a destroyer of demons?.
किम् वैष्णवम् वा कपिरूपमेत्य |
रक्षोविनाशाय परम् सुतेजः |
अनन्तमव्यक्तमचिन्त्यमेकम् |
स्वमायया साम्प्रतमागतम् वा ५-५४-३७
"Or whether a supreme bright energy of Vishnu, the lord of maintenance of the Universe, unthinkable, unmanifest, infinite and pearless, arrived now, assuming the form of a monkey for the destruction of demons, by virtue of Her extraordinary power?"
kim vaa = or whether; param = a supreme; sutejaH = bright energy; vaiSNavam = of Vishnu; the lord of maintenance of the Universe; achintyam = unthinkable; avyaktam = unmanifest; anantam = infinite; edam = and peerless; aagatam = arrived; etya kapiruupam = assuming the form of a monkey; rakSovinaashaaya = for the destruction of demons; saampratam = now; svamaayayaa = by virtue of Her extra ordinary power?
5.54.38
इत्येवमूचुर्बहवो विशिष्टा |
रक्षोगणास्तत्र समेत्य सर्वे |
सप्राणिसम्घां सगृहाम् सवृक्षाम् |
दग्धाम् पुरीम् ताम् सहसा समीक्ष्य ॥
Thus spoke all those excellent troops of demons in multitude, gathering together there, on seeing that city scorched so soon, with its host of living beings, houses and trees.
ityevam = thus; uuchuH = spoke; sarve = all; vishiSTaaH raakSogaNaaH = those excellent troops of demons; bahavaH = in multitude; sametya = gathering together; tatra = there; samiikSya = on seeing; taam puriim = the city; dagdhaam = burnt; sahasaa = so soon; sapraaNisamghaam = with its host of living beings; sagR^ihaam = along with houses; savR^ikSaam = as also trees.
5.54.39
ततस्तु लङ्का सहसा प्रदग्धा |
सराक्षसा साश्वरथा सनागा |
सपक्षिसम्घा समृगा सवृक्षा |
रुरोद दीना तुमुलम् सशब्दम् ॥
Then, Lanka having been scorched with its demons, horses, chariots, elephants, multitude of birds, animals and trees, cried pitiably with tumultuous noise.
tataH = then; laN^kaa = Lanka; pradagdhaa = having been scorched; sahasaa = suddenly; saraakSasaa = with its demons; saashva rathaa = horses; chariots; sa naagaa = elephants; sapkSisamghaa = multitude of birds; samR^igaa = animals; savR^ikSaa = and trees; ruroda = cried; diinaa = pitiably; sashabdam tumulam = with tumultuous noise.
5.54.40
हा तात हा पुत्रक कान्त मित्र |
हा जीवितम् भोगयुतम् सुपुण्यम् |
रक्षोभिरेवम् बहुधा ब्रुवद्भिः |
शब्दः कृतो घोररवः सुभीमः ॥
Making a very terrific noise with a dreadful sound, the demons cried in various ways as follows: "O my dear beloved son! O my beloved husband! O my friend! O my very auspicious life, filled with enjoyments!"
subhiimaH = a very terrific; shabdaH = noise; kR^itaH = was made; ghoraravaH = with a dreadful sound; bruvadbhiH = spoken; bahudhaa = in many ways; rakSobhiH = by demons; evam = thus; haa taata = O my dear father!; haa putraka = O my beloved son!; kaanta = O my beloved husband!; mitra = O my friend!; haa supuNyam jiivitam = O my very auspicious life; bhogayutam = filled with enjoyments.
5.54.41
हुताशनज्वालसमावृता सा |
हतप्रवीरा परिवृत्तयोधा |
हनूमतः क्रोधबलाभिभूता |
बभूव शापोपहतेअ लङ्का ॥
That Lanka appeared as though afflicted by a curse, as defeated by a strong fury of Hanuma, enveloped by flames of fire, with its distinguished heroes killed and with its warriors in retreat.
saa laNKaa = that Lanka; babhuuva = appeared; shaapopahateva = as afflicted by a curse; krodha balaabhibhuutaa = defeated by a strong fury; hanuumataH = of Hanuma; hutaashana jvaala samaavR^itaa = enveloped by flames of fire; hata praviiraa = with its distinguished heroes killed; parivR^ittayodhaan = with its warriors retreated.
5.54.42
स सम्भ्रामत्रस्तविषण्णराक्षसां |
समुज्ज्वलज्ज्वालहुताशनाङ्किताम् |
ददर्श लङ्काम् हनुमान् महामानाः |
स्वयम्भूकोपोपहतामिवावनिम् ॥
Hanuma, with his great mind, saw Lanka with its dazed, frightened and dejected demons, marked by blazing flames of fire and afflicted by the fury of Brahma the creator of the universe.
hanumaan = Hanuma; mahaamanaaH = with his great mind; dadarsha = saw; laN^kaam = Lanka; sasambhramatrasta viSaNNa raakSasaam = with its confused; frigtened and dejected demons; samujjvala hutaashanaaN^kitaam = marked by blazing flames of fire; avanim iva = appearing like an earth; svayambhu kopahataam = afflicted by the fury of Brahama; the creator of the universe.
5.54.43
भम्क्त्वा वनम् पादपरत्नसम्कुलम् |
हत्वा तु रक्षांसि महान्ति सम्युगे |
दग्ध्वा पुरीम् ताम् गृहरत्नमालिनीम् |
तस्थौ हनूमान् पवनात्मजः कपिः ॥
After demolishing the garden which was full of excellent trees, killing great demons in battle and burning that city endowed with a series of excellent houses, Hanuma the monkey and the son of wind-god, stood at ease.
bhamktvaa = Breaking; vanam = the garden; paadaparatna samkulam = which was full of excellent trees; hanuumaan = Hanuma; pavanaatmajaH kapiH = the monkey and son of wind-god; hatvaa = (after) killing; mahaanti = great; rakSaamsi = demons; samyuge = in the battle; dagdhvaa = and scorching; taam purrim = that city; gR^iharatnamaaliniim = endowed with a series of excellent houses; tasthau = stood at ease.
5.54.44
त्रिकूटशृङ्गाग्रतले विचित्रे |
प्रतिष्ठितो वानरराजसिम्हः |
प्रदीप्तलाङ्गूलकृतार्चिमाली |
व्यराजतादित्य इवांशुमाली ॥
Standing there on the wonderful flat summit of Mount Trikuta, Hanuma the foremost leader of the monkeys, having a garland of flames formed by his blazing tail, shone like the sun having a garland of rays.
pratiSThitaH = standing; vichintre trikuuTa shR^ingaagratale = on the wonderful flat summit of Mount Trikuta; vaanara raaja simhaH = Hanuma; the foremost leader of the monkeys; pradiipta laaNguula kR^itaarchimaalii = having a garland of flames formed by his blazing tail; vyaraajata = shone; aadityaH iva = like the sun; amshumaalii = having a garland of rays.
5.54.45
स राक्षसांस्तान् सुबहूंश्च हत्वा |
वनम् च भम्क्त्वा बहूपादपम् तत् |
विसृज्य रक्षोभवनेषु चाग्निम् |
जगाम रामम् मनसा महात्मा ॥
Killing those multitudes of demons, demolishing that garden endowed with several trees and scattering fire on the houses of demons, the high-souled Hanuma sought Rama with his mind.
hatvaa = killing; taan subabhuun = those several; raakSasaan = demons; bhaktvaa = demolishing; tat vanamcha = that garden also; bahupaadapam = endowed with several trees; visR^ijya = and throwing; agnim = fire; rakSobhavaneSu = on the houses of demons; saH mahaatmaa = that high souled Hanuma; manasaa = mentally; jagaama = went; raamam = to Rama.
5.54.46
ततस्तु तम् वानवीरमुख्यम् |
महाबलम् मारुततुल्यवेगम् |
महामतिम् वायुसुतम् वरिष्ठम् |
प्रतुष्टवुर्देवगणाश्च सर्वे ॥
Then, all the multitude of celestials enlogised that Hanuma, the principal warrior of the monkeys, possessing great strength and swiftness similar to the wind, greatly intelligent and the most excellent.
tataH = then; sarve = all; devagaNaaH = the multitude of celestials; pratuSTuvuH = enlogised; tam vaayusutam = that Hanuma; vaanara viira mukhyam = the principal; warrior of the monkeys; mahaabalam = possessing great strength; maarutatulya vegam = and swiftness equal to the wind; mahaamatim = greatly intelligent; variSTham = and the most excellent.
5.54.47
भम्क्त्वा वनम् महातेजा हत्वा रक्षांसि सम्युगे |
दग्ध्वा लङ्कापुरीम् रम्याम् रराज स महाकपिः ॥
Demolishing the garden, killing the demons in battle, Hanuma of great splendour shone brightly, after burning the beautiful City of Lanka.
bhanktvaa = demolishing; vanam = the garden; hatvaa = killing; rakSaamsi = the demons; samyuge = in battle; mahaatejaaH = greatly splendoured; mahaakapiH = Hanuma; raraaja = shone; dagdhvaa = after burning; ramyaam = the beautiful; laN^kaapuriim = City of Lanka.
5.54.48
तत्र देवाः सगन्धर्वाः सिद्धाश्च परमर्ष्यः |
दृष्ट्वा लङ्काम् प्रद्ग्धाम् ताम् विस्मयम् परमम् गताः ॥
Seeing that city of Lanka burnt there, celestials, saints and great sages along with celestial's musicians, got a colossal surprise.
dR^iSTvaa = seeing; taam laNKaam purrim = that city of Lanka; dagdhaam = burnt; tatra = there; devaaH = celestials; siddhaashcha = saints; para marSayaH = and great sages; sagandharvaaH = along with celestial musicians; gataaH = got; paramam = a colossal vismayam = surprise.
5.54.49
तम् दृष्ट्वा वानरश्रेष्ठम् हनुमन्तम् महाकपिम् |
कालाग्निरिति संचिन्त्य सर्वभूतानि तत्रसुः ॥
Seeing that Hanuma, the foremost among the monkeys and a mighty monkey, all the created beings were frightened, thinking of him as a fire that is to destroy the world.
dR^iSTvaa = seeing; tam hanumantam = that Hanuma; vaanarashreSTham = the foremost among the monkeys; mahaakapim = and a great monkey; sarva bhuutaani = all the created beings; tatrasuH = were frightened; samchintya = thinking him; kaalaagni riti = to be a fire that is to destroy the world.
5.54.50
देवाश्च सर्वे मुनिपुङ्गवाश्च |
गन्धर्वविद्याधरनागयक्षाः |
भूतानि सर्वाणि महान्ति तत्र |
जग्मुः पराम् प्रीतिमतुल्यरूपाम् ॥
There, all the celestial musicians, Vidyadharas the supernatural beings, Nagas the celestial serpents, Yakshas the spirits and all great living beings attained a great joy.
tatra = there; sarve = all; devaashcha = the celestials; munipuN^gavaashcha = excellent sages; gandharva vidyaadhara naagayakSaaH = Gandharvas the celestials musicians; Vidyaadharas the supernatural beings; Nagas the celestial serpents and Yakshas the spirits; sarvaani = all; mahaanti bhuutaani = great living beings; jagmuH = got; paraam = a great; atulya ruupaam = peerless; priitim = delight.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे चतुःपञ्चाशः सर्गः
Sarga 55
5.55.1
संदीप्यमानाम् विध्वस्ताम् त्रस्त रक्षो गणाम् पुरीम् |
अवेक्ष्य हानुमाम्ल् लन्काम् चिन्तयामास वानरः ॥
Seeing the city of Lanka blazing, and frightened with its multitude of demons getting alarmed, Hanuma the monkey became thoughtful.
aavekSya = seeing; laN^kaam purrim = the city of Lanka; samdiipyamaanaam = blazing; vitrastaam = and frightened; trasta rakSogaNaam = with its troops of demons getting alarmed; hanumaan = Hanuma; vaanaraH = the monkey; chintayaamaasa = became thoughtful.
5.55.2
तस्य अभूत् सुमहान् त्रासः कुत्सा च आत्मनि अजायत |
लन्काम् प्रदहता कर्म किंस्वित् कृतम् इदम् मया ॥
A great anxiety entered his mind and there arose in him a feeling of self-contempt. He said to himself "What an admonitory act has bee done by me in burning Lanka."
sumahaan = a great; traasaH = anxiety; abhuut = occurred; tasya = to him; kutasacha = an expression of contempt also; ajaayata = was taken; aatmani = on himself; kimsmit = I wonder why; idam = this; karma = act; pradahataa = of burning; laN^kaam = Lanka; kR^itam = has been done; mayaa = by me.
5.55.3
धन्याः ते पुरुष श्रेष्ठ ये बुद्ध्या कोपम् उत्थितम् |
निरुन्धन्ति महात्मानो दीप्तम् अग्निम् इव अम्भसा ॥
"As a burning fire is extinguished with water, blessed indeed are those great-souled men of excellence, who in their wisdom, restrain their elevated fury."
diiptam agnim iva = as a burning fire; ambhasaa = is extinguished with water; te = those; mahaatmanaH = great-souled; puruSa shreSThaaH = excellent men; yet = who; nirundhati = restrain; utthitam kopam = their elevated anger; buddhyaa = by their wisdom; dhanyaaH = are fortunate.
5.55.4
क्रुद्धः पापम् न कुर्यात्कः क्रुद्धो हन्याद्गुरूनपि |
क्रुद्धः परुषया वाचा नरः साधूनधिक्षिपेत् ॥
"Which enraged man would not incur a sinful act? An enraged person may even kill his elders. An enraged person may insult virtuous men with harsh words."
kaH = which; kruddhaH = enraged man; na kuryaat = would not incur; paapam = sin?; kruddhaH = an enraged man; hanyaat = kills; guruunapi = even elders; druddhaH = an enraged; naraH = man; adhikSipet = insults; saadhuun = virtuous men; paruSayaa vaachaa = with harsh words.
5.55.5
वाच्यावाच्यम् प्रकुपितो न विजानाति कर्हिचित् |
नाकार्यमस्ति क्रुद्धस्य नावाच्यम् विद्यते क्वचित् ॥
"An agitated person ever does not know which appropriate words are and which are forbidden words to be uttered. For enraged persons, there is neither an improper act nor ever an improper word to be spoken."
prakupitaH = an agitated person; karhichit na vijaanaati = does not ever know; vaachyaavaachyam = fit words and forbidden words; kruddhasya = for an enraged person; na asti = there is no; akaaryam = improper at; na vidyate = nor is there; kvachit = ever; avaachyam = an improper word to be uttered.
5.55.6
यः समुत्पतितम् क्रोधम् क्षमयैव निरस्यति |
यथोरगस्त्वचम् जीर्णाम् स वै पुरुष उच्यते ॥
"As a serpent casts off its slough, whoever casts aside an intense anger sprung up in him suddenly by virtue of his endurance, he verily is said to be an excellent man."
uragaH yathaa = as a serpent; jiirNaam tvacha = its slough; yaH = whoever; nirasyati = casts aside; samutpatitam krodham = an intense anger sprung up suddenly; kSamayaiva = by endurance alone; saH vai = he verily; uchyate = is said; puruSaH = to be an excellent man
5.55.7
धिगस्तु माम् सुदुर्भद्धिम् निर्लज्जम् पापकृत्तमम् |
अचिन्तयित्वा ताम् सीतामग्निदम् स्वामिघातकम् ॥
"Shame be upon me, the greatest sinner with utter foolishness and impudence, who became a fire-brand without giving thought to that Seetha and became hurtful to my master."
maam dhik astu = shame be upon me; paapakR^ittamam = the greatest sinner; sudurbiddhim = with utter foolishness; nrlajjam = and impudence; agnidam = who became of fire-brand; achintayitvaa = without giving thought; taam siitaam = to that Seetha; svaami ghaatukam = and became hurtful to me master.
5.55.8
यदि दग्धा तु इयम् लन्का नूनम् आर्या अपि जानकी |
दग्धा तेन मया भर्तुः हतम् कार्यम् अजानता ॥
"If this whole Lanka for its part has been burnt, the worshipful Seetha too has surely been burnt. Thus, I have spolt the purpose of my lord inadvertently."
iyam laN^kaa dagdhaayadi = if this Lanka has been burnt; aaryaa = the venerable; jaanakyapi = Seetha also; nuunam dagdhaa = has surely been burnt; tena = in this manner; ajaanataa = inadvertently; bhartuH = the lord's; kaaryam = purpose; hatam = has been spoilt; mayaa = by me.
5.55.9
यत् अर्थम् अयम् आरम्भः तत् कार्यम् अवसादितम् |
मया हि दहता लन्काम् न सीता परिरक्षिता ॥
"That purpose for which all this effort was taken, has been spoilt. At the time of burning the city, I have not saved Seetha indeed."
yadartham = for which purpose; ayam = is its; aarambhaH = effort; tat kaaryam = the purpose; avasaaditam = has been spoilt; mayaa = by me; dahataa = who has been burning; laN^kaam = Lanka; siitaa = Seetha; na parirakSitaa hi = has not been saved indeed.
5.55.10
ईषत् कार्यम् इदम् कार्यम् कृतम् आसीन् न संशयः |
तस्य क्रोध अभिभूतेन मया मूल क्षयः कृतः ॥
"This task (of burning Lanka) has been fulfilled by me and it has been completed only with a small effort. Overpowered as I was with anger, the very root of that fulfillment has been destroyed by me. There is no doubt."
idam = this; kaaryam = task; aasiit = became; kR^itam = fulfilled; iiSatkaaryam = and was completed with only a small effort; mayaa = by me; krodhaabhibhuutena = due to overpowering of my anger; tasya muulakSayaH = the destruction of its root; kR^itaH = has been done; na samshayaH = there is no doubt.
5.55.11
विनष्टा जानकी व्यक्तम् न हि अदग्धः प्रदृश्यते |
लन्कायाः कश्चित् उद्देशः सर्वा भस्मी कृता पुरी ॥
"The entire Lanka has been reduced to ashes. No place is seen unburnt in this City. Therefore, Seetha also must have been surely lost."
laN^kaayaam = In Lanka; na uddeshaH = no place; kashchit = whatsoever; pradR^ishyate = is seen indeed; adagdhaH = not being burnt; sarvaa = the entire; purii = city; bhasmiikR^itaaa = has been reduced to ashes; janakii = Seetha; nuunam = surely; vinaSTaa = has been lost.
5.55.12
यदि तत् विहतम् कार्यम् मया प्रज्ञा विपर्ययात् |
इह एव प्राण सम्न्यासो मम अपि हि अतिरोचते ॥
"If this task has been spoiled due to my perverted intelligence, it is appropriate even for me, here and now itself, to give up my life."
vihatam yadi tat kaaryam = If that act has been spoiled; mama prajJNaaviparyayaat = due to my perverted intelligence; rochate = it is appropriate; mamaapi = even to me; adya = now; ihaiva = and here itself; praaNa samnyaasah = to give up my life.
5.55.13
किम् अग्नौ निपतामि अद्य आहोस्वित् वडवा मुखे |
शरीरम् आहो सत्त्वानाम् दद्मि सागर वासिनाम् ॥
"Shall I jump into fire now or into the mouth of a submarine fire? Or shall I give up my body as a feed to the marine animals?"
nipataami = shall I jump; agnau = into fire; adya = now?; aahosvit = or else; baDabaamukhe = into the mouth of a submarine fire?; aaho = or; dadmi = shall I give up; shariiram = my body; sattvaanaam = to the animals; saagaravaasinaam = dwelling in the sea?
5.55.14
कथम् हि जीवता शक्यो मया द्रष्टुम् हरि ईश्वरः |
तौ वा पुरुष शार्दूलौ कार्य सर्व स्व घातिना ॥
"By me who has ruined the entire task, how can I, even while remaining alive, see Sugreeva the Lord of monkeys or Rama and Lakshmana the best of men?"
mayaa = by me; kaarya sarva svaghaatinaa = who has spoiled the entire task; katham vaa = how; shakyaH = can I; jiivataa = surviving; draSTum = see; hariishvaraH = Sugreeva; tau vaa = or even those two brothers; Rama and Lakshmana; puruSa shaarduulau = the best among men?
5.55.15
मया खलु तत् एव इदम् रोष दोषात् प्रदर्शितम् |
प्रथितम् त्रिषु लोकेषु कपितम् अनवस्थितम् ॥
"Due to culpability of my anger, I have indeed shown this apishness that is famous for instability in the three worlds."
roSadoSaat = due to culpability of my anger; idam = this; kaptvam = apishness; tat = that; prathitam = is famous; anavasthitam = for instability; pradarshitam khalu = was indeed shown; mayaa = by me.
5.55.16
धिग् अस्तु राजसम् भावम् अनीशम् अनवस्थितम् |
ईश्वरेण अपि यत् रागान् मया सीता न रक्षिता ॥
"Let there be shame upon the passionate way of my thinking, which breeds helplessness and instability. fir, eventhough capable as I am, Seetha could not be saved by me due to my exciting passion of anger."
dhik astu = Let there be shame upon; raajasam bhaavam = the passionate way of thinking; aniisham = which is helplessness; anavasthtam = and instability; yat = for; iishvareNaapi = eventhough capable; siitaa = Seetha; na rakSitaa = could not be saved; mayaa = by me; raagaat = due to my exciting passion of anger.
5.55.17
विनष्टायाम् तु सीतायाम् ताव् उभौ विनशिष्यतः |
तयोः विनाशे सुग्रीवः सबन्धुः विनशिष्यति ॥
"If Seetha dies, those two princes, Rama and Lakshmana will die. If their death occurs, Sugreeva along with his associates will also die."
siitaayaam vinaSTaayaam = If Seetha dies; tau ubhau = those two princes; Rama and Lakshmana; vinashiSyataH = will die; tayoH vinaashe = If their death happens; sugrrivaH = Sugreeva; sabandhuH = along with his associates; vinashiSyati = will die.
5.55.18
एतत् एव वचः श्रुत्वा भरतो भ्रातृ वत्सलः |
धर्म आत्मा सह शत्रुघ्नः कथम् शक्ष्यति जीवितुम् ॥
"How can the virtuous Bharata together with Shatrughna, who are affectionate to his brother, survive after hearing this news?"
katham = how; dharmaatmaa = the virtuous; bharataH = Bharata; sahashatrughnaH = together with Shatrughna; bhaatR^ivatsalaH = who are affectionate to his brother; shakSyat = will be able; jiivitum = to survive shrutvaa = after hearing; etadeva = this; vachaH = news?
5.55.19
इक्ष्वाकु वंशे धर्मिष्ठे गते नाशम् असंशयम् |
भविष्यन्ति प्रजाः सर्वाः शोक सम्ताप पीडिताः ॥
"When the virtuous Ikshvaku dynasty perishes, all the people will undoubtedly be tormented with anguish and affliction."
dharmiSThe = ikSvaaku vamshe = (when) the virtuous Ikshvaku dynasty; naasham = perishes; sarvaaH = all; prajaaH = the people; asamshayam = undoubtedly; bhaviSyanti = will become; shokasamtaapa piiDitaaH = tormented by anguish and affliction.
5.55.20
तत् अहम् भाग्य रहितो लुप्त धर्म अर्थ सम्ग्रहः |
रोग दोष परीत आत्मा व्यक्तम् लोक विनाशनः ॥
"Therefore, I, the unfortunate being, deprived of the values of duty and interest, with my mind filled with culpability of anger, clearly became the destroyer of the world."
tat = therefore; aham = I; bhaagyarahitaH = the unfortunate; luptadharmaartha samgrahaH = deprived of the values of duty and interest; roSadoSa pariitaatmaa = having my mind filled with culpability of anger; vyaktam = clearly; lokavinaashanaH = became the destroyer of the world.
5.55.21
इति चिन्तयतः तस्य निमित्तानि उपपेदिरे |
पूरम् अपि उपलब्धानि साक्षात् पुनः अचिन्तयत् ॥
While thinking thus, Hanuma clearly saw some omens, whose welcome-results had already been directly experienced by him and again thought (as follows);
tasya = that Hanuma; iti = thus; chintayataH = thinking; nimittaani = the omens; upalabdhaani = as obtained; puurvamapi = even before; upapedire = came; saakSaat = clearly; punah = and again; achintayat = thought (as follows)
5.55.22
अथवा चारु सर्व अन्गी रक्षिता स्वेन तेजसा |
न नशिष्यति कल्याणी न अग्निः अग्नौ प्रवर्तते ॥
"Or else, Seetha the auspicious lady, who is completely charming of her limbs and protected by her own effulgence, does not get destroyed. Fire does not indeed destroy fire!"
athavaa = or else; kalyaaNii = Seetha the auspicious lady; chaarusarvaaNgii = having completely charming limbs; rakSitaa = protected svena tejasaa = by her own effulgence; na nashiSyati = does not get destroyed; agniH = fire; na pravartate = doe no do injury agnau = into fire.
5.55.23
न हि धर्मात् मनः तस्य भार्याम् अमित तेजसः |
स्व चारित्र अभिगुप्ताम् ताम् स्प्रष्टुम् अर्हति पावकः ॥
paavakaH = fire; naarhati hi spraSTum = to touch; taam = her; bhaaryaam = the wife; tasya = of that Rama; dharmaatmanaH = the virtuous man; amita tejasaH = having unlimited splendour; svachaaritraabhiguptaam = and protected by her own good conduct.
5.55.24
नूनम् राम प्रभावेन वैदेह्याः सुकृतेन च |
यन् माम् दहन कर्मा अयम् न अदहद्त् हव्य वाहनः ॥
"If this fire with its burning nature is not igniting me, it is surely due to the power of Rama and the benevolence of Seetha."
yat = that; iyam = this; havyavaahanaH = fire; dahanakarmaa = having burning as its act; naadahati = is not igniting; maam = me; nuunam = surely (it is due to); raama prabhaavaNa = the power of Rama; sukrutena = benevolence; vaidehyaaH = of Seetha.
5.55.25
त्रयाणाम् भरत आदीनाम् भ्रातृऋणाम् देवता च या |
रामस्य च मनः कान्ता सा कथम् विनशिष्यति ॥
"How should that Seetha, who is a godhead for the three brothers (of Rama) starting with Bharata and who is dear to the heart of Rama perish?"
katham = how; saa = that Seetha; yaa = who; devataacha = is a godhead; trayaaNaam = for the three; bharataadiinaam = beginning with Bharata; manaH kaantaa = and dear to the heart; raamasya = of Rama; vinashiSyati = can perish?
5.55.26
यत् वा दहन कर्मा अयम् सर्वत्र प्रभुः अव्ययः |
न मे दहति लान्गूलम् कथम् आर्याम् प्रधक्ष्यति ॥
"This fire, which spreads everywhere without any hindrance, is not burning my tail. How can it burn the venerable Seetha?"
yadvaa = or; iyam dahana karmaa = this fire; sarvatra prabhuH = which is a spread everywhere; avyayaH = and imperishable; nadahati = is not burning; me laaNguulam = my tail; katham = how; pradhakSyati = can it burn; aaryaam = the venerable Seetha?
5.55.27
पुनश्चाचिन्तयत्तत्र हनुमान्विस्मितस्तदा |
हिरण्यनाभस्य गिरेर्जलमध्ये प्रदर्शनम् ॥
Hanuma then recalled with wonder the sight of Mount Mainaka (having gold in its cavities) in the midst of sea-water there.
hanumaan = Hanuma; tadaa = then; achintayat = recalled; punaH = again; vismitaH = with wonder; pradarshanam = the sight; hiraNyanaabhasya gireH = of Mount Mainaka (having gold in its cavities); jala madhye = in the midst of sea-water; tatra = there.
5.55.28
तपसा सत्य वाक्येन अनन्यत्वाच् च भर्तरि |
अपि सा निर्दहेत् अग्निम् न ताम् अग्निः प्रधक्ष्यति ॥
"That Seetha can even burn away the fire by her penance, true utterances and undivided devotion towards her husband. Fire does not ignite her."
saa = that Seetha; nirdahet api = can even burn away; agnim = the fire; tapasaa = by her penance; satyavaakyena = by her true speech; ananyatvaachacha = and by her undivided attention; bhartari = towards her husband; agniH = fire; na pradhakSyati = does not ignite; taam = her.
5.55.29
स तथा चिन्तयन् तत्र देव्या धर्म परिग्रहम् |
शुश्राव हनुमान् वाक्यम् चारणानाम् महात्मनाम् ॥
Hanuma, who was thus thinking there about the overpowering virtue of Seetha, happened to hear the words of the high-souled charanas (heavenly bards).
saH hanumaan = that Hanuma; chintayan = who was thinking; tatra = there; tathaa = in that way; dharma parigraham = about the overpowering virtue; devyaaH = of Seetha; shushraava = heard; vaakyam = the words; mahaatmanaam = of the high-souled; chaaraNaanaam = charanas (heavenly bards).
5.55.30
अहो खलु कृतम् कर्म दुर्विषह्यम् हनूमता |
अग्निम् विसृजता अभीक्ष्णम् भीमम् राक्षस सद्मनि ॥
"Alas! Hanuma, who hurled a very terrific fire into Ravana's house, has indeed done a difficult act."
aho = Alas!; hanumataa = by Hanuma; visR^ijataa = who hurled; abhiikSNam = very; bhiimam = terrific; agnim = fire; raakSasaveshmani = into Ravana's house; kR^itam khalu = has been done indeed; duSkaram karma = a difficult act.
प्रपलायितरक्षः स्त्रीबाल वृद्धसमाकुला |
जनकोलाहलाध्माता क्रन्दन्तीवाद्रिकन्दरैः ||३१
"The city of Lanka, full of demons their wives, children and elders running hither and thither, as also filled with an uproar of people, appears as if it weeping through its mountain-caves."
prapalaayita rakSah striibaala vR^iddha samaakulaa = (the city of Lanka) full of demons; their wives; children and elders running (hither and thither); janakolaahalaadhamaataa = and filled with an uproar of people; krandanniva = appears like weeping adrikandaraiH = through its mountain-caves.
5.55.32
दग्धा इयम् नगरी लन्का साट्ट प्राकार तोरणा |
जानकी न च दग्धा इति विस्मयो अद्भुत एव नः ॥
"It is just so surprising a marvel to us that the entire City with its market-places, ramparts and arched door-ways, was burnt, but Seetha alone was not burnt."
vismayaH eva = it is just so surprising; adbhutaH = a marvel; naH = to us; iti = that; iyam = this; sarvaa = entire; nagarii = city; saaTTa praakaaratoraNaa = with its market-places; ramparts and arched door-ways; dagdhaa = was burnt; jaanakiicha = but Seetha alone; na dagdhaa = was not burnt.
5.55.33
स निमित्तैः च दृष्ट अर्थैः कारणैः च महागुणैः |
ऋषि वाक्यैः च हनुमान् अभवत् प्रीत मानसः ॥
That Hanuma became delighted in his mind, by seeing the omens, with their apparent advantages in them and very high qualities of their origin as also the words of those sages.
saH hanumaan = that Hanuma; abhavat = became; priita maanasa = delighted in his mind; nimittaiH = by the omens; dR^iSThaarthaiH = with their apparent advantages; mahaagnNaiH = with very high qualities; kaaraNaishcha = of their origins; R^iSivaakyaishcha = and by the words of the sages.
5.55.34
ततः कपिः प्राप्त मनो रथ अर्थः |
ताम् अक्षताम् राज सुताम् विदित्वा |
प्रत्यक्षतः ताम् पुनः एव दृष्ट्वा |
प्रतिप्रयाणाय मतिम् चकार ॥
Then, Hanuma, having fulfilled his object of desire by learning that Seetha the princess remains uninjured, made up his mind to return only after seeing her personally yet again.
tataH = then; kapiH = Hanuma; praapta manorathaarthaH = having fulfilled his object of desire; viditvaa = by learning taam raajasutaam = that Seetha the princess; akSataam = remains uninjured; matim chakaara = made up his mind; pratiprayaaNaaya = to return; dR^iSTvaa = after seeing; taam = her; pratyakSataH = personally; punareva = yet again.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे पञ्चपञ्चाशः सर्गः
Sarga 56
5.56.1
ततः तु शिंशपा मूले जानकीम् पर्यवस्थिताम् |
अभिवाद्य अब्रवीत् दिष्ट्या पश्यामि त्वाम् इह अक्षताम् ॥
Thereafter, having offered his salutation to Seetha, who was present at the foot of Ashoka tree, Hanuma spoke: "Thank heaven! I am seeing you uninjured here!"
tataH = thereafter; abhivaadya = having offered is salutation; jaanakiim = to Seetha; paryupasthitaam = who was present; shimshupaamuule = at the foot of Ashoka tree; (Hanuma); abraviit = spoke (as follows); diSTyaa = thank Heaven!; pashyaami = I am seeing; tvaam = you; iha = here; akSataam = uninjured.
5.56.2
ततः तम् प्रस्थितम् सीता वीक्षमाणा पुनः पुनः |
भर्तृ स्नेह अन्वितम् वाक्यम् हनूमन्तम् अभाषत ॥
Then, beholding again and again, that Hanuma, who had made ready for his return journey, Seetha spoke the following words, filled with affection towards her husband.
tataH = then; punaH punaH = again and again; viikSamaaNaa = beholding; tam hanuumantam = that Hanuma; prasthitam = starting out (for his return-journey); siitaa = Seetha; abhaaSata = spoke; vaakyam = (the following) words; bhartR^isnehaanvitam = endowed with affection towards her husband.
5.56.3
कामम् अस्य त्वम् एव एकः कार्यस्य परिसाधने |
पर्याप्तः पर वीरघ्न यशस्यः ते बल उदयः ॥
"O Hanuma, the annihilator of enemies! You are yourself surely sufficient single-handed completion of this task. Your elevated energy is creditable indeed.
paraviiraghna = O Hanuma; the annihilator of enemies!; kaamam = surely; tvam = you; ekaH = alone; paryaaptaH = are enough; parisaadhane = in achievement; asya kaaryasya = of this task; te = your; balodayaH = elevated energy; yashasya = is creditable.
5.56.4
शरैस्तुः सम्कुलाम् कृत्वा लन्काम् पर बल अर्दनः |
माम् नयेत् यदि काकुत्स्थः तस्य तत् सादृशम् भवेत् ॥
"But, it will be appropriate for Rama, who destroys the hostile forces, to take me with him, after routing Lanka with his arrows."
tu = but; tat bhavet = it will be; sadR^isham = appropriate; tasya kaakutthasaH = of him Rama; parabalaardanaH = who destroys the army of adversaries; nayedyadi = if he takes; maam = me; kR^itvaa = after making; laN^kaam = Lanka; samkulaam = upset; sharaiH = with his arrows.
5.56.5
तत् यथा तस्य विक्रान्तम् अनुरूपम् महात्मनः |
भवति आहव शूरस्य तत्त्वम् एव उपपादय ॥
"Therefore, you act in such a way that the high-souled Rama, valiant in battle, may exhibit prowess worthy of him."
tat = therefore; tva = you; upapaadaya = act; yathaa tathaa bhavati = in such a way that; mahaatmanaH = the high-souled Rama; aahavashuurasya = valiant in battle; vikraantam = (may exhibit) prowess; tasya anuruupam = worthy of him.
5.56.6
तत् अर्थ उपहितम् वाक्यम् प्रश्रितम् हेतु सम्हितम् |
निशम्य हनुमान् तस्या वाक्यम् उत्तरम् अब्रवीत् ॥
Hearing those humble, reasonable and meaningful words of Seetha, Hanuma spoke the following words in reply.
nishamya = hearing; tat = those; vaakyam = words; prashritam = which were humble; hetusamhitam = endowed with reason; arthopahitam = and meaningful; tasyaaH = of her; hanumaan = Hanuma; abraviit = spoke; vaakyam = (the following) words; uttaram = in reply.
5.56.7
क्षिप्रम् एष्यति काकुत्स्थो हरि ऋक्ष प्रवरैः वृतः |
यः ते युधि विजित्य अरीन् शोकम् व्यपनयिष्यति ॥
"Rama, accompanied by the leaders of monkeys and bears, will come soon and after conquering the enemies in battle, will take away your grief."
kaakuthsaH = Rama; vR^itaH = surrounded; haryR^iSapravaraiH = with leaders of monkeys and bears; eSyati = will come; kSipram = immediately; yaH = who; vijitya = after conquering; ariin = the enemies; yudhi = in battle; vyapanayiSyati = will take away; te = your; shokam = grief.
5.56.8
एवम् आश्वास्य वैदेहीम् हनूमान् मारुत् आत्मजः |
गमनाय मतिम् कृत्वा वैदेहीम् अभ्यवादयत् ॥
Hanuma, the son of wind-god, thus consoling Seetha and making up his mind to go, saluted Seetha with reverence.
hanumaan = Hanuma ; maarutaatmajah = the son of wind-god; evam = thus; aashvaasya = consoling; vaidehiim = Seetha; kR^itvaa = and making up; matim = his mind; gamanaaya = to go; vaidehiim abhyavaadayat = saluted Seetha with reverence.
5.56.9
ततः स कपि शार्दूलः स्वामि संदर्शन उत्सुकः |
आरुरोह गिरि श्रेष्ठम् अरिष्टम् अरि मर्दनः ॥
Thereafter, that Hanuma the foremost among the monkeys, and the annihilator of enemies, with an anxious desire to see his lord, ascended the Mount Arishta of excellence.
tataH = thereafter; saH = that; kapishaarduulaH = Hanuma the foremost among the monkeys; arimardanah = the annihilator of enemies; svaami samdarshanotsukaH = with an anxious desire to see his lord; aaruroha = ascended; girishreSTham = (that) mountain of excellence; ariSTham = called Arishta.
5.56.10
तुन्ग पद्मक जुष्टाभिः नीलाभिः वन राजिभिः |
सोत्तरीयमिवाम्भोदैः शृम्गान्तरविलम्बिभिः ॥
That mountain was covered as it were with dark green rows of gardens inhabited by towery elephants with red spots on their skin and with its clouds hanging between its summits, as with an upper garment.
niilaabhiH = (that mountain) was covered as it were; with dark green; vanaraajibhiH = rows of gardens; tuN^gapadmakajuSTaabhiH = inhabited by towering elephants with red spots on their skin; ambhodaiH = with clouds; shR^iNgaantaravilambibhiH = hanging between its summits; sottariiyamiva = as with an upper garment.
5.56.11
बोध्यमानमिव प्रीत्या दिवाकरकरैः शुभैः |
उन्मिषन्तिमिवोद्धूतैर्लोचनैरिव धातुभिः ॥
By metals scattered here and there, looking like eyes drawing up the eye-lids, the mountain looked like being awakened, as it were, with love by the bright rays of the sun.
dhaatubhiH = by metals; uddhuutaiH = scattered here and there; lochanairiva = looking like eyes; unmiSantamiva = drawing up the eye = lids; (the mountain); bodhyamaanamiva = looked like being awakened as it were; priityaa = with love; shubhaiH divaakarakaraiH = by the bright rays of the sun.
5.56.12
तोयौघनिस्वनैर्मन्द्रैः प्राधीतमिव पर्वतम् |
प्रगीतमिव विस्पष्टैर्नानाप्रस्रवणस्व्नै ॥
The mountain looked resembling the one which has started reciting the scriptures clearly in the form of the deep sound of running streams of water, singing as it were at a high pitch, in the form of roaring sound of various cascades.
parvatam = the mountain; praadhiitamiva = looked like the one who has started reciting the scriptures; vispaSTaiH = clearly; mandraiH toyaughanisvanaiH = in the form of the deep sound of running streams of water; pragiitamiva = singing as it were at a high pitch; naanaa prasravaNasvanaiH = in the form of roaring sound of various cascades.
5.56.13
देवदारुभिरत्युच्चैरूर्ध्वबाहुमिव स्थितम् |
प्रपातजलनिर्घोषैः प्राकृष्टमिव सर्वतः ॥
The mountain stood as it were with uplifted arms in the form of very lofty deodars and which started crying loudly as it were, on all sides, in the form of the sound of its cascades.
sthitam = (the mountain) stood; uurdhvabaahum iva = as it were with uplifted arms; atyuchchaiH devadaarubhiH = in the form of very high deodars; praakR^iSTamiva = and which started crying loudly as it were; sarvataH = on all sides; prapaatajalanirghoSaiH = on all sides; prapaatajala nirghoSaiH = in the form of the sound of its cascades.
5.56.14
वेपमानमिव श्यामैः कम्पमानैः शरद्वनैः |
वेणुभिर्मारुतोद्धूतैः कूजन्तमिव कीचकैः ॥
The mountain seemed to be trembling in the form of waving dark automnal groves, which was piping as it were, in the form of hollow bamboos shaken up by the wind and whistling.
vepamaanamiva = (The mountain) seemed to be trembling; kampamaanaiH = in the form of waving; shaamaiH = dark; sharadvanaiH = antomnal groves; veNubhiH = which was piping as it were; kiichakaiH = in the form of hollow bamboos; maarutoddhuutaiH = shaken up by the wind; kuujantamiva = and as though whistling.
5.56.15
निःश्वसन्तमिवामर्षाद्घोरैराशीविषोत्तमैः |
वीहारकृतगम्भीरैर्ध्यायन्तमिव गह्वरैः ॥
The mountain was hissing as it were with fury, in the form of its terrible and most poisonous snakes and which sat absorbed in meditation as it were, in the form of its deep caves covered with mist.
niH shvasantamiva = (the mountain) was hissing as it were with fury; aashiiviSottamaiH = in the form of its terrible and most poisonous snakes; dhyaayantamiva = which sat absorbed in meditation as it were; guhvaraiH = in the form of its caves; niihaara kR^ita gambhiiraiH = which were deep and covered with mist.
5.56.16
मेघपादनिभैः पादैः प्रक्रान्तमिव सर्वतः |
जृम्भमाणमिवाकाशे शिखरैरभ्रामालिभिः ॥
The mountain seems to be setting out on a journey on all four sides, with feet of the mountain, looking like rising clouds, which with its peaks having a lining of clouds, seemed to stretch its limbs in the sky.
prakraantamiva = (the mountain) seems to be setting out on a journey; sarvataH = on all four sides; paadaiH = with the feet of that mountain; meghapaadanibhaiH = looking like rising clouds; shikharaiH = which with its peaks; abhra maalibhiH = having a lining of clouds; jR^imbhamaaNamiva = seemed to stretch its limbs; aakaashe = in the sky.
5.56.17
कूटैश्च बहुधा कीर्णै शोभितम् बहुकन्दरैः |
साल ताल अश्व कर्णैः च वंशैः च बहुभिः वृतम् ॥
The mountain was embellished with a number of summits and adorned with numerous caves scattered at many places and endowed with many sal, palmyrah, karna and bamboo trees.
(The mountain) shobhitam = was embellished with; kuuTaishcha = number of summits; bahukandaraiH = and adorned with numerous caves; bahudhaakiirNaiH = scattered at many places; vR^itam = and endowed with; bahubhiH = many; saala taalaashvakarNaishcha = sal; palmyrah; karna and bamboo trees.
5.56.18
लतावितानैर्विततैः प्ष्पवद्भिरलम्कृतम् |
नानामृगगणाकीर्णम् धातुनिष्यन्दभूषितम् ॥
The mountain was adorned with clusters of creepers having plenty of flowers, filled with a number of summits and adorned with numerous caves scattered at many places and endowed with many sal, palmyrah, karna and bamboo trees.
(The mountain); alamkR^itam = was adorned; lataavitaanaiH = with clusters of creepers; vitataiH puSpavadbhiH = having plenty of flowers; naaaa mR^igagaNaakiirNam = filled with many troops of animals; dhaatuniSyanda bhuuSitam = and embellished with gushes of liquid minerals.
5.56.19
बहुप्रस्रवणोपेतम् शिलासंचयसम्कटम् |
महर्षियक्षगन्धर्वकिन्नरोरगसेवितम् ॥
The mountain was endowed with many cascades, crowded together with heaps of rocks and frequented by great sages, Yakshas, Gandharvas, Kinnaras and celestial serpents.
(The mountain); bahuprasravaNopetam = was endowed with many cascades; shilaasamchaya samkaTam = crowded together with heaps of rocks; maharSiyakSagandharava kinnaroragasevitam = and frequented by great sages; yakshas; Gandharvas; Kinnaras and celestial serpents.
5.56.20
लतापादपसम्घातम् सिम्हाध्युषितकन्दरम् |
व्याग्रसम्घसमाकीर्णम् स्वादुमूलफलद्रुमम् ॥
The mountain was exquisite with creepers and trees, having caves inhabited by lions, spread over with a number of tigers and endowed with sweet roots and fruit-trees.
(The mountain); lataapaada samghaatam = was exquisite with creepers and trees; simhaadhyuSia kandaram = having caves inhabited by lions; vyaaghrasamghasamaakiirNam = filled with a number of tigers; svaadumuula phala drumam = and having sweet roots and fruit-trees.
5.56.21
तम् आरुरोह हनुमान् पर्वतम् पवनात्मजः |
राम दर्शन शीघ्रेण प्रहर्षेण अभिचोदितः ॥
Hanuma, the son of wind-god, in a hurry to see Rama, ascended that mountain, excited as he was with an extreme joy.
hanumaan = Hanuma; pavanaatmajah = the son of wind-god; raamadarshana shiighreNa = in a hurry to see Rama; aaruroha = ascended; tamparvatam = that mountain; abhichoditaH = excited as he was; praharSeNa = with an extreme joy.
5.56.22
तेन पाद तल आक्रान्ता रम्येषु गिरि सानुषु |
सघोषाः समशीर्यन्त शिलाः चूर्णी कृताः ततः ॥
Then, the rocks in the charming table-land of the mountain, on which the soles of Hanuma lied heavily, were crushed with noise and fallen to pieces.
tataH = then; shilaaH = the rocks; ramyeSugirisaanusu = in the charming table-land of the mountain; tena paada talaakraantaaH = on which the soles of his feet lied heavily; sama shiiryanta = were crushed; saghoSaaH = with sounds; chuurNiikR^itaaH = and fallen to pieces.
5.56.23
स तम् आरुह्य शैल इन्द्रम् व्यवर्धत महाकपिः |
दक्षिणात् उत्तरम् पारम् प्रार्थयम्ल् लवण अम्भसः ॥
Desirous of reaching the northern shore from the southern shore of that ocean, Hanuma ascended that mountain and enlarged his body.
praarthayan = desirous (of reaching); uttaram paaram = the northern shore; dakSiNaat = from the southern shore; lavaNaambhasaH = of the ocean; mahaakapiH = Hanuma; aaruhya = ascending; tam shailendram = that mountain; vyavardhata = enlarged in his body.
5.56.24
अधिरुह्य ततो वीरः पर्वतम् पवन आत्मजः |
ददर्श सागरम् भीमम् मीन उरग निषेवितम् ॥
Then, the valiant Hanuma after ascending the mountain, saw the terrific ocean inhabited by fishes and water-snakes.
tataH = then; viiraH = the valiant; pavanaatmajaH = Hanuma; adhiruuhya = ascending; parvatam = the mountain; dadarsha = saw; bhiimam = the terrific; saagaram = ocean; miinoraganiSevitam = inhabited by fishes and water-snakes.
5.56.25
स मारुत इव आकाशम् मारुतस्य आत्म सम्भवः |
प्रपेदे हरि शार्दूलो दक्षिणात् उत्तराम् दिशम् ॥
Hanuma, the foremost among the monkeys and the son of the wind-god, entered the sky towards northern direction, like a wind, from southern direction.
saH harishaarduulaH = that foremost among the monkeys; aatmasambhavaH = the son; maarutasya = of the wind-god; prapede = entered; aakaasham = the sky; uttaraam disham = towards northern direction; dakSiNaat = from southern direction; maarutaH iva = like a wind.
5.56.26
स तदा पीडितः तेन कपिना पर्वत उत्तमः |
ररास सह तैः भूतैः प्राविशत् वसुधा तलम् ॥कम्पमानैः च शिखरैः पतद्भिः अपि च द्रुमैः |
Pressed at that moment by Hanuma, that excellent mountain sank into the bowels of the earth along with the various living beings and made a noise with its shaking summits and toppling trees.
piiDitaH = pressed; tadaa = then; tena kapinaa = by that Hanuma; saH parvatottamaH = that excellent mountain; pravishan = entering; vasudhaatalam = the earth; taiH bhuutaiH saha = along with the various living beings; raraasa = made a noise; kampamaanaiH shikharaiH = with its shaking summits; patadbhiH drumaiH = and toppling trees.
5.56.27
तस्य ऊरु वेगान् मथिताः पादपाः पुष्प शालिनः ॥निपेतुः भू तले रुग्णाः शक्र आयुध हता इव |
Shaken by the impetus of the thighs of Hanuma, trees in blossom were broken and fell down on earth, as though struck by a thunder-bolt.
mathitaaH = shaken; uuruvegaat = by the impetus of the thighs; tasya = of that Hanuma; paadapaaH = trees; puSpashaalinaH = endowed with blossoms; rugNaaH = were broken; nipetuH = and fell down; bhuutale = on earth; shokraayudha hataa iva = as struck by a thunder-bolt.
5.56.28
कन्दर उदर संस्थानाम् पीडितानाम् महाओजसाम् ॥सिम्हानाम् निनदो भीमो नभो भिन्दन् स शुश्रुवे |
When the lions of great prowess dwelling in the midst of caves were tormented and roared terribly, that roaring noise was heard as it was piercing the sky.
saH bhiimaH ninadaH = that roaring sound; mahaujasaam simhaanaam = of the lions of great prowess; kandaraantara samsthaanaam = dwelling in the midst of the caves; piiDitaanaam = were tormented; shushrave = (and that sound) was heard; bhindan = piercing; uabhaH = the sky.
5.56.29
त्रस्त व्याअविद्ध वसना व्याकुली कृत भूषणा ॥विद्याधर्यः समुत्पेतुः सहसा धरणी धरात् |
The females of Vidyadhara class of supernatural beings, with their raiments in disorder through fear and their ornaments fallen off, went up all of a sudden from the mountain.
vidyaadharyaH = the females of Vidyadhara class of supernatural beings; trasta vyaaviddha vasanaaH = with their raiments in disorder through fear; vyaakuliikR^ita bhuuSaNaaH = and their ornaments fallen off; samutpetuH = went up; sahasaa = (all of a sudden; dharaNiidharaat = from the mountain.
5.56.30
अतिप्रमाणा बलिनो दीप्त जिह्वा महाविषाः ॥निपीडित शिरो ग्रीवा व्यवेष्टन्त महाहयः |
Large poisonous serpents of immense size, possessing vigour and having fiery tongues with their hoods and necks severely pressed lay coiled.
mahaahayaH = large serpents; atipramaaNaaH = of immense size; balinaH possessing vigour; diipta jihvaaH = having fiery tongues; mahaaviSaah = very poisonous; nipiiDita shirogriivaaH = with their hoods and necks severely pressed; vyacheSTanta = lay coiled.
5.56.31
किन्नर उरग गन्धर्व यक्ष विद्या धराः तथा ॥पीडितम् तम् नग वरम् त्यक्त्वा गगनम् आस्थिताः |
Then, leaving that tormented mountain of excellence; Kinnaras, Nagas, Gadharvas, Yakshas and Vidyadharas ascended to the sky.
tadaa = then; tyaktvaa = leaving; tam piiDitam = that tormented; nagavaram = mountain of excellence; kinnaroragagandharva yakSavidyaadharaaH = kinnaras; Nagas; Gandharvas; Yakshas and Vidyadharas; aasthitaaH = ascended; gaganam = to the sky.
5.56.32
स च भूमि धरः श्रीमान् बलिना तेन पीडितः ॥सवृक्ष शिखर उदग्राः प्रविवेश रसा तलम् |
Pressed down by that strong Hanuma, that beautiful mountain having its elevated summits crowned with trees, entered the bowels of the earth.
piiDitaH = pressed down; tena balinaa = by the strong Hanuma; saH shriimaan = that beautiful; bhuumidharashcha = mountain; savR^ikSa shikharodagraH = having its elevated summits crowned with trees; pravivesha = entered; rasaatalam = the bowels of the earth.
5.56.33
दश योजन विस्तारः त्रिंशत् योजनम् उच्छ्रितः ॥धरण्याम् समताम् यातः स बभूव धरा धरः |
That mountain, with a width of ten yojanas (or eighty miles) and a height of thirty yojanas (or two hundred and forty miles) got level with the earth.
saH dharaadharaH = that mountain; dashayojanavistaaraH = with a width of ten Yojanas (or eighty miles); trimshat yojanam uchchhritaH = and height of thirty Yojanas (two hundred and forty miles); babhuuva = became; yaataH = completely; samataam = in sameness of level; dharaNyaam = with the earth.
5.56.34
स लिलङ्घुयिर्भीमम् सलीलम् लवणार्णवम् ॥कल्लोलास्फालवेलान्तमुत्पपात नभो हरिः |
With a desire to cross easily the terrific ocean, whose shores were being lashed by its waves, which Hanuma jumped up into the air.
lilaN^ghayiSuH = with a desire to cross; saliilam = easily; bhiimam lavaNaarNavam = the terrific ocean; kallola sphaalavelaantam = whose shores were being lashed by its waves; saH hariH = that Hanuma; utpapaata = jumped up (into the sky).
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे ष्ट्पञ्चाशः सर्गः
Sarga 57
5.57.1
सचन्द्र कुमुदम् रम्यम् सार्क कारण्डवम् शुभम् |
तिष्य श्रवण कदम्बम् अभ्र शैवल शाद्वलम् ॥पुनर्वसु महामीनम् लोहित अन्ग महाग्रहम् |
ऐरावत महाद्वीपम् स्वाती हंस विलोडितम् ॥वात सम्घात जात ऊर्मिम् चन्द्र अंशु शिशिर अम्बुमत् |
भुजम्ग यक्ष गन्धर्व प्रबुद्ध कमल उत्पलम् ॥हनुमान् मारुतगतिर्महानौरिव सागरम् |
अपारमपरिश्रान्तः पुप्लुवे गगनार्णवम् ॥
Hanuma, with a rush equal to that of wind, withaut a fatigue, leapt across the baundless sea looking analogaus to sky, like a large ship crossing the ocean. In that pleasant and auspiciaus sky-like sea, shone the moon as a white water-like sea, shone having the constellations known by the names of Pushya and Shravana as swans, the clauds as its duck-weeds; the twin constellations the Punarvasus as its large fish, the planet Mars as its large alligator, a large island as Airavata (Indra's elephant), graced with a swan in the form of the constellation, Shwati, having gales as its waves, the moon bea.ns as its cool water and with the Nagas, yakshas and Gandharvas as its full blown lotuses and water-lilies.
1; 2; 3; 4. hanumaan = Hanuma; maarutagatiH = with a rush equal to that of wind; aparishraantaH = withaut a fatigue; pupluve = leapt across; apaaram = the baundless; gaganaarNavam = sea analogaus to sky; mahaanauH iva = like a large ship; saagaram = crossing the ocean; ramyam = pleasant; sachandra kumudam = having the moon for a white water-lily; saarkakaaraN^Davam = the sun for a water-fowl; shubham = auspiciaus; tiShyashravaNakaadambam = having the constellations known by the names of Pushya and Shravana for swans; abhrashaiVaalashaadvalam = the clauds for its duck-weeds; punarvasumahaamiinam = the twin constellations; the Punarvasus; for its large fish; lohitaaN^ga mahaagraham = the planet Mars for its large alligator; airaavata mahaadviipam = Airavata (Indra's elephant) for a large island; svaatiha.nsaviloLitam = graced with a swan in the form of the constellation Shati; vaata samghaatajaatormi = having gales for its waves; chandraa.nshushishiraambumat = and the moonbea.ns for its cool water; bhujaN^ga yakSha gandharva prabuddha kamalotpalam = with the Nagas; Yakshas and Gandharvas for its full-blown lotuses and water-lilies.
5.57.5
ग्रासमान इव आकाशम् तारा अधिपम् इव आलिखन् |
हरन्न् इव सनक्षत्रम् गगनम् सार्क मण्डलम् ॥मारुतस्य आलयम् श्रीमान् कपिः व्योम चरो महान् |
हनूमान् मेघ जालानि विकर्षन्न् इव गच्छति ॥
While moving in the sky, the illustrious Hanuma, the son of wind-god and the great monkey, appeared as if swallowing the sky, scratching the moon and carrying off the sky with its stars and the disc of the sun and was going as though dragging asunder, a mass of clouds.
5; 6. vyomacharaH = while moving in the sky; hanumaan = Hanuma; maarutasyaatmajaH = the son of wind-god; shriimaan = the illustrious; mahaan kapiH = great monkey; grasamaanaH iva = appeared like swallowing; vyomacharaH = the sky; ullikhanniva = like scratching the moon; haranniva = like carrying off; gaganam = the sky; sanakSatram = with its stars; saarkamaN^Dalam = and the disc of the sun; gachchhati = and was going; vikarSanniva = as though dragging asunder; meghajaalaani = a mass of clouds.
5.57.7
पाण्डुर अरुण वर्णानि नील मान्जिष्ठकानि च |
हरित अरुण वर्णानि महाअभ्राणि चकाशिरे ॥
Dense clauds, with white and red colaurs, blue and yellow colaurs as also green and reddish brown colaurs shone brightly in the sky.
mahaabhraaNi = dense clauds; paaN^DaraaruNa varNaani = with white and red colaurs; niilamaaN^jiShThakaani cha = with blue and yellow colaurs; haritaaruNa varNaani = with green and reddish brown colaurs; chakaashire = shone brightly.
5.57.8
प्रविशन्न् अभ्र जालानि निष्क्रमन् च पुनः पुनः |
प्रच्छन्नः च प्रकाशः च चन्द्रमा इव लक्ष्यते ॥
Time and again, entering and coming out of the clusters of clouds, Hanuma appeared like the moon becoming visible and invisible again and again.
punaH punaH = time and again; pravishan = etering; niSpatamshcha = and coming out; abhrajaalaani = of the clusters of clouds; (Hanuma); lakSyate = was perceived; chandramaaH iva = as the moon; prachchhannashcha = covered (invisible) prakaashashcha = and coming to light (visible).
5.57.9
विविधाभ्राघनासन्नगोचरो धवळाम्बरः |
दृश्यादृश्यतनुर्वीरस्तदा चन्द्रयतेऽम्बरे ॥
The heroic Hanuma, who was clad in white clothes, having faund his way into variaus kinds of dense clauds (and energing again) and having his personlaity becoming visible and invisible, shone like the moon in the sky.
viiraH = the heroic Hanuma; dhavalaambaraH = who was clad in white clothes; vividhaabhraghanaasanna gocharaH = having faund his way into variaus kinds of dense clauds (and energing again); dR^ishyaadR^ishya tanuH = and having his body becoming visible and invisible; chandraayate = shone like the moon; ambare = in the sky.
5.57.10
तार्क्ष्यायमाणो गगने बभासे वायुनन्दनः |
दारयन्मेघबृन्दानि निष्पतंश्च पुनः पुनः ॥
Tearing asunder the clusters of clouds again and again as also energing from them and roaring with a big noise, Hanuma the son of wind-god, making a thunderous great sound, shone flying like Garuda the eagle, in the sky.
daarayan = tearing asunder; megha bR6indaani = the clusters of clouds; punaH punaH = again and again; niSpatamshcha = as also coming out of them; mahataa = with big; naadena = noise; vaayunandanaH = hanuma the son of wind-god; meghasvana mehaasvanaH = making a thunderous great sound; babhaase = shone; taarkSyaayamaaNah = flying like Garuda the eagle; yagane = in the sky.
5.57.11
नदन् नादेन महता मेघ स्वन महास्वनः |
प्रवरान् राक्षसान् हत्वा नाम विश्राव्य चात्मनः ॥आकुलाम् नगतीम् कृत्वा व्यथयित्वा च रावणम् |
अर्दयित्वा बलम् घोरम् वैदेहीमभिवाद्य च ॥आजगाम महातेजाः पुनः मध्येन सागरम् |
Killing the foremost of demons, becoming famaus by is name, making Lanka perplexed, causing anguish to Ravana by tormenting his terrible army, and bidding his adieu to Sheetha, Hanuma returned by flying over the middle of the sea.
hatvaa = killing; pravaraan raakShasaan = the foremost of demons; vishraavya = becoming famaus; aatmanaH = by his; naama = name; aakulaam nagariim kR^itvaa = making Lanka perplexed; vyathayitvaa = causing anguish; raavaNam = to Ravana; ardayitvaa = tormenting; ghoram balam = the terrible army; abhivaadyacha = and offering salutation; vaidehiim = to Sheetha; mahaatejaaH punaH aajagaama = Hanuma returned; saagaram madhyena = flying over the middle of the sea.
5.57.13
पर्वत इन्द्रम् सुनाभम् च समुपस्पृश्य वीर्यवान् ॥ज्या मुक्त इव नाराचो महावेगो अभ्युपागतः |
Touching Mount Mainaka, the victorious Hanuma came with a great speed resembling an iron arrow discharged from a bow-string.
samupaspR^ishya = touching; sumaabhamcha = mainaka; parvatendram = the foremost mountain; viiryavaan = the victorious Hanuma; abhyupaagataH = came; mahaavegaH = with a great speed; naaraachaH iva = like an iron arrow; jyaamuktaH = discharged from a bow-string.
5.57.14
स किंचित् अनुसम्प्राप्तः समालोक्य महागिरिम् ॥महाइन्द्र मेघ सम्काशम् ननाद हरि पुम्गवः |
Approaching a bit near and observing Maunt Mahendra, the great mauntain looking like a dense claud, that Hanuma made a laud noise.
anusaMpraaptaH = approaching; kiMchit = a little; samaalokya = and observin; mahendram = Maunt Mahendra; mahaagirim = the great mauntain; meghasaMkaasham = looking like a dense claud; saH haripuN^gavaH = that Hanuma; nanaada = made a great noise.
5.57.15
स पूरयामास कपिर्दिशो दश समन्ततः ॥नदन्नदेव महता मेघस्वनमहास्वनः |
Emitting a great roar, that Hanuma, whole loud noise resembled the rumbling of a cloud, filled the whole space in all directions with the noise.
sa kapiH = that Hanuma; meghasvana mahaasvanaH = emitting a great roar like that of rumbling of cloud; nadan = while making sound; puurayaamaasa = filled; samastataH = the whole space; dasha dishaH = on all quarters; naadena = with the noise.
5.57.16
स तम् देशमनुप्राप्तः सुहृद्दर्शनलालसः ॥ननाद हरिशार्दूलो लाङ्गूलम् चाप्यकम्पयत् |
Having reached that place, Hanuma who was ardently desiraus of seeing his friends, roared and waved his tail.
anupraaptaH = having reached; tam desham = that place; suhuddarshana laalasaH = aredently desiraus of seeing his friends; saH harishaarduulaH = that Hanuma; nanaada = roared; akaMpayachcha = and waved; laaN^guulam = his tail.
5.57.17
तस्य नानद्यमानस्य सुपर्णचरिते पथि ॥फलतीवास्य घोषेण गगनम् सार्कमण्डलम् |
The sky, with the disc of the sun, began to crack as it were, due to his roar, even as he repeatedly roared on the path of the sky as followed by Garuda, the eagle endowed with charming wings.
gaganam = the sky; saarkamaN^Dalam = with the disc of the sun; phalatiiva = began to crack as it wwere; asya ghoSeNa = due to his roar; naanadyamaanasya = even as he repeatedly roared; pathi = on the path of the sky; suparNa charite = as followed by Garuda; the eagle endowed with charming wings.
5.57.19
ये तु तत्रोत्तरे तीरे समुद्रस्य महाबलाः | ५-५७-१८
पूर्वम् सम्विष्ठिताः शूरा वायुपुत्रदिदृक्षवः |
महतो वातनुन्नस्य तोयदस्येव गर्जितम् ॥शुश्रुवुस्ते तदा घोषमूरुवेगम् हनूमतः |
Those mighty heroes who were waiting already on the northern shore of the sea, with an eagerness to see Hanuma, heard there at that time, the saund produced by the sweeping motion of Hanuma's thighs, which resembled the reoar of a huge claud propelled by the wind.
18; 19. te = those; mahaabalaah = mighty; shuuraaH = heroes; ye = who; samviShthitaaH = were waiting; puurvam = already; uttare tiire = on the northern shore; samudrasya = of the sea; vaayuputra didR^ikShavaH = with an eagerness to see Hanuma; shushruuvuH = heard; tatra = there; tadaa = at that time; ghoSham = the saund; hanumataH uuruvegam = produced by the sweeping motion of Hanuma's thighs; gargitam iva = which resmebled the roar; mahataH toyadasya of a huge claud; vaatanunnasya = propelled by the wind.
5.57.20
ते दीनमनसः सर्वे शुश्रुवुः काननौकसः ॥वानरेन्द्रस्य निर्घोषम् पर्जन्यनिनदोपमम् |
All those monkeys, who were distressed in mind (for not having heard the news of Seetha hitherto), heard Hanuma's roar similar to the roar of a rumbling cloud.
sarve = all; te = those; kaananaukasaH = monkeys; diina manasaH = who were distressed in mind; (for not having heard the news of Seetha hitherto);shushruruH = heard; vaanarendrasya = hanuma's nirghoSam = roar; parjanya ninadopamam = similar to the roar of a rumbling cloud.
5.57.21
निशम्य नदतो नादम् वानराः ते समन्ततः ॥बभूवुः उत्सुकाः सर्वे सुहृत् दर्शन कान्क्षिणः |
Hearing that roar of Hanuma, who was making the saund, all those mokeys stationed there in all directions, became anxiausly desiraus of seeing their friend.
nishamya = hearing; naadam = the roar; (of Hanuma); nadataH = who was making the saund; te sarve vaanaraaH = all those monkeys; samantataH = stationed there in all directions; babhuuvuH = became; utsukaaH = anxiausly; suhR^iddarshana kaaNKShiNaH = desiraus of seeing their friend.
5.57.22
जाम्बवान् स हरि श्रेष्ठः प्रीति सम्हृष्ट मानसः ॥उपामन्त्र्य हरीन् सर्वान् इदम् वचनम् अब्रवीत् |
The Jambavan, the foremot among the monkesy and bears, with his mind thrilled with joy, having summoned all the monkeys, spoke the follwoing words:
saH jaambavaan = that Jambavan; harishreSThaH = the foremost among monkeys and bears; priitisamhR^iSTa maanasaH = with his mind thrilled iwth joy; upaamantrya = summoning; sarvaan = all; harrin = the monkeys; abraviit = spoke; idam = these; vachanam = words.
5.57.23
सर्वथा कृत कार्यो असौ हनूमान् न अत्र संशयः ॥न हि अस्य अकृत कार्यस्य नाद एवम् विधो भवेत् |
"This Hanuma has accoMplished his assignment in all ways. His saund will not indeed be like this, if he has not fulfilled his task. There is not daubt in this matter."
asau = this; hanumaan = Hanuma; kR^itakaaryaH = has accoMplished his assignment; sarvathaa = in all ways; asya = his; naadaH = saund; na bhave hi = will not indeed be; evam vidhaH = in this manner; akR^ita kaaryaH = if his task has not been fulfilled; naatra sa.nshayaH = there is no daubt in this matter.
5.57.24
तस्या बाहु ऊरु वेगम् च निनादम् च महात्मनः ॥निशम्य हरयो हृष्टाः समुत्पेतुः ततः ततः |
Hearing the sound of the dashing movement of the high souled Hanuma's arms and thighs, the monkeys moved by jumps with joy from their respective places.
nishamya = hearing; ninaadamcha = the sound; bahuuruvegamcha = of the dashing movement of arms and thighs; tasya mahaatmanaH = of that high-souled Hanuma; harayaH = the monkeys; hR^iSTaah = with joy; samutpetuH = moved by jumps;tatastataH = from their respective places.
5.57.25
ते नग अग्रान् नग अग्राणि शिखरात् शिखराणि च ॥प्रहृष्टाः समपद्यन्त हनूमन्तम् दिदृक्षवः |
Those monkeys with joy, longing to see Hanuma, took off from the top of one tree to the tops of other trees as also from one mauntain-summit to the other summits.
te = those monkeys; prahR^iShTaaH = with joy; didR^ikShavaH = longing to see; hanuumantam = Hanuma; samapadyanta = took off; nagaagraat = from top of one tree; nagaagraaNi = to the tops of other trees; shikharaat = as also from one mauntain-summit; shikharaaNicha = to the other summits.
5.57.26
ते प्रीताः पादप अग्रेषु गृह्य शाखाः सुपुष्पिताः ॥वासांसि इव प्रकाशानि समाविध्यन्त वानराः |
Those monkeys, grasping the boughs at the tops of trees, and standing there firmly, joyously waved the twigs, as if they are their raiments.
te vaanaraaH = those monkeys; gR^ihya = graspoing; shaakhaaH = the branches; paadapaagreSu = at the tops of trees; suviSThitaaH = and standing there well; priitaH samaavidhyanta = joyously waved; prashaakhaaH = the twigs; vaasaamsiiva = as if they are their raiments.
5.57.27
गिरिगह्वरसम्लीनो यथा गर्जति मारुतः ॥एवम् जगर्ज बलवान् हनुमान्मारुतातमजः |
The mighty, Hanuma the son of wind-god, roared as thaugh the wind roars while it enters the caves of mauntains.
balavaan = the mighty; hanumaan maarutatmajaH = Hanuma the son of wind-god; jagarja = roared; evam yathaa = as so; maarutaH = the wind; garjati = roars; girigahvara samliinaH = while entering the caves of mauntains.
5.57.28
तम् अभ्र घन संकाशम् आपतन्तम् महाकपिम् ॥दृष्ट्वा ते वानराः सर्वे तस्थुः प्रान्जलयः तदा |
Seeing that Hanuma then rushing like a dense cloud, all those monkeys stood there, joining their palms in salutation.
dR^iSTvaa = seeing; tam mahaakapim = that Hanuma; tadaa = then; aapatantam = descending quickly; abhraghanasamkaasham = lkie a dense cloud; sarve te = all those; vaanaraaH = monkeys; tasthuH = stood; praaN^jalayaH = joining their palms in salutation.
5.57.29
ततः तु वेगवान् तस्य गिरेः गिरि निभः कपिः ॥निपपात महाइन्द्रस्य शिखरे पादप आकुले |
The swift Hanuma, looking like a mauntain, then descended on the summit of that Maunt mahendra, thick with trees.
vegavaan kapiH = the swift hanuma; girinibhaH = looking like a mauntain; tataH = then; nipapaata = descended; shikhare = on the summit; tasya mahendrasya = of that Maunt Mahendra; paadapaakule = thick with trees.
5.57.30
हर्षेणापूर्यमाणोऽसौ रम्ये पर्वतनिर्घरे ॥चिन्नपक्ष इवाकाशात्पपात धरणीधरः |
Hanuma like a mountain with its wings torn off, thrilled with joy, fell from the sky into a charming mountain-torrent.
asau = this Hanuma; aapuuryamaaNaH = filled; harSeNa = with joy; papaata = fell; aakaashaat = from the sky; ramye parvata nirjhare = into a charming mountain-torrent; dharaNiidharaH iva = like a mountain; chhinnapakSaH = having its wings torn off.
5.57.31
ततः ते प्रीत मनसः सर्वे वानर पुम्गवाः ॥हनूमन्तम् महात्मानम् परिवार्य उपतस्थिरे |
परिवार्य च ते सर्वे पराम् प्रीतिम् उपागताः ॥
Then, all the foremost of those monkeys, with their pleasing hearts, stood surraunding the high-sauled Hanuma. Having encircled Hanuma, all of them obtained a supreme joy.
31; 32. tatH = then; sarve = all; te vaanarapuN^gavaaH = the foremost of those monkeys; priita manasaH = having their minds pleased; upatasthire = stood; parivaarya = surraunding; mahaatmaanam = the high-sauled; hanumantam = hanuma; te sarve = all of them; parivaarya = having encircled him; upaagataaH = obtained; paraam = a supreme; priitim = joy.
5.57.33
प्रहृष्ट वदनाः सर्वे तम् अरोगम् उपागतम् |
उपायनानि च आदाय मूलानि च फलानि च ॥प्रत्यर्चयन् हरि श्रेष्ठम् हरयो मारुत आत्मजम् |
All those mokeys with their delightful faces, taking roots and fruits as their presents, honured Hanuma, the foremost among the monkeys, who came back hale and healthy.
sarve harayaH = all those monkeys; prahR^iSTa vadanaaH = with their delighted faces; aadaaya = taking; muulaanicha = roots; phalaanicha = and fruits; upaayanaani = as gifts; pratyarchayan = honoured; maarutaatmajam = hanuma; harishreSTham = the excellent one among the monkeys; upaagatam = who came; arogam = healthily.
5.57.34
हनूमान् तु गुरून् वृद्धान् जाम्बवत् प्रमुखान् तदा ॥कुमारम् अन्गदम् चैव सो अवन्दत महाकपिः |
Then, Hanuma the excellent one among the monkeys, on his part, offered his salutation to venerable persons and elders like Jambavan in the first place, as also Angada, the prince.
tadaa = then; mahaakkapiH hanumaa.nstu = Hanuma the foremost among the mokeys on his part; avandata = offered his salutation; guruun = venerable persons; vR^iddhaan = and elders; jaambavatpramukhaan = like Jambavan in the first place; aNgadam chaiva = as also Angada; kumaaram = the prince.
5.57.35
स ताभ्याम् पूजितः पूज्यः कपिभिः च प्रसादितः ॥दृष्टा देवी इति विक्रान्तः संक्षेपेण न्यवेदयत् |
Jambavan and Angada honoured that victorious and venerable Hanuma. The other monkeys also made him gracious. Hanuma informed them briefly that he had seen Seetha.
saH = that Hanuma; vikraantaH = the victorious one; puujyaH = and the venerable one; puujitaH = was honoured; taabhyaam = by that Jambavan and Angada; prasaaditaH = He was also made gracious; kapibhiH = by the other monkeys; nyavedayat = (Hanuma) informed them; samkSepeNa = briefly; iti = that; siitaa = Seetha; dR^iSTaa = was seen (by him).
5.57.36
निषसाद च हस्तेन गृहीत्वा वालिनः सुतम् ॥रमणीये वन उद्देशे महाइन्द्रस्य गिरेः तदा |
Then, seizing the hand of Angada, Vali's son, Hanuma sat down at a distinct spot in the charming forest of Maunt Mahendra.
tadaa = then; gR^ihiitvaa = seizing; hastena = the hand; vaalinaH sutam = of Angada; Vali's son; (Hanuma); niShasaadacha = sat down; ramaNiiye vanoddesha = at a distinct spot in the charming forest; mahendrasya gireH = of Maunt Mahendra.
5.57.37
हनूमान् अब्रवीद्त् हृष्टः तदा तान् वानर ऋषभान् ॥अशोक वनिका संस्था दृष्टा सा जनक आत्मजा |
रक्ष्यमाणा सुघोराभी राक्षसीभिः अनिन्दिता ॥एक वेणी धरा बाला राम दर्शन लालसा |
उपवास परिश्रान्ता मलिना जटिला कृशा ॥
Then, the pleased Hanuma spoke the following words to those excellent monkeys: "I saw that Seetha, the duaghter of Janaka, who was staying in Ashoka garden, guarded unblemished by highly dreadful female-demons and wearing a single braid, young woman, as she was, longing to see Rama, thoroughly fatigued due to her fasting, with her hair twisted together, wearing soiled clothes and looking emaciated."
37; 38; 39. tadaa = then; hR^iSTaH = the pleased; hanumaan = Hanuma; abraviit = spoke; taan vaanararSabhaan = to those foremost ones among the monkeys (as follows); saa jaanakaatmajaa = that Seetha the daughter of Janaka; ashoka vanikaa samsthaa = who was staying in Ashoka garden; rakSyamaaNaa = guarded; aninditaa = unblemished; sughoraabhiH raakasiibhiH = by very dreadful female-demons; ekaveniidharaa = wearing a single braid; baalaa = young woman; raama darshana laalasaa = longing to see Rama; upavaasa parishraantaa = thoroughly fatigued due to fasting; malinaa = wearing soiled clothes; kR^ishaa = and looking emaciated; dR^iSTaa = was seen (by me).
5.57.40
ततो दृष्टा इति वचनम् महाअर्थम् अमृत उपमम् ॥निशम्य मारुतेः सर्वे मुदिता वानरा भवन् |
Hearing from Hanuma that iMportant and nectar like word to the effect that Sheetha had been seen all the monkeys became delighted.
nishamya = hearing; mahaartham = the iMportant; amR^itopamam = and nectar-like; vachanam = word; maaruteH = of Hanuma; iti = saying; dR^iShTaa = "seen (by me)"; sarve = all; vaanaraaH = the monkeys; abhavan = became; muditaaH = delighted.
5.57.41
क्ष्वेडन्ति अन्ये नदन्ति अन्ये गर्जन्ति अन्ये महाबलाः |
चक्रुः किल किलाम् अन्ये प्रतिगर्जन्ति च अपरे ॥
Some mighty monkeys made a lion's roar. Some were making a sound of approbation. Some were making a sound of thunder. Some others proudced cries expressing joy. Some others were roaring in return.
anye mahaabalaaH = some mighty monkeys; kSvehanti = made a lion's roar; anye = some others; nadanti = were making a sound of approbation; anye = some; garjanti = were making a sound of thunder; anye = some others; chakruH = produced; kila kilaam = cries expressing joy; apare = some others pratigarjanti = were roaring in return.
5.57.42
केचित् उच्छ्रित लान्गूलाः प्रहृष्टाः कपि कुन्जराः |
अन्चित आयत दीर्घाणि लान्गूलानि प्रविव्यधुः ॥
Shome eminent monkeys, with joy and with their tails lifted up, waved their distended curved tails.
kechit = some; kapikuNjaraaH = eminent monkeys; prahR^iShTaaH = with joy; uchchhrita laaN^guulaani = and with their tails lifted up; pravivyadhuH = waved; aayataaN^chita diirghaaNi = their distended long curved; laan^guulaani = tails.
5.57.43
अपरे तु हनूमन्तम् वानरा वारण उपमम् |
आप्लुत्य गिरि शृन्गेभ्यः संस्पृशन्ति स्म हर्षिताः ॥
Descending from the mountain-tops; some other monkeys, with delight, fondingly touched Hanuma who resembled an elephant.
aaplutya = descending; girishR^iNgebhya = from the mountain-tops; apare = some other; vaanaraaH = monkeys; harSitaaH = with delight; sam spR^ishanti sma = fondingly touched; hanuumantam = Hanuma; vaaraNopamam = who resembled an elephant.
5.57.44
उक्त वाक्यम् हनूमन्तम् अन्गदः तु तदा अब्रवीत् |
सर्वेषाम् हरि वीराणाम् मध्ये वाचम् अनुत्तमाम् ॥
After hearing the words of Hanuma, Angada spoke the follwoing excellent words in the midst of those eminent monkeys.
atha = thereafter; aN^gadaH = Angada; ukta vaakyam = having teh words spoken; hanuumantam = by Hanuma; abraviit = spoke; uttamam vachanam = (the following) excellent words; madhye = in the midst; hariviiraaNaam = of the eminent monkeys.
5.57.45
सत्त्वे वीर्ये न ते कश्चित् समो वानर विद्यते |
यत् अवप्लुत्य विस्तीर्णम् सागरम् पुनः आगतः ॥
"O Hanuma! Since you returned here crossing the extensive ocean, none stands equal to you in strength and prowess."
vaanara = O Hanuma!; yat = since; punaH aagataH = you returned (here); avaplutya = crossing; vistiirNam = the extensive; saagaram = ocean; na kashchit = none; vidyate = is; samaH = equal; te = to you; sattve = in strength; viirye = and prowess.
5.57.46
अहो स्वामिनि ते भक्तिरहो वीर्यमहो धृतिः |
दिष्ट्या दृष्टा त्वया देवी राम पत्नी यशस्विनी ॥दिष्ट्या त्यक्ष्यति काकुत्स्थः शोकम् सीता वियोगजम् |
"What amazing is yaur devotion to the Lord! What a wonderful prowess! What a surprising caurage! By aur good fortune, yau saw the illustriaus Sheetha, Rama's consort. Thank heaven! Rama can give up his sorrow born aut of Sheetha's separataion."
aho = what amazing; te = yaur; bhaktiH = devotion; svaamini = to the lord!; aho = what a wonderful; viiryan = prowess!; aho = what a surprising; dhR^itiH = caurage!; diShTyaa = by aur good fortune; yashasvinii = the illustriaus; devii = Sheetha; raama patnii = Rama's consort; dR^iShTyaa = thank heven!; kaakutthsaH = Rama; tyakShyati = can give up; shokam = his sorrow; siitaaviyogajam = born aut of Sheetha's separation.
5.57.47
ततो अन्गदम् हनूमन्तम् जाम्बवन्तम् च वानराः ॥परिवार्य प्रमुदिता भेजिरे विपुलाः शिलाः |
Very much delighted, the monkeys then sat on extensive flat rocks encircling Angada, Hanuma and Jambavan.
pramaditaaH = very much delighted; vaanaraaH = the monkeys; tataH = then; bhejire = got hold of; vipulaaH = extensive flat; shilaaH = rocks; parivaarya = encircling; aN^gadam = Angada; hanuumantam = Hanum; jaamvavantamcha = and Jambavan.
5.57.48
श्रोतु कामाः समुद्रस्य लन्घनम् वानर उत्तमाः ॥दर्शनम् च अपि लन्कायाः सीताया रावणस्य च |
तस्थुः प्रान्जलयः सर्वे हनूमत् वदन उन्मुखाः ॥
Longing to hear abaut crossing of ocean and the seeing of Lanka, Sheetha and Ravana, all those excellent monkeys waited with their joined pal.ns, in anctipation of Hanuma's words.
48; 49. shrotu kaamaaH = longing to hear; laN^ghanam = abaut crossing; samudrasya = of ocean; darshaMchaapi = and the seeing; laN^kaayaaH = of Lanka; siitaayaaH = of Sheetha; raavaNasya cha = and of Ravana; sarve = all; vaanarottamaaH = those excellent monkeys; tasthuH = waited; hanumadvachanonmukhaaH = in expectation of Hanuma's words; praN^jalayaH = with their joined pal.ns.
5.57.50
तस्थौ तत्र अन्गदः श्रीमान् वानरैः बहुभिः वृतः |
उपास्यमानो विबुधैः दिवि देव पतिः यथा ॥
The auspicious Angada encircled by many monkeys there, waited like Indra the lord of celestials, who was waited upon by celestials in heaven.
shriimaan = the auspicious; aN^gada = Angada; tasthau = waited; devapatiryathaa = like Indra the Lord of celestials; upaasyamaanaH = waited upon; vibudhaiH = by celestials; divi = in heaven; vR^itaH = encircled; bahubhiH vaanaraiH = by many mokes; tatra = there.
5.57.51
हनूमता कीर्तिमता यशस्विना |
तथा अन्गदेन अन्गद बद्ध बाहुना |
मुदा तदा अध्यासितम् उन्नतम् महन् |
मही धर अग्रम् ज्वलितम् श्रिया अभवत् ॥
The high and large summit of the mauntain, on which were seated then with delight, the illustriaus Hanuma and the famaus Angada, with bracelets worn on his upper ar.ns, stood blazed with splendaur.
tadaa = then; unnatam = the high; mahat = large; mahiidharaagram = uppermost part of the mauntain; adhyaasitam = on which were seated; mudaa = with delight; kiirtimataa hanuumataa = by the illustriaus Hanuma; tathaa = and yashasvinaa = the famaus; aN^gadena = Angeda; aN^gada baddha baahunaa = with bracelets worn on his upper ar.ns; abhavet = became; jvalitam = stood blazed; shriyaa = with splendaur.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे सप्तपञ्चशः सर्गः
Sarga 58 (part 1 of 3)
5.58.1
ततः तस्य गिरेः शृन्गे महाइन्द्रस्य महाबलाः |
हनुमत् प्रमुखाः प्रीतिम् हरयो जग्मुः उत्तमाम् ॥
Thereafter, the mighty monkeys, headed by Hanuma and others, experienced a great joy on that summit of Mount Mahendra.
tataH = thereafter; mahaabalaaH = the mighty; harayaH = monkeys; hanumat pramukhaaH = headed by Hanuma and others; jagaama = obtained; uttamaam = a great; priitim = joy; tasya mahendrasyagireH = on that summit of Mount Mahendra.
5.58.2
तम् ततः प्रतिसम्हृष्टः प्रीतिमन्तम् महाकपिम् |
जाम्बवान् कार्य वृत्त अन्तम् अपृच्छत् अनिल आत्मजम् ॥
Then, Jambavan, thrilling with rapture, asked the delighted Hanuma, the great monkey about the particulars of that actual occurrence (of seeing Seetha) as follows
tataH = then; jaambavaan = Jambavan; priitisamhR^iSTaH = thrilling with rapture; apR^ichchhat = asked; priitimantam = the delighted; mahaakapim = the great monkey; tam kaaryavR^ittaantam = about the particulars of that actual occurrence (of seeing Seetha) as follows.
5.58.3
कथम् दृष्टा त्वया देवी कथम् वा तत्र वर्तते |
तस्याम् वा स कथम् वृत्तः क्रूर कर्मा दश आननः ॥
"How did you see Seetha? How was she there? How was that Ravana of terrible deeds behaving towards her?"
katham = how; devii = was Seetha; dR^iSTaa = seen; tvayaa = by you?; katham vaa = how; vartate = was she; tatra = there?; katham vR^ittaH = of what behavior; tasyaam = towards her; saH dashaananaH = was that Ravana; kruura karma = having terrible deeds?
5.58.4
तत्त्वतः सर्वम् एतन् नः प्रब्रूहि त्वम् महाकपे |
श्रुत अर्थाः चिन्तयिष्यामो भूयः कार्य विनिश्चयम् ॥
"O Hanuma! Tell us entirely, in truth whatever has occurred. Ascertaining the truth, from you, we shall again think about what decision to be taken further."
mahaakape = O Hanuma!; tvam = you; prabruuhi = tell; naH = us; etat = this; sarvam = entirely; tattvataH = in this; shrutaarthaaH = ascertained by having the matter; chintayiSyaamaH = we shall think; kaaryavinishchayam = about a mutual resolve to do something; bhuuyaH = again.
5.58.5
यः च अर्थः तत्र वक्तव्यो गतैः अस्माभिः आत्मवान् |
रक्षितव्यम् च यत् तत्र तत् भवान् व्याकरोतु नः ॥
"When we go there (to the presence of Rama), having prudence, tell us clearly which matter is to be disclosed and which matter is to be kept off from him."
gataiH = gone; tatra = there; asmaabhiH = by us; bhavaan = you; aatmavaan = having prudence; vyaakarotu = clearly tell; naH = us; yaH = which; arthaH = matter; tat = that; vaktavyaH = can be disclosed; yat = and which; rakSitavyam = is to be kept off.
5.58.6
स नियुक्तः ततः तेन सम्प्रहृष्ट तनू रुहः |
नमस्यन् शिरसा देव्यै सीतायै प्रत्यभाषत ॥
Thus commanded by Jambavan, Hanuma, with his hair standing on end mentally offered his salutation to Seetha, the princess, by bowing his head and replied as follows:
niyuktaH = thus commanded; tena = by that Jambavan; saH = that Hanuma; tataH = then; samprahR^iSTatanuuruhaH = with his hair thrilling in rapture; praNamya = offering salutation; devyai siitaayai = to Seetha the princess; shirasaa = (by bowing) his head; pratyabhaaSata = replied (as follows):
5.58.7
प्रत्यक्षम् एव भवताम् महाइन्द्र अग्रात् खम् आप्लुतः |
उदधेः दक्षिणम् पारम् कान्क्षमाणः समाहितः ॥
"With an intention to reach the southern shore of the ocean, I leapt into the sky, indeed before your presence, from the summit of Mount Mahendra."
kaaNkSamaaNaH = desirous; samaahitaH = and intent upon; udadheH dakSiNam paaram = (reaching) the southern shore of the ocean; aaplutaH = I leapt; kham = into the sky; mahendraagraat = from the summit of Mount Mahendra; bhavataam pratyakSameva = just before your presence indeed!
5.58.8
गच्छतः च हि मे घोरम् विघ्न रूपम् इव अभवत् |
कान्चनम् शिखरम् दिव्यम् पश्यामि सुमनो हरम् ॥
"While I was going, a terrific hindrance occurred in my way as it was. I saw a golden mountain-peak which was so charming and fascinating."
me = to me; gachchhataH = who was going; ghoram = a terrific; vighnaruupamiva = hindrance-like thing; abhavat = occurred; pashyaami = I saw; kaaN^chanam shikharam = a golden mountain-peak; divyam = which was charming; sumanoharam = and so fascinating.
5.58.9
स्थितम् पन्थानम् आवृत्य मेने विघ्नम् च तम् नगम् |
उपसम्गम्य तम् दिव्यम् कान्चनम् नग सत्तमम् ॥कृता मे मनसा बुद्धिः भेत्तव्यो अयम् मया इति च |
"I accounted that mountain staying turned towards the path, as an impediment. Approaching that excellent charming and golden mountain, I made up my mind to shatter it."
mene = I considered; tam nayam = that mountain; sthitam = staying; aavR^itya = turned round towards; panthaanam = the path; vighnam = as a hindrance; upasamgamya = approaching; tam nagasattamam = that excellent mountain; divyam = which was charming; kaaNchanam = and golden-coloured; buddhiH = a thought; kR^itaa = was formed; me manasaa = in my mind; ayam; bhettavyaH iti = that the mountain should be demolished; mayaa = by me.
5.58.10
प्रहतम् च मया तस्य लान्गूलेन महागिरेः ॥शिखरम् सूर्य सम्काशम् व्यशीर्यत सहस्रधा |
"As I struck it with my tail, the mountain-peak of that great hill, resembling the sun, was broken into a thousand pieces."
prahatam = struck; mayaa = by me; laaNguulena = with my tail; shikharam = the mountain-peak; mahaagireH = of that large mountain; suurya samkaasham = resembling the sun; vyashiiryata = was broken; sahasradhaa = into a thousand pieces.
5.58.11
व्यवसायम् च मे बुद्ध्वा स ह उवाच महागिरिः ॥पुत्र इति मधुराम् बाणीम् मनः प्रह्लादयन्न् इव |
"Understanding my purpose, that great mountain spoke the following sweet words saying, 'O my son!', As though it was refreshing my mind (once more to proceed further)."
buddhvaa = understanding; tam vyavasaayam = that intention; saH mahaagiriH = that great mountain; uvaacha ha = spoke; madhuraam = sweet; vaaNiim = words; putra iti = saying "O my son!"; manaH prahlaadayanniva = as though it was refreshing my mind.
5.58.12
पितृव्यम् च अपि माम् विद्धि सखा अयम् मातरिश्वनः ॥मैनाकम् इति विख्यातम् निवसन्तम् महाउदधौ |
" 'Know me to be generally called as Mynaa dwelling in this great ocean, as a companion of the wind-god and even as your father's brother'."
viddhi = know; maam = me; vikhyaatam = to be generally called; mynaakamiti = as Mynaka; nivasantam = dwelling; mahaa dadhau = in the great ocean; sakhaaya = as a companion; maatarishvanaH = of the wind-god; pitR^ivyamohaapi = and even as your father's brother.
5.58.13
पक्ष्ववन्तः पुरा पुत्र बभूवुः पर्वत उत्तमाः ॥चन्दतः पृथिवीम् चेरुः बाधमानाः समन्ततः |
" 'O my son! Long ago, the foremost among the mountains used to have wings. They used to wander the entire earth freely, hurting the people!"
putra = O my son!; puraa = long ago; parvatottamaaH = foremost among mountains; babhuuvuH = used to; pakSavantaH = have wings; cheruH = they used to wander; samantataH = the entire; pR^ithiviim = earth; chhandataH = freely; baadhamaanaaH = hurting the people.
5.58.14
श्रुत्वा नगानाम् चरितम् महाइन्द्रः पाक शासनः ॥चिच्छेद भगवान् पक्षान् वज्रेण एषाम् सहस्रशः |
" 'Hearing that behaviour of those mountains, the venerable Indra the lord of celestials, the destroyer of a demon called Paka, chopped their wings into a thousand pieces by using his thunderbolt.' "
shrutvaa = hearing; charitam = the behaviour nagaanaam = of the mountains; bhagavaan mahendraH = the venerable Indra the lord of celestials; paaka shaasanaH = the destroyer of the demon called Paka; chichchheda = chopped; eSaam pakSaan = their wings; sahasrashaH = into thousand pieces; vajreNa = by his thunderbolt.
5.58.15
अहम् तु मोक्षितः तस्मात् तव पित्रा महात्मना ॥मारुतेन तदा वत्स प्रक्षिप्तो अस्मि महाअर्णवे |
" 'O child! I, on my part, was hurled into the great ocean by the high-souled wind-god, your father and was liberated from the clutches of Indra.' "
vatsa = O child!; aham tu = I; on my part; prakSiptaH asmi = was hurled; mahaarNave = into the great ocean; mahaatmanaa maarutena = by the high-souled wind-god; tava pittraa = your father; mokSitaH = and was liberated; tadaa = then; tasmaat = (from the clutches) of that Indra.
5.58.16
रामस्य च मया साह्ये वर्तितव्यम् अरिम् दम ॥रामो धर्मभृताम् श्रेष्ठो महाइन्द्र सम विक्रमः |
" 'O Hanuma the annihilator of enemies! I have to behave in such a way as to help Rama. For, Rama, having a prowess equal to that of Indra; is indeed excellent in supporting righteousness.'"
arindama = O Hanuma; the annihilater of enemies!; vartitavayam = It s to be behaved; mayaa = by me in such a way; ramasya saahye = to help Rama; raamaH = Rama' mahendra samavikramaH = similar to the prowess of Indra; shreSThaH = is excellent; dharma bhR^itaam = in supporting righteousness.
5.58.17
एतत् श्रुत्वा मया तस्य मैनाकस्य महात्मनः ॥कार्यम् आवेद्य तु गिरेः उद्धतम् च मनो मम |
तेन च अहम् अनुज्ञातो मैनाकेन महात्मना ॥
"Hearing the words of that high-souled Mynaka and after informing my purpose, my mind was prepared for a further travel. The high-soled Mynaka also allowed me to depart."
17; 18. shrutvaa = hearing; vachaH = the words; tasya mahaatmanaH mynaakasya = of that high-souled Mynaka; aavedya = and informing; kaaryam = my purpose; mama = my; manaH = mind; udyatam = was prepared for the travel; aham = I; anujJNaatashcha = was allowed to depart; tena mahaatmanaa = by that high-souled; mynaakena cha = Mynaka also.
5.58.19
स चाप्यन्तर्हितः शैलो मानुषेण वपुष्मता |
शरीरेण महाशैलः शैलेन च महोदधौ ॥
"That Mynaka mountain vanished in the guise of a beautiful form of a human being. That large mountainous form also later drowned into the great ocean."
saH = that; shailaH = mountain; antarhitaH = vanished; maanuSeNa vapuSmataa = in a beautiful form of a human being; mahaashailaH = that large mountain; shailena shariireNa = in the form of the body of a mountain; antarhitaH = vanished; mahodadhau = into the great ocean.
5.58.20
उत्तमम् जवम् आस्थाय शेषम् अध्वानम् आस्थितः |
ततो अहम् सुचिरम् कालम् वेगेन अभ्यगमम् पथि ॥
"Thereafter, employing an excellent speed and continuing on my course, I proceeded in that path speedily for a long time."
tataH = thereafter; aasthaaya = employing; uttamam = an excellent; javam = speed; aasthitaH = and existing; sheSam = in the remaining; panthaanam = path; aham = I; abhyaagamam = went; pathi = in that path; vegena = with speed; suchiram kaalam = for a very long time.
5.58.21
ततः पश्यामि अहम् देवीम् सुरसाम् नाग मातरम् |
समुद्र मध्ये सा देवी वचनम् माम् अभाषत ॥
"Thereafter, I saw Surasa, the mother of serpents in the midst of the sea. That goddess spoke the following words to me.
tataH = thereafter; aham = I; pashyaami = saw; surasaam = Surasa; naagamaataram = the mother of serpents; samudramadhye = in the midst of the sea; saa devii = and that goddess; abhaaSata = spoke; vachanam = (the following) words; maam = to me.
5.58.22
मम भक्ष्यः प्रदिष्टः त्वम् अमारैः हरि सत्तमम् |
ततः त्वाम् भक्षयिष्यामि विहितः त्वम् चिरस्य मे ॥
"O excellent of monkeys! The celestials have shown you as my eatable. Therefore, I will eat you since you have been bestowed to me by gods after a long time."
harisattama = O the excellent of monkeys!; tvam = you; pradiSTaH = have been shown; mama bhakSaH = as my eatable; amaraiH = by the celstials; ataH = therefore; bhakSayiSyaam = I will eat; tvaam = you; tvam = you vihitaH = have been arranged; me = to me; chirasya = after a long time.
5.58.23
एवम् उक्तः सुरसया प्राञ्जलिः प्रणतः स्थितः |
विवर्ण वदनो भूत्वा वाक्यम् च इदम् उदीरयम् ॥
"Hearing Surasa's words, I stood there, offering salutation with my joined palms to her. Becoming pale-faced, I spoke the following words:
evam uktaH = thus spoken; surasayaa = by Surasa; sthitaH = I stood; praNataH praaJNaliH = offering my salutation with joined palms to her; bhuutvaa = becoming; vivarNavadanaH = pale- faced; udiirayam = I spoke; idam = these; vaakyam cha = words too.
5.58.24
रामो दाशरथिः श्रीमान् प्रविष्टो दण्डका वनम् |
लक्ष्मणेन सह भ्रात्रा सीतया च परम् तपः ॥
" 'Rama, the son of Dasaratha the splendid man and the tormentator of enemies, together with Lakshmana, his brother and Seetha entered the forest of Dandaka.'"
raamaH = Rama; daasharathiH = the son of Dasaratha; shriimaaan = the splendid man; paramtapaH = the tormentator of enemies; bhraataa lakSmaNena saha = together with Lakshmana; his brother; siitaayaacha = and Seetha; praviSTaH = entered; daN^Dakaavanam = the forest of Dandaka.
5.58.25
तस्य सीता हृता भार्या रावणेन दुरात्मना |
तस्याः सकाशम् दूतो अहम् गमिष्ये राम शासनात् ॥
" 'The evil-minded Ravana took away Seetha, Rama's wife. By the orders of Rama, I am going to her as an envoy.' "
duraatmanaa raavaNena = by the evil-minded Ravana; siitaa = Seetha; tasya bhaaryaa = Rama's wife; hR^itaa = was taken away; raamashaasanaat = by the orders of Rama; aham = I; gamiSye = can go; tasyaaH sakaasham = near to her; duutaH = as an envoy.
5.58.26
कर्तुम् अर्हसि रामस्य साह्यम् विषय वासिनि |
अथवा मैथिलीम् दृष्ट्वा रामम् च अक्लिष्ट कारिणम् ॥आगमिष्यामि ते वक्त्रम् सत्यम् प्रतिशृणोति मे |
"'You, abiding in Rama's country, ought to do a help to Rama. Otherwise, after seeing Seetha and Rama, who is unwearied in action, I will come to your mouth. I am thus promising you in truth."
satii = you staying; viSaye = in Rama's country; arhasi = ought; kartum = to do; saahaayyam = a help; raamasya = to Rama; athavaa = or else; dR^iSTvaa = after seeing; maithiliim = Seetha; raamamcha = and Rama; akliSTa kaariNam = who is unwearied in action; aagamiSyaami = I will come; te = to your; vakraam = mouth; pratishR^iNomi = I am doing a promise; te = to you; satyam = in truth.
5.58.27
एवम् उक्ता मया सा तु सुरसा काम रूपिणी ॥अब्रवीन् न अतिवर्तेत कश्चित् एष वरो मम |
Hearing my words, that Surasa who can assume any form at her will said: "No one can violate me by unfaithfulness. I have this boon with me."
evam = thus; uktaa = spoken; mayaa = by me; saa surasaa = that Surasa; kaama ruupiNii = who can assume any form at will; abraviit = spoke (as follows); na kshchit = no one; ativarte ta = can violate (me by unfaithfulness); eSaH = this; mama varaH = is my boon.
5.58.28
एवम् उक्तः सुरसया दश योजनम् आयतः ॥ततो अर्ध गुण विस्तारो बभूव अहम् क्षणेन तु |
"Hearing the words of Surasa, I, as tall as ten Yojanas (eighty miles), within a moment, grew half as much in size (fifteen Yojanas or one hundred twenty miles)."
evam = thus; uktaH = spoken; surasayaa = by Surasa; aham = I; aayataH = as tall as; dashayojanam = ten Yojanas; (eighty miles); kSaNena = within a moment; babhuuva = became; ardhaguNavistaaraH = half as much in size (fifteen yojanas or one hundred and twenty miles).
5.58.29
मत् प्रमाण अनुरूपम् च व्यादितम् तन् मुखम् तया ॥तत् दृष्ट्वा व्यादितम् तु आस्यम् ह्रस्वम् हि अकरवम् वपुः |
तस्मिन् मुहूर्ते च पुनः बभूव अन्गुष्ठ सम्मितः ॥
"She opened her mouth so wide as to correspond to the size of my body. Seeing her expanded mouth, I assumed a dwarfish form. At that moment, I still became reduced to the size of a human thumb."
29; 30. mukham = the mouth; vyaaditam = was opened wide; matpramaaNaanuruupam = corresponding to the size of my body; tayaa = by her; dR^iSTvaa = seeing; tat vyaaditam = that expanded; aasyam = mouth; akaravam = i made; vapuH = my body; hrasvam = small; tasmin = at that; muhuurte; moment; babhuuva = I became; (reduced) punaH = still; aN^guSThamaatrakaH = is to the size of a human thumb.
5.58.31
अभिपत्य आशु तत् वक्त्रम् निर्गतो अहम् ततः क्षणात् |
अब्रवीत् सुरसा देवी स्वेन रूपेण माम् पुनः ॥
"After entering her mouth quickly, I then came out instantly. The divine Surasa, in her native form, spoke to me again, as follows:
abhipatya = after entering; tadvaktram = her mouth; aashu = quickly; aham- I; tataH = then; nirgataH = came out; kSaNaat = instantly; devii = the divine; surasaa = Surasa; svena ruupeNa = in her native form; abraviit = spoke; maam = to me; punaH = again (as follows):
5.58.32
अर्थ सिद्ध्यै हरि श्रेष्ठ गच्छ सौम्य यथा सुखम् |
समानय च वैदेहीम् राघवेण महात्मना ॥सुखी भव महाबाहो प्रीता अस्मि तव वानर |
"'O gently monkey! O the foremost among monkeys! Go happily for the fulfillment of your purpose. Bring back Seetha to the magnanimous Rama. O mighty armed monkey! Be happy. I am pleased with you.'"
saumya = O gentle monkey!; harishreSTha = O the foremost among monkeys!; gachchha = go yathaasukham = happily; artha siddhyai = for the fulfillment of your purpose; samaanaya = bring back; vaidehiim = Seetha; mahaatmanaa raaghaveNa = to the magnanimous Rama; mahaabaaho vaanara = O the mighty armed monkey!; bhava sukhii = be happy; priitaasmi = I am pleased; tava = with you.
5.58.33
ततो अहम् साधु साध्वी इति सर्व भूतैः प्रशंसितः ॥ततो अन्तरिक्षम् विपुलम् प्लुतो अहम् गरुडो यथा |
"Then, all living beings praised me! Saying Good! Well done! Bravo! Thereupon, I leapt into the extensive sky, like Garuda the eagle, the carrier of Lord Vishnu."
tataH = then; aham = I; prashamsitaH = was praised; sarva bhuutaiH = by all living beings; saadhu saadhviti = saying; "Good! Well done! Bravo!"; tataH = thereupon; aham = I; plutaH = leapt; vipulam antarikSam = into the extensive sky; garuDo yathaa = like Garuda the eagle; the carrier of Lord Vishnu.
5.58.34
चाया मे निगृहीता च न च पश्यामि किंचन ॥सो अहम् विगत वेगः तु दिशो दश विलोकयन् |
न किंचित् तत्र पश्यामि येन मे अपहृता गतिः ॥
"In the meanwhile, my shadow was held fast. Yet, I did not perceive anything. My speed having been blocked, I surveyed all the ten directions. But I could not discover there, any object by which my movement was blocked."
34; 35. me = my; chhaayaa = shadow; nigR^ihiitaa = was held fast; na cha pashyaami = I did not perceive; kimchana = anything; vihata vegaH = my speed having been blocked; saH aham = I; vilokayan = surveyed; dasha dishaH = all the ten directions; na cha pashyaami = I could not discover; tatra = there; yena kimchit = any object by which; gataH = my movement; apahR^itaa = was blocked.
5.58.36
ततो मे बुद्धिः उत्पन्ना किम् नाम गमने मम |
ईदृशो विघ्न उत्पन्नो रूपम् यत्र न दृश्यते ॥
"Then, the thought arose in me: "How I wonder has such a hindrance arose in my journey, although no concrete configuration is being seen here?"
tataH = then; me = to me; buddhiH = the thought; utpannaa = arose; yatra = where; gamane = in my journey; na ruupam = no configuration; na dR^ishaH = is being seen; kim naama = what is it?; iidR^ishaH = such; vighnaH = a hindrance; utpannaH = arose?
5.58.37
अधो भागेन मे दृष्टिः शोचता पातिता मया |
ततो अद्राक्षम् अहम् भीमाम् राक्षसीम् सलिले शयाम् ॥
"While I was thinking thus, my sight has fallen downward. There, I saw a terrible female-demon lying in water."
shochataa = while it was thus being thought; mayaa = by me; me = my; dR^iSThiH = sight; paatitaa = has fallen; adhobhaagena = downward; tataH = then; aham = I; adraakSam = saw; bhiimaam = a terrible; raakSasiim = female-demons; salileshayaam = lying in water.
5.58.38
प्रहस्य च महानादम् उक्तो अहम् भीमया तया |
अवस्थितम् असम्भ्रान्तम् इदम् वाक्यम् अशोभनम् ॥
"Heartily laughing with a great noise, that terrific woman, spoke to me the following inauspicious words, firmly and without any bewilderment (as follows):
tayaa = by her; bhiimayaa = who was terrible;aham = I; uktaH = was spoken; idam = these; ashobhanam = bad; vaakyam = words; prahasya mahaanaadam = heartily laughing with a great noise; avasthitam = firmly; asambhraantaam = and without bewilderment.
5.58.39
क्व असि गन्ता महाकाय क्षुधिताया मम ईप्सितः |
भक्षः प्रीणय मे देहम् चिरम् आहार वर्जितम् ॥
"O gigantic monkey! Where are you going? You are my requisite food, hungry as I am. Gratify my person, who has remained without sustenance for long."
mahaakaaya = O gigantic monkey!; kva = where; asi = are you; gantaa = going?; mama = to me; kSudhitaayaaH = who is hungry; priiNaya = gratify; me deham = my person; chiram aahaaravarjitam = which has remained without sustenance for long; iipsitaH bhakSaH = bhakSaH = as my required food.
5.58.40
बाढम् इति एव ताम् वाणीम् प्रत्यगृह्णाम् अहम् ततः |
आस्य प्रमाणात् अधिकम् तस्याः कायम् अपूरयम् ॥
"Saying 'Amen', I actually accepted those words. Thereupon, I expanded my body to a size larger than the capacity of her mouth."
baaDam ityeva = saying 'Amen'; aham = I; pratyagR^ihNaam = actually accepted; taam vaaNiim = those words; tataH = thereupon; apuurayan = I expanded; deham = my body; adhikam tasyaaH aasyapraamaaNaat = to a size larger than the capacity of her mouth.
5.58.41
तस्याः च आस्यम् महत् भीमम् वर्धते मम भक्षणे |
न च माम् सा तु बुबुधे मम वा विकृतम् कृतम् ॥
"Her terrific large mouth too began to grow to devour me. She could not understand well about me or about the change subsequently gone through by me (in the shape of a minute form)"
tasyaaH = her; mahat = large; bhiimam = terrific; aasyam cha = mouth too; vardhate = began to grow; mama bhakSaNe = to devour me; na bubudhe = she could not understand; saadhu = well; mama vaa = either about me; mama kR^itam vikR^itam = or about the change subsequently gone through by me (in the shape of a minute form)
5.58.42
ततो अहम् विपुलम् रूपम् सम्क्षिप्य निमिष अन्तरात् |
तस्या हृदयम् आदाय प्रपतामि नभः तलम् ॥
"Then, having contracted my large body within another moment, I extracted her heart and leapt back into the sky."
tataH = then; samkSipya = having contracted; vipulam ruupam = my large body; nimiSantaraat = within another moment; aham = I; aadaaya = having taken off; hR^idayam = her heart; prapataami = leapt; nabhasthalam = into the sky.
5.58.43
सा विसृष्ट भुजा भीमा पपात लवण अम्भसि |
मया पर्वत सम्काशा निकृत्त हृदया सती ॥
"When her heart has been cut off by me, that terrific Simhika looking like a mountain, fell into the ocean with her arms emanating from it."
nikR^ittahR^idayaa satii = when her heart has been cut off; mayaa = by me; bhiimaa = the terrific; sea = simhika; parvatasamkaashaa = looking like a mountain; papaata = fell; lavaNaambhasi = into the ocean; visR^iSTa bhujaa = with her arms allowed to flow in it.
5.58.44
शृणोमि ख गतानाम् च सिद्धानाम् चारणैः सह |
राक्षसी सिम्हिका भीमा क्षिप्रम् हनुमता हृता ॥
"I heard great sages along with wandering celestial singers, moving in the sky, saying that Simhika the dreadful demon was instantly killed by Hanuma."
shR^iNomi = I heard; siddhaanaam = great sages; chaaraNaiH saha = along with the wandering celestial singers; khagataanaam = moving in the sky; (saying that); simhikaa = Simhika; bhiimaa raakSasii = the dreadful female-demon; kSipram hataa = was instantly killed; hanumataa = by Hanuma.
5.58.45
ताम् हत्वा पुनः एव अहम् कृत्यम् आत्ययिकम् स्मरन् |
गत्वा च महत् अध्वानम् पश्यामि नग मण्डितम् ॥दक्षिणम् तीरम् उदधेः लन्का यत्र च सा पुरी |
"After killing her and again recollecting the task to be performed quickly, I travelled for a long distance and saw the southern shore of the ocean, where that City of Lanka, adorned with its trees, was situated."
hatvaa = after killing; taam = her; punareva = and again; smaran = recollecting; kR^ityam = the task; aatyayikam = to be done quickly; gatvaa = travelling; mahat adhvaanam = a great distance; aham = I; pashyaami = saw; dakSiNam tiiram = the southern shore; udadhah = of the ocean; yatra = where; saa = that; laN^kaapurii = City of Lanka; naga maNDitam = was adorned with trees.
5.58.46
अस्तम् दिन करे याते रक्षसाम् निलयम् पुरीम् ॥प्रविष्टो अहम् अविज्ञातो रक्षोभिः भीम विक्रमैः |
"While the sun was setting, I, without being noticed by the demons of dreadful prowess, entered the city of Lanka, the abode of demons."
dinakare astam yaate = while the sun was setting; aham = I; avijJNaataH = without being noticed; rakSobhiH = by the demons; bhiima vikramaiH = of dreadful prowess; praviSTaH = entered; puram = the City of Lanka; nilayam = the abode; rakSasaam = of demons.
5.58.47
तत्र प्रविशतश्चापि कल्पान्तघनसन्निभा ॥अट्टहासम् विमुञ्चन्ती नारी काप्युत्थिता पुरः |
"While I was entering the City, a woman, resembling a cloud at the time of dissolution of the world, stood up in front of me, emitting a loud laughter."
puraH = in front; pravishataH = of me entering; tatra = that city; kaapi naarii = a woman; kalpaanta ghana sannibhaa = resembling a cloud at the time of dissolution of the world; utthitaa = rose; vimuN^chantii = emitting; aTTahaasam = a loud laughter.
5.58.48
जिघांसन्तीम् ततस्ताम् तु ज्वलदग्निशिरोरुहाम् ॥सव्यमुष्टिप्रहारेण पराजित्य सुभैरवाम् |
प्रदोषकाले प्रविशम् भीतयाहम् तयोदितः ॥
"Then defeating that woman, having her hair looking terrific like a blazing fire and who was trying to kill me, by striking her with a blow of the fist of my left hand and entered the land of Lanka at the dusk of early night. she, being frightened, spoke to me as follows:
48; 49. tataH = then; paarajitya = defeating; taam = her; jvaladagnishiroruhaam = having her hair looking like a blazing fire; subhairavaam = and very terrific; jighaamsantiim = desirous of killing me; savyamuSTi prahaareNa = with a blow of the fist of my left hand; pravisham = and entered (the land); pradoSa kaale = at the dusk of early night; aham = I; uditah = was spoken (as follows); tayaa = by her; bhiitayaa = duly frightened.
5.58.50
अहम् लङ्कापुरी वीर निर्जिता विक्रमेण ते |
यस्मात्तस्माद्विजेतासि सर्वरक्षांस्यशेषतः ॥
"O hero! I am (the personified) City of Lanka. Therefore, by the same prowess you conquered me, you can defeat all the demons here completely."
viira = O; hero!; aham = I am; laN^kaapurii = the City of Lanka; yasmaat tasmaat = therefore; te vikramaNe = by your prowess; nirjitaa = which conquered me; vijetaasi = you can defeat; asheSataH = completely; sarva rakSaamsi = all the demons.
5.58.51
तत्र अहम् सर्व रात्रम् तु विचिन्वन् जनक आत्मजाम् |
रावण अन्तः पुर गतो न च अपश्यम् सुमध्यमाम् ॥
"Searching there for Seetha that whole night in Ravana's gynaecium, I could not find that Seetha, the slender-waisted lady."
vinchinvaa = searching; tatra = there; janakaatmajam = for Seetha; sarva raatram = the whole night; raavaNaantaH puragataH = after going to Ravana's gynaecium; aham = I; na apashyam cha = could not find; sumadhyamaam = that Seetha; the slender-waisted lady.
5.58.52
ततः सीताम् अपश्यन् तु रावणस्य निवेशने |
शोक सागरम् आसाद्य न पारम् उपलक्षये ॥
"Unable to find Seetha in Ravana's dwelling and facing a sea of sorrow, I could not then perceive its other shore."
apashyamstu = unable to find; siitaam = Seetha; raavaNasya niveshane = in Ravana's dwelling; aasaadya = and reaching; shokasaagaram = a sea of sorrow; na upalakSyate = I could not perceive; paaram = its other shore; tataH = then.
5.58.53
शोचता च मया दृष्टम् प्राकारेण समावृतम् |
कान्चनेन विकृष्टेन गृह उपवनम् उत्तमम् ॥
"While bemoaning, I saw an excellent grove near that gynaecium, concealed by a prolonged fence painted with golden colour."
mayaa = by me; shochataa = who was bemoaning; uttamam = an excellent; gR^ihopavanam = grove near the house; samaavR^itam = concealed; vikR^iSTena praakaareNa = by a prolonged fence; kaaNchanena = of golden colour; dR^iSTam = was seen.
5.58.54
स प्राकारम् अवप्लुत्य पश्यामि बहु पादपम् |
अशोक वनिका मध्ये शिंशपा पादपो महान् ॥तम् आरुह्य च पश्यामि कान्चनम् कदली वनम् |
Crossing the fence, I saw that grove having copious trees. Amidst that Ashoka garden, I saw a large Shimshupa* garden. After ascending it, I beheld an yellow-pigmented thicket of banana plants."
avaplutya = crossing; praakaaram = the fence; saH = I as such; pashyaami = saw; bahupaadapam = that grove; having copious trees; ashokavanikaamadhye = amidst that Ashoka garden; mahaan shimshupaa paadapah = was a large Shimshupa tree; aaruhya = ascending; tam = it; pashyaami = I saw; kaaN^chanam kadaLiivanam = yellow-pigmented thicket of banana plants.
- Botanical name: Delbergia sissoo.
5.58.55
अदूरात् शिंशपा वृक्षात् पश्यामि वन वर्णिनीम् ॥श्यामाम् कमल पत्र अक्षीम् उपवास कृश आननाम् |
तदेकवासःसंवीताम् रजोध्वस्तशिरोरुहाम् ॥शोकसन्तापदीनाङ्गीम् सीताम् भर्तृहिते स्थिताम् |
राक्षसीभिः विरूपाभिः क्रूराभिः अभिसम्वृताम् ॥मांस शोणित भक्ष्याभिः व्याघ्रीभिः हरिणीम् यथा |
"Not far from that Shimshupa tree. I saw Seetha, of youthful complexion, with eyes looking like lotus-petals, with her face emaciated by fasting, clad in a single piece of cloth, her hair soiled with dust, her limbs afflicted with grief and agony, devoted as she was to the good of her lord and surrounded on all sides by ugly and cruel female-demons living on flesh and blood, as a doe encircled by tigresses."
55;56;57. aduuraat = not far; shimshupaa vR^ikSaat = from Shimshupa tree; pashyaami = I saw; siitaam = Seetha; shyaamaam vara vaNiniim = of youthful complexion; kamala patraakSiim = with eyes like louts petals; upavaasakR^ishaananaam = with her face emaciated by fasting; tadeka vaasaH samvitaam = clad in a single piece of cloth; rajodhvasta shiroruhaam = with her hair soiled with dust; shoka samtaapa diinaaN^giim = her limbs afflicted with grief and agony; sthitaam bhartR^ihite = devoted to the good of her lord; abhisamvR^itaam = surrounded on all sides; hariNiimiva = as a doe; vyaaghriibhiH = encircled by tigresses; raakSasiibhiH = by female-demons; viruupaabhiH = who were ugly; kruuraabhiH = and who were cruel; maamsa shoNita bhakSaabhiH = living on flesh and blood.
5.58.58
सा मया राक्षसीमध्ये तर्ज्यमाना मुहुर्महुः ॥एकवेणीधरा दीना भर्तृचिन्तापरायणा |
भूमिशय्या विवर्णाङ्गी पद्मिनीव हिमागमे ॥रावणाद्विनिवृत्तार्था मर्तव्यकृतनिश्चया |
कथंचिन्मृगशाबाक्षी तूर्णमासादिता मया ॥
"Seetha, who had eyes like those of a deer, was somehow quickly found by me looking depressed in the amidst of female-demons, frightened (as she was by them) again and again, putting on a single braid of hair (as a mark of desolation), wholly devoted to the thought of her lord, having floor as her bedstead, pale-limbed like a lotus-stalk in a cool season, turning away the request of Ravana, and determined to die."
58; 59; 60. saa = she; tarjyamaana = who was being frightened; muhurmuhuH = again and again; ekaveNiidharaa = putting on a single braid of hair; diinaa = looking depressed; bhartR^ichintaaparaayaNaa = wholly devoted to the thought about her lord; bhuumishayya = with floor as her bedstead; vivarNaaN^gii = pale-limbed; padminiiva = like a lotus-stalk; himaagame = in a cool season; vinivR^ittaarthaa = turning away the request; raavaNaat = from Ravana; martavya kR^itanishchayaa = being determined to die; aasaaditaa = was found; mayaa = by me; raakSasiimadhye = amidst female-demons; mR^igashaabaakSii = Seetha with her eyes like those of a deer; aasaaditaa = was found; kathamchit = somehow; tuurNam = quickly; mayaa = by me.
5.58.61
ताम् दृष्ट्वा तादृशीम् नारीम् राम पत्नीम् अनिन्दिताम् |
तत्र एव शिंशपा वृक्षे पश्यन्न् अहम् अवस्थितः ॥
"Seeing that illustrious woman, the consort of Rama in such a state, I stayed perched on the same Simsupa tree, looking at her."
dR^iSTvaa = seeing; taam = that; yashasviniim = illustrious; raamapatniim = consort of Rama; neariim = the woman; taadR^ishiim = in such a state; aham = I; avasthitaH = stayed; tatra = there; pashyan = looking (at her); shimshupaavR^ikSe eva = in the same Simsupa tree.
5.58.62
ततो हलहला शब्दम् कान्ची नूपुर मिश्रितम् |
शृणोमि अधिक गम्भीरम् रावणस्य निवेशने ॥
"Meanwhile, I heard an exceedingly roaring and hallooing sound, mixed with sounds of girdles and anklets in the abode of Ravana."
tataH = then; shR^iNomi = I heard; adhikagambhiiram = an exceedingly roaring; hala halaashabdam = and halloing sound; kaaN^chiinuupura mishritam = mixed with sounds of girdles and anklets; raavaNasya niveshane = in the abode of Ravana.
5.58.63
ततो अहम् परम उद्विग्नः स्वरूपम् प्रत्यसम्हरम् |
अहम् च शिंशपा वृक्षे पक्षी इव गहने स्थितः ॥
"Then, I was very much frightened and contracted my physique. I, on my part, remained hidden like a bird in that Simsupa tree dense with foliage.'"
tataH = then; aham = I; paramodvignaH = was very much frightened; pratyasamharam = and contracted; svam ruupam = my physique; aham tu = I; for my part; sthitaH = remained; pakSiiva = like a bird; gahane shimshupaavR^ikSe = hidden in the dense Simsupa tree.
5.58.64
ततो रावण दाराः च रावणः च महाबलः |
तम् देशम् समनुप्राप्ता यत्र सीता अभवत् स्थिता ॥
"Then, the mighty Ravana and his wives reached that place where Seetha was staying."
tataH = then; mahaabalah = the mighty; raavaNashcha = Ravana; raavaNa daaraashcha = and Ravana's wives; samanupraaptaaH = reached; tam = that desham = place; yatra = where; siitaa = Seetha; abhavat sthitaa = was situated.
5.58.65
तम् दृष्ट्वा अथ वराअरोहा सीता रक्षो गण ईश्वरम् |
सम्कुच्य ऊरू स्तनौ पीनौ बाहुभ्याम् परिरभ्य च ॥
"Thereupon, seeing that Ravana the chief of a troop of demons, Seetha with her lovely waist, sat compressing her thighs enclosing her swollen breasts with her arms."
atha = thereupon; dR^iSTvaa = seeing; tam = that Ravana; rakSogaNeshvaram = the cheif of a troop of demons; siitaa = Seetha; varaarohaa = with an excellent waist; samkuchya = (sat) compressing; uuruu = her thighs; parirabhya cha = and enclosing; piinau stanau = her swollen breasts; baahubhyaam = with her arms.
5.58.66
वित्रस्ताम् परमोद्विग्नाम् वीक्षमाणामितस्ततः |
त्राणम् किंचिदपश्यन्तीम् वेपमानाम् तपस्विनीम् ॥ताम् उवाच दशग्रीवः सीताम् परम दुह्खिताम् |
अवाक् शिराः प्रपतितो बहु मन्यस्व माम् इति ॥
"Ravana, bowing his head and coming down, spoke (as follows) to that Seetha who was frightened, very much grieving for her lord, glancing hither and thither, not finding any protection for her, trembling, distressed and extremely sorrowful saying, 'Treat me with respect.'"
66; 67. dashagriivaH = Ravana; aavaakchiraa = bowing his head; prapatitaH = and coming down; uvaacha = spoke; taam siitaam = to that Seetha; vitrastaam = who was frightened; paramodvignaani = very much grieving for her lord; viikSamaaNaani = who was glancing; tatastataH = hither and thither; apashyantiim = not seeing; kimchit = any; traaNam = protection; vepamaanaam = trembling; tapasviniim = distressed; parama duHkhitaam = and extremely sorrowful; iti = saying; maam bahumanyasva = 'Treat me with respect'.
5.58.68
यदि चेत् त्वम् तु माम् दर्पान् न अभिनन्दसि गर्विते |
द्वौ मास अनन्तरम् सीते पास्यामि रुधिरम् तव ॥
" 'O arrogant lady! O Seetha! If you refuse me by your arrogance, I will be drinking your blood after a period of two months.'"
garvite = O arrogant lady!; siite = O Seetha!; tvam na abhinandasi yadichet = I you refuse; na abhinandasi yadichachet = If you refuse; maam = me; darpaat = by your arrogance; paasyaami = I will be drinking; tava rudhiram = your blood; dvau maasau antaram = after a period of two months.
5.58.69
एतत् श्रुत्वा वचः तस्य रावणस्य दुरात्मनः |
उवाच परम क्रुद्धा सीता वचनम् उत्तमम् ॥
"Hearing those words of the evil-minded Ravana, Seetha was very much irritated and spoke the following excellent words:
shrutvaa = hearing; etat = these; vachaH = words; tasya raavaNasya = of that Ravana; duraatmanaH = the evil-minded; siitaa = Seetha; parama kruddhaa = very much irritated; uvaacha = spoke; uttamam = excellent; vachanam = words (as follows):
Sarga 58 (part 2 of 3)
5.58.70
राक्षस अधम रामस्य भार्याम् अमित तेजसः |
इक्ष्वाकु कुल नाथस्य स्नुषाम् दशरथस्य च ॥अवाच्यम् वदतो जिह्वा कथम् न पतिता तव |
"How did your tongue not fall of, O the worst demon, by speaking such words not to be uttered, to the consort of Rama, of boundless glory, and the daughter-in-law of Dasaratha the lord of Ikshvaku dynasty?"
katham = how; tava jihvaa = did your tongue; na patitaa = not fall off; raakSasaadham = O the worst demon; vadataH = by speaking; avaachyam = such words not to be uttered; raamasya bhaaryaam = to the consort of Rama; amita tejasaH = of boundless glory; suuSaamcha = and the daughter-in-law; dasharathasya = of Dasaratha; ikSvaaku kulanaathasya = the lord of Ikshvaku dynasty?
5.58.71
किंस्वित् वीर्यम् तव अनार्य यो माम् भर्तुः असम्निधौ ॥अपहृत्य आगतः पाप तेन अदृष्टो महात्मना |
"O ignoble soul! Of what account is your prowess, when you came unnoticed during the absence of my lord, that great soul and abducted me, O sinful one?"
anaarya = O ignoble soul!; paapa = O sinful one! bhartuH asmnidhau = during the absence of my husband; yaH aagataH = when you came; adR^iSTaH = without being noticed; mahaatmanaa tena = by that great soul; apahR^itya = abducting; maam = me; kimchit = of what account; tava viiryam = is your prowess?
5.58.72
न त्वम् रामस्य सदृशो दास्ये अपि अस्या न युज्यसे ॥यज्ञीयः सत्य वाक् चैव रण श्लाघी च राघवः |
" 'You have no similarity with Rama. You are unfit even to do service to Rama. Rama performs sacrifices. He speaks only truth. He is a lover of battle'."
tvam = you; na sadR^ishaH = have no similarity; raamasya = to Rama; na yujyase = you are not fit; daasye.api = even to do service; asya = to him; raaghavaH = Rama; yajJNiiyaH = performs sacrifices; satya vaadii = speaks only truth; raNashlaaghiicha = and praise-worthy in battle.
5.58.73
जानक्या परुषम् वाक्यम् एवम् उक्तो दश आननः ॥जज्वाल सहसा कोपाच् चितास्थ इव पावकः |
"Hearing these harsh words from Seetha, Ravana was at once ablaze with anger, as a fire blazes in a pile of wood."
evam = thus; uktaH = spoken; paruSam = harshly; jaanakyaa = by Seetha; dashaananaH = Ravana; sahasaa = at once; jajvaala = was ablaze; kopaat = with anger; paavakaH iva = like a fire; chitaasthaH = in a pile of wood.
5.58.74
विवृत्य नयने क्रूरे मुष्टिम् उद्यम्य दक्षिणम् ॥मैथिलीम् हन्तुम् आरब्धः स्त्रीभिः हाहा कृतम् तदा |
" 'Rolling his cruel eyes and lifting his right fist, Ravana was about to kill Seetha. Then, an alarm was raised by a women there'."
vivR^itya = rolling; kruure nayane = his cruel eyes; udyamya = and lifting; dakSiNam muSTim = his right fist; aarbdhaH = he began; hantum = to kill; maithiliim = Seetha; tadaa = then; haahaakR^itam = an alarm was raised; striibhiH = by the women.
5.58.75
स्त्रीणाम् मध्यात् समुत्पत्य तस्य भार्या दुरात्मनः ॥वरा मन्द उदरी नाम तया स प्रतिषेधितः |
"Springing up from the midst of those women, a royal woman named Mandodari, the wife of that evil-minded Ravana, ran to him. He was restrained by her."
varaa = a royal woman; manDodarii naama = named Mandodari; bhaarya = the wife; tasya duraatmanaH = of that evil-minded Ravana; samutpatya = springing up; madhyaat = from the midst; striiNaam = of the woman; sah = he; pratiSeditah = was restrained; tayaa = by her.
5.58.76
उक्तः च मधुराम् वाणीम् तया स मदन अर्दितः ॥सीतया तव किम् कार्यम् महाइन्द्र सम विक्रम |
"She spoke to Ravana, smitten with love, the following sweet words: 'O Ravana having a prowess similar to that of Indra! Of what need is with Seetha to you?"
saH = Ravana; madanaarditaH = tormented with love; uktashcha = was spoken; madhuraam = sweet; vaacham = words; tayaa = by her; (as follows); mahendra samavikrama = O the one having a prowess equal to that of Indra!; kim kaaryam = of what need; siitayaa = is with Seetha; tava = to you?
5.58.77
देव गन्धर्व कन्याभिः यक्ष कन्याभिः एव च ॥सार्धम् प्रभो रमस्व इह सीतया किम् करिष्यसि |
" 'O lord! Enjoy yourself with the daughters of gods, Gandharvas the celestial musicians and Yakshas the semi-divine beings. What will you do with Seetha?'"
prabho = O Lord! ramasya = enjoy yourself; iha = here; deva gandharva kanyaabhiH = with daughters of gods Gandharvas the celestial musicians; yakSakanyaabhirevacha saardham = and Yakshas the semi divine beings kimkariSyasi = what will you do; siitayaa = with Seetha?
5.58.78
ततः ताभिः समेताभिः नारीभिः स महाबलः ॥उत्थाप्य सहसा नीतो भवनम् स्वम् निशा चरः |
"Thereupon, those women together propitiated that mighty Ravana and quickly took him to his palace."
tataH = thereupon; saH mahaabalaH = that mighty; nishaacharaH = Ravana; prasaadya = was propitiated; taabhiH naaribhiH = by those women; sametaabhiH = joined together; niitaH = and was taken; sahasaa = quickly; svam bhavanam = to his palace.
5.58.79
याते तस्मिन् दशग्रीवे राक्षस्यो विकृत आननाः ॥सीताम् निर्भर्त्सयाम् आसुः वाक्यैः क्रूरैः सुदारुणैः |
"When that Ravana left, the ugly-faced female-demons frightened. Seetha with their cruel and very dreadful words."
tasmin dashagriive yaate = when that Ravana left; vikrutaananaaH = the ugly-faced; raakSasyaH = female-demons; nirbhartasyaamaasuH = frightened; siitaam = Seetha; kruuraiH sudaarunaiH vaakyaiH = with their cruel and very dreadful words.
5.58.80
तृणवत् भाषितम् तासाम् गणयामास जानकी ॥तर्जितम् च तदा तासाम् सीताम् प्राप्य निरर्थकम् |
"Seetha reckoned the utterance of those women as a blade of grass. At that time, the roaring of those female-demons reached Seetha in vain."
jaanakii = Seetha; gaNayaamaasa = reckoned; bhaaSitam = the utterance; taasaam = of those women; tR^iNavat = as a blade of grass; tadaa = at that time; garjitam = the roaring; taasaam = of those female-demons; praapya = reached; siitaam = Seetha; ninarthakam = in vain.
5.58.81
वृथा गर्जित निश्चेष्टा राक्षस्यः पिशित अशनाः ॥रावणाय शशंसुः ताः सीता अव्यवसितम् महत् |
"As their roaring frittered away, those flesh-eating female-demons became helpless and reported that great resolve of Seetha to Ravana."
vR^ithaagarjitanishcheSTaaH = being helpless; as their raoring became waste; taaH raakSasyaH = those female-demons; pishitaashnanaaH = eating raw flesh; shashamsuH = reported; tat = that; mahat = great; siitaadhyavasitam = determination of Seetha; raavaNaaya = to Ravana.
5.58.82
ततः ताः सहिताः सर्वा विहत आशा निरुद्यमाः ॥परिक्षिप्य समन्तात् ताम् निद्रा वशम् उपागताः |
"Thereafter, all those women joined together, warded off their hopes and held back their effort. In the end, they encircled Seetha and were overpowered with sleep."
tataH = thereafter; sarvaaaH = all; taaH = those women; sahitaaH = joined together; vihataashaaH = warded off their hopes; nirudyamaaH = held back their effort; samantaat = and in the end; upaagataaH = samantaat = and in the end; upaagataaH = entered to a condition; nidraavasham = overpowered with sleep; parikSipya = encircling; taam = Seetha.
5.58.83
तासु चैव प्रसुप्तासु सीता भर्तृ हिते रता ॥विलप्य करुणम् दीना प्रशुशोच सुदुह्खिता |
"When those women went to sleep, Seetha, intent upon the welfare of her husband, was deeply aggrieved, miserable and sore depressed as she was, lamenting pitifully."
taasu prasuptaasu = when those women went to sleep; siitaa = Seetha; rataa = intent upon; bhartR^ihite = the welfare of her husband; prashushocha = was deeply aggrieved; diinaa = miserable; suduHkhita = and sore distressed as she was vilapya = lamenting; karuNam = pitifully.
5.58.84
तासाम् मध्यात्समुत्थाय त्रिजटा वाक्यमब्रवीत् ॥आत्मानम् खादत क्षिप्रम् न सीता विनशिष्यति |
जनकस्यात्मजा साध्वी स्नुष दशरथस्य च ॥
"Trijata, rising from the midst of those female-demons, spoke the following words; 'Feed on yourself quickly rather than on Seetha, the daughter of Janaka, a virtuous woman and the daughter-in-law of Dasartha who des not get destroyed'."
84; 85. trijaTa = TrijaTa; samutthaaya = rising; madhyaat = from the midst; taasaam = of those female-demons; abraviit = spoke; vaakyam = (the following) words; khaadata = devour; aatmaanam = yourself; khhipram = quickly; siitaa = Seetha; aatmajaa = the daughter; janakasya = of Janaka; saadhvii = a virtuous woman; snuSaa = and the daughter-in-law; dasharathasya = of Dasaratha; na vinashyati = does not get destroyed.
5.58.86
स्वप्नो ह्यद्य मया दृष्टो दारुणो रोमहर्षणः |
रक्षसाम् च विनाशाय भर्तुरस्या जयाय च ॥
"'Now, I have seen a dreadful dream, causing my hair to stand erect. It is pointing towards the ruin of our demons and the victory of her husband."
daaruNaH = A dreadful; svapnaH = dream; romaharSaNaH = causing my hair to stand erect; dR^iSTaH = has been seen; mayaa = by me; adya = now; vinaashaayacha = for the ruin; rakSasaam = of demons; jayaayacha = and for the victory; asyaaH = of her; bhartuH = husband.
5.58.87
अलमस्मात्परित्रातुम् राघवाद्रक्षसीगणम् |
अभियाचाम वैदेहीमेतद्धि मम रोचते ॥
" �We will pray Seetha, who is capable of protecting all our female-demons from Rama. I feel that it is batter for us'."
abhiyaachaama = we will pray; vaidehiim = Seetha; alam = (who is) enough; paritraatum = to protect; raakSasiigaNam = our female-demons; asmaat raaghavaat = from this Rama; etat = this; rochate hi = is indeed agreable; mam = to me.
5.58.88
यस्या ह्येवम्विधः स्वप्नो दुःखितायाः प्रदृश्यते |
सा दुःखैर्विविधैर्मुक्ता सुखमाप्नोत्यनुत्तमम् ॥प्रणिपातप्रसन्ना हि मैथिली जनकात्मजा |
" 'When such a dream is seen while a woman is weeping, that woman gets relieved of many kinds of sorrows and will obtain happiness. Seetha, the daughter of Janaka, indeed will be pleased on receiving a salutation'."
evam vidhaH svapnaH = (when) such a dream; pradR^ishyate = is seen; yasyaaH duHkhitaayaaH = while a woman is weeping; saa = that woman; vimuktaaH = being relieved; vividhaiH duHkhaiH = from many kinds of sorrows; aapnoti = will obtain; anuttamam sukham = utmost happiness; maithilii = Seetha; janakaatmajaa = the daughter of Janaka; praNipaataprasannaa hi = indeed gets pleased on receiving a salutation indeed gets pleased on receiving.
5.58.89
ततह् सा ह्रीमती बाला भर्तुर्विजयहर्षिता ॥अवोचद्यदि तत्तथ्यम् भवेयम् शरणम् हि वः |
"Delighted at hearing the victory of her lord, that girl Seetha then basfully spoke: 'If it is true, I will be protecting you all'."
vijaya harSitaa = delighted at (hearing of) the victory; bhartuH = of her lord; saa baalaa = that girl; Seetha; tataH = then; hriimati = bashfully; avochat = spoke; tat tathyamyadi = If it is true; bhaveyam = I will be; sharaNam hi = indeed a refuge; vaH = to you.
5.58.90
ताम् च अहम् तादृशीम् दृष्ट्वा सीताया दारुणाम् दशाम् |
चिन्तयामास विश्रान्तो न च मे निर्वृतम् मनः ॥
"Taking rest for some time and seeing such a dreadful state of Seetha, I reflected upon it. My mind could not satisfy itself."
vishraantaH = taking rest; dR^iSTvaa = and seeing; taam = that; daaruNaam = dreadful; dashaam = situation; taadR^ishiim = as such; aham = I; chintayaamasa = reflected upon it; me = my; manaH = mind; na nirvR^itam = could not satisfy itself.
5.58.91
सम्भाषण अर्थे च मया जानक्याः चिन्तितो विधिः ॥इक्ष्वाकु कुल वंशः तु ततो मम पुरः कृतः |
"Thinking about a means for starting a conversation with Seetha, I started to describe the history of Ikshvaku's dynasty."
vidhuH = a means; sambhaaSaNaartham = for doing a conversation; jaanakyaaH = with Seetha; chintitaH = was thought of; mayaa = by me; tataH = then; ikSvaakuuNaam vamshastu = Ikshvaku's dynasty; puraskR^itaH = was placed in front; mama = by me.
5.58.92
श्रुत्वा तु गदिताम् वाचम् राज ऋषि गण पूजिताम् ॥प्रत्यभाषत माम् देवी बाष्पैः पिहित लोचना |
"Hearing the words spoken by me, which are adored by the assemblies of royal sages, Seetha the princess, with her eyes filled with tears, spoke to me, as follows:"
shrutvaa = hearing; vaacham = the words; gaditaam = spoken by me; raajarSigaNa puujitaam = adored by assemblies of royal sages; devii = Seetha the princess; baaSpaiH pihita lochanaa = with her eyes filled with tears; pratyabhaaSata = spoke; maa = to me (as follows)
5.58.93
कः त्वम् केन कथम् च इह प्राप्तो वानर पुम्गव ॥का च रामेण ते प्रीतिः तन् मे शंसितुम् अर्हसि |
" 'O the foremost among the monkeys! Who are you? Why did you come here? How did you come? What type of friendship do you have with Rama? You ought to tell me all this?"
vaanara puN^gava = O the foremost among the monkeys!; kaH = who; tvam = are you?; kena = why; katham = and how; praaptaH = did you come; iha = here?; kaa = what; priitiH = friendship; te = to you; raameNa = with Rama?; arhasi = you ought; shamsitum = to tell; tat = it; me = to me.
5.58.94
तस्याः तत् वचनम् श्रुत्वा अहम् अपि अब्रुवम् वचः ॥देवि रामस्य भर्तुः ते सहायो भीम विक्रमः |
सुग्रीवो नाम विक्रान्तो वानर इन्दो महाबलः ॥
"Hearing those words of Seetha, I spoke the following words: 'O princess! There is a courageous king of monkeys, by name Sugreeva, who is a mighty companion to your husband, possessing a terrific prowess."
94; 95. shrutvaa = Hearing; tat vachanam = those words; tasyaaH = of Seetha; aham api = I; abruvat = spoke; vachaH = (the following) words; devi = O princess!; vikraantaH = the courageous; vaanarendraH = king of monkeys; sugriivo naama = by name Sugreeva; mahaabalah = a mighty; sahaayaH = companion; bhartuH = to your husband; bhiima vikramaH = having a terrific prowess.
5.58.96
तस्य माम् विद्धि भृत्यम् त्वम् हनूमन्तम् इह आगतम् |
भर्त्रा अहम् प्रहितः तुभ्यम् रामेण अक्लिष्ट कर्मणा ॥
"Know me, who came here, as Hanuma, a servant of that Sugreeva, Rama, you husband, who is unwearied in his actions, sent me here for your sake."
tvam = you; viddhi = know; maam = me; aagatam = who came; iha = here; hanumantam = as Hanuma; tasya bhR^ityam = a servant of that Sugreeva; aham = I; preSitaH = was sent; tubhyam = for you; raameNa = by Rama; bhartraa = your husband; akliSTakarmaNaa = who is unwearied in action.
5.58.97
इदम् च पुरुष व्याघ्रः श्रीमान् दाशरथिः स्वयम् |
अन्गुलीयम् अभिज्ञानम् अदात् तुभ्यम् यशस्विनि ॥
"O illustrious lady! Rama, the foremost among men and the glorious man, gave this finger-ring personally to you as a token of remembrance."
yashasvini = O illustrious lady!; daasharathiH = Rama; puruSavyaaghraH = the foremost among men; shriimaan = and the glorious man; adaat = gave; idam = this; aN^guliiyam = finger-ring; svayam = personally; tubhyam = to you; abhiJNaanam = as a token of remembrance.
5.58.98
तत् इच्छामि त्वया आज्ञप्तम् देवि किम् करवाणि अहम् |
राम लक्ष्मणयोः पार्श्वम् नयामि त्वाम् किम् उत्तरम् ॥
"O princess! For that reason, I wish to have a command from you. What am I to do? I shall take you to the proximity of Rama and Lakshmana. What do you say?"
devi = O princess!; tat = for that reason; ichchhaami = I wish to have; aaJNaptam = a command; tvayaa = by you; kim = what; aham = karavaaNi = am I do?; nayaami = I shall take; tvaam = you; paarshvam = to the proximity; raamalakSmaNayoH = of Rama and Lakshmana; kim = what; uttaram = is your reply?
5.58.99
एतत् श्रुत्वा विदित्वा च सीता जनक नन्दिनी |
आह रावणम् उत्साद्य राघवो माम् नयतु इति ॥
"Hearing my words and understanding them, Seetha the daughter of Janaka said as follows: 'Let Rama take me back, after killing Ravana'."
shrutvaa = hearing; etat = these words; viditvaacha = and understanding them; siitaa = Seetha; janakanandinii = the daughter of Janaka; aaha = said; iti = as follows; raaghavaH = (Let) Rama; nayatu = take me; utsaadya = after killing; raavaNam = Ravana.
5.58.100
प्रणम्य शिरसा देवीम् अहम् आर्याम् अनिन्दिताम् |
राघवस्य मनो ह्लादम् अभिज्ञानम् अयाचिषम् ॥
"Bowing my head in salutation to the noble and irreproachable Seetha, I asked for a token of remembrance which would gladden the heart of Rama."
praNamya = shirasaa = bowing my head in salutation; deviim = to Seetha; aaryaam = the noble; aninditaam = and irreproachable woman; ayaachiSam = I asked for; abhiJNaanam = a token of remembrance; manohlaadam = gladdening the heart; raaghavasya = of Rama.
5.58.101
अथ मामब्रवीत्सीता गृह्यतामयम्त्तमः |
मणिर्येन महाबाहू रामस्त्वाम् बहुमन्यते ॥
"Then, Seetha spoke to me as follows: 'Let this foremost jewel, be taken, by which the long-armed Rama will be having a high opinion of you'."
atha = then; siitaa = Seetha; abraviit = spoke; maam = to me (as follows); ayam uttamaH maNiH = (Let) this best jewel; gR^ihyataam = be taken; yena = by which; mahaabaahuH = the long armed; raamaH = Rama; bahumanyate = will be having a high opinion of; tvaam = you.
5.58.102
एवम् उक्ता वराअरोहा मणि प्रवरम् उत्तमम् |
प्रायच्छत् परम उद्विग्ना वाचा माम् संदिदेश ह ॥
"Speaking thus, Seetha having fine hips, gave that wonderful and the foremost jewel. Highly distressed, she gave a message also in words to me."
uktvaa = uttering; iti = in this way; varaarohaa = Seetha; having fine hips; praayachchhat = gave; adbhutam = the wonderful; maNipravaram = and the foremost jewel; paramodvignaa = highly sorrowful; samdidesha ha = she gave a message too; vaachaa = in words; maam = to me.
5.58.103
ततः तस्यै प्रणम्य अहम् राज पुत्र्यै समाहितः |
प्रदक्षिणम् परिक्रामम् इह अभ्युद्गत मानसः ॥
"Then, offering salutation to Seetha the princess in utmost devotion, I circumambulated her from left to right, of course with my mind setting out to come here."
tataH = then; praNamya = offering salutation; tasyai raajaputrayai = to that princess; samaahitah = with steadfest devotion; aham = I; parikraamam pradakSiNam = circumambulated her from left to right; iha abhyudgata maanasaH = with my mind setting out to come here."
5.58.104
उत्तरम् पुनः एव आह निश्चित्य मनसा तदा |
हनूमन् मम वृत्त अन्तम् वक्तुम् अर्हसि राघवे ॥
"Determining something in mind, she spoke to me again as follows: 'O Hanuma! You ought to tell Rama about my tale of woes occurring here'."
nishchitya = determining (something); manasaa = in mind; aham = I; uktaH = was spoken; punareva = again; tayaa = by her; hanuman = O Hanuma!; arhasi = you ought; vaktum = to tell; raaghave = Rama; mama vR^ittaantam = about my tale (of woes).
5.58.105
यथा श्रुत्वा एव नचिरात् ताव् उभौ राम लक्ष्मणौ |
सुग्रीव सहितौ वीराव् उपेयाताम् तथा कुरु ॥
" 'Act so that both those heroes Rama and Lakshmana together with Sugreeva quickly arrive here, soon after hearing my tale'."
kuru = act; yathaa tathaa = so that; ubhau = both; tau = those; viirau = heroes; raama lakSmaNau = Rama and Lakshmana; sugriiva sahitau = together with Sugreeva; upeyaataam = arrive (here); na chiraat = quickly; shrutvaiva = soon after hearing (my tale).
5.58.106
यदि अन्यथा भवेत् एतत् द्वौ मासौ जीवितम् मम |
न माम् द्रक्ष्यति काकुत्स्थो म्रिये सा अहम् अनाथवत् ॥
"'If proves to be otherwise, my survival will be only for two months. Rama cannot see me thereafter. As such, I will be dying like a helpless woman'."
anyathaa bhavedyadi = If it proves to be otherwise; mama = my; jiivitam = survival; dvau maase = will be for two moths only; kaakutthsaH = Rama; na drakSyati = cannot see; maam = me(thereafter); saa aham = I as such; mriye = will die; anaathavat = like helpless woman.
5.58.107
तत् श्रुत्वा करुणम् वाक्यम् क्रोधो माम् अभ्यवर्तत |
उत्तरम् च मया दृष्टम् कार्य शेषम् अनन्तरम् ॥
"Hearing those miserable words, I became angry. Thereafter, I thought of my remaining successive action to be done."
shrutvaa = hearing; tat = that; karuNam = miserable; vaakyam = sentence; krodhaH = anger; abhyavartata = turned towards; maam = me; uttaram thereafter; anantaram kaaryasheSam = the remaining action subsequently to be done; dR^iSTam = was seen; mayaa = by me.
5.58.108
ततो अवर्धत मे कायः तदा पर्वत सम्निभः |
युद्ध कान्क्षी वनम् तच् च विनाशयितुम् आरभे ॥
"Thereafter, my body grew up to a size equal to that of a mountain. Then, I started destroying that garden, thereby longing for a combat."
tataH = thereafter; me = my; kaayaH = body; avardhata = grew up; parvatasamnibhaH = to a size equal to that of a mountain; tadaa = then; aarabhe = I started; vinaashayitum = to destroy; tat = that; vanam = garden; yuddha kaaNkii = longing for a battle.
5.58.109
तत् भग्नम् वन षण्डम् तु भ्रान्त त्रस्त मृग द्विजम् |
प्रतिबुद्धा निरीक्षन्ते राक्षस्यो विकृत आननाः ॥
"The female-demons; with their ugly faces woke up and saw that thicket of garden being broken and with its frightened animals and birds moving about unsteadily."
raakSasyaH = the female-demons; vikR^itaananaaH = with their ugly faces; pratibuddhaaH = woke up; niriikSante = and saw; tat = that; vanaSaN^Dam = thicket of garden; bhagnam = being broken; bhraantatrastamR^igadvijam = and with its frightened animals and birds moving about unsteadily.
5.58.110
माम् च दृष्ट्वा वने तस्मिन् समागम्य ततः ततः |
ताः समभ्यागताः क्षिप्रम् रावणाय आचचक्षिरे ॥
"Coming from their respective places and seeing me in that garden, those female-demons quickly went and reported the matter to Ravana (as follows):"
samaagmaya = coming; tatastataH = from their respective places; dR^iSTvaa = and seeing; maam = me; tasmin vane = in that garden; taah = those female-demons; kSipram = quickly; samaabhyaagataaH = went; aachachakSire = and reported; raavaNaaya = to Ravana.
5.58.111
राजन् वनम् इदम् दुर्गम् तव भग्नम् दुरात्मना |
वानरेण हि अविज्ञाय तव वीर्यम् महाबल ॥
"O mighty king! Indeed not knowing your prowess, an evil-minded monkey ahs demolished your inaccessible garden."
mahaabalaH raajan = O mighty king!; hi = indeed; aviJNaaya = not knowing; tavaviiryam = your prowess; vaanareNa = by the monkey; duraatmanaa = an evil-minded; idam tava vanam = your garden of this; durgam = which is inaccessible; bhagnam = has been destroyed.
5.58.112
दुर्बुद्धेः तस्य राज इन्द्र तव विप्रिय कारिणः |
वधम् आज्ञापय क्षिप्रम् यथा असौ विलयम् व्रजेत् ॥
"O emperor! Give orders quickly for killing him, so that the evil-minded monkey, who caused offence to you, will get destroyed."
raajendra = O emperor!; aaJNaapaya = giver oders; kSipram = quickly; tsya vadham = for killing him; yathaa = so that; asau durbuddheH = the evil-minded monkey; tava vipriya kaarinaH = who casued offence to you; vrajet = will get; vilayam = destroyed.
5.58.113
तत् श्रुत्वा राक्षस इन्द्रेण विसृष्टा भृश दुर्जयाः |
राक्षसाः किम्करा नाम रावणस्य मनो अनुगाः ॥
"Hearing those words, Ravana sent invincible demons called Kinkaras, who were adapted to the mind of Ravana."
shrutvaa = hearing; tat = those words; raakSasaaH = demons; kimkaraanaama = by name kinkaras; manonugaaH = adapted to the mind; raavaNasya = of Ravana; bhR^ishadurjayaaH = and very much invincible; visR^iSTaaH = were sent; raakSasendraNa = by Ravana.
5.58.114
तेषाम् अशीति साहस्रम् शूल मुद्गर पाणिनाम् |
मया तस्मिन् वन उद्देशे परिघेण निषूदितम् ॥
"In that portion of the garden, I destroyed with an iron rod, eight thousand kinkaras, having darts and hammers in their hands."
tasmin = vanoddeshe = in that portion of the garden; ashiitisaahasraam = eight thousand; teSaam = of them; shuula mudgara paaNinaam = having darts and hammers in their hands; niSuuditaam were destroyed; mayaa = by me; parigheNa = by an iron rod.
5.58.115
तेषाम् तु हत शेषा ये ते गता लघु विक्रमाः |
निहतम् च मया सैन्यम् रावणाय आचचक्षिरे ॥
"Taking quick steps, those few who have survived, went and reported the news to Ravana, of their large army having been killed by me."
laghuvikramaaH = taking quick steps; teSaam = those; ye = who; hatasheSaaH = have survived; gatvaa = going; aachakSire = reported; raavaNaaya = to Ravana; mahat sainyam = of the large army; nihatam = having been killed; (by me)
5.58.116
ततो मे बुद्धिः उत्पन्ना चैत्य प्रासादम् आक्रमम् |
तत्रस्थान् राक्षसान् हत्वा शतम् स्तम्भेन वै पुनः ॥ललाम भूतो लन्काया मया विध्वंसितो रुषा |
"Then, an idea came to me. Occupying a lofty palatial mansion of a sanctuary which was an eminent ornament of Lanka. I killed again a hundred demons stationed there with a pillar."
tataH = then; buddhiH = an idea; utpannaa = arose; me = to me; aakramam = I occupied; chaitya praasaadam = lofty palatial mansion of sanctuary; hatvaa = killing; punaH = again; shatam raakSasaan = hundred demons; tatrasthaan = staying there; stambhena = with pillar; saH = that mansion; lalaamabhuutaH = being an eminent decoration; laN^kaayaaH = of Lanka.
5.58.117
ततः प्रहस्तस्य सुतम् जम्बु मालिनम् आदिशत् ॥राक्षसैर्बहुभिः सार्थम् घोररूपैर्भयानकैः |
"Then, Ravana dispatched Jambumali, the son of Prahasta together with numerous dreadful demons having terrific forms."
tataH = then; aadishat = (Ravana) dispatched; jambumaalin = Jambumali; sutam = the son; prahastasya = of Prahasta; bahubhiH raakSasaiH saartham = together with many demons; ghoraruupaiH = having terrific forms; bhayaanakaiH = and fearful.
5.58.118
तम् अहम् बल सम्पन्नम् राक्षसम् रण कोविदम् ॥परिघेण अतिघोरेण सूदयामि सह अनुगम् |
"I destroyed that demon, though endowed with a great strength and skilled in warfare, along with his followers, with my terrific iron bar itself."
suudayaami = I destroyed; tam raakSasam = that demon; mahaabalasampannam = (though) endowed with a great strength; raNakovidam = and skilled in warfare; sahaanugam = along with his followers; ghoreNa parigheNa = with my terrific iron bar itself.
5.58.119
तत् श्रुत्वा राक्षस इन्द्रः तु मन्त्रि पुत्रान् महाबलान् ॥पदाति बल सम्पन्नान् प्रेषयामास रावणः |
"Hearing of it, Ravana, the king of demons, dispatched the son of his minister, endowed with great strength and strengthened with a regiment of infantry."
tachchhrutvaa = hearing of it; raavaNaH = Ravana; raakSasendraH = the king of demons; preSayaamaasa = dispatched; mantriputraan = the son of his minister; mahaabalaan = endowed with great strength; padaatiblasampannaan = andstrengthened with a regiment of infantry.
5.58.120
परिघेण एव तान् सर्वान् नयामि यम सादनम् ॥मन्त्रि पुत्रान् हतान् श्रुत्वा समरे लघु विक्रमान् |
पन्च सेना अग्रगान् शूरान् प्रेषयामास रावणः ॥
"I killed all of them also by that iron bar itself. Hearing of the minster's sons, who were quick in exhibiting their valour in battle, having been killed, Ravana dispatched five valiant generals."
120; 121. nayaami = I fetched; taan sarvaan = all of them; yamasaadanam = to the abode of Death; parigheNaina = by the iron bar itself; shrutvaa = hearing; mantriputraan = of the minister's sons; laghu vikramaan = who were quick in exhibiting their valour; samare = in battle; hataan = having been killed; raavaNaH = Ravana; preSayaamaasa = dispatched; paN^cha = five; shuuraan = valiant; senaagragaan = generals.
5.58.122
तान् अहम् सह सैन्यान् वै सर्वान् एव अभ्यसूदयम् |
ततः पुनः दशग्रीवः पुत्रम् अक्षम् महाबलम् ॥बहुभी राकसैः सार्धम् प्रेषयामास रावणः |
"I got all the minster's sons together with their army destroyed. Then, Ravana, the ten-headed monster, sent his mighty son, Aksha together with a multitude of army for the combat."
aham = I; abhyasuudayam taan sarvaan saha sainyaan = got all of those minister's sons together with their army destroyed; tataH = thereafter; raavaNaH = Ravana; dashagriivaH = the ten-headed monster; preSayaamaasa = sent; mahaabalam putram = his mighty son; akSam = Aksha; bahubhiH raakSasaiH saartham = together with a multitude of demons.
5.58.123
तम् तु मन्द उदरी पुत्रम् कुमारम् रण पण्डितम् ॥सहसा खम् समुत्क्रान्तम् पादयोः च गृहीतवान् |
चर्म असिनम् शत गुणम् भ्रामयित्वा व्यपेषयम् ॥
"I suddenly caught by the feet, that prince, son of Mandodari, who was skilled in warfare and who was jumping into the sky with his sword and shield. I whirled him round a hundred times and crushed him."
123; 124. sahasaa grahiitavaan = I; suddenly caught; paadayoH = by the feet; tam kumaaram = that prince; maN^Dodariiputram = son of Mandodari; raNapaN^Ditam = who was skilled in warfare; utkraantam = and who was jumping; kham = into the sky; charmaasinam = with sword and shield; bhraamayitvaa = whirled him round; shataguNam = a hundred times; vyapeSayam = and crushed him.
5.58.125
तम् अक्षम् आगतम् भग्नम् निशम्य स दश आननः |
तत इन्द्रजितम् नाम द्वितीयम् रावणः सुतम् ॥व्यादिदेश सुसम्क्रुद्धो बलिनम् युद्ध दुर्मदम् |
"Hearing of the death of Aksha in combat, that ten-headed Ravana was very much enraged and thereupon dispatched his second son, by name Indrajit, who was strong but foolishly arrogant in battle."
nishamya = hearing; bhagnam = of the death; akSam = of Aksha; aagatam = who came for combat; saH dashaananaH raavaNaH = that ten headed Ravana; susamkR^iddhaH = was very much enraged; tataH = and then; vyaadidesha = dispateched; dvitiiyam sutam = his second son; indrajitam naama = by name; Indrajit; balinam = who was strong; yuddha durmadam = but foolishly arrogant in battle.
5.58.126
तस्य अपि अहम् बलम् सर्वम् तम् च राक्षस पुम्गवम् ॥नष्ट ओजसम् रणे कृत्वा परम् हर्षम् उपागमम् |
"By conquering all that army in battle and making that Indrajit the foremost among demons; lusterless, I experienced a great joy."
kR^itvaa = by making; naSTaujasam = lusterless; sarvam tat balamcha = all that army; tam raakSasapuNgavam cha = and that Indrajit the foremost among demons; rane = in battle; upaagamam = I experienced; param harSam = a great joy.
5.58.127
महता हि महाबाहुः प्रत्ययेन महाबलः ॥प्रेषितो रावणेन एष सह वीरैः मद उत्कटैः |
"Ravana himself dispatched, with a great confidence, that long-armed and mighty Indrajit along with valiant demons excited with their arrogance."
mahaabalaH = that mighty Indrajit; mahaabaahuH = the long-armed; viiraiH saha = along with valiant demons; madotkaTaiH = excited with their arrogance; preSitaH = were dispatched; mahataapratyayena = with a great confidence; raavaNe naiva = by Ravana himself.
5.58.128
सोऽविषह्यम् हि माम् बुद्ध्वा स्वम् बलम् चावमर्दितम् |
ब्राह्मेण अस्त्रेण स तु माम् प्रबध्नाच् च अतिवेगतः ॥
"Knowing me to be irresistible and his own army being perishable, that Indrajit with a great haste, captured me with a Brahma-missile."
buddhvaa = knowing; maam = me; aviSahyam = to be irresistible; svam balamcha = and his own army; avamarditam = to be destroyable; saH = that Indrajit; ativegitaH = with a great haste; prabadhnaat = captured; maam = me; braahmeNaastreNa = with a Brahma missile.
5.58.129
रज्जूभिः अभिबध्नन्ति ततो माम् तत्र राक्षसाः ॥रावणस्य समीपम् च गृहीत्वा माम् उपानयन् |
"Then, the demons, after capturing me, tied me there with ropes and carried me away to Ravana's presence."
tataH = then; raakSasaaH = the demons; abhibadhnanti = tied; maam = me; tatra = there; rajjubhiH = with ropes; gR^ihiitvaa = taking; maam = me; upaanayan = and carrying me away to; raavaNasya samiipam = Ravana's presence.
5.58.130
दृष्ट्वा सम्भाषितः च अहम् रावणेन दुरात्मना ॥पृष्टः च लन्का गमनम् राक्षसानाम् च तत् वधम् |
"Seeing me, the evil-minded Ravana spoke to me. He asked, why did you come to Lanka? 'Why did you kill the demons?'"
aham = I; dR^iSTvaa = being seen; duraatmanaa raavaNena = by the evil-minded Ravana; sambhaaSitashcha = was spoken; pR^iSTashcha = I was asked; laN^kaagamanam = about my coming to Lanka; tam vadham = and about that killing; raakSasaanaam = of demons.
5.58.131
तत् सर्वम् च मया तत्र सीता अर्थम् इति जल्पितम् ॥अस्य अहम् दर्शन आकान्क्षी प्राप्तः त्वत् भवनम् विभो |
मारुतस्य औरसः पुत्रो वानरो हनुमान् अहम् ॥
"I answered 'I have done all these acts for the sake of Seetha. O king of demons! I came to your abode with a desire to see Seetha. I am the offspring of wind-god and a monkey by name Hanuma'."
131; 132. jalpitam = It was spoken; tatra = there; mayaa = by me; iti = thus; sarvam = all; tat = that; siitaartham = was for Seetha's sake;vibho = O king of demons!; praaptaH = I came; tvadbhavanam = to your abode; tasyaaH darshana kaaNkSii = desirous of seeing Seetha; aham = I; maarutasya ourasaputraH = am the own son of wind-god; vaanaraH = a monkey; hanumaan = by name; Hanuma.
5.58.133
राम दूतम् च माम् विद्धि सुग्रीव सचिवम् कपिम् |
सो अहम् दौत्येन रामस्य त्वत् समीपम् इह आगतः ॥
" 'Know me to be a monkey, an envoy of Rama and a minister of Sugreeva. As Rama's messenger, I sought your presence here!"
viddhi = know; maam = me; kapim = to be a monkey; raama duutam = an envoy of Rama; sugriiva sachivam = and a minister of Sugreeva; raamasya dontyena = on a function as Rama's messenger; saH aham = I as such; aagatah = came; iha = here; tvatsakaasham = to your presence.
5.58.134
सुग्रीवश्च महातेजाः स त्वाम् कुशलमब्रवीत् |
धर्मार्थकामसहितम् हितम् पथ्यमुवाच च ॥
" �That Sugreeva of great splendour enquired about your welfare. He told you (the following) beneficiary words, endowed with righteousness wealth and pleasure, appropriate for you'."
saH sugriivashcha = that Sugreeva; mahaatejaH = of great splendour; abraviit = enquired; tvaam = you; kushalam = about your welfare; uvaacha = (He) spoke; hitam = beneficiary words; dharmaartha kaama sahitam = endowed with righteousness; wealth and pleasure; pathyam = appropriate (for you).
5.58.135
वसतो ऋष्यमूके मे पर्वते विपुल द्रुमे |
राघवो रण विक्रान्तो मित्रत्वम् समुपागतः ॥
" 'While I was dwelling in Mount R^ishyamuka, abounding with numerous trees, Rama having a great prowess in battle became a friend to me'."
me = to me; vasataH = who was dwelling; R^ishyamuuke = in Mount Rishyamuka; vipuladrume = having numerous trees; raaghavaH = Rama; raNavikraantaH = having a great prowess in battle; samupaagataH = obtained; mitratvam = my friendship.
5.58.136
तेन मे कथितम् राजन् भार्या मे रक्षसा हृता |
तत्र साहाय्य हेतोः मे समयम् कर्तुम् अर्हसि ॥
" 'The king Rama told me that his wife had been taken away by a demon and that I had to help him in that matter by all means'."
kathitam = It was told; me = to me; tena = by him; raaJNaa = the king; me bhaaryaa = 'my wife; hR^itaa = was taken away; rakSasaa = by a demon; saahaayyam = a help; kaaryam = has to be done; tvayaa = by you; asmaakam = to me; tatra = in that matter; sarvaatmanaa = in all ways.
5.58.137
मया च कथितम् तस्मै वालिनश्च वधम् प्रति |
तत्र साहय्यहेतोर्मे समयम् कर्तुमर्हसि ॥
" 'I also told him about the killing of Vali and requested him to come to a mutual agreement for helping me in that matters'."
kathitam = It was told; tasmai = to him; mayaa = by me too; vadhamprati = about the killing; vaalinaH = of Vali; arhasi = you ought; kartum = to do; samayam = a mutual agreement; saahaayya hetoH = for helping; me = me; tatra = in that matter.
5.58.138
वालिना हृत राज्येन सुग्रीवेण सह प्रभुः |
चक्रे अग्नि साक्षिकम् सक्यम् राघवः सह लक्ष्मणः ॥
" 'Rama, the great lord along with Lakshmana made friendship with Sugreeva, (whose kingdom was taken away by Vali) taking Agni the fire-god for a witness.'
raaghavaH = Rama; mahaaprabhuh = the great lord; saha lakSmaNaH = along with Lakshmana; chakre = made; sakhyam = friendship; sugriiveNa = with Sugreeva; hR^ita raajyena vaalinaa = whose kingdom was taken away by Vali; agnisaakSikam = taking Agni; the fire-god for a witness.
5.58.139
तेन वालिनम् उत्साद्य शरेण एकेन सम्युगे |
वानराणाम् महाराजः कृतः सम्प्लवताम् प्रभुः ॥
" 'Killing Vali by a single arrow in combat, Rama made Sugreeva (lord of monkeys) an emperor of monkeys'."
utpaaTya = tearing out; vaalinam = Vali; ekena shareNa = by a single arrow; samyuge = in combat; tena = by that Rama; saH = that Sugreeva; prabhuH = the lord; plavataam = monkeys; kR^itaH = was made; mahaaraajaH = an emperor; vaanaraanaam = of monkeys.
Sarga 58 (part 3 of 3)
5.58.140
तस्य साहाय्यम् अस्माभिः कार्यम् सर्व आत्मना तु इह |
तेन प्रस्थापितः तुभ्यम् समीपम् इह धर्मतः ॥
" 'Now we have to extend help to that Rama in all ways. Therefore, I am sending Hanuma rightly to your presence'."
iha = now; saahaayyam = a help; kaaryam = is to be done; tasya = to him; asmaabhiH = by us; sarvaatmanaa = by all means; tena = therefore; prasthaapitaH = (he) was sent; tubhyam samiipam = to your presence; dharmatah = rightly.
5.58.141
क्षिप्रम् आनीयताम् सीता दीयताम् राघवस्य च |
यावन् न हरयो वीरा विधमन्ति बलम् तव ॥
" 'Even before the heroic monkeys destroy your army, bring Seetha quickly and give her back to Rama'."
yaavat na = even before; viiraaH harayaH = the heroic monkeys; vidhamanti = destroy; taa balam = your army; aaniiyataam siitaa = let Seetha be brought; kSipram = quickly; diiyataamcha = and given back; raaghavaaya = to Rama.
5.58.142
वानराणाम् प्रभवो हि न केन विदितः पुरा |
देवतानाम् सकाशम् च ये गच्छन्ति निमन्त्रिताः ॥
" 'To whom is this strength of the monkeys not already known, who go even to the presence of gods, when invited by them for help?'"
kena = to whom; prabhaavaH = is this strength; vaanaraaNaam = of the monkeys; na viditaH = not already known; gachchhanti = who go; sakaasham = to ther presence; devataanaam = of gods; ye = who; nimantritaa = when invited?
5.58.143
इति वनर राजः त्वाम् आह इति अभिहितो मया |
माम् ऐक्षत ततो रुष्टः चक्षुषा प्रदहन्न् इव ॥
" 'Sugreeva the king of monkeys has sent the foregoing message to you. 'When spoken by me in these words, Ravana was enraged and looked on me, as though he was going to reduce me to ashes with his very looks."
abhihitaH = spoken; mayaa = by me; iti = thus; vaanararaajaH = (about) Sugreeva the king of monkeys; iti = thus; aaha = saying; tvaam = to you; kruddhaH = (he) was enraged; tataH = then; aikSata = and looked on maam = me; pradahanniva = as though burning (me); cakSuSaa = with his eyes.
5.58.144
तेन वध्यो अहम् आज्ञप्तो रक्षसा रौद्र कर्मणा |
मत्र्पभावमविज्ञाय रावणेन दुरात्मना ॥
"Without knowing my glory ( in the form of my immunity to death), the evil-minded Ravana, the demon doing terrific acts, ordered for my killing."
duraatmanaa tena raavaNena = by that evil-minded Ravana; rakSasaa raudra karmaNaa = the demon doing terrific acts; aviJNaaya = without knowing matprabhaavam = my glory (in the form of my immunity to death); aham = I; aaJNaptaH = was ordered; vadhyaH = to be killed.
5.58.145
ततो विभीषणो नाम तस्य भ्राता महामतिः |
तेन राक्षस राजो असौ याचितो मम कारणात् ॥
"Then, there is the brother of that Ravana, called Vibhishana having a great intelligence. He entreated Ravana, the king of demons, on my behalf (as follows)"
tataH = then; tasya bhraataa = (there is) the brother of that Ravana; vibhiiSaNo naama = by name; Vibhishana; mahaamatiH = with a great intelligence; tena = by him; asau = this; raakSasaraajah = king of demons; yaachitaH = was entreated; mama kaaraNaat = for my cause.
5.58.146
नैवम् राक्षसशार्दूल त्यज्यतामेष निश्चयः |
राजशास्त्रव्यपेतो हि मार्गः संसेव्यते त्वया ॥
"O Ravana the foremost among the demons! No such attempt should be made in this way. Let this design be abandoned forthwith. Your are indeed following a path which is contrary to the statesmanship."
raakSasa shaarduula = O the foremost among the demons!; na evam = no such attempt should be made in this way; eSaaH nishchayaH tyajyataam = let this design be abandoned; tvayaa samsevyate hi = you are indeed following maargaH = a path; raajashaastra vyapetaH = contrary to the statesmanship.
5.58.147
दूत वध्या न दृष्टा हि राज शास्त्रेषु राक्षस |
दूतेन वेदितव्यम् च यथा अर्थम् हित वादिना ॥
"O Ravana! It is not indeed found in states' policies of killing an envoy. The real truth is to be known from an envoy speaking a good counsel."
raakSasa = O Ravana!; na dR^iSTaahi = It is not indeed seen; raajashaastreSu = in states' policies; duuta vadhyaa = of killing an envoy; yathaartham veditavyam = the real truth is to be known; duutena = from an envoy; hitavaadinaa = speakinga good counsel.
5.58.148
सुमहति अपराधे अपि दूतस्य अतुल विक्रमः |
विरूप करणम् दृष्टम् न वधो अस्ति इह शास्त्रतः ॥
"O Ravana of great prowess! Even if a very high offence is committed by an envoy, an act of disfiguring the person is mentioned in a treatise of state-policy and not of killing."
atula vikrama = O Ravana of unequalled prowess!; sumahati aparaadhe api = even if a very high offence is committed; duutasya = of an envoy; dR^iSTam = it was seen in states policies; viruupakaraNam = an act of disfiguring; naasti = not; vadhaH = killing; shaastrataH = as per the political treatise.
5.58.149
विभीषणेन एवम् उक्तो रावणः संदिदेश तान् |
राक्षसान् एतत् एव अद्य लान्गूलम् दह्यताम् इति ॥
"Hearing the words of Vibhishana, Ravana ordered those demons to burn my tail by fire."
evam uktaH = thus spoken; vibhiiSanena = by Vibhishana; raavaNaH = Ravana; samdidesha = ordered; taan raakSasaan = those demons; asya etat laaNguulam iti = that let this tail of him; dahyataam = be burnt by fire.
5.58.150
ततः स्तस्य वचः श्रुत्वा मम पुच्छम् समन्ततः |
वेष्टितम् शण वक्लैः च पटैः कार्पासकैः तथा ॥
"Thereupon, hearing Ravana's words; the demons wrapped up my entire tail with bark of hemp and torn cotton-clothes."
tataH = thereupon; shrutvaa = hearing; tasya vachah = his words; mama puchchham = my tail; samamtatam = in its entirety; veSTitam = was wrapped up; shaNavalkaiH = with bark of hemp; jiirNaiH = and torn; paTaiH = clothes; kaarpaasajaiH = made of cotton.
5.58.151
राक्षसाः सिद्ध सम्नाहाः ततः ते चण्ड विक्रमाः |
तत् आदीप्यन्त मे पुच्छम् हनन्तः काष्ठ मुष्टिभिः ॥बद्धस्य बहुभिः पाशैः यन्त्रितस्य च राक्षसैः |
"Thereafter, the demons of terrible prowess, who completed their arrangements, striking me with their wooden staffs and fists, burnt my tail. Eventhough I was bound with many ropes, I maintained restraint."
tataH = thereafter; raakSasaaH = the demons; chaN^DavikramaaH = of terrible prowess; siddha samnaahaaH = who completed their arrangements; nighanantaH = striking me; kaaSThamuSTibhiH = with their wooden staffs and fists; tadaa = then; adahyanta = burnt; me puchchham = my tail; baddhasya = (eventhough) I was bound; bahubhiH = paashaih = with many ropes; yantritasya = I (maintained) restraint.
5.58.152
ततः ते राक्षसाः शूरा बद्धम् माम् अग्नि सम्वृतम् ॥अघोषयन् राज मार्गे नगर द्वारम् आगताः |
"Then, having reached the city-gate, those strong demons made a loud proclamation of my presence in the principal streets, bound and enveloped in flames as I was."
tataH = then; aagataaH = having reached; nagaradvaaram = the city-gate; shuuraaH = those strong; raakSasaaH = demons; aghoSayan = made a proclamation of my presence; raajamaarge = in the principal streets; baddham = bound; agnisamvR^itam = and enveloped in flames (as I was).
5.58.153
ततो अहम् सुमहत् रूपम् सम्क्षिप्य पुनः आत्मनः ॥विमोचयित्वा तम् बन्धम् प्रकृतिस्थः स्थितः पुनः |
आयसम् परिघम् गृह्य तानि रक्षांसि असूदयम् ॥
"Then, after contracting my gigantic form once more and releasing my bondage, I stood in my native form again. Seizing an iron bar, I killed those demons."
153; 154. tataH = then; samkSipya = after contracting; aatmanaH sumahat ruupam = my gigantic form; punaH = again; vimochayitvaa = and releasing; tam bandham = my bondage; sthitaH = I stood; pinaH = again; prakR^itiSthaH = in my native form; gR^ihya = seizing; aayasam parigham = an iron bar; asuudayam = I killed; taani rakSaamisi = those demons.
5.58.155
ततः तन् नगर द्वारम् वेगेन आप्लुतवान् अहम् |
पुच्छेन च प्रदीप्तेन ताम् पुरीम् साट्ट गोपुराम् ॥दहामि अहम् असम्भ्रान्तो युग अन्त अग्निः इव प्रजाः |
"Then, I quickly jumped on to that city-gate and without any bewilderment, I set fire that city with its attics, ramparts and gates with my tail inflamed, even as a fire at the end of the world, burns all living creatures."
tataH = then; aham = I; aaplutavaan = jumped; vegena = quickly; tat nagara dvaaram = on to that city-gate; asambhraantaH = without set fire; taam purim = that city; saaTTa praakaaragopuram = with its attics; ramparts and gates; pradiiptena puchchhena = by my tail inflamed; yugaantaagniH iva = even as a fire at the end of the world; prajaa = burns all living creatures.
5.58.156
विनष्टा जानकी व्यक्तम् न ह्यदग्धः प्रदृश्यते ॥लङ्कायाम् कश्चिदुद्देशः सर्वा भस्मीकृता पुरी |
दहता च मया लन्काम् दघ्दा सीता न संशयः ॥रामस्य हि महत्कार्यम् मयेदम् वितथीकृतम् |
"The entire Lanka has been reduced to ashes. No place is seen unburnt in this City. Therefore Seetha also must have been surely burnt."
156; 157. laN^kaayaam = In Lanka; na uddeshaH = no place; kashchit = whatsoever; pradR^ishyate = is seen indeed; adagdhaH = not being burnt; sarvaa = the entire; purii = city burnt; sarvaa = the entire; purii- city; bhasmiikR^itaa = has been reduced to ashes; jaanakii = Seetha; nuunam = surely; vinaSTaa = has been lost.
5.58.158
इति शोकसमाविष्टश्चन्तामहमुपागतः ॥अथ अहम् वाचम् अश्रौषम् चारणानाम् शुभ अक्षराम् |
जानकी न च दग्धा इति विस्मय उदन्त भाषिणाम् ॥
"Thus filled with grief, I came about to reflect as above. Meanwhile, I heard the auspiciously worded utterance of charanas the celestial signers who were narrating a tale of astonishment saying that Seetha has not been burnt."
158; 159. iti = thus; shokamaaviSTaH = filled with grief; aham = I; upaagataH = came about; chintaam = to reflect (as above); ashrouSam = (meanwhile) I heard; shubhaakSaraam = the auspiciously worded; vaacham = utterance; chaaraNaanaam = of Charanas the celestial singers; vismayodant bhaaSaNam = who were naraating a tale of ashtonishment; iti = saying that; jaanakii = Seetha; na chadagdhaa = has not been burnt.
5.58.160
ततो मे बुद्धिः उत्पन्ना श्रुत्वा ताम् अद्भुताम् गिरम् |
अदग्धा जानकीत्येवम् निमित्तैश्चोपलक्षिता ॥
"After hearing those surprising words, a thought arose in me that Seetha escaped being burnt. This indicated by the following good omens:
shrutvaa = hearing; taam adbhutaam giram = those surprising words; buddhiH = (the following) thought; tataH = then; utpannaa = arose; me = in me; ityevam = that; jaanakii = Seetha; adagdhaa = was not burnt; upalakSitaa = It was understood by implication; nimittaishcha = because of good omens too.
दीप्यमाने तु लाङ्गूले न माम् दहति पावकः |
हृदयम् च प्रहृष्टम् मे वाताः सुरभिगन्धिनः ५-५८-१६१
"In the first place, even though me tail is burning, the fire is not burning my body. My heart too is delighted. The winds are sweet-smelling."
laaNguule = (even though) my tail; diipyamaane = is burning; paavakaH = the fire; na dahati = is not burning; maam = me; me = my; hR^idayamcha = heart too; prahR^iSTam = is delighted; vaataaH = the winds; suraabhigandhinaH = are sweet-smelling.
5.58.162
तैर्निमित्तैश्च दृष्टार्थैः कारणैश्च महागुणैः |
ऋषिवाक्यैश्च सिद्धार्थैरभवम् हृष्टमानसः ॥
"My heart was delighted by seeing those good omens having their fruits apparent, by looking into the their fruits apparent, by looking into the reasons of high characteristics and by hearing the words of accomplished sages."
abhavam = I became; hR^iSTamaanasaH = delighted in mind; taiH = by those; nimittaiH = good omens; dR^iSTaarthaih = having their fruits apparent; kaaraNashcha = by the reasons; mahaaguNaiH = of high characteristics; R^iSivaakyeshcha = by the words of sages; siddhaarthaih = who were efficacious.
5.58.163
पुनः दृष्टा च वैदेही विसृष्टः च तया पुनः |
ततः पर्वतमासाद्य तत्ररिष्तमहम् पुनः ॥प्रतिप्लवनमारेभे युष्मद्दर्शनकांक्षया |
"Seeing Seetha once more, relieved by her again and then reaching the Mount Arishta there again, I started leaping back (over the sea) with a longing to see you (all)."
dR^iSTavaa = seeing; vaidehiim = Seetha; punaH = once more; visR^iSTaH = relieed; tayaa = by her; punaH = again; tataH = and then; aasaadya = reaching; ariSTaparvatam = Mount Arishta; punaH = again; tatra = there; aham = I; aarabhe = started; pratiplavanam = leaping back; yuSmaddarshana kaaN^kSayaa = with a longing to see you.
5.58.164
ततः पवनचन्द्रर्क सिद्धगन्धर्व सेवितम् ॥पन्थानमहमाक्रम्य भवतो दृष्टवानिह |
"Then, treading upon the path of the sky, frequented by the wind, the moon, the sun, Siddhas the semi-divine beings and Gandharvas the celestial musicians, I saw you all here."
tataH = then; aakramya = treading upon; panthaanam = the path of the sky; pavana chandraarka siddhagandharva sevitam = frequented by the wind; the moon; the sun; Siddhas the semi-divine beings and Gandharvas the celestial musicians; aham dR^iSTavaan- I saw; bhavatah = you (all); iha = here.
5.58.165
राघवस्य प्रभावेन भवताम् चैव तेजसा ॥सुग्रीवस्य च कार्य अर्थम् मया सर्वम् अनुष्ठितम् |
"I performed all tasks for accomplishing the purpose of Sugreeva, by the grace of Rama and also through your energy."
sarvam = all the task; anuSThitam = was performed; mayaa = by me; kaaryaartham cha = for accomplishing the purpose; sugriivasya = of Sugreeva; prabhaaveNa = by the power; raaghavasya = of Rama; bhavaaam tejasaa chaiva = and by your brilliance.
5.58.166
एतत् सर्वम् मया तत्र यथावत् उपपादितम् ॥अत्र यन् न कृतम् शेषम् तत् सर्वम् क्रियताम् इति |
"I have done all this properly there. Do accomplish that which remains undone in this task by me and complete it."
sarvam = all; etat = this; upapaaditam = has been performed; mayaa = by me; tatra = there; yathaavat = properly; yat = that which; sheSam = is remaining; nakR^itam = undone; atra = in this task; kriyataam = is to be done; sarvam = entirely (by you).
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे अष्टपंचाशः सर्गः
Sarga 59
5.59.1
एतत् आख्यानम् तत् सर्वम् हनूमान् मारुत आत्मजः |
भूयः समुपचक्राम वचनम् वक्तुम् उत्तरम् ॥
After informing all this, Hanuma the son of wind-god started telling more of the following words.
aakhyaaya = after informing; sarvam = all; tat etat = this; hanuman = Hanuma; maaruta aatmajaH = the son of wind-god; samupachakraama = started; vaktum = to tell; bhuuyaH = more; uttaram vachanam = of the following words.
5.59.2
सफलो राघव उद्योगः सुग्रीवस्य च सम्भ्रमः |
शीलम् आसाद्य सीताया मम च प्रवणम् मनः ॥
"By the power of virtuousness of Seetha, Rama's effort and Sugreeva's zeal are getting fulfilled. My mind too is devoted to her."
aasaadya = getting the influence; siitaayaaH shiilam = of the virtuousness of Seetha; raaghava udyogaH = Rama's effort; sugriivasya sambhramaH cha = and Sugreeva's zeal; saphalaH = get fulfilled; mama = my; manashcha = mind also; pravaam = is devoted (to her).
5.59.3
तपसा निर्दहेल्लोकान् स्रुद्धो वा निर्दहेदपि |
सर्वधातिप्रवृद्धोऽसौ रावणो राक्षसाधिपः ॥
"Ravana, the king of demons, who is strong in all ways, can burn away the three worlds by the power of his penance. Even if he is enraged, he can scorch away his adversaries."
asau = this; raavaNaH = Ravana; raakSasaadhipaH = the king of demons; atipravR^iddhaH = who is strong; sarvadhaa = in all ways; nirdahet = can burn away; lokaan = the worlds; tapasaa = by his penance; kruddhovaapi = even if he is enraged; nirdahadapi = he can scorch away (his enemies).
5.59.4
तस्य ताम् स्पृशतो गात्रम् तपसा न विनाशितम् |
न तदग्निशिखा कुर्यात्संस्पृष्टा पाणिना सती ॥जनकस्य सुता कुर्याद्यत्क्रोधकलुषीकृता |
"His body, which touched Seetha the daughter of Janaka, was not destroyed because of his askesis. Even a flame, when fully touched with one's hand, cannot do that which Seetha would, if stirred by anger."
tasya = his; gaatram = body; spR^ishataH = which touched; taam = that Seetha; na vinaashitam = was not destroyed; tapasaa = because of his penance; agnishikhaa = even a flame; samspR^iSTaa satii = when fully touched; paaNinaa = with one's hand; na kuryaat = cannot do; tat = that; yat = which; janakasya aatmajaa = Seetha; Janaka's daughter (would); krodha kaluSiikR^itaa = if stirred by anger.
5.59.5
जाम्बवत्प्रमुखान् सर्वाननुज्ञाप्य महाहरीन् ॥अस्मिन्नेवम् गते कार्ये भवताम् च निवेदिते |
न्याय्यम् स्म सह वैदेह्या द्रष्टुम् तौ पार्थिवात्मजौ ॥
"This work (of mine in the form of Seetha's discovery) has been informed to you in this way. It is indeed proper to see those two princes (Rama and Lakshmana) along with Seetha, after taking permission from all the great monkeys headed by Jambavan.
5; 6. asmin = This; kaarye = work (of mine in the form of Seetha's discovery); nivedite = which has been informed; bharataam = to you; evam gate = in this way; nyaayyamsma = it is indeed proper; draSTum = to see; tau paarthivaatmajau = those two princess (Rama and Lakshmana); vaidehyaasaha = along with Seetha; samanuJNaapye = after taking leave; sarvaan mahaahariin = of all the great monkeys; jaambaat pramukhaan = headed by Jambavan.
5.59.7
अहमेकोऽपि पर्याप्तः सराक्षसगणाम् पुरीम् |
ताम् लङ्काम् तरसा हन्तुम् रावणम् च महाबलम् ॥
"I am sufficient, even alone; to destroy rapidly that City of Lanka together with those troops of demons as also the mighty Ravana."
aham = I; paryaaptam = an sufficient; eko.api = even alone; hantum = to destroy; taam laN^kaam puriim = that City of Lanka; saraakSasagaNaam = together with those troops of demons; mahaabalam raavaNam cha = and the mighty Ravana; tarasaa = rapidly.
5.59.8
किम् पुनः सहितो वीरैर्बलवद्भिः कृतात्मभिः |
कृतास्त्रैः प्लवगैः शूरैर्भवद्भिर्विजयैषिभिः ॥
"When accompanied by you, who are strong, whose spirit is disciplined, who are proficient in the use of arms, valiant, longing for victory and moving by jumps, how much more is required?"
bhavadbhiH sahitaH = together with you; balavadbhiH = who are strong; kR^itaatmabhiH = whose spirit is disciplined; kR^itaastraiH = who are proficient in the use of arms; shuuraiH = who are valiant; vijayaiSibhiH = longing for victory; plavaN^gaiH = and who are moving by jumps; kim punaH = how much more so?
5.59.9
अहम् तु रावणम् युद्धे ससैन्यम् सपुरःसरम् |
सहपुत्रम् वधिष्यामि सहोदरयुतम् युधि ॥
"In the battle, I on my part will kill Ravana along with his army, his forerunners, his sons and his brothers."
yuddhe = in the battle; aham tu = I on my part; vadhiSyaami = will kill; raavaNam = Ravana; sa sainyam = along with his army; sa puraH saram = and forerunners; saputram = his sons; sahodarayutam = together with his brothers.
5.59.10
ब्रह्ममैन्द्रम् च रौद्रम् च वायव्यम् वारुणम् तथा |
यदि शक्रजोतोऽ स्त्रणि दुर्निरीक्षाणि सम्युगे ॥तान्यहम् विधष्यामि हनिष्यामि च रावणम् |
"In the battle, I can blow out the missiles presided over by Indra the lord of celestials, Brahma the creator, Rudra the god of destruction, Vayu the wind-god, Varuna the god of water and even those missiles even if they are difficult to be looked at, employed by Indrajit (Ravana's eldest son).
samyuge = in the battle; vidhamiSyaami = I can blow out; braahmam = missiles; presided over by Brahma the creator; aindramcha = Indra the god of celestials; missiles presided over by Indra the god of celestials; roudram cha = the missiles presided over by Rudra; the god of destruction; vaayuvyam = Vayu the wind-god; tathaa = and; taani = and those; astraaNi = missiles; durniriikSaaNiyadi = even if they are difficult to be looked at; shakrajitaH = employed by Indrajit ( Ravana's eldest son); haniSyaami = I can kill; raakSasaan = the demons.
5.59.11
भवतामभ्यनुज्ञातो विक्रमो मे रुणद्धि तम् ॥मयातुला विसृष्टा हि शैलवृष्टिर्निरन्तरा |
देवानपि रणे हन्यात्किम् पुनस्तान्निशाचरान् ॥
"My prowess, when permitted by you, will frustrate that Ravana. The shower of rocks, which will be unequalled and incessant, discharged by me, can kill even celestials. How much more those demons?"
11; 12. me = my; vikramaH = prowess; abhyanuJNaataH = when permitted; bhavataam = by you; ruNaddhi = will frustrate; tam raavaNam = that Ravana; shailavR^iSTiH = the shower of rocks; atnlaa = which will be unequalled; nirantaraa = and incessant; visR^iSTaa = discharged; mayaa = by me; hanyaat = can kill; devaan api = even celestials; raNe = in battle; kim punaH = how much more; taan = those; nishaacharaan = demons?
5.59.13
सागरोऽप्यतियाद्वेलाम् मन्दरः प्रचलेदपि |
न जाम्बवन्तम् समरे कम्पयेदरिवाहिनी ॥
"The ocean may overflow its shore. Mount Mandara may move from its position. But, in battle, no army of adversaries can stagger Jambavan."
saagaraH = the ocean; atiyaadapi = may overflow; velaam = its shore; mandraH = Mount Mandara; prachaledapi = may more from its position; (But) samara = in battle; arivaahinii = an army of adversaries; na kampayet = cannot stagger; jaambavantam = Jambavan.
5.59.14
सर्वराक्षससम्घानाम् राक्षसा ये च महात्मनः |
अलमेको विनाशाय वीरो वालिसुतः कपिः ॥
"The heroic Angada, the son of Vali alone, is sufficient to destroy all the troops of demons and even the demons who were their progenitors."
viiraH = the heroic; kapiH = Angada; vaalisutaH = the son of Vali; ekaH = alone; alam = is sufficient; vinaashaaya = to destroy; sarva raakSasa samghaanaam = all the troops of demons; ye punrvakaaH = and even the demons who were their progenitors.
5.59.15
पनसस्योरुवेगेन नीलस्य च महात्मनः |
मन्दरोऽप्यवशीर्येत किम्पुनर्युधि राक्षसाः ॥
"By the rapid movement of the thighs of the high-souled Neela and of Panasa, even Mount Mandara can be shattered. How much more, the demons in battle?"
uuruvegena = by the rapid movement of the thighs; mahaatmanaH niilasya = of the high-souled Nila; panasasya = and of Panasa; mandaro.api = even Mount Mandara; avashiiryeta = can be shattered; kim punaH = How much more; raakSasaaH = the demons; yudhi = in battle?
5.59.16
सदेवासुरयक्षेषु गन्धर्वोरगपक्षिषु |
मैन्दस्य प्रतियोद्धारम् शंसत द्विविदस्य वा ॥
"Tell me any one who can fight against Mainda or Dvivida, among Gandharvas the celestial singers or Uragas the serpents or Pakshis the birds or the celestials or the demons or Yakshas the semi-divine beings."
shamsata = tell (me); pratiyodhaaram = the one who can fight against; maindasya = Mainda; dvividasya vaa = or Dvivida; gandharvoraga pakSiSu = among Gandharvas the celestial singers or Uragas the snakes or Pakshis the birds; sadevaasura yakSeSu = or the celestials or demons or Yakshas the semi-divine beings.
5.59.17
अश्विपुत्रौ महाभागावेतौ प्लवगसत्तमौ |
एतयोः प्रतियोद्धारम् न पश्यामि रणाजिरे ॥
"These two illustrious sons of Ashvini Kumaras, Mainda and Dvivida are the foremost among the monkeys. In the battle-field, I do not find anyone who can fight against these two monkeys."
etau mahaabhaagau = these two illustrious Mainda and Dvivida; ashviputrau = the sons of Ashvini kumaras; plavagasattamau = are the foremost among the monkeys; raNaajire = in the battle-field; na pashyaami = I do not find; pratiyoddhaaram = any one who can fight against; etayoH = these two monkeys.
5.59.18
पितामहवरोत्सेकात्परमम् दर्पमास्थितौ |
अमृतप्राशनावेतौ सर्ववानरसत्तमौ ॥
"Proud of having received boons from Brahma the creator and their grandfather and abiding in a supreme haughtiness, these two foremost among all the monkeys live on Amrita the nectar."
pitaamaha varotsekaat = proud of having received boons from Brahma the creator and their grand-father; aasthitau = and abiding; paramam darpam = in a supreme pride; etau = these; sarva vaanara sattamau = two foremost among all the monkeys; amR^itapraashinau = live on Amrita the nectar.
5.59.19
अश्विनोर्माननार्थम् हि सर्वलोकपितामहः |
सर्वावध्यत्वमतुलमनयोर्दत्तवान् पुरा ॥
"Long ago, Brahma the grandfather of all the worlds gave an unequal boon to them in honour of Ashvini Kumaras regarding their inviolability."
puraa = long ago; sarvalokapitaamahaH = Brahma; the grandfather of all the worlds; dattavaan = gave atulam = an unequal boon; anayoH = to them; maananaartam = in honour; ashvinau = of Ashivinikumaras; sarvaavadhyatvam = regarding their inviolability.
5.59.20
वरोत्सेकेन मत्तौ च प्रमथ्य महतीम् चमूम् |
सुराणाममृतम् वीरौ पीतवन्तौ प्लवम्गमौ ॥
"By the pride of those boons, those two heroic monkeys harassed a great army of celestials and thereupon drank up nectar, excited as they were with joy."
varotsekena = by the pride of the boons; viirau plavaN^gamau = these two heroic monkeys; mattoucha = excited with joy; pramathya = harassing; mahatiim chaamuum = a great army; suraaNaam = of celestials; piitavantau = drank up; amR^itam = the nectar.
5.59.21
एतावेन हि सम्क्रुद्धौ सवाजिरथकुम्जराम् |
लङ्काम् नाशयितुम् शक्तौ सर्वे तिष्ठन्तु वानराः ॥
"Let all the other monkeys stand aside. Even these Mainda and Dvivida on their part are capable of destroying the entire city of Lanka together with its horses, chariots and elephants."
sarve = (Let) all; vaanaraH = monkyes; tiSThantu = stand apart; samkR^iddhau etaaveva = even these Mainda and Dvividva for their part; shaktau = are capable; naashayitum = to destroy; laN^kaam = the city of Lanka; savaajiratha kumjaraam = along with its horses; chariots and elephants.
5.59.22
मयैव निहता लङ्का दग्धा भस्मीकृता पुनः |
राजमार्गेषु सर्वत्र नाम विश्रावित मया ॥
"I alone burnt and destroyed the City of Lanka. In all its royal high-ways, the name (of Rama and others) was proclaimed by me as follows:
mayaiva = by me alone; nihataa = was destroyed; laN^kaa = the City of Lanka; sarvatra = in all; raajamaargeSu = the royal high-ways; naama = the name; vishavitam = was made heard; mayaa = by me (as follows).
5.59.23
जयत्यतिबलो रामो लक्ष्मणश्च महाबलः |
राजा जयति सुग्रीवो राघवेणाभिपालितः ॥अहम् कोसलराजस्य दासः पवनसम्भवः |
हनुमानिति सर्वत्र नाम विश्रावितम् मया ॥
"'Victorious is Rama, the exceedingly strong and the mighty Lakshmana too! Victorious is King Sugreeva, protected by Rama. I am Hanuma, a servant of Rama and the son of wind-god'. In this way, the name (of Rama and others) was heralded by me everywhere."
23; 24. jayati = Victorious; raamaH = (is) Rama; atiblaH = the exceedingly strong; mahaabalah = and the mighty; lakSmaNashcha = and the mighty; lakSmaNashcha = Lakshmana too; jayati = victorious; raajaa sugriivaH = is King Sugreeva; abhipaalitaH = protected; raaghavaNa = by Rama; aham = I; hanumaan = am Hanuma; daasaH = a servant; kosala raajasya = of Rama; pavana sambhavaH = and the son of the wind-god; iti = in this way; naama = the name (of Rama and others); vishraavitam = was heralded; mayaa = by me; sarvatra = everywhere.
5.59.25
अशोक वनिका मध्ये रावणस्य दुरात्मनः |
अधस्तात् शिंशपा वृक्षे साध्वी करुणम् आस्थिता ॥राक्षसीभिः परिवृता शोक सम्ताप कर्शिता |
मेघ लेखा परिवृता चन्द्र लेखा इव निष्प्रभा ॥अचिन्तयन्ती वैदेही रावणम् बल दर्पितम् |
"In the midst of Ashoka garden of the evil-minded Ravana and underneath a Shimshupa tree, the virtuous Seetha was seen staying dejected, encircled as she was with female-demons, agonized with grief and anguish, lusterless like a digit of the moon encircled by a line of clouds and disregarding that Ravana who is arrogant of his strength."
25; 26. ashokavanikaamadhye = in the midst of Ashoka-garden; duraatmanaH raavaNasya = of the evil-minded Ravana; adhastaat = and underneath; shimshupaavR^ikSe = Shimshupa tree; saadhvii = the virtuous woman; vaidehii = Seetha; aasthitaa karuNam = is staying dejected; parivR^itaa = encircled; raakSabhiiH = with female-demons; shoka samtaapakarshitaa = agonised with grief and anguish; niSprabhaa = lustreless; chandralekheva = like a digit of the moon; megha lekhaa parivR^itaa = encircled by a line of clouds; achintayantii = and disregarding; baladarpitam raavaNam = Ravana who is arrogant of his strength.
5.59.27
पति व्रता च सुश्रोणी अवष्टब्धा च जानकी ॥अनुरक्ता हि वैदेही रामम् सर्व आत्मना शुभा |
अनन्य चित्ता रामे च पौलोमी इव पुरम् दरे ॥
"Seetha, a devoted and virtuous wife, having charming hips, has been placed under restraint. The auspicious Seetha is devoted to Rama in all ways, giving her undivided thought to Rama like Shachi the goddess, giving her concern to Indra the destroyer of strong holds."
27; 28. jaanakii = Seetha; pati vrataa = a devoted and virtuous; wife; sushroNii = having beautiful hips; avaSTabdhaa = has been placed under restraint; shubhoo = the auspicious; vaidehii = Seetha; anuraktaa = who is devoted; raamam = to Rama; sarvaatmanaa = in all ways; ananya chittaa = giving her undivided thought; raame = to Rama; paulomiiva = like Shachi the goddess; puram dare = in the concern of Indra the destroyer of strong holds.
5.59.29
तत् एक वासः सम्वीता रजो ध्वस्ता तथैव च |
शोक सम्ताप दीन अन्गी सीता भर्तृ हिते रता ॥
"Weaving that single piece of cloth, which she had on her person even while being borne away by Ravana, and likewise covered with dust, she was seen by me in a miserable condition with her grief and anguish, devoted as she was to the welfare of her husband."
siitaa = Seetha; tat eka vaasaH samviitaa = wearing that single piece of cloth; tathaiva = and even; rajo dhvastaa = covered with dust; shoka samtaapa diina aNgii = with her body looking miserable with grief and anguish; rataa = devoted as she is; bhartR^i hite = to the welfare of her husband.
5.59.30
सा मया राक्षसी मध्ये तर्ज्यमाना मुहुः मुहुः |
राक्षसीभिः विरूपाभिः दृष्टा हि प्रमदा वने ॥एक वेणी धरा दीना भर्तृ चिन्ता परायणा |
अधः शय्या विवर्ण अन्गी पद्मिनी इव हिम आगमे |
रावणात् विनिवृत्त अर्था मर्तव्य कृत निश्चया ॥
"I saw Seetha in a royal pleasure garden, amidst some female-demons. Seetha was being frightened time and again by those ugly female-demons. That Seetha, wearing a single braid of hair and looking depressed, was fully engaged in thinking about her lord. Looking like a lotus with a discoloured figure in winter, she had determined to die, utterly averting to do anything with Ravana."
30; 31. tarjyamaanaa = (Seetha) was being frightened; muhuH muhuH = time and again; viruupaabhiH raakSasiibhiH = by the ugly female-demons; saa = that Seetha; eka veNii dharaa = wearing a single braid of hair; diinaa = looking depressed; bhartR^i chinta paraayaNaa = fully engaged in thinking about her lord; adhaH shayyaa = sleeping on the ground; padminiiva = and looking like a lotus; vivarNaangii = with a discoloured figure; hima agame = on the arrival of winter-season; vinivR^itta arthaa raavaNaat = having averted to the object of Ravana; martavya kR^ita nishchayaa = and having determined to die; dR^iSTaa = was seen; mayaa = by me; pramadaa vane = in a royal pleasure-garden; raakSasii madhye = amidst female-demons.
5.59.32
कथंचिन् मृग शाव अक्षी विश्वासम् उपपादिता ॥ततः सम्भाषिता चैव सर्वम् अर्थम् च दर्शिता |
राम सुग्रीव सख्यम् च श्रुत्वा प्रीतिम् उपागता ॥
"With great difficulty, I created confidence in that fawn-eyed Seetha. Thereafter, I talked to her and explained everything to her. She was delighted to hear the companionship cropped up between Rama and Sugreeva."
32; 33. mR^igashaabaakSii = Seetha; the fawn-eyed woman; upapaaditaa = was given; vishvaasam = confidence; kathamchit = with a great difficulty; tataH = thereupon; sambhaaSitaachaiva = she was conversed with; sarvam artham = and the entire thing; darshitaa = explained; upaagataa = (She) came to; priitim = delight; shrutvaa = after hearing; raamasugriiva sakhyam = the companionship between Rama and Sugreeva.
5.59.34
नियतः समुदाचारो भक्तिः भर्तरि च उत्तमा |
यन् न हन्ति दशग्रीवम् स महात्मा कृतागसम् ॥
"That high-souled Seetha does not kill Ravana who has committed an offence because she conducts herself well with restraint and since supreme is her devotion to her lord."
mahaatmaa saa = that high-souled Seetha; na hanti dashagriivam = does not kill Ravana; kR^itaagasam = who has committed an offence; (by subjecting him to a curse); itiyatniyataH samudaachaaraH = because she conducts herself well with restraint; uttamaa = supreme; bhaktiH = is her devotion; bhartari = to her lord.
5.59.35
निमित्त मात्रम् रामः तु वधे तस्य भविष्यति |
सा प्रकृत्यैव तन्वङ्गी तद्वियोगाच्छ कर्शिता ॥प्रतिपत्पाअठशीलस्य विद्येव तनुताम् गता |
"Rama, on his part, will become mere instrument in killing that Ravana. That Seetha, who is by her own nature, on delicate-limbed woman, was emaciated because of separation from her lord. She had grown thin like the learning of a scholar continuing his studies even on the first day of lunar fortnight (which must be observed as a complete holiday by students."
raamastu = Rama; on his part; nimitta maatram bhaviSyati = will become a mere instrument; vadhe = in killing; tasya = of that Ravana; saa = that Seetha; tanvaNgii = who is a delicate-limbed woman; prakR^ityeva = just by her nature; karshitaacha = was emaciated; tadviyogaat = by the separation from her lord; gataa = has grown; tanutaam = thin; pratipatpaaTha shiilasya vidyaiva = like the learning of a scholar continuing his studies even on the first day of a lunar fortnight (which must be observed as a complete holiday; by students).
5.59.36
एवम् आस्ते महाभागा सीता शोक परायणा ॥यत् अत्र प्रतिकर्तव्यम् तत् सर्वम् उपपाद्यताम् |
"Thus, the illustrious Seetha remains immersed in grief. Let all that be done, which requires to be counteracted by way of a relief in this matter."
evam = thus; mahaabhaagaa = the illustrious; siitaa = Seetha; shokaparaayaNaa = remains immersed in grief; atra = here; tat sarvam = let all that; upapaadyataam = be done; yat = which; prati kartavyam = requires to be counteracted by way of a relief; atra = in this matter.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे एकोनषष्टितमः सर्गः
Sarga 60
5.60.1
तस्य तत् वचनम् श्रुत्वा वालि सूनुः अभाषत |
अयुक्तम् तु विना देवीम् दृष्ट्वद्भिश्च वानराः ॥समीपम् गन्तुमस्माभी राघवस्य महात्मनः |
Hearing those words of Hanuma, Angada the son of Vali spoke as follows: "Even after our seeing of Seetha, it is not proper for us to approach the high-souled Rama without taking Seetha with us."
shrutvaa = hearing; tat vachanam = those words; tasya = of Hanuma; vaalisuunuH = Angada the son of Vali; abhaaSata = spoke (as follows); dR^iSTadbhiH = even after Seetha was seen; asmaabhiH = by us; ayuktamcha = it is not proper; gantum = to go; mahaatmanaH raaghavasya samiipam = to the vicinity of the high-souled Rama; deviim vinaa = without the princess; vaanaraaH = O monkeys.
5.60.2
दृष्टा देवी न च आनीता इति तत्र निवेदनम् ॥अयुक्तम् इव पश्यामि भवद्भिः ख्यात विक्रमैः |
"I perceive it as improper to inform there that Seetha the princess, though seen by you of renowned prowess, has not been brought here."
pashyaami = I perceive it; ayuktam iva = as improper; nivedanam = to inform; tatra = there; iti = that; devii = Seetha the princess; dR^iSTaa = though seen; bhavadbhiH = by you; khyaata vikramaiH = of renowned prowess; sa aamiitaa cha = has not been brought (here).
5.60.3
न हि वः प्लवते कश्चिन् न अपि कश्चित् पराक्रमे ॥तुल्यः सामर दैत्येषु लोकेषु हरि सत्तमाः |
"O the best of monkeys! No one is equal to us even in our prowess nor indeed anyone who can leap like us in the worlds either of celestials or demons."
hari sattamaaH = O the best of monkeys!; na kashchit = no one; tulyaH = is equal; naH = to us; paraakrame.api = even in prowess; na hi kashchit = nor indeed any one; plavane = in leaping; lokeSu = in the worlds; saamara daityeSu = comprising of celestials or demons.
5.60.4
तेष्व् एवम् हत वीरेषु राक्षसेषु हनूमता ॥किम् अन्यत् अत्र कर्तव्यम् गृहीत्वा याम जानकीम् |
"Hanuma indeed thus killed all the warriors among the demons. What work is remaining to be done by us? We will go, after taking Janaki."
teSu = those; raakSaseSu = demons; hataviireSu = whose warriors have been killed; evam = thus; hanuumataa = by Hanuma; kim anyat = what else; kartavyam = can be done; atra = in this matter?; yaama = we shall go; gR^ihiitvaa = after taking; jaanakiim = Janaki.
5.60.5
तम् एवम् कृत सम्कल्पम् जाम्बवान् हरि सत्तमः ॥उवाच परम प्रीतो वाक्यम् अर्थवत् अर्थवित् |
Jambavan, the foremost among the forest-animals, understanding the sense, was very much pleased and spoke the following meaningful words to that Angada, who thus formed a resolution.
jaambavaan = Jambavan; harisattamaH = the foremost among the forest-animals; arthavit = understanding the sense; parama priitaH = was very much pleased; uvaacha = and spoke; arthavat vaakyam = (the following) meaningful words; tam = to that Angada; evam kR^ita samkalpam = who thus formed a resolution.
5.60.6
न तावत् एषा मतिः अक्षमा नो |
यथा भवान् पश्यति राज पुत्र |
यथा तु रामस्य मतिः निविष्टा |
तथा भवान् पश्यतु कार्य सिद्धिम् ॥
"O prince! This thought you thus perceive is not incompetent of us. But, you must see the way in which Rama's inclination would be, for the accomplishment of the object."
raaja putra = O prince!; eSaa = this; matiH = thought; bhavaan yathaa pashyati = you thus perceive; akSamaa na taavat = is not in competent; naH = of us; tu = but; bhavaan = you; pashyat = see; yaathaa tathaa = in which way; raamasya matiH = Rama's inclination; nivishTa = will be; kaarya siddhim = for the fulfillment of the object.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे षष्टितमः सर्गः
Sarga 61
5.61.1
ततो जाम्बवतो वाक्यम् अगृह्णन्त वन ओकसः |
अन्गद प्रमुखा वीरा हनूमान् च महाकपिः ॥
Thereupon, the heroic monkeys like Angada and others as also Hanuma, the great one among the monkeys accepted the words of Jambavan.
tataH = thereupon; viiraaH = the heroic; vanaukasau = monkeys; aN^gada pramukhaaH = like Angada and others; hanumaamshcha = and Hanuma; mahaakapiH = the great one among the monkeys; agR^ihNanta = accepted; vaakhyam = the words; jaambavataH = of Jambavan.
5.61.2
प्रीतिमन्तः ततः सर्वे वायु पुत्र पुरः सराः |
महाइन्द्र अग्रम् परित्यज्य पुप्लुवुः प्लवग ऋषभाः ॥मेरु मन्दर सम्काशा मत्ता इव महागजाः |
चादयन्त इव आकाशम् महाकाया महाबलाः ॥सभाज्यमानम् भूतैः तम् आत्मवन्तम् महाबलम् |
हनूमन्तम् महावेगम् वहन्त इव दृष्टिभिः ॥राघवे च अर्थ निर्वृत्तिम् भर्तुः च परमम् यशः |
समाधाय समृद्ध अर्थाः कर्म सिद्धिभिः उन्नताः ॥प्रिय आख्यान उन्मुखाः सर्वे सर्वे युद्ध अभिनन्दिनः |
सर्वे राम प्रतीकारे निश्चित अर्था मनस्विनः ॥
Then, the excellent monkeys, resembling Meru and Mandara mountains, like elephants in rut, as if covering the sky, having huge bodies and colossal strength, keeping Hanuma in their front, leaving Mount Mahendra, went ahead leaping delightfully. They looked as though conducted by the mind's eyes of Hanuma, who is adored by living beings as having good stupendous swiftness, they having resolved to fulfill the purpose of Rama and to attain a great glory, having accomplished the purpose and duly determined to complete the task. All of them were looking up at narrating the previous pleasant tidings and taking delight in war. All of them, in high spirits, were judging rightly the vengeance of Rama against the evil-minded Ravana.
2; 3; 4; 5; 6. tataH = then; sarve = all; plavaga R^iShabhaaH = excellent monkeys; meru mandara samkaashaaH = resembling Mounts Meru and Mandara; mattaaH gajaaH iva = like elephants in rut; chhaadayantaH iva = as if covering; aakaasham = the sky; mahaakaayaaH = having huge bodies; mahaabalaaH = and colossal strength; vaayu putra puraH saraaH = keeping Hanuma in their front; parityajya = leaving; mahendraadrim = Mount Mahendra; pupluvuH = (went ahead) leaping; priitimantaH = delightfully; vahantaH iva = as though conducted; dR^iSTibhiH = by the minds eyes; hanuumantam = of Hanuma; sabhaajyamaanam = who is adored; bhuutaiH = by living beings; aatmavantam = having good sense; mahaabalam = mighty; mahaavegam = with stupendous swiftness; samaadhaaya = having resolved; artha nirvR^ittim = to fulfill the purpose; raaghave = of Rama; kartum = and to attain paramam yashaH = a great glory; samR^iddha arthaaH = having accomplished their purpose; unnataaH = and determined; karma siddhibhiH = to complete the act; sarve = all of them; priya aakhyaana unmukhaaH = were looking up at narrating the pleasant tidings; yuddha abhinandanaH = taking delight in war; sarve manassvinaH = all of them in high spirits; raama pratiikaare = the vengeance of Rama.
5.61.7
प्लवमानाः खम् आप्लुत्य ततः ते कानन ओक्सकः |
नन्दन उपमम् आसेदुः वनम् द्रुम लता युतम् ॥
Then, those monkeys, leaping into the sky and floating in the air, reached a garden looking like Nandanavana the divine grove filled with trees and creepers.
tataH = then; te = those; kaanana oksakaH = monkeys; aaplutya = leaping; kham = into the sky; plavamaanaaH = and floating in the air; aaseduH = reached; vanam = a garden; nanadanopamam = looking like Nandanavana; the divine grove; druma lataa yutam = filled with trees and creepers.
5.61.8
यत् तन् मधु वनम् नाम सुग्रीवस्य अभिरक्षितम् |
अधृष्यम् सर्व भूतानाम् सर्व भूत मनो हरम् ॥
They reached, that Madhuvana by name, the garden abounded with honey, which was protected grove, unapproachable for all and looking fascinated to the soul of all beings.
tat madhu vanam naama = (they reached) that Madhuvana; the garden of honey; by name; abhirakShitam = which was a protected grove; adhR^iSyam = unapproachable; sarva bhuutaanaam = for all living beings; sarva bhuuta mano haram = and looking fascinated for all beings.
5.61.9
यत् रक्षति महावीर्यः सदा दधि मुखः कपिः |
मातुलः कपि मुख्यस्य सुग्रीवस्य महात्मनः ॥
A very powerful monkey called Dadhimukha, who was a high-souled eminent monkey and the maternal uncle of Sugreeva always protected that garden.
mahaaviirya kapiH = a very powerful monkey; dadhimukhaH = called Dadhimukha; yat = who was; mahaatmanaH = a high-souled; kapiH mukhasya = eminent monkey; maatulaH = and the maternal uncle; sugriivasya = of Sugreeva; sadaa = always; rakShati = protects (that garden).
5.61.10
ते तत् वनम् उपागम्य बभूवुः परम उत्कटाः |
वानरा वानर इन्द्रस्य मनः कान्ततमम् महत् ॥
Reaching that huge grove, which was very dear to the heart of Sugreeva, those monkeys became highly excessive in their behaviour.
upaagamya = reaching; tat = that; mahat = great; vanam = garden; manaH kaantatamam = which was very dear to the heart; vaanarendrasya = of Sugreeva; te vaanaraaH = those monkeys; babhuuvaH = became; parama utkaTaaH = highly excessive.
5.61.11
ततः ते वानरा हृष्टा दृष्ट्वा मधु वनम् महत् |
कुमारम् अभ्ययाचन्त मधूनि मधु पिन्गलाः ॥
Then, seeing that large Madhuvana, the garden abounded in honey, those monkeys, whose colour was as yellow as honey, were delighted and solicited Angada the prince for permission to taste the honey.
tataH = then; dR^iSTvaa = seeing; mahat = the large; madhu vanam = Madhuvana the garden which abounded in honey; te vaanaraaH = those monkeys; madhu piN^galaaH = whose colour was as yellow as honey; hR^iSTaaH = were delighted; abhyayaachanta = and solicited; kumaaram = Angada the prince; madhuuni = for tastes of honey.
5.61.12
ततः कुमारः तान् वृद्धान् जाम्बवत् प्रमुखान् कपीन् |
अनुमान्य ददौ तेषाम् निसर्गम् मधु भक्षणे ॥
Thereupon, Angada the prince, taking approval from those elders like Jambavan and others, gave the monkeys a liberty to drink honey there.
tataH = thereupon; kumaaraH = Angada the prince; anumaanya = taking approval from; taan = those; vR^iddhaan kapiin = elder forest-animals; jaambavat pramukhaan = like Jambavan and others; dadau = gave; teSaam = them; nisargam = a liberty; madhu bhakSaNe = to drink honey.
5.61.13
ततः च अनुमताः सर्वे सम्प्रहृष्टा वन ओकसः |
मुदिताः च ततः ते च प्रनृत्यन्ति ततः ततः ॥
Thereafter, all those monkeys, thus permitted to drink honey, were exceedingly pleased. Then, those excited monkeys felt glad and began dancing.
tataH = thereafter; sarve vanaukasaH = all those monkeys; anumataa = (thus) permitted; samprahR^iSTaaH = were exceedingly pleased; tadaa = then; preritaaH = the excited monkeys; muditaaH = were glad; abhavan = and became; pranR^ityantaH = gesticulated in dancing.
5.61.14
गायन्ति केचित् प्रणमन्ति केचिन् |
नृत्यन्ति केचित् प्रहसन्ति केचित् |
पतन्ति केचित् विचरन्ति केचित् |
प्लवन्ति केचित् प्रलपन्ति केचित् ॥
Some were singing. Some were offering salutations. Some were dancing. Some were laughing loudly. Some were falling down. Some were moving in different directions. Some were jumping up. Some were talking incoherently.
kechit = some; gaayanti = were singing; kechit = some; praNamanti = were offering salutations; kechit = some; nR^ityanti = were dancing; kechit = some; prahasanti = were laughing loudly; kechit = some; patanti = were falling down; kechit = some; patanti = were falling down; kechit = some; vicharanti = were moving in different directions; kechit = some; plavanti = were jumping up; kechit = some; pralapanti = were talking incoherently.
5.61.15
परस्परम् केचित् उपाश्रयन्ते |
परस्परम् केचित् अतिब्रुवन्ते |
परस्परम् केचिदुपब्रुवन्ते |
परस्परम् केचिदुपारमन्ते ॥
Some were leaning against one another. Some were falling upon one another. Some were disputing with one another. Some were playing with one another.
kechit = some; upaashrayante = were leaning against; parasparam = one another; kechit = some; upaakramante = were falling upon; parasparam = one another; kechit = some; upabruvante = were disputing with; parasparam = one another; kechit = some; upaaramante = were playing with; parasparam = one another.
5.61.16
द्रुमात् द्रुमम् केचित् अभिप्लवन्ते |
क्षितौ नग अग्रान् निपतन्ति केचित् |
मही तलात् केचित् उदीर्ण वेगा |
महाद्रुम अग्राणि अभिसम्पतन्ते ॥
Some were running from one tree to another. Some were falling down to the ground from the tree-tops. Some, with a missile-like speed, were flying towards the tops of gigantic trees from the ground.
kechit = some; abhidravante = were running; drumaat = from one tree; drumam = to another tree; kechit = some; nipatanti = were falling down; kSitau = to the ground; nagaagraat = from the top of the trees; kechit = some; udiirNavegaaH = with a missile-like speed; abhisampatanti = were flying towards; mahaadrumaagraaNi = the top of gigantic tress; mahiitalaat = from the ground.
5.61.17
गायन्तम् अन्यः प्रहसन्न् उपैति |
हसन्तम् अन्यः प्रहसन्न् उपैति |
रुदन्तम् अन्यः प्ररुदन्न् उपैति |
नुदन्तम् अन्यः प्रणुदन्न् उपैति ॥
While one was singing, another approached him laughing. While one was laughing, another approached him weeping. While one was weeping, another approached him pushing. While one was pushing, another approached him roaring.
gayantam = while one was singing; anyaH = another; upaiti = approached him; prahasan = laughing; hasantam = while one was laughing; anyaH = another; upaiti = approached him; prarudan = weeping; rudantam = while one was weeping; anyaH = another; upaiti = approached him; praNudan = pushing; anyaH = another; upaiti = approached him; praNadan = roaring.
5.61.18
समाकुलम् तत् कपि सैन्यम् आसीन् |
मधु प्रपान उत्कट सत्त्व चेष्टम् |
न च अत्र कश्चिन् न बभूव मत्तो |
न च अत्र कश्चिन् न बभूव तृप्तो ॥
That army of monkeys, moving in excessively honey-drunken state, became highly excited. None in that army was not drunk. None in that army was not satiated.
tat = that; kapi sainyam = army of monkeys; madhu prapaana utkaTa sattva cheSTam = moving in excessively honey-drunken state; aasiit = became; samaakulam = highly excited; na kashchit = none; atra = in that army; mattaH babhuuNa iti na = was not drunk; na kachichit = now; atra = in that army; tR^iptaH babhuuva iti na = was not satiated.
5.61.19
ततो वनम् तत् परिभक्ष्यमाणम् |
द्रुमान् च विध्वंसित पत्र पुष्पान् |
समीक्ष्य कोपात् दधि वक्त्र नामा |
निवारयामास कपिः कपीन् तान् ॥
Seeing that grove, being consumed and the trees stripped off their leaves and flowers the monkey named Dadhimukha (who was incharge of the grove) then angrily interrupted those monkeys.
samiikSya = seeing; tat = that; vanam = grove; paribhakSyamaaNam = being consumed; drumaamshcha = and the trees; vidhvamsita patra puSpaan = stripped off their leaves and flowers; kapiH = the monkey; dadhi vaktra naamaa = named Dadhimukha; tataH = then; kopaat = by anger; nivaarayaamaasa = interrupted; taan kapiin = those monkeys.
5.61.20
स तैः प्रवृद्धैः परिभर्त्स्यमानो |
वनस्य गोप्ता हरि वीर वृद्धः |
चकार भूयो मतिम् उग्र तेजा |
वनस्य रक्षाम् प्रति वानरेभ्यः ॥
Threatened by those monkeys who were behaving excessively, Dadhimukha who was endowed with a terrible energy, the care-taker of the grove and an elderly hero of the monkeys further contemplated the means to protect that grove from the monkeys.
paribhartsyamaanaH = threatened; taiH = by those monkeys; pravR^iddhaiH = who were behaving excessively; ugrate jaaH = Dadhimukha endowed with terrible energy; vanasya goptaa = the care-taker of the grove; hari viira vR^iddhaH = and an elderly hero of the monkeys; bhuuyaH = further; chakaara matim = contemplated means; rakSaamprati = about the protection; vanasya = of the grove; vaanarebhyaH = from the monkeys.
5.61.21
उवाच कांश्चित् परुषाणि धृष्टम् |
असक्तम् अन्यान् च तलैः जघान |
समेत्य कैश्चित् कलहम् चकार |
तथैव साम्ना उपजगाम कांश्चित् ॥
He spoke harsh words with some and courageously struck some others with his palms uninterruptedly, created a quarrel by coming into collusion with some, and approached some in a conciliatory manner.
uvaacha = he spoke; paruSaaNi = harsh words; kaamshchit = with some; jaghaana = and struck; anyaamshcha = some other; dhR^iSTam = courageously; talaiH = with his palms; asaktam = uninterrupted; chakaara = created; kalaham = a quarrel; kaishchit = with some; sametya = coming into collusion with them; tathaiva = in like manner; upajagaama = he approached; kaamshchit = some; saamnaa = in a conciliatory way.
5.61.22
स तैः मदाच् च अप्रतिवार्य वेगैः |
बलाच् च तेन अप्रतिवार्यमाणैः |
प्रधर्षितः त्यक्त भयैः समेत्य |
प्रकृष्यते च अपि अनवेक्ष्य दोषम् ॥
That Dadhimukha was dragged, after coming into collusion with him by those monkeys, who were being forcibly hindered by him, eventhough those monkeys overpowered him with unrestrained emotion arising out of their intoxication, those who had abandoned their fear disregarding any bad consequence of their act.
saH = that Dadhimukha; pradharSitaH = was overpowered; taiH = by those monkeys; aprativaarya vegaiH = with unrest rained emotion; madaat = arising out of their intoxication; apratimaaNyamaaNaiH = those who were hindered; balaat = forcefully; tena = by him; tyaktabhayaiH = abandoning their fear; prakR^iSyate cha = he was also dragged; sametya = after coming into collusion by them; anavekSya = disregarding; doSamcha = any bad consequence.
5.61.23
नखैः तुदन्तो दशनैः दशन्तः |
तलैः च पादैः च समाप्नुवन्तः |
मदात् कपिम् तम् कपयः समग्रा |
महावनम् निर्विषयम् च चक्रुः ॥
Bruising with their nails, biting with their teeth on account of their inebriety and making short work of that Dadhimukha with their palms and feet, all those moneys made that large grove, divested of its flowers, fruits and honey.
tudanta = bruising; nakhaiH = with their nails; dashantaH = biting; dashanaiH = with their teeth; madaat = because of their inebriety; samaapayantaH = and making short work; tam kapim = of that Dadhimukha; talaishcha paadaishcha = with their palms and feet; samagraaH = kapayaH = all those monkeys; chakruH = made; mahaavanam = that large grove; nirviSayam = bereft of its range of flowers; fruits and honey.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे एकषष्टितमः सर्गः
Sarga 62
5.62.1
तान् उवाच हरि श्रेष्ठो हनूमान् वानर ऋषभः |
अव्यग्र मनसो यूयम् मधु सेवत वानराः ॥अहमावारयिष्यामि युष्माकम् परिपन्थिनः |
Hanuma, like a bull among the monkeys and the foremost among them spoke to them as follows: "Cherish the honey with a cool mind, O monkeys! I will keep off your opposer who is standing in your way."
hanumaan = Hanuma; vaanararSabhaH = like a bull among the monkeys; harishreSThaH and the foremost among them; uvaacha = spoke; taan = to them (as follows); vaanaraaH = O monkeys!; yuuyam = you; sevata = cherish; madhu = the honey; avyagramanasaH = with a cool mind; aham = I; aavaarayiSyaami = will keep off; yuSmaakam = your; paripanthinaH = opposer who is standing in your way.
5.62.2
श्रुत्वा हनुमतो वाक्यम् हरीणाम् प्रवरो अन्गदः ॥प्रत्युवाच प्रसन्न आत्मा पिबन्तु हरयो मधु |
Hearing the words of Hanuma, the gracious minded Angada the principal among the monkeys repeated the words: "Let the monkeys drink the honey."
shrutvaa = hearing; vaakyam = the words; hanumataH = of Hanuma; prasannaatmaa = the gracious minded; aN^gadaH = Angada; pratyuvaacha = repeated the following words; harayaH = (Let) the monkeys; pibantu = drink; madhu = the honey.
5.62.3
अवश्यम् कृत कार्यस्य वाक्यम् हनुमतो मया ॥अकार्यम् अपि कर्तव्यम् किम् अन्ग पुनः ईदृशम् |
"The words, though improper of Hanuma who had accomplished his task, are to be obliged certainly by me. Wherefore then, moreover, on such an occasion?"
vaakyam = the words; akaaryam api = though improper; kR^ita kaaryasya = who has accomplished his work; to be obliged; avashyam = certainly; mayaa = by me; kim aN^ga = wherefore then; iidR^isham punaH = moreover; on such an occasion?
5.62.4
अन्दगस्य मुखात् श्रुत्वा वचनम् वानर ऋषभाः ॥साधु साध्व् इति सम्हृष्टा वानराः प्रत्यपूजयन् |
Hearing the words coming from the mouth of Angada, those monkeys who were like bulls among the monkeys were delighted and answered with reverence, saying 'good, good!'
shrutvaa = hearing; vachaH = the words; mukhaat = coming from the mouth; aN^gadasya = of Angada; vaanaraaH = those monkeys; vaanarShabhaaH = who were like bulls among the monkeys; samhR^iSTaaH = were delighted; pratya puujayan = and answered with reverence; saadhu saadhv iti = saying 'good; good!'
5.62.5
पूजयित्वा अन्गदम् सर्वे वानरा वानर ऋषभम् ॥जग्मुः मधु वनम् यत्र नदी वेग इव द्रुतम् |
Reverencing Angada the foremost among the monkeys, all the monkeys rushed towards Madhuvana, the grove abounding in honey, like the rush of a river towards a tree.
puujayitvaa = reverencing; aN^gadam = Angada; vaanaraa R^iShabham = the foremost among the monkeys; sarve vaanaraaH = all the monkeys; jagmuH = went; yatra = to the place where; madhu vanam = Madhuvana; the grove abounding in honey was there; nadii vegaH iva = like rush of a river; drumam = towards a tree.
5.62.6
ते प्रहृष्टा मधु वनम् पालान् आक्रम्य वीर्यतः ॥अतिसर्गाच् च पटवो दृष्ट्वा श्रुत्वा च मैथिलीम् |
पपुः सर्वे मधु तदा रसवत्फलमाददुः ॥
Because Hanuma had seen Seetha and others had heard of her and because of the grant of permission from Angada, all those gifted monkeys entered Madhuvana the grove, overpowered the guards with their prowess, drank honey and the partook juicy fruits there.
6; 7. dR^iShTvaa = (because Hanuma) had seen Seetha; shrutvaa = and others had heard of her; atisargaacha cha = and because of grant of permission from Angada; te sarve paTavaH = all those gifted monkeys; prahR^iShTaaH = having entered; madhuvanam = Madhuvana the grove; aakramya paalaan = and overpowering themselves over the guards; viiryataH = with their prowess; vapuH = drank; madhu = the honey; tadaa = then; aadaduH = took; rasavat phalam = juicy fruits.
5.62.8
उत्पत्य च ततः सर्वे वन पालान् समागताः |
ताडयन्ति स्म शतशः सक्तान् मधु वने तदा ॥
Then, all those monkeys jumped on the guards of the grove, who came there in hundreds together and banged them.
tadaa = then; sarve = all those monkeys; utpatya = having jumped; vanapaalaan = on the guards of the grove; samaagataan = who came; saktaan = together; shatashaH = in hundreds; tataH = and then; taaDayanti = banged them.
5.62.9
मधूनि द्रोण मात्राणि बहुभिः परिगृह्य ते |
पिबन्ति सहिताः सर्वे भक्षयन्ति तथा अपरे ॥
All those monkeys together took vessels of honey in their arms and drank them. Some others banged those who obstructed them.
sarve = all those monkeys; sahitaaH = together; parigR^ihya = taking; drone maatraaNi* madhuuni = vessels of honey; baahubhiH = in their arms; pibanti = drank them; apare = some others; nighnanti sma = banged (those who obstructed them).
Drona= A wooden vessel containing 1024 Mushtis/fists of honey.
5.62.10
केचित् पीत्वा अपविध्यन्ति मधूनि मधु पिन्गलाः |
मधु उच्चिष्टेन केचिच् च जघ्नुः अन्योन्यम् उत्कटाः ॥
Some monkeys, with their skin-colour as yellow as honey, after drinking vessels of honey, also threw some honey away. Some others, with the remnant of honey in their arms, after drinking, whipped up one another with their excessive intoxication.
kechit = some monkeys; madhu piN^galaaH = with their skin-colour; as yellow as honey; piitvaa = having drunk; madhuuni = vessels of honey; pravidhyanti = were throwing (some honey) away; kechichcha = some others; madhu uchchhiShThena = with remnant of honey after drinking; jagmuH = whipped up; anyonyam = one another; utkaTaaH = with excessive intoxication.
5.62.11
अपरे वृक्ष मूलेषु शाखाम् गृह्य व्यवस्थितः |
अत्यर्थम् च मद ग्लानाः पर्णानि आस्तीर्य शेरते ॥
Some others, seizing a branch of a tree, stood rooted at the foot of a tree. Some, who were highly intoxicated, laid down spreading leaves on the ground.
apare = some others; gR^ihya = seizing; shaakhaam = a branch of a tree; vyavasthitaaH = settled; vR^ikSa muule = at the foot of a tree; atyartham mada glaanaaH = those who were highly intoxicated; sherate = laid down; aastiirNa parNaani = spreading leaves.
5.62.12
उन्मत्त भूताः प्लवगा मधु मत्ताः च हृष्टवत् |
क्षिपन्ति अपि तथा अन्योन्यम् स्खलन्ति अपि तथा अपरे ॥
Those monkeys, who were intoxicated by drinking the honey, became inebriated and started pushing one another cheerfully and some others began to stumble.
plavagaaH = monkeys; madhu mattaaH = intoxicated with the drinking of honey; unmatta bhuutaaH = became inebriated; kShipanti = and were pushing; anyonyam = one another; hR^iShTavat = cheerfully; tathaa = and; apare = some others; skhalanti cha = began to stumble.
5.62.13
केचित् क्ष्वेडान् प्रकुर्वन्ति केचित् कूजन्ति हृष्टवत् |
हरयो मधुना मत्ताः केचित् सुप्ता मही तले ॥
Some were roaring like lions. Some, with joy, whistled like birds. Some monkeys, inebriated as they were by drinking honey, simply slept on the floor.
kechit = some; prakurvanti = were making; kShveDaan = lion's roars; kechit = some; hR^iShTavat = with joy; kuujanti = whistled like birds; kechit harayaH = some; madhunaa = with honey; suptaaH = slept; mahii tale = on the floor.
5.62.14
कृत्वा केचिर्धसन्त्यन्ये केचित्कुर्वन्ति चेतरत् |
कृत्वा केचिद्वदन्त्यन्ये केचिद्बुध्यन्ति चेतरत् ॥
Doing something or other, some were laughing. Some others were doing something else. Some were telling what they were doing, while some others were understanding some things else.
kR^itvaa = doing something or other; kechit = some; hasanti = were laughing; anye kechit = some others; kurvanti = were doing; itarat = something else; kechit = some; vadanti = were telling; kR^itvaa = what they were doing; anye kechit = some others; budhyanti = were understanding; itarat = something else.
5.62.15
ये अपि अत्र मधु पालाः स्युः प्रेष्या दधि मुखस्य तु |
ते अपि तैः वानरैः भीमैः प्रतिषिद्धा दिशो गताः ॥
The honey-keepers, who were there as messengers of Dadhimukha in that Madhuvana, were warded off by the terrific monkeys and they fled to different directions.
madhu paalaaH = the honey-keepers; ye = who; syuH = were there; preShyaaH = as messengers; dadhimukhasya = of Dadhimukha; te.api = they also; atra = in that Madhuvana; pratiShiddhaaH = were warded off; bhiimaiH vaanaraiH = by the terrific monkeys; gataaH = and went; dishaH = towards different directions.
5.62.16
जानुभिः च प्रकृष्टाः च देव मार्गम् च दर्शिताः |
अब्रुवन् परम उद्विग्ना गत्वा दधि मुखम् वचः ॥
Dragged by their knees and tossed up in the air by the monkeys, those honey-keepers were very much depressed, went to Dadhimukha and complained as follows:
prakR^iSTaaH = dragged; jaanubhiH = by their knees; pradarshitaaH = those honey-keepers who were shown; deva maargam = the air; parama udvignaaH = were very much depressed; gatvaa = and having gone; dadhimukham = to Dadhimukha; abruvan vachaH = spoke the (following) words.
5.62.17
हनूमता दत्त वरैः हतम् मधु वनम् बलात् |
वयम् च जानुभिः कृष्टा देव मार्गम् च दर्शिताः ॥
"The monkeys, as permitted by Hanuma, violently destroyed Madhuvana. We were dragged by our knees and further tossed up in the air."
data varaiH hanuumataa = by the monkeys; as they were granted a boon by Hanuma; madhu vanam = Madhuvana; hatam = was destroyed; balaat = violently; vayamcha = we; kR^iShTaaH = were dragged; jaanuubhiH = by our knees; darshitaaH = and were shown; deva maargam = the air.
5.62.18
ततो दधि मुखः क्रुद्धो वनपः तत्र वानरः |
हतम् मधु वनम् श्रुत्वा सान्त्वयामास तान् हरीन् ॥
Hearing that Madhuvana was damaged, Dadhimukha, the grove-protector there was enraged and thereafter consoled those monkeys (as follows):
shrutvaa = hearing; madhu vanam = (that) Madhuvana; hatam = was damaged; dadhimukhaH = Dadhimukha; vanapaH = the grove-protector; tatra = there; kruddhaH = was enraged; tataH = and thereafter; saantvayaamaasa = consoled; taan hariin = those monkeys.
5.62.19
इह आगच्छत गच्छामो वानरान् अतिदर्पितान् |
बलेन आवारयिष्यामो मधु भक्षयतो वयम् ॥
"Come here let us go there and prevent by our force, the monkeys who are arrogant of their strength and are consuming the honey."
aagachchhata iha = come here; gachchhaama = let us go; vaarayiShyaamaH = let us prevent; balena = by our force; vaanaraan = the monkeys; baladarpitaan = who are proud of their strength; bhakShayataH = and who are consuming; madhu = the honey.
5.62.20
श्रुत्वा दधि मुखस्य इदम् वचनम् वानर ऋषभाः |
पुनः वीरा मधु वनम् तेन एव सहिता ययुः ॥
Hearing these words of Dadhimukha, the foremost of those monkeys who displayed their heroism, quickly went again to madhuvana along with him.
shrutvaa = hearing; idam = these; vachanam = words; dadhimukhasya = of Dadhimukha; vaanara R^iShabhaaH = the foremost among the monkeys; viiraaH = who display heroism; sahasaa = quickly; yayaH = went; punaH = again; madhu vanam = to Madhuvana; tena eva = along with that Dadhimukha.
5.62.21
मध्ये च एषाम् दधि मुखः प्रगृह्य सुमहातरुम् |
समभ्यधावत् वेगेना ते च सर्वे प्लवम्गमाः ॥
Grasping a tree, Dadhimukha speedily took up his position in the middle of those monkeys in Madhuvana. All his follower-monkeys also ran with him.
pragR^ihya = grasping; tarum = a tree; dadhimukhaH = Dadhimukha; samabhyadhaavat = ran; vegenaa = with speed; eShaam madhye = towards the middle of those monkeys; sarve = all; te = those; plavaN^gamaaH cha = monkey-followers too (ran).
5.62.22
ते शिलाः पादपान् च अपि पाषाणान् च अपि वानराः |
गृहीत्वा अभ्यागमन् क्रुद्धा यत्र ते कपि कुन्जराः ॥
Those enraged monkeys, taking rocks, trees and even mountains, went to the place wehre those foremost of monkeys were there.
te kruddhaaH vaanaraaH = those enraged monkeys; gR^ihiitvaa = taking; shilaaH = rocks; paadapan cha api = trees; parvataamshchaapi = and even mountains; abhyaagaman = went; yatra = were; te = those; kapi kuNjaraaH = foremost of monkeys (were there).
5.62.23
ते स्वामि वचनम् वीरा हृदयेष्व् अवसज्य तत् |
त्वरया हि अभ्यधावन्त साल ताल शिला आयुधाः ॥
Those heroic monkeys, keeping the words of their master in mind, briskly ran with Sala trees, palm trees and rocks as their weapons.
te = those; viiraaH = heroic monkeys; avasajya = keeping; hR^idayeShu tat svaami vachanam = the words of their master in mind; tvarayaa = briskly; abhyadhaavanta = ran; saala taala shilaa aayudhaaH = with Sala trees; palm trees and rocks as their weapon.
5.62.24
वृक्षस्थान् च तलस्थान् च वानरान् बल दर्पितान् |
अभ्यक्रामन्त ते वीराः पालाः तत्र सहस्रशः ॥
Then, the valiant guards of the grove running in thousands invaded the monkeys who were on trees, at the foot of the trees and who were arrogant of their strength.
tat = then; viiraaH = the valiant; paalaaH = guards of the grove; sahasrashaH = running; in thousands; abhyakraaman = invaded; vaanaraan = the monkeys; vR^iSasthaan cha = who were on trees; talasthaan cha = at the foot of the trees; bala darpitaan = and who wee arrogant of their strength.
5.62.25
अथ दृष्ट्वा दधि मुखम् क्रुद्धम् वानर पुम्गवाः |
अभ्यधावन्त वेगेन हनूमत् प्रमुखाः तदा ॥
Seeing Dadhimukha coming with anger, Hanuma along with eminent monkeys ran towards him with speed.
atha = thereupon; dR^iSTvaa = seeing; dadhimukham = Dadhimukha; kruddham = enraged; hanumat pramukhaaH = Hanuma eminent monkeys; tadaa = then; abhyadhaavanta = ran towards him; vegena = with speed.
5.62.26
तम् सवृक्षम् महाबाहुम् आपतन्तम् महाबलम् |
आर्यकम् प्राहरत् तत्र बाहुभ्याम् कुपितो अन्गदः ॥
The enraged Angada struck there with his arms, that long-armed Dadhimukha the maternal uncle his father, who was endowed with extraordinary might and who was rushing with speed with a tree in his hand.
kupitaH = the enraged; aNgadaH = Angada; tatra = there; praaharat = struck; baahubhyaam = with his arms; tam = that Dadhimukha; aaryakam = the maternal uncle of his father; mahaabalam = who was endowed with extraordinary night; mahaabaahum = having long arms; aapatantam = and rushing with speed; savR^ikSham = with a tree in hand.
5.62.27
मद अन्धः अ न वेद एनम् आर्यको अयम् मम इति सः |
अथ एनम् निष्पिपेष आशु वेगवत् वसुधा तले ॥
Blinded with arrogance, that Angada did not show any mercy to him on the score of his being the maternal uncle of his father and caused him at once to fall down and began to crush him against the ground.
mada andhaH cha = Blinded with arrogance; saH = that Angada; na veda = could not remember; enam = that being; iti = as; ayam = he (who was) mama aaryakaH = the maternal uncle of is father; atha = then; niShpipeSha = (he) crushed; enam = him; aashu = quickly; vegavat = and with speed; vasudhaatale = on the ground.
5.62.28
स भग्न बाहुः विमुखो विह्वलः शोणित उक्षितः |
मुमोह सहसा वीरो मुहूर्तम् कपि कुन्जरः ॥
That Dadhimukha, the valiant elephant among the monkeys, who was afflicted with his broken arms, thighs and shoulders, drenched as he was in blood, lost his consciousness for a moment.
saH viiraH = that valiant; kapi kuN^ijaraH = elephant among the monkeys; vihvalaH = who was afflicted; sabhagna baahuurubhujaH = with his broken arms; thighs and shoulders; shoNito kShitaH = and drenched in blood; sahasaa = soon; mumoha = lost his consciousness; muhuurtam = for a moment.
5.62.29
स समाश्वस्य सहसा सम्क्रुद्धो राजमातुलः |
वानरान्वारयामास दण्डेन मधुमोहितान् ॥
That Dadhimukha, Sugreeva's maternal uncle, quickly recovering his breath, was enraged and resisted those monkeys, who were highly intoxicated because of drinking of honey, by a proper reprimand.
saH raajamaatulaH = that Dadhimukha; Sugreeva's maternal uncle; sahasaa = quickly; samaashvasya = recovering his breath; samkruddha = was enraged; vaarayaamaasa = resisted; vaanaraan = those monkeys; madhumohitaan = who were infatuated because of drinking of honey; daN^Dena = by a reprimand.
5.62.30
स कथंचित् विमुक्तः तैः वानरैः वानर ऋषभः |
उवाच एक अन्तम् आगम्य भृत्यान् तान् समुपागतान् ॥
Somehow released by those monkeys that Dadhimukha the foremost among the monkeys, went to a solitary place and spoke to his messengers who came there (as follows):
kathamchit = somehow; vimuktaH = released; taiH vaanaraiH = by those monkeys; saH vaanara R^iShabhaH = that foremost among the monkeys; aashritya = took shelter; ekaantam = at a solitary place; uvaacham = and spoke; svaan = to his; bhR^ityaan = messengers; samupaagataan = who came there.
5.62.31
एते तिष्ठन्तु गच्छामो भर्ता नो यत्र वानरः |
सुग्रीवो विपुल ग्रीवः सह रामेण तिष्ठति ॥
"Let these monkeys stay here. We will go to the place where the thick-necked Sugreeva, our lord of the monkeys stays together with Rama."
ete tiShThantu = let these monkeys stay here; gachchhaamaH = we will go; yatra = to the place where; sugreevaH = Sugreeva; naH = our; bhartaa = lord; vaanaraH = the monkey; vipula griivaH = having a thick neck; raameNa saha = along with Rama; tiShThati = are staying.
5.62.32
सर्वम् चैव अन्गदे दोषम् श्रावयिष्यामि पार्थिव |
अमर्षी वचनम् श्रुत्वा घातयिष्यति वानरान् ॥
"I will make known to the king, all the misdeed of Angada. Hearing my words, the enraged king will get the monkeys killed."
paarthive shraavayiSyaami = I will make the king hear; sarvam = all; doSam = the misdeed; aN^gada = of Angada; shrutvaa = hearing; vachanam = my words; vaanaraan ghaatayiSyati amarSii = the king; enraged; will get the monkeys killed.
5.62.33
इष्टम् मधु वनम् हि एतत् सुग्रीवस्य महात्मनः |
पितृ पैतामहम् दिव्यम् देवैः अपि दुरासदम् ॥
"This Madhuvana is indeed cherished by our high-souled king, Sugreeva and it derived from his father and grand father. It is so charming, but is dangerous to be approached even by celestials."
etat madhuvanam = this Madhuvana; iSTam hi = is indeed cherished; mahaatmanaH paarthivasya = by the high-souled king Sugreeva; pitR^i paitaamaham = and it derived from his father and grand-father; divyam = (It is ) so charming; duraasadam = and is dangerous to be approached; devaiH api = even by celestials.
5.62.34
स वानरान् इमान् सर्वान् मधु लुब्धान् गत आयुषः |
घातयिष्यति दण्डेन सुग्रीवः ससुहृज् जनान् ॥
"The longevity of these monkeys got reduced, as they were very much lustful of honey. That Sugreeva can get these monkeys together with their companions, killed as a matter of punishment."
saH sugriivaH = that Sugreeva; ghatayiShyati imaan sarvaan vaanaraan sasuhR^ij janaan = can get all these monkeys together with their companions killed; daN^Dena = as a punishment; (those monkeys are) madhulubhaan = lustful of honey; gata aayuSaH = and their longevity got reduced.
वध्या हि एते दुरात्मानो नृप आज्ञा परिभाविनः |
अमर्ष प्रभवो रोषः सफलो नो भविष्यति | ५-६२-३५
"These evil-minded beings, who disregarded the royal command, are fit to be capitally punished. Our wrath, springing from our impatience, will indeed become fruitful."
ete = these; duraatmanaH = evil-minded beings; nR^ipa aajJNaa paribhaavinaH = who disregarded the royal command; vadhyaaH hi = are fit to be capitally punished; naH roShaH = our anger; amarSa prabhavaH = springing from our impatience; bhaviShyati = will become; saphalaH = fruitful.
5.62.36
एवम् उक्त्वा दधि मुखो वन पालान् महाबलः |
जगाम सहसा उत्पत्य वन पालैः समन्वितः ॥
Thus speaking to the garden-guards, the mighty Dadhimukha quickly springing up all at once, went (to Kishkindha) together with the garden-guards.
evam = thus; uktvaa = speaking; vanapaalan = to the garden-guards; mahaabalaH = the mighty; dadhimukhaH = Dadhimukha; sahasaa = quickly; jagaama = went; utpatya = springing up all at once; samanvitaH = together; vana paalaiH = with the garden-guards.
5.62.37
निमेष अन्तर मात्रेण स हि प्राप्तो वन आलयः |
सहस्र अंशु सुतो धीमान् सुग्रीवो यत्र वानरः ॥
That Dadhimukha, the monkey, reached the place where that Sugreeva, the intelligent monkey was there, within an interval of only a moment.
saH vana aalayaH = that Dadhimukha = the monkey; praaptaH = reached yatra = where; dhiimaan sugriivaH vaanaraH = that intelligent monkey; sugreeva (was there); nimeSha antara maatreNa = within an interval of only a moment.
5.62.38
रामम् च लक्ष्मणम् चैव दृष्ट्वा सुग्रीवम् एव च |
सम प्रतिष्ठाम् जगतीम् आकाशान् निपपात ह ॥
Seeing Rama, Lakshmana and Sugreeva, Dadhimukha descended to a level ground, from the sky.
dR^iSTvaa = seeing; raamam cha = Rama; lakShmaNam chaiva = Lakshmana; sugriivam eva cha = and Sugreeva; nipapaata = (Dadhimukha) descended; sama pratiShThaam jagatiim = to a well-leveled ground; aakaashaat = from the sky.
5.62.39
स निपत्य महावीर्यः सर्वैः तैः परिवारितः |
हरिः दधि मुखः पालैः पालानाम् परम ईश्वरः ॥स दीन वदनो भूत्वा कृत्वा शिरसि च अञ्जलिम् |
सुग्रीवस्य शुभौ मूर्ध्ना चरणौ प्रत्यपीडयत् ॥
That Dadhimukha of a great prowess, the supreme lord of the guards, surrounded by all those garden-guards keeping a sad face, made a respectful salutation to Sugreeva with his head, by falling down and touching with his head, the auspicious feet of Sugreeva.
39; 40. saH = mahaaviiryaH hariH dadhimukhaH = that Dadhimukha; the monkey of a great prowess; parivaaritaH = surrounded; sarvaiH taiH paalaIH = by all those garden-guards; parama iishvaaH = and the supreme lord; paalaanaam = of those guards; bhuutvaa diinavadanaH = keeping a sad face; kR^itvaa aN^jalim = making respectful salutation; shirasi = with his head; samnipatya = falling down; paryapiiDayat = touched; muurdhnaa = with his head; shubhe charaNau = the auspicious feet; sugriivasya = of Sugreeva.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे द्विषष्टितमः सर्गः
Sarga 63
5.63.1
ततो मूर्ध्ना निपतितम् वानरम् वानर ऋषभः |
दृष्ट्वा एव उद्विग्न हृदयो वाक्यम् एतत् उवाच ह ॥
Just on seeing Dadhimukha, who fell touching his feet with his head, Sugreeva the chief of monkeys, with an agitated mind, spoke the following words:
dR^iShTvaiva = just after seeing; vaanaram = Dadhimukha; nipatitam = who fell; muurdhnaa = touching the head (on his feet); vaanaram R^iShabhaH = Sugreeva the chef of monkeys; tataH = there; uvaacha ha = spoke; etat = these; vaakyam = words; udvigna hR^idayaH = with an agitated mind.
5.63.2
उत्तिष्ठ उत्तिष्ठ कस्मात् त्वम् पादयोः पतितो मम |
अभयम् ते भवेत् वीर सत्यम् एव अभिधीयताम् ॥
"O valiant monkey! Stand up, rise! Why have you fallen on my feet? I grant you immunity from fear. Let the entire truth be spoken!"
viira = O valiant monkeys!; uttiShTha uttiShTha = stand up; rise!; kasmaat = for what reason; tvam = have you; patitaH = fallen; mama paadayoH = on my feet?; te abhayam bhavet = I grant you immunity from fear; sarvameva abhidhiiyataam = Let the entire truth be spoken!.
5.63.3
स तु विश्वासितः तेन सुग्रीवेण महात्मना |
उत्थाय च महाप्राज्ञो वाक्यम् दधि मुखो अब्रवीत् ॥
Thus inspired by the high-souled Sugreeva with confidence, that highly intelligent Dadhimukha, rising up, spoke the following words:
vishvaasitaH = thus inspired with confidence; mahaatmanaa tena sugreevaNa = by that high-souled Sugreeva; saH sumahaa praaJNaH dadhimukhaH = that vastly intelligent Dadhimukha; utthaaya = rising up; abraviit = spoke; vaakyam = (the following) words:
5.63.4
न एव ऋक्ष रजसा राजन् न त्वया न अपि वालिना |
वनम् निसृष्ट पूर्वम् हि भक्षितम् तत् तु वानरैः ॥
"O king! Madhuvana was indeed not set free previously at any time by Riksharajas, your father, or by you, or by even Vali. That Madhuvana has been consumed away by the monkeys."
raajaa = O king!; vanam = Madhuvana; naiva nispR^iSTa puurvam hi = was not indeed set free previously at any time; R^ikSha raajasaa = by Riksharajas; your father; na = nor; tvayaa = by you; na = nor vaalina api = by Vali eve; tachcha = It; bhakShitam = has been consumed; vaanaraiH = by the monkeys.
5.63.5
एभिः प्रधर्षिताः च एव वारिता वन रक्षिभिः |
मधूनि अचिन्तयित्वा इमान् भक्षयन्ति पिबन्ति च ॥
"When these guards of the grove obstructed the monkeys, they disregarded the guards and continue to eat the fruits and drink the honey too."
vaanaraaH = the monkeys; pradharShitaaH cha eva = when frightened; ebhiH vana rakShibhiH = by these guards of the grove; achintayitvaa = disregarding; imaan = then; bhakShayanti = (they) continue to eat (the fruits); pibanti cha = and drink; madhuuni = the honey.
5.63.6
शिष्टम् अत्र अपविध्यन्ति भक्षयन्ति तथा अपरे |
निवार्यमाणाः ते सर्वे भ्रुवौ वै दर्शयन्ति हि ॥
"Some are throwing away a remnant of honey, after drinking it there and some others are consuming that remnant. When prevented by us, all of them are indeed exhibiting their eye-brows to us (in anger)."
apavidhyanti = some are throwing away; shiShTam = the remnant (after drinking) of the honey; atra = there; tathaa = and; apare = some others; bhakShayanti = are consuming (that remnant); nivaaryamaaNaaH = (when) prevented (by us); te sarve = all of them; darshayanti hi = are indeed showing; bhruvaH = their eye-brows.
5.63.7
इमे हि सम्रब्धतराः तथा तैः सम्प्रधर्षिताः |
वारयन्तो वनात् तस्मात् क्रुद्धैः वानर पुम्गवैः ॥
"When these guards of the grove became angry and tried to keep them off from the grove, those enraged monkeys threatened them."
ime = (when) these guards of the grove; samrabdhataraaH = are more angry; tathaa = and; vaarayantaH = keeping them off; tasmaat vaanaat = from that grove; sampradharShitaaH = they were threatened; taiH kruddhaiH vaanarapuN^gavaiH = by those enraged monkeys.
5.63.8
ततः तैः बहुभिः वीरैः वानरैः वानर ऋषभाः |
सम्रक्त नयनैः क्रोधाद्त् हरयः सम्प्रचालिताः ॥
"O chief of monkeys! Then, those valiant monkeys in large numbers, having their red eyes in anger, drove away these monkeys."
vaanara R^iShabhaaH = O chief of monkeys!; taiH viiraiH bahubhiH vaanaraiH = eyes; by those valiant monkeys in large numbers; samrakta nayanaiH = having red-eyes; harayaH = these monkeys; tataH = then; pravichaalitaaH = were driven away; krodhaat = with anger.
5.63.9
पाणिभिः निहताः केचित् केचिज् जानुभिः आहताः |
प्रकृष्टाः च यथा कामम् देव मार्गम् च दर्शिताः ॥
"Those monkeys struck some of the guards with their hands. They beat some of them with their knees. They dragged some of them and tossed them into air."
kechit = some; nihataaH = were struck down; paaNibhiH = with their hands; kechit = some; aahataaH = were beaten; jaanubhiH = with their knees; prakR^iShTaaH = being dragged; yathaa kaamam = as liked by them; darshitaaH cha = they were tossed into; deva maargam = air.
5.63.10
एवम् एते हताः शूराः त्वयि तिष्ठति भर्तरि |
कृत्स्नम् मधु वनम् चैव प्रकामम् तैः प्रभक्ष्यते ॥
"While you are in the position of a king, those monkeys have beaten these valiant guards and are eating away the entire Maduvana too."
tvayi tiShThati bhartari = while you are in the position of a king; ete = these; shuuraaH = valiant guards; hataaH = were beaten; taiH = by those monkeys; kR^itsnam = the entire; madhu vanam chaiva = Madhuvana too; prakaamam prabhakSyate = is being eaten completely.
5.63.11
एवम् विज्ञाप्यमानम् तु सुग्रीवम् वानर ऋषभम् |
अपृच्छत् तम् महाप्राज्ञो लक्ष्मणः पर वीरहा ॥
Lakshmana, the killer of hostile heroes and a very wise man, asked that Sugreeva, the excellent of monkeys (as follows) while Dadhimukha was thus reporting to him:
tam sugriivam = to that Sugreeva; vaanara R^Shabham = the excellent of monkeys; vijJNaapyamaanam = who was being reported; evam = thus; (by Dadhimukha); lakShmaNaH = Lakshmana; para viirahaa = the killer of hostile heroes; mahaapraajJNaH = and a very wise man; apR^ichchhat = asked (as follows):
5.63.12
किम् अयम् वानरो राजन् वनपः प्रत्युपस्थितः |
कम् च अर्थम् अभिनिर्दिश्य दुह्खितो वाक्यम् अब्रवीत् ॥
"O king! Why has this monkey the garden-protector, come here?' Pointing out what matter has this monkey in grief, spoken these words to you?"
raajam = O king!; kim = why; ayam vaanaraH = has this monkey; vanapaH = the garden-protector; pratyupasthitaH = come (here)?; abhinirdishya = pointing out; kam = what; artham = matter; duHkhitaH = has this monkey in grief; abraviit = spoken; vaakyam = some words (to you)?
5.63.13
एवम् उक्तः तु सुग्रीवो लक्ष्मणेन महात्मना |
लक्ष्मणम् प्रत्युवाच इदम् वाक्यम् वाक्य विशारदः ॥
Hearing the words of the high-souled Lakshmana, the eloquent Sugreeva replied to him as follows:
evam = thus; uktaH = spoken; mahaatmanaa lakShmaNena = by the high souled Lakshmana; sugriivaH vaakyam vishaaradaH = the eloquent Sugreeva; pratyuvaacha = replied; laKShmaNam = to Lakshmana; idam = these; vaakyam = words.
5.63.14
आर्य लक्ष्मण सम्प्राह वीरो दधि मुखः कपिः |
अन्गद प्रमुखैः वीरैः भक्षितम् मधु वानरैः ॥विचित्य दक्षिणामाशामागतैर्हरिपुङ्गवैः |
"O esteemed Lakshmana! Dadhimukha, the valiant monkey is informing that the foremost of monkeys, who returned from the southern direction, after searching for Seetha as also Angada and other heroes consumed honey."
aarya lakShmaNa = O esteemed Lakshmana!; dadhi mukhaH = Dadhimukha; viiraH = the valiant; kapiH = monkey; sampraaha = is informing; hari puN^gavaiH = that by the foremost of monkeys; aagataiH = who returned; vichitya = having searched (for Seetha); dakShiNaam aashaam = from southern direction; aN^gada pramukhaiH viiraiH = accompanied by Angada and other heroes; madhu = honey; bhakSitam = was consumed.
5.63.15
न एषाम् अकृत कृत्यानाम् ईदृशः स्यात् उपक्रमः ॥आगतैश्च प्रमथितम् यथा मधुवनम् हि तैः |
धर्षितं च वनम् कृत्स्नमुपयुक्तम् च वानरैः ॥
"By seeing the manner in which these returned monkeys overpowered, destroyed and behaved towards Madhuvana, we can deduce that the monkeys would not have indulged in such an exploit, had they not accomplished my purpose."
15; 16. yathaa = in which manner; taiH aagataiH = by those returned; vaanaraiH = monkeys; kR^itsnam vanam = the entire grove; pramathitam = was destroyed; dharShitam = overpowered; upayuktam = and used; (tathaa = seeing that manner); eShaam = these monkeys; na syaat = would not have indulged; iidR^ishaH upakramaH = in such an exploit; akR^ita kR^ityaanaam = had they not accomplished my purpose.
5.63.17
वनम् यथा अभिपन्नम् तैः साधितम् कर्म वानरैः |
दृष्टा देवी न संदेहो न च अन्येन हनूमता ॥
"When those monkeys have overpowered Madhuvana, then it means that our task has been accomplished by the monkeys. Seetha was found. There is no doubt. None other than Hanuma must have seen Seetha."
yadaa = when; te = those monkeys; abhipannaaH = have overpowered; anam = Madhuvana; (then); karma = the task; saadhitam = has been accomplished; vaanaraiH = by the monkeys; devii = Seetha; dR^iShTaa = was found; na sandehaH = there is no doubt; na = none; anyena = other; hanumataa = than Hanuma.
5.63.18
न हि अन्यः साधने हेतुः कर्मणो अस्य हनूमतः |
कार्य सिद्धिः हनुमति मतिः च हरि पुम्गव ॥व्यवसायः च वीर्यम् च श्रुतम् च अपि प्रतिष्ठितम् |
"There is none other than, Hanuma who is the executor in accomplishing this work. In that Hanuma, the foremost among the monkeys, capacity to accomplish any object; intelligence; strenuous, vigour effort; and learning are well established in his life."
na hi anyaH = there is indeed none other; hanuumataH = than Hanuma; hetuH = who is the executor; in accomplishing; asya karmaNaH = this work; tasmin vaanarapuN^gave = In that Hanuma; the foremost among the monkeys; kaarya siddhiH = accomplishment of any object; matiH cha iva = intelligence; vyavasaayaaH cha = strenuous effort; viiryam cha = vigour; shrutam cha api = and learning; pratiShThitam = are well established in his life.
5.63.19
जाम्बवान् यत्र नेता स्यात् अन्गदस्य बल ईश्वरः |
हनूमान् च अपि अधिष्ठाता न तस्य गतिः अन्यथा ॥
"Where Jambavan as well as Angada are leaders and Hanuma is an administrator, the progress of that work cannot be as otherwise."
yatra = where; jaambavaan = Jambavan; netaa syaat = is a leader; mahaabalaH = the mighty; aN^gadashcha = Angada also (is a leader); hanumaamshcha = and Hanuma; adhiShThaataa = is an administrator; gatiH = the progress; tasya = of that work; na anyathaa = cannot be otherwise.
5.63.20
अन्गद प्रमुखैः वीरैः हतम् मधु वनम् किल ॥वारिताः सहिताः पालाः तथा जानुभिः आहताः |
"It is so reported that Madhuvana has been destroyed by the heroes with Angada as the chief and the garden-guards who were together preventing the damage, were beaten up with knees."
madhuvanam hatam kila = It is so reported that Madhuvana has been destroyed; viiraiH = by the heroes; aN^gada pramukhaiH = with Angada as the chief; vaarayantaH cha = the garden guards who wee preventing it; sahitaaH = together; tadaa = then; aahataaH = were beaten up; jaanubhiH = with knees.
5.63.21
एतत् अर्थम् अयम् प्राप्तो वक्तुम् मधुर वाग् इह ॥नाम्ना दधि मुखो नाम हरिः प्रख्यात विक्रमः |
"To tell this matter in sweet words, the monkey renowned by Dadhimukha by name, with his celebrated prowess, has come here."
vaktum = to tell; etat artham = this matter; madhura vaak = in sweet words; hariH = the monkeys; dadhimukho naama naamnaa = renowned by Dadhimukha by name; prakhyaata vikramaH = with a celebrated prowess; praaptaH = has come; iha = here.
5.63.22
दृष्टा सीता महाबाहो सौमित्रे पश्य तत्त्वतः ॥अभिगम्य यथा सर्वे पिबन्ति मधु वानराः |
"O the long-armed Lakshmana! Perceive the truth that Seetha has been seen and see that all monkeys, getting together, are drinking honey."
mahaabaaho = O the long-armed; saumitre = Lakshmana!; siitaa = Seetha; dR^iShTaa = was found; pashya = perceive; tattvataH = the truth; pashya = see (it); tathaa = and; sarve = all; vaanaraaH = the monkeys; abhigamya = meeting together; pibanti = are drinking; madhu = honey.
5.63.23
न च अपि अदृष्ट्वा वैदेहीम् विश्रुताः पुरुष ऋषभ ॥वनम् दात्त वरम् दिव्यम् धर्षयेयुः वन ओकसः |
"O Lakshmana, the foremost among men! If the renowned monkeys have not seen Seetha, they would not have abused the charming grove; which was granted as a boon."
puruSha R^iShabha = O Lakshmana; the foremost among men!; vishrutaaH = (if) the renowned; vana okasaH = monkeys; adR^iShTvaa = have not seen; vaidehiim = Seetha; na dharShayeyuH = (they) would not have abused; vanam = the grove; datta varam = which was granted as a boon; divyam = and is charming.
5.63.24
ततः प्रहृष्टो धर्म आत्मा लक्ष्मणः सह राघवः ॥श्रुत्वा कर्ण सुखाम् वाणीम् सुग्रीव वदनाच् च्युताम् |
प्राहृष्यत भृशम् रामो लक्ष्मणः च महायशाः ॥
Then, the righteous Lakshmana, together with Rama, felt delighted. Hearing the words coming from the mouth of Sugreeva, which were pleasant for the ears, Rama was rejoiced. The mighty Lakshmana too was very much rejoiced.
24; 25. tataH = then; dharma aatmaa = the righteous; lakShmaNaH = Lakshmana; saha raaghavaH = together with Rama; prahR^iShTaH = felt delighted; shrutvaa = hearing; vaaNiim = the words; chyutaam = coming; sugriiva vadanaat = from the mouth of Sugreeva; karNa sukhaam = pleasant for the ears; raamaH = Rama; praahR^iShyata = was rejoiced; mahaabalaH = the mighty lakSmaNashcha = Lakshmana too; bhR^isham = was very much; praahR^iShyate = rejoiced.
5.63.26
श्रुत्वा दधि मुखस्य इदम् सुग्रीवः तु प्रहृष्य च |
वन पालम् पुनः वाक्यम् सुग्रीवः प्रत्यभाषत ॥
Hearing those words of Dadhimukha, Sugreeva with a charming neck, was very much pleased and further spoke to Dadhimukha, the guardian of the grove (as follows):
shrutvaa = hearing; idam = these words; dadhimukhasya = of Dadhimukha; sugriivaH = Sugreeva with a charming neck; samprahR^iShya = was very much pleased; punaH = and further; pratyabhaaShataH = spoke; vaakyam = the following words; vana paalam = to the guardian of the grove.
5.63.27
प्रीतो अस्मि सौम्य यत् भुक्तम् वनम् तैः कृत कर्मभिः |
मर्षितम् मर्षणीयम् च चेष्टितम् कृत कर्मणाम् ॥
"I am happy that Madhuvana has been enjoyed by those monkeys, who have accomplished their act. Since the act (damage to the grove) done by those monkeys, who have accomplished their purpose is fit to be forgiven, I pardon them.
saH aham = I; priitaH asmi = am pleased; yat = that; vanam = Madhuvana; bhuktam = has been enjoyed; taiH = by those monkeys; kR^ita karmabhiH = who have accomplished their act; cheShTitam = the act (damage to the grove); kR^ita karmaNaam = done by those monkeys who have accomplished their purpose; marShaNiiyam = is fit to be forgiven; marShitam = and it is pardoned.
5.63.28
इच्छामि शीघ्रम् हनुमत् प्रधानान् |
शाखा मृगान् तान् मृग राज दर्पान् |
द्रष्टुम् कृत अर्थान् सह राघवाभ्याम् |
श्रोतुम् च सीता अधिगमे प्रयत्नम् ॥
"I, together with Rama and Lakshmana, soon desire to see those monkeys, with Hanuma as their chief, who having acquired the pride of a lion and who attained his purpose; and also to hear about their effort in finding out Seetha."
raaghavaabhyaam saha = I; along with Rama and Lakshmana; shiighram = soon; ichchhami = desire; draShTum = to see; taan = those; shaakhaa mR^igaan = monkeys; hanumat pradhaanaan = with Hanuma as their chief; mR^iga raaja darpaan = having the pride of a lion; kR^ita arthaan = and who attained their object; shrotum cha = and to hear; prayatnam = about their effort; siitaa adhigame = in finding out Seetha.
5.63.29
प्रीतिस्फीताक्षौ सम्प्रहृष्टौ कुमारौ |
दृष्ट्वा सिद्धार्थौ वानराणाम् च राजा |
अङ्गैः सम्हृष्टैः कर्मसिद्धिम् विदित्वा |
बाह्वोओरासन्नाम् सोऽतिमात्रम् ननन्द ॥
Seeing Rama and Lakshmana with their eyes filled with ecstatic delight, the princes, who were thrilled with joy and who accomplished their aim, Sugreeva that king of the monkeys was very much delighted, knowing that accomplishment of their work is coming close to their hands and his limbs were thrilled with joy.
dR^iShTvaa = seeing; kumaarau = these princes; priitisphiitaakShau = with their delighted expansive eyes; samprahR^iShTau = who are thrilled with joy; siddhaarthau = and who accomplished their aim; saH = that; vaanaraaNaam raajaa = king of the monkeys; atimaatram nananda = was very much pleased; viditvaa = knowing; karmasiddhim = that accomplishment of their work; aasannaam = is coming close; baahvoH = to their hands; aN^gaiH = and with his limbs; samhR^iShTaiH = thrilled with joy.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे त्रिषष्टितमः सर्गः
Sarga 64
5.64.1
सुग्रीवेण एवम् उक्तः तु हृष्टो दधि मुखः कपिः |
राघवम् लक्ष्मणम् चैव सुग्रीवम् च अभ्यवादयत् ॥
Hearing the words of Sugreeva, Dadhimukha the monkey was pleased and offered his salutation with reverence to Rama, Lakshmana
evam = thus; uktaH = spoken; sugriiveNa = by Sugreeva; dadhi mukhaH = Dadhimukha; kapiH = the monkey; hR^iSTaH = was rejoiced; abhyavaadayat = and offered his salutation with reverence; raaghavam = to Rama; lakSmaNam chaiva = Lakshmana; sugriivam cha = and Sugreeva.
5.64.2
स प्रणम्य च सुग्रीवम् राघवौ च महाबलौ |
वानरैः सहितैः शूरैः दिवम् एव उत्पपात ह ॥
After offering salutation to Sugreeva and to the mighty Rama and Lakshmana, that Dadhimukha accompanied by his valiant monkeys, sprang into the air.
praNamye = after offering salutation; sugriivam = to Sugreeva; mahaabalau raaghavau cha = and to the mighty Rama and Lakshmana; saH = that Dadhimukha; sahitaH = together; shuuraiH vaanaraiH = with the valiant monkeys; utpapaata = sprang; divam eva = into the air.
5.64.3
स प्रविष्टो मधु वनम् ददर्श हरि यूथपान् |
विमदान् उद्धतान् सर्वान् मेहमानान् मधु उदकम् ॥
That Dadhimukha, after entering Madhuvana, saw all the chiefs of monkeys, who were free from their intoxication, having passed off the honey and who were inwardly excited.
saH = that Dadhimukha; praviSTaH = who entered; madhu vanam = Madhuvana; dadarsha = saw; sarvaan = all; hari yuuthapaan = the chiefs of monkeys; vimadaan = who were free from intoxication; madaatyaye = having passed off the honey; vepamaanaan = and who were inwardly excited.
5.64.4
स तान् उपागमत् वीरो बद्ध्वा कर पुट अञ्जलिम् |
उवाच वचनम् श्लक्ष्णम् इदम् हृष्टवत् अन्गदम् ॥
With his hands joined together for salutation, that valiant Dadhimukha approached them and cheerfully spoke the following gentle words to Angada.
baddhvaa kara puTa aN^jalim = with his hands joined for salutation; saH viiraH = that valiant Dadhimukha; upaagamat = approached; taan = them; hR^iShTavat = and cheerfully; uvaacha = spoke; idam shlakSNam vachanam = these gentle words; aN^gadam = to Angada.
5.64.5
सौम्य रोषो न कर्तव्यो यत् एभिः अभिवारितः |
अज्ञानात् रक्षिभिः क्रोधात् भवन्तः प्रतिषेधिताः ॥
"O gentle sir! Due to their ignorance, these guards in anger obstructed you to enter the grove. No resentment should be harboured by you about this obstruction."
saumya = O gentle sir!; na roSaH = no anger; na kartavyaH = should be felt (by you); yat parivaaritam = about the obstruction; etat = (made) in this way; bhavantaH = you; pratiSheditaaH = were prevented; rakSibhiH = by the guards; ajJNaanaat = due to their ignorance; krodhaat = and anger.
5.64.6
युव राजः त्वम् ईशः च वनस्य अस्य महाबल |
मौर्ख्यात् पूर्वम् कृतो दोषः तत् भवान् क्षन्तुम् अर्हति ॥
"O exceedingly strong Angada! You are the prince and also the master of this grove. We have done a mistake
mahaabala = O exceedingly strong Angada!; tvam = you; yuva raajaH = are the prince; iishasH cha = and also the master; asya vanasya = of this grove; doShaH = a mistake; kR^itaH = was done; puurvam = formerly; maurkhaat = due to our foolishness; bhavaan = you; arhati = mighty; kSantum = to forgive; tam = it.
5.64.7
आख्यातम् हि मया गत्वा पितृव्यस्य तव अनघ |
इह उपयानम् सर्वेषाम् एतेषाम् वन चारिणाम् ॥
"O faultless Angada! After going there, I indeed informed your uncle about the arrival of all these monkeys here."
anagha = O faultless Angada!; aakhyaatam hi = it was indeed informed; tava pitR^ivyasya = to your uncle; gatvaa = after going there; upayaatam = of the coming; sarveShaam = of all; eteShaam = these; vana chaariNaam = monkeys; iha = here.
5.64.8
स त्वत् आगमनम् श्रुत्वा सह एभिः हरि यूथपैः |
प्रहृष्टो न तु रुष्टो असौ वनम् श्रुत्वा प्रधर्षितम् ॥
"Hearing your arrival along with these leaders of monkeys, your uncle was exceedingly pleased. Even after hearing of Madhuvana having been attacked, he did not develop any anger."
shrutvaa = hearing; tvat aagamanam = your arrival; ebhiH hari yuuthapaiH saha = along with these leaders of monkeys; saH = your uncle; prahR^iSTaH = was exceedingly pleased; tu = but; shrutvaa = on hearing; vanam = that the grove; pradharShitam = was attacked; asau = he; na ruShTaH = was not enraged.
5.64.9
प्रहृष्टो माम् पितृव्यः ते सुग्रीवो वानर ईश्वरः |
शीघ्रम् प्रेषय सर्वान् तान् इति ह उवाच पार्थिवः ॥
"Sugreeva, your uncle, the lord of monkeys and the king was pleased and told me, 'send all the monkeys here'."
sugriivaH = Sugreeva; te pitR^ivyaH = your uncle; vaanara iishvaraH = the lord of monkeys; paarthivaH = and the king; prahR^iSTaH = was pleased; uvaacha ha maam = and told me; iti = saying; preShaya = send; taan sarvaan = all those monkeys; shiighram = immediately.
5.64.10
श्रुत्वा दधि मुखस्य एतत् वचनम् श्लक्ष्णम् अन्गदः |
अब्रवीत् तान् हरि श्रेष्ठो वाक्यम् वाक्य विशारदः ॥
Hearing these smooth words of Dadhimukha, the eloquent Angada, the foremost among the monkeys, spoke to those monkeys as follows:
shrutvaa = hearing; idam shlakShNam = these smooth; vachanam = words; dadhimukhasya = of Dadhimukha; aN^gadaH = Angada; hari shreSThaH = the foremost among the monkeys; vaakya vishaaradaH = who was skilled in speech; abraviit = spoke; taan = to those monkeys; vaakyam = (the following) words:
5.64.11
शन्के श्रुतो अयम् वृत्त अन्तो रामेण हरि यूथपाः |
तत् क्षमम् न इह नः स्थातुम् कृते कार्ये परम् तपाः ॥
"O the foremost of monkeys, the tormentators of enemies! I assume that Rama might have heard the news (of our arrival). Hence, it is not proper for us to remain here any longer, now that our work has been accomplished."
hari yuuthapaaH = O the foremost of monkeys; param tapaaH = the tormentators of enemies!; shaN^ke = I assume; ayam vR^itta antam = (that) this occurrence; shrutaH = was heard; raameNa = by Rama; tat = that is why; na kShamam = it is not proper; naH = for us; sthaatum = to remain; iha = here; kR^ite kaarye = when the act has been accomplished.
5.64.12
पीत्वा मधु यथा कामम् विश्रान्ता वन चारिणः |
किम् शेषम् गमनम् तत्र सुग्रीवो यत्र मे गुरुः ॥
"The monkeys are taking, rest, after drinking the honey to their heart's content. What is there remaining, except to go to the place where Sugreeva my uncle is there?"
vana chaariNaH = the monkeys; vishraantaaH = rested; piitvaa = after drinking; madhu = the honey; yathaa kaamam = as much as they liked; kim sheSam = what is there remaining; gamanam = (except) going; yatra = to the place where; sugriivaH = Sugreeva; me guruH = my uncle; tatra = is there.
5.64.13
सर्वे यथा माम् वक्ष्यन्ति समेत्य हरि यूथपाः |
तथा अस्मि कर्ता कर्तव्ये भवद्भिः परवान् अहम् ॥
"I shall do whatever all the leaders of monkeys together tell me. I am obedient to you, in the matter of what ought to be done."
yathaa = whatever; sarve = all; hari yuuthapaaH = the leaders of monkeys; sametya = together; vakShyanti = can tell; maam = me; kartaa asmi = I am the doer; aham = I; paravaan = am obedient; bhavadbhiH = to you; kartavye = in what ought to be done.
5.64.14
न आज्ञापयितुम् ईशो अहम् युव राजो अस्मि यदि अपि |
अयुक्तम् कृत कर्माणो यूयम् धर्षयितुम् मया ॥
"I am not the master to command you, eventhough I am the crown prince. It is not befitting for me to play the lord over you, who have accomplished the task."
aham = I; na iishaH = am not the master; aajJNaapayitum = to command (you); asmi yadi api yuva raajaH = even though I am a prince; ayuktam = It is not befitting; mayaa = for me; dharSayitum = to violate; yuuyam = you; kR^ita karmaaNaH = who have accomplished the act.
5.64.15
ब्रुवतः च अन्गदः च एवम् श्रुत्वा वचनम् अव्ययम् |
प्रहृष्ट मनसो वाक्यम् इदम् ऊचुः वन ओकसः ॥
Hearing the indeclinable words spoken thus by Angada, the monkeys with their pleased minds, spoke to him (as follows:
shrutvaa = hearing; avyayam vachanam = the indeclinable words; bruvataH = spoken; evam = thus; aN^gadasya = of Angada; vana okasaH = the monkeys; prahR^iSTa manasaH = with their pleased minds; uuchuH = spoke; idam = these words:
5.64.16
एवम् वक्ष्यति को राजन् प्रभुः सन् वानर ऋषभ |
ऐश्वर्य मद मत्तो हि सर्वो अहम् इति मन्यते ॥
"O prince, the foremost of monkeys! Who would speak like this, while he is the lord? Every one indeed thinks one's supremacy with an excited arrogance and says 'I, I'."
raajan = O king; vaanara R^iShabha = the foremost of monkeys!; kaH = who; vadati = speaks; evam = like this; prabhuH san = while he is the lord?; sarvaH = every one; manyate hi = indeed thinks; aishvarya mada mattaH = of one's supremacy; with excited arrogance; aham iti = and says "I; I."
5.64.17
तव च इदम् सुसदृशम् वाक्यम् न अन्यस्य कस्यचित् |
सम्नतिः हि तव आख्याति भविष्यत् शुभ भाग्यताम् ॥
"It is so worthy of you alone that you have spoken such words. None else can utter like this. Your humility itself is telling of your future suitableness for prosperity."
susadR^isham = It is so worthy; tava cha = of you alone; idam vaakyam = (that you have spoken) these words; na kasya chit = none else (can speak like this); tava = your; samnatiH = humility; aakhyaati = is telling; bhaviShyat shubha yogyataam = of your future suitableness for prosperity.
5.64.18
सर्वे वयम् अपि प्राप्ताः तत्र गन्तुम् कृत क्षणाः |
स यत्र हरि वीराणाम् सुग्रीवः पतिः अव्ययः ॥
"All of us, who reached here, are waiting for the right moment to go to that place where Sugreeva, the imperishable king of the heroic monkeys, is."
sarve.api vayam praaptaaH = all of us; who reached here; kR^ita kShaNaaH = are waiting for the right moment; gantum = to go; tatra = to that place; yatra = where; saH sugriivaH = that Sugreeva; avyayaH patiH hari viiraanaam = the imperishable king of the heroic monkeys; (is).
5.64.19
त्वया हि अनुक्तैः हरिभिः न एव शक्यम् पदात् पदम् |
क्वचित् गन्तुम् हरि श्रेष्ठ ब्रूमः सत्यम् इदम् तु ते ॥
"O the excellent of monkeys! Without your command, it is not possible for the monkeys anywhere, even a step forward. We are speaking this truth to you."
hari shreShTha = O the excellent of monkeys!; haribhiH = for the monkeys; anuktaiH = who are not ordered; tvayaa = by you; na shakyam = it is not possible; padaat padam gantum = to go even a step forward; kvachit = anywhere; bruumaH = we are speaking; idam satyam = this truth; te = to you.
5.64.20
एवम् तु वदताम् तेषाम् अन्गदः प्रत्यभाषत |
बाढम् गच्छाम इति उक्त्वा उत्पपात मही तलात् ॥
While they were thus speaking; Angada replied, "Let us go." The mighty monkeys then sprang into the air.
teShaam padataam = while they were severe speaking; evam = thus; aN^gadaH = Angada; pratyuvaacha ha = replied; baaDham gacChaama = let us surely go; iti = thus; uktvaa = speaking; mahaabalaaH = those mighty monkeys; utpetuH = sprang; kham = into the air.
5.64.21
उत्पतन्तम् अनूत्पेतुः सर्वे ते हरि यूथपाः |
कृत्वा आकाशम् निराकाशम् यज्ञ उत्क्षिप्ता इव अनलाः ॥
All those leaders of monkey-troops, like stones shot from a catapult, making the space space-less, followed Angada, who was springing forward.
sarve = all; te hari yuuthapaaH = those leaders of monkey-troops; achalaaH iva = like stones; yantrotkShiptaaH = shot from a catapult; kR^itvaa = making; aakaasham = the space; niraakaasham = space-less; anuutpetuH utpatantam = followed Angada; who was springing forward.
5.64.22
ते अम्बरम् सहसा उत्पत्य वेगवन्तः प्लवम्गमाः |
विनदन्तो महानादम् घना वात ईरिता यथा ॥
Those monkeys with speed, sounding forth a loud noise, sprang into the sky, like clouds driven by the wind.
te plavaN^gamaaH = those monkeys; vegavataH = with swiftness; vinadantaaH = sounding forth; mahaanaadam = a loud noise; sahasaa = quickly; utpatya = sprang; ambaram = into the sky; ghanaaH yathaa = like clouds; vaateritaaH = driven by the wind.
5.64.23
अन्गदे हि अननुप्राप्ते सुग्रीवो वानर अधिपः |
उवाच शोक उपहतम् रामम् कमल लोचनम् ॥
Even before Angada landed there, Sugreeva, the king of monkeys spoke to the louts-eyed Rama, who was afflicted with grief (as follows):
ananupraapte = without the landing; aN^gada = Angada; sugriisaH = Sugreeva; vaanaraadhipaH = the king of monkeys; uvaacha = spoke; kamala lochanam = to the lotus-eyed; raamam = Rama; shoka upahatam = afflicted with grief.
5.64.24
समाश्वसिहि भद्रम् ते दृष्टा देवी न संशयः |
न आगन्तुम् इह शक्यम् तैः अतीते समये हि नः ॥
"Be pacified! Happiness to you! The princess has been seen. There is not doubt. When the time earlier fixed by us exceeds beyond limit, it is not possible for them to come here."
samaashvasihi = be pacified!; te bhadram = happiness to you!; devi = the princess; dR^iShTaa = has been scan; na samshayaH = there is no doubt; naH samaye atiite = when the time fixed by us goes beyond limit; na shakyam = it is not possible; taiH = for them; aagantum = to come; iha = here.
5.64.25
न मत् सकाशम् आगच्छेत् कृत्ये हि विनिपातिते |
युव राजो महाबाहुः प्लवताम् प्रवरो अन्गदः ॥
"Angada, the long-armed prince and the most excellent of monkeys does not make his appearance before my vicinity, if the work is ruined."
aN^gadaH = Angada; mahaabaahuH = the long-armed; yuva raajaH = prince; pravaraH = and the most excellent; plavataam- of monkeys; na aagachchhet = does not make his appearance; matsakaasham = before my vicinity; kR^itye vinipaatite = if the work is ruined.
5.64.26
यदि अपि अकृत कृत्यानाम् ईदृशः स्यात् उपक्रमः |
भवेत् तु दीन वदनो भ्रान्त विप्लुत मानसः ॥
"Even if such an exploit may be possible by these monkeys who have not been able to accomplish their work, Angada would have worn a sad face and felt perplexed and scattered in mind."
yadi api syaat = even if; iidR^ishaH = such; upakramaH = an exploit; (may be possible); akR^ita kR^ityaanaam = by these monkeys; who have not accomplished their work; saH = that Angada; bhavet diina vadanaH = would have worn a sad face; bhraanta vipluta maanasaH = and felt perplexed and scattered in mind.
5.64.27
पितृ पैतामहम् च एतत् पूर्वकैः अभिरक्षितम् |
न मे मधु वनम् हन्यात् अहृष्टः प्लवग ईश्वरः ॥कौसल्या सुप्रजा राम समाश्वसिहि सुव्रत |
"If Angada the lord f the monkeys is not rejoiced, he would not have damaged my madhuvana, which belongs to my father and grandfather as well as protected by my forbears. Get consoled well, O virtuous Rama, the splendid son of Kausalya!"
ahR^iSTaH plavaga iishvaraH = if Angada the lord of monkeys is not rejoiced; nahanyaat = he would not have damaged; me madhuvanam = my Madhuvana; pitR^i paitaamaham = which belongs to my father and grandfather; abhirakShitam = and protected; puurvakaiH = by my forebears; samaashvasihi = get consoled well!; raama = O Rama; kausalyaa suprajaaH = the splendid son of Kausalya; suvrata = the virtuous.
5.64.28
दृष्टा देवी न संदेहो न च अन्येन हनूमता ॥न हि अन्यः कर्मणः हेतुः साधने तत् विधो भवेत् |
"Seetha was seen. There is no doubt. None other than Hanuma must have seen Seetha. There is indeed none other than Hanuma, who is the executor."
devii = Seetha; dR^iShTaa = was seen; na samdehaH = there is no doubt; na = none; anyena = other; hanuumataa = than Hanuma; na hi anyaH = there is indeed none other; hanuumataH = than Hanuma; hetuH = who is the executor; saadhane = in accomplishing; asya karmaNaH = this work.
5.64.29
हनूमति हि सिद्धिः च मतिः च मति सत्तम ॥व्यवसायः च वीर्यम् च सूर्ये तेज इव ध्रुवम् |
"O Rama, having a very good understanding! In Hanuma, qualities like capacity to accomplish any object, intelligence, strenuous effort and vigour are unchangeable, like a splendour in the sun."
mati sattama = O Rama; having a very good understanding!; hanuumati = in Hanuma; siddhiH cha = capacity to accomplish any object; matiH cha = intelligence; vyavasaayaH cha = strenuous effort; viiryam cha = and vigour; dhruvam = are unchangeable; tejaH iva = like a splendour; suurye = in the sun.
5.64.30
जाम्बवान् यत्र नेता स्यात् अन्गदः च बल ईश्वरः ॥हनूमान् च अपि अधिष्ठाता न तस्य गतिः अन्यथा |
"Where Jambavan is a leader; Angada as the commander of troops and moreover Hanuma as the administer, the progress of that work cannot be as otherwise."
yatra = where; jaambavaan = Jambavan; netaasyaat = is a leader; aN^gadashcha = Angada; bala iishvaraH = the commander of the troops; hanuumaan cha = and hanuma; adhiShThaataa = the administrator; gatiH = the progress; tasya = of that work; na anyathaa = cannot be otherwise.
5.64.31
मा भूः चिन्ता समायुक्तः सम्प्रति अमित विक्रम ॥ततः किल किला शब्दम् शुश्राव आसन्नम् अम्बरे |
हनूमत् कर्म दृप्तानाम् नर्दताम् कानन ओकसाम् ॥किष्किन्धाम् उपयातानाम् सिद्धिम् कथयताम् इव |
"O Rama, of unlimited prowess! Do not encounter troubled thoughts now!" Meanwhile, when the monkeys, who are proud of Hanuma's performance and who are making noise as though they are proclaiming about the accomplishment of their act are approaching Kishkindha Sugreeva heard certain sounds expressing joy, in the vicinity of the sky."
31; 32. amita vikramaH = O Rama of unlimited prowess! maabhuuH chintaa samaayuktaH = do not encounter troubled thoughts; samprati = now!; tataH = thereupon; kaanana okasaam = (while) the monkeys; hanumat karma dR^iptaanaam = who are proud of Hanuma's performance; nardataam = who are making noise; kathayataam iva = as though telling about; siddhim = the accomplishment of their act; upayaataanaam = and approaching towards; kiShkindhaam = Kishkindha; shushraava = was heard; kila kilaa shabdam = certain sounds expressing joy; aasannam = in the proximity; ambare = of the sky.
5.64.33
ततः श्रुत्वा निनादम् तम् कपीनाम् कपि सत्तमः ॥आयत अन्चित लान्गूलः सो अभवद्त् हृष्ट मानसः |
Then, hearing that clamour of the monkeys, Sugreeva the chief of the monkeys became rejoiced at heart, duly stretching and curling up his tail (in joy).
tataH = then; shrutvaa = hearing; tam ninaadam = that clamour; kapiinaam = of the monkeys; saH kapi sattamaH = that Sugreeva; the chief of monkeys; abhavat = became; hR^iSTa maanasaH = rejoiced in mind; aayata aNchita laaNguulaH = duly stretching and curling up his tail.
5.64.34
आजग्मुः ते अपि हरयो राम दर्शन कान्क्षिणः ॥अन्गदम् पुरतः कृत्वा हनूमन्तम् च वानरम् |
Keeping Angada and Hanuma in front of them, those monkeys too arrived with their eagerness to see Rama.
kR^itvaa = keeping; aN^gadam = Angada; hanuumantam = and Hanuma; vaanram = the monkey; purataH = in front of them; te harayaH api = those monkeys too; aajagmuH = came; raama darshana kaaN^kSiNaH = with their eagerness or see Rama.
5.64.35
ते अन्गद प्रमुखा वीराः प्रहृष्टाः च मुदा अन्विताः ॥निपेतुः हरि राजस्य समीपे राघवस्य च |
Those heroes, having Angada as their chief, exceedingly pleased as they were and filled with joy, landed at the vicinity of Sugreeva and Rama.
te viiraaH = those heroes; aN^gada pramukhaaH = having Angada as their chief; prahR^iShTaaH cha = exceedingly pleased; mudaa anvitaaH = and filled with joy; nipetuH = landed; samiipe = at the vicinity; hari raajasya = of Sugreeva; raaghavasya cha = and Rama.
5.64.36
हनूमान् च महाबहुः प्रणम्य शिरसा ततः ॥नियताम् अक्षताम् देवीम् राघवाय न्यवेदयत् |
Thereafter, the mighty armed Hanuma, offering his salutation in bending his head low, informed Rama that Seetha the princess is constant in devotion to Rama and sound in body.
tataH = thereafter; mahaabaahuH = the mighty armed; hanumaan = Hanuma; praNamya = offering salutation; shirasaa = by bending his head low; nyavedayat = reported; deviim = that Seetha the princess; niyataam = is constant in devotion to her husband; akShataam = and sound in body.
5.64.37
दृष्टा देवीति हनुमद्वदनादमृतोपमम् ॥आकर्ण्य वचनम् रामो हर्षमाप सलक्ष्मणः |
Hearing the nectar-like words, saying "Seetha was found" from the mouth of Hanuma, Rama and Lakshmana felt happy.
aakarNya = hearing; vachanam = the words; amR^itopamam = which were nectar-like; devii dR^iShTaa iti = saying Seetha was found"; hanumadvaanaat = from the month of Hanuma; raamaH = Rama; salakSmaNaH = along with Lakshmana; aapa = obtained; harSham = joy.
5.64.38
निश्चित अर्थम् ततः तस्मिन् सुग्रीवम् पवन आत्मजे ॥लक्ष्मणः प्रीतिमान् प्रीतम् बहु मानात् अवैक्षत |
Thereupon, Lakshmana with love looked with reverence on the joyful Sugreeva, who earlier decidedly apprised about the aforesaid Hanuma, having accomplished the task.
tataH = thereupon; lakSmaNaH = Lakshmana; priitimaan = with love; avaikShata = looked at; priitam = the joyful; sugriivam = Sugreeva; bahu maanaat = with reverence; nishchita artham = who decidedly apprised; tasmin pavana aatmaje = about the aforesaid Hanuma; (having accomplished his work).
5.64.39
प्रीत्या च रममाणो अथ राघवः पर वीरहा ॥बहु मानेन महता हनूमन्तम् अवैक्षत |
Rama, the annihilator of hostile heroes, who obtained a great joy, looked on Hanuma with a high esteem.
raaghavaH = Rama; para viirahaa = the annihilator of hostile heroes; upetaH = who obtained; parayaa = a great; priityaa = joy; avaikShata = looked at; hanumantam = Hanuma; mahataa bahumaanena = with a high esteem.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे चतुःषष्टितमः सर्गः
Sarga 65
5.65.1
ततः प्रस्रवणम् शैलम् ते गत्वा चित्र काननम् |
प्रणम्य शिरसा रामम् लक्ष्मणम् च महाबलम् ॥युव राजम् पुरः कृत्य सुग्रीवम् अभिवाद्य च |
प्रवृत्तम् अथ सीतायाः प्रवक्तुम् उपचक्रमुः ॥
Keeping Angada the prince in their forefront those monkeys, on reaching Mount Prasravana having forests of variegated appearance, offered their salutation by bowing their heads in reverence to Rama and the mighty Lakshmana, greeting Sugreeva respectfully. Then, they started narrating the news of Seetha.
1; 2. puraH kR^itya yuva raajan = keeping Angada the prince; in their front; te = those monkeys; tataH = then; gatvaa = going; prasravaNam shailam = to Mount Prasravana; chitra kaananam- with forests of variegated appearance; praNamya = offering their salutation; shirasaa = by bowing their heads; raamam = to Rama; mahaabalam lakSmaNamcha = and the mighty Lakshmana; abhivaadya cha = and respectfully saluting; sugriivam = Sugreeva; atha = and then; upachakramaH = started; pravaktum = to narrate; pravR^ittim = the news; siitaayaaH = of Seetha.
5.65.3
रावण अन्तः पुरे रोधम् राक्षसीभिः च तर्जनम् |
रामे समनुरागम् च यः च अपि समयः कृतः ॥एतत् आख्यान्ति ते सर्वे हरयो राम सम्निधौ |
Those monkeys started to narrate, in the presence of Rama, about, the female-demons, and frightening Seetha in Ravana's gynaecium, her complete affection towards Rama and the time-limit of two months given by Ravana.
sarve = all; te harayaH = those monkeys; aakhyaanti = were narrating; raame samnidhau = in the presence of Rama; etat = all this; rodham = about restraining (Seetha); raavaNa antaH pure = in Ravana's gynaecium; raakShasiibhiH = by the female-demons; tarjanam cha = frightening her; samanuraagamcha = and her complete affection; raame = towards Rama; yaH ayam samayaH kR^itaH = and the time-limit (two months) given by Ravana.
5.65.4
वैदेहीम् अक्षताम् श्रुत्वा रामः तु उत्तरम् अब्रवीत् ॥क्व सीता वर्तते देवी कथम् च मयि वर्तते |
एतन् मे सर्वम् आख्यात वैदेहीम् प्रति वानराः ॥
Hearing of Seetha being alive, Rama on his part replied, "Where is Seetha, the princess? How is she disposed towards me? O monkeys! Tell me all that about Seetha."
4; 5. shrutvaa = hearing vaidehiim = of Seetha; akShataam = being alive; raamatu = Rama on his part; uttaram abraviit = replied; kva = where; vartate = is; devii siitaa = Seetha; the princess?; katham = how; vartate = is she disposed; mayi = towards me? vaanaraaH = O monkeys!; aakhyaata = tell; me = me; sarvam = all; etat = this; vaidehiim prati = about Seetha.
5.65.6
रामस्य गदितम् श्रुत्व हरयो राम सम्निधौ |
चोदयन्ति हनूमन्तम् सीता वृत्त अन्त कोविदम् ॥
Hearing the words of Rama, the monkeys urged Hanuma to tell, in the presence of Rama, all the incidents because he knew them better, about Seetha.
shrutvaa = hearing; gaditam = the words; raamasya = of Rama; harayaH = the monkeys; chodayanti hanumantam = urged Hanuma to tell; raama sannidhau = in the presence of Rama; siitaa vR^itta anta kovidam = (since) Hanuma knows all the incidents about Seetha.
5.65.7
श्रुत्वा तु वचनम् तेषाम् हनूमान् मारुत आत्मजः |
प्रणम्य शिरसा देव्यै सीतायै ताम् दिशम् प्रति ॥उवाच वाक्यम् वाक्यज्ञः सीताया दर्शनम् यथा |
Hearing the words of those monkeys, the eloquent Hanuma, the son of wind-god saluting towards the direction of the Seetha the princess by bowing his head, spoke the following words, explaining how he saw Seetha.
shrutvaa = hearing; teShaam vachanam = their words; vaakyajJNaH = eloquent; hanumaan = Hanuma; maarutaatmajaH = the son of wind-god; praNamya = saluting; shirasaa = with his head; taam disham prati = towards that direction; devyai siitaayai = of Seetha; the princess; uvaacha = spoke; vaakyam = (the following) words; yathaa siitaayaaH darshanam = how Seetha's seeing occurred.
5.65.8
समुद्रम् लन्घयित्वा अहम् शत योजनम् आयतम् ॥अगच्छम् जानकीम् सीताम् मार्गमाणो दिदृक्षया |
"Having gone across the ocean, a hundred Yojanas wide, I reached the southern shore looking in search of Seetha, Janaka's daughter, with a wish to see her."
didR^ikSayaa = with a wish to see Seetha; aham = I; aagachchham = went; laN^ghayitvaa = crossing; samudram = the ocean; shata yojanam aayatam = of a width of one hundred Yojanas; maargamaaNaH = searching; siitaam = Seetha; jaanakiim = the daughter of Janaka.
5.65.9
तत्र लन्का इति नगरी रावणस्य दुरात्मनः ॥दक्षिणस्य समुद्रस्य तीरे वसति दक्षिणे |
"There at the southern shore of the southern ocean, there is city called Lanka of the evil-minded Ravana."
tatra = there; dakSiNa tiire = at the southern shore; dakSiNasya samudrasya = of the southern ocean; vasati = there is; nagarii = a city; laNketi = called Lanka; duraatmanaH raavaNasya = of the evil-minded Ravana.
5.65.10
तत्र दृष्टा मया सीता रावण अन्तः पुरे सती ॥सम्न्यस्य त्वयि जीवन्ती रामा राम मनो रथम् |
"O Rama! There, living in Ravana's gynaecium in the city, I saw the lady Seetha, your virtuous wife, centering her heart's desire in you."
raama = O; Rama!; tatra = there; dR^iSTaa = it was seen; mayaa = by me; raavaNaantaH pure = in Ravana's gynaecium; siitaa = Seetha; raamaa = the lady; satii = and the virtuous wife; jiivantii = living; samnyasya = placing; mano ratham = heart's desire; tvayi = in you.
5.65.11
दृष्टा मे राक्षसी मध्ये तर्ज्यमाना मुहुः मुहुः ॥राक्षसीभिः विरूपाभी रक्षिता प्रमदा वने |
"In that pleasure garden, I saw Seetha sitting in the midst of female demons, guarded by those ugly-faced female-demons as also time and again being threatened by them."
pramadaavane = In the pleasure-garden; (that Seetha); dR^iSTaa = was seen; me = by me; raakSasiimadhye = in the midst of female demons; rakSitaa = guarded; viruupaabhiH = by ugly-faced; raakSabhiH = female-demon; tarjyamaanaa = and threatened; muhuH muhuH = again and again (by them).
5.65.12
दुह्खम् आपद्यते देवी तव अदुह्ख उचिता सती ॥रावण अन्तः पुरे रुद्ध्वा राक्षसीभिः सुरक्षिता |
एक वेणी धरा दीना त्वयि चिन्ता परायणा ॥अधः शय्या विवर्ण अन्गी पद्मिनी इव हिम आगमे |
रावणात् विनिवृत्त अर्था मर्तव्य कृत निश्चया ॥देवी कथंचित् काकुत्स्थ त्वन् मना मार्गिता मया |
"O hero! Seetha, who deserves to live happily with you, is obtaining grief. O Rama! I somehow searched that princess, Seetha wearing a single plait (as a as a mark of desolation), looking miserable, remaining absorbed in your thought, reposing on the floor, having discoloured limbs like a lotus in winter, turning back the wish from Ravana, having determined to die, but thinking of you alone."
12; 13; 14. viira = O hero!; tvayaa sukhocitaa devii = Seetha; who deserves to live happily with you; aapadyate = is obtaining; duHkham = grief; kaakutthsa = O Rama!; kathamchit = somehow; maargitaa = searched through; mayaa = by me; devii = that princess; ekveNiidharaa = wearing a single plait (as a mark of desolation); diinaa = miserable; tvayi chintaaparaayaNaa = remaining absorbed in your thought; adaH shayyaa = reposing n the floor; vivarNaaNgii = having discoloured limbs; padminiiva = like a louts; himaagame = in the winter-season; vinivR^ittaarthaa = turning back the wish; raavaNaat = from Ravana; martavyakR^ita nishchayaa = having determined to die; tvanmanaaH = and thinking of you.
5.65.15
इक्ष्वाकु वंश विख्यातिम् शनैः कीर्तयत अनघ ॥स मया नर शार्दूल विश्वासम् उपपादिता |
"O faultless tiger among men! Seetha established confidence in me, after I slowly described to her the fame of Ikshvaku dynasty."
anagha = O faultless; narashaarduula = tiger among men!; saa = that Seetha; upapaaditaa = was established; vishvaasam = confidence; mayaa = by me; shanaiH kiirtayataa = in slowly mentioning; ikSvaaku kula vikhyaatim = the fame of Ikshvaku dynasty.
5.65.16
ततः सम्भाषिता देवी सर्वम् अर्थम् च दर्शिता ॥राम सुग्रीव सख्यम् च श्रुत्वा प्रीतिम् उपागता |
नियतः समुदाचारो भक्तिः च अस्याः तथा त्वयि ॥
"Thereafter, I spoke and explained to Seetha, about the entire significance of my arrival there. On hearing about the alliance between Rama and Sugreeva, she was quite pleased. Her morality as well as her devotion in you are steadfast."
16; 17. tataH = thereafter; devii = Seetha the princess; sambhaaSitaa = was spoken; darshitaa = and explained; sarvam artham = about all the significance (of my arrival); shrutvaa = on hearing; raama sugriivasakhyam = about the friendship between Rama and Sugreeva; upaagataa = she obtained; priitim = satisfaction; asyaaH = her; samudaachaaraH = right practice of conduct; niyataH = is constant; tathaa = and; bhaktishcha = her devotion; tvayi = in you; is also constant.
5.65.18
एवम् मया महाभागा दृष्टा जनक नन्दिनी |
उग्रेण तपसा युक्ता त्वत् भक्त्या पुरुष ऋषभ ॥
"O, the foremost of men! I thus saw that illustrious Seetha, endowed with severe penance and devotion towards you."
puruSarSabha = O foremost of men!; mahaabhaagaa = the illustrious; janakanandinii = Seetha; dR^ShiTaa = was seen; evam = thus; mayaa = by me; (Seetha) yuktaa ugreNa tapasaa = was endowed with severe penance; tvadbhaktyaa = and devotion towards you.
5.65.19
अभिज्ञानम् च मे दत्तम् यथा वृत्तम् तव अन्तिके |
चित्र कूटे महाप्राज्ञ वायसम् प्रति राघव ॥
"O Rama, of great intelligence! To me, she gave as a token of remembrance, a previous event of a crow occurred at your vicinity in Mount Chitrakuta."
raaghava = O Rama; mahaapraajJNa = of great intelligence!; abhijJNaanam = a token of remembrance; dattam = was given; me = to me; yathaa vR^ittam = a previous event; vaayasam prati = about a crow; tava antike = at your vicinity; chitrakuuTe = in Mount Chitrakuta.
5.65.20
विज्ञाप्यः च नर व्याघ्रो रामो वायु सुत त्वया |
अखिलेन इह यत् दृष्टम् इति माम् आह जानकी ॥
"Seetha spoke to me saying, 'O Hanuma! Inform Rama, the foremost among men, all that you have seen here."
jaanakii = Seetha; saha = spoke; maam = to me; iti = saying; vaayusut = "O Hanuma!; raamaH = Rama; nara vyaaghraH = the foremost of men; vijJNaapya = is to be informed; akhilena = all; yat = of which; dR^iShTam = seen; tvayaa = by you; iha = here."
5.65.21
अयम् च अस्मै प्रदातव्यम् यत्नात् सुपरिरक्षितम् |
ब्रुवता वचनानि एवम् सुग्रीवस्य उपशृण्वतः ॥
"While Sugreeva is hearing nearby and while you are telling the words in this way, let this jewel, which is deliberately well-guarded, be given to Rama."
sugriivasya = (while) Sugreeva; upashR^iNvataH = is hearing; bruvataa = and while you are telling; vachanaani = the words; evam = in this way; ayam cha = (let) this jewel; suparikShitaH yatnaat = well-guarded deliberately; pradaatavyaH ayam cha = be given; asmai = to this Rama.
5.65.22
एष चूडा मणिः श्रीमान् मया ते यत्न रक्षितः |
मनः शिलायाः तिकलः तम् स्मरस्व इति च अब्रवीत् ॥त्वया प्राष्टे तिम्के तम् किल स्मर्तुमर्हसि |
"This beautiful jewel for the head has been well-guarded by me. You also ought to recall a mark indeed painted by you (by slip) on the curve of my cheek with powder of an orange-red rock, when my former mark on my forehead got effaced."
eSaH = this; shriimaan = beautiful; chuuDaa maNiH = jewel for the head; suparirakSitaH = has been well-guarded; mayaa = by me; arhasi = you ought; smartum = to recall; niveshitaH kila tilakaH = a mark indeed painted; tvayaa = by you (by a slip); gaN^Dapaarshve = on the curve of my cheek; orange-red; tilake = when my former mark on my forehead; praNaShTe = got effaced.
5.65.23
एष निर्यातितः श्रीमान् मया ते वारि सम्भवः ॥एतम् दृष्ट्वा प्रमोदिष्ये व्यसने त्वाम् इव अनघ |
"This beautiful jewel, which has its origin in sea-water, has been sent to you. Seeing this in my grief, I am feeling always happy as though I am seeing you."
eSaH shriimaan = this beautiful jewel; vaari sambhavaH = which has its origin in sea-water; niryaatitaH = has been sent; te = to you; dR^iSTvaa = seeing; etam = this vyasahe = in my grief; pramodiShye = I am feeling happy; tvaaniiva = as though I am seeing you.
5.65.24
जीवितम् धारयिष्यामि मासम् दशरथ आत्मज ॥ऊर्ध्वम् मासान् न जीवेयम् रक्षसाम् वशम् आगता |
"O Rama! I shall be sustaining my life for a month. Having come into the control of demons, I cannot survive beyond one month."
dasharaatmaja = O Rama!; dhaarayiShyaami = I shall be sustaining; jiivitam = my life; maasam = for a mouth; aagataa = having come into; vasham = the control; rakShasaam = of demons; na jiivayam = I cannot survive; uurdhvam = above; maasaat = one month.
5.65.25
इति माम् अब्रवीत् सीता कृश अन्गी धर्म चारिणी ॥रावण अन्तः पुरे रुद्धा मृगी इव उत्फुल्ल लोचना |
"Seetha, with her emaciated body, practicing virtue, confined in Ravana's gynaecium and with her wide-open eyes like that of a doe, spoke to me the following words:
siitaa = Seetha; kR^isha aNgii = with her emaciated body; dharma chaariNii = practising virtue; ruddhaa = confined; raavaNaantaH pure = in Ravana's gynaceium; utphulla lochanaa = with her wide-open eyes; mR^igiiva = like that of a doe; abraviit = spoke; iti = as following; maam = to me.
5.65.26
एतत् एव मया आख्यातम् सर्वम् राघव यत् यथा ॥सर्वथा सागर जले सम्तारः प्रविधीयताम् |
"O Rama! I have narrated to you whatever has occurred, in its entirety. Let a bridge be constructed, by all means, across the waters of the ocean."
raaghava = O Rama!; etat = this; sarvam eva = exactly in its entirety; khyaatam = has been narrated; mayaa = by me; yat yathaa = as it occurred; samtaaraH pravidhiiyataam = let a bridge by constructed; sarvathaa = by all means; saagara jale = in the waters of the ocean.
5.65.27
तौ जात आश्वासौ राज पुत्रौ विदित्वा |
तच् च अभिज्ञानम् राघवाय प्रदाय |
देव्या च आख्यातम् सर्वम् एव आनुपूर्व्यात् |
वाचा सम्पूर्णम् वायु पुत्रः शशंस ॥
Coming to know that the two princes, Rama and Lakshmana have become confident and having given that token of remembrance to Rama, Hanuma apprised completely in so many words, in regular succession, all that was conveyed by Seetha, the princess.
viditvaa = coming to know; tau raaja putrau = that the two princes; Rama and Lakshmana; jaata aashvaasau = have become confident; pradaaya = and having given; tat abhijJNaanam = that token of remembrance; raaghavaaya = to Rama; vaayu putraH = Hanuma; shashamsa = apprised; vaachaa = in words; sampuurNam = completely; anupuurvyaat = in regular succession; sarvameva = all that; aakhyaatam = was conveyed; devyaa = by Seetha the princess.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे पञ्चषष्टितमः सर्गः
Sarga 66
5.66.1
एवम् उक्तो हनुमता रामो दशरथ आत्मजः |
तम् मणिम् हृदये कृत्वा प्ररुरोद सलक्ष्मणः ॥
Hearing the words of Hanuma, Rama the son of Dasaratha, having Lakshmana by his side, pressing that jewel on his bosom, began to weep.
evam = thus; uktaH = spoken; hanumataa = by Hanuma; raamaH = Rama; dasharatha aatmajaH = the son of Dasaratha; salakSmaNaH = having Lakshmana by his side; kR^itvaa = pressing; tam maNim = that jewel; hR^idaye = on his bosom; prarurodaH = began to weep.
5.66.2
तम् तु दृष्ट्वा मणि श्रेष्ठम् राघवः शोक कर्शितः |
नेत्राभ्याम् अश्रु पूर्णाभ्याम् सुग्रीवम् इदम् अब्रवीत् ॥
Seeing that excellent jewel, Rama emaciated with grief, having his eyes filled with tears, spoke to Sugreeva as follows:
dR^iSTvaa = seeing; tam maNi shreSTham = that excellent jewel; raaghavaH = Rama; shoka karshitaH = emaciated with grief; netraabhyaam = with his eyes; ashru puurNaabhyaam = filled with tears; abraviit = spoke; idam = these words; sugriivam = to Sugreeva.
5.66.3
यथैव धेनुः स्रवति स्नेहात् वत्सस्य वत्सला |
तथा मम अपि हृदयम् मणि रत्नस्य दर्शनात् ॥
"Even as a cow, who is affectionate towards her offspring, gushes forth the milk (from her teats) due to her love at the very sight of her calf, so does my heart too melt through the sight of this excellent jewel."
yathiava = even as; dhenuH = a cow; vatsalaa = who is affectionate towards her offspring; sravati = gushed forth milk (from her teats); snehaat = due to her love; vastasya = at the very sight of her calf; mama hR^idayam api tathaa = so does my through the sight; maNi ratnasya = of the excellent jewel.
5.66.4
मणि रत्नम् इदम् दत्तम् वैदेह्याः श्वशुरेण मे |
वधू काले यथा बद्धम् अधिकम् मूर्ध्नि शोभते ॥
"This excellent jewel was presented by my father-in-law to Seetha when she had become a bride and was tied to her head in such a way that it looked additionally beautifying."
idam = this; maNi ratnam = excellent jewel; dattam = was presented; me shvashureNa = by my father-in-law; vaidehyaaH = to Seetha; vadhuu kaale = when she had become a bride; aabaddham = and was tied; muurdhni = to her head; yathaa = in such a way (as it looked); adhikam shobhate = additionally beautifying.
5.66.5
अयम् हि जल सम्भूतो मणिः प्रवर पूजितः |
यज्ञे परम तुष्टेन दत्तः शक्रेण धीमता ॥
"The jewel, which was found in the waters and recommended by the good, had been presented to him earlier by the intelligent Indra the lord of celestials, who was highly pleased in Yajna, a sacrificial rite (intended to propitiate him)."
ayam maNiH = this jewel; jala sambhuutaH = which was born in water; sajjana puujitaH = and recommended by the good; dattaH = had been presented (to him); dhiimataa shakreNa = by the intelligent Indra the lord of celestials; parama tuShTena = who was highly pleased; yaJNe = in Yajna sacrificial rite.
5.66.6
इमम् दृष्ट्वा मणि श्रेष्ठम् तथा तातस्य दर्शनम् |
अद्य अस्मि अवगतः सौम्य वैदेहस्य तथा विभोः ॥
"O gentle Sugreeva! Seeing now this excellent jewel, I am considering it as surely as obtaining the sight of my father as well as Janaka, the king of Videha."
saumya = O gentle Sugreeva!; dR^iShTva = seeing; imam maNi shreShTham = excellent jewel; adya = now; avagataH asmi = I am considering it; yathaa tathaa = as surely as; darshanam = obtaining the sight; taatasya = of my father; tathaa = and; vaidehasya = of Janaka; vibhoH = the king of Videha.
5.66.7
अयम् हि शोभते तस्याः प्रियाया मूर्ध्नि मे मणिः |
अस्य दर्शनेन अहम् प्राप्ताम् ताम् इव चिन्तये ॥
"This jewel indeed looks splendid on the head of my beloved Seetha. By seeing this now, I am considering as though I obtained the sight of Seetha herself."
ayam maNiH = this jewel; shobhate hi = indeed looks splendid; muurdhni = on the head; me priyaayaaH = of my beloved; darshanena = by seeing; asya = this; adya = now; chintaye = I am considering; praaptaamiva = as if I obtained; taam = her.
5.66.8
किम् आह सीता वैदेही ब्रूहि सौम्य पुनः पुनः |
पिपासुम् इव तोयेन सिन्चन्ती वाक्य वारिणा ॥
"O gentle one! Repeat again and again, what Seetha the daughter of Videha's king said to you, sprinkling me with your stream of words, like offering water to a thirsty person."
saumya = O gentle one!; bruuhi punaH punaH = repeat again and again; kim = what; siitaa = Seetha; vaidehii = the daughter of king of Videha; aaha = said to you; siNchanti = sprinkling (me); vaakya vaariNaa = with water of words; toyena iva = like offering water; pipaasum = to a thirsty person.
5.66.9
इतः तु किम् दुह्खतरम् यत् इमम् वारि सम्भवम् |
मणिम् पश्यामि सौमित्रे वैदेहीम् आगतम् विना ॥
"O Lakshmana! What could be more painful than the fact that I am seeing this jewel found in waters, without the arrival of Seetha?"
saumitre = O Lakshmana!; kim = what; duHkhataram = could be more painful; itaH = than (the fact); yat pashyaami = that I am seeing; imam maNim = this jewel; vaari sambhavam = found in waters; aagatam vinaa = without the arrival; vaidehiim = of Seetha?
5.66.10
चिरम् जीवति वैदेही यदि मासम् धरिष्यति |
क्षणम् सौम्य न जीवेयम् विना ताम् असित ईक्षणाम् ॥
"O gentle one! If Seetha can survive for a month, it means that she is surviving for long. O gentle one! Without that black-eyed Seetha, I cannot survive for even a moment."
saumya = O gentle one!; vaidehii dhariSyati yadi = if Seetha can survive; maasam = for a month; chiram jiivati = it means she is surviving for long!; saumya = O gentle one!; taam asita iikShaNaam vinaa = without that Seetha with her dark eyes na jiiveyam = I cannot survive; kShaNaam = for even a moment.
5.66.11
नय माम् अपि तम् देशम् यत्र दृष्टा मम प्रिया |
न तिष्ठेयम् क्षणम् अपि प्रवृत्तिम् उपलभ्य च ॥
"Take me too to that place where my beloved Seetha has been seen. I cannot halt even for a moment, after receiving the news of her location."
naya = take; maam api = me too; tam desham = to that place; yatra = where; mama priyaa = my beloved Seetha; dR^iSTaa = has been seen. na tiShTheyam = I cannot halt; kShaNam api = even for a moment; upalabhya cha pravR^ittim = after getting the news (of her whereabouts).
5.66.12
कथम् सा मम सुश्रोणि भीरु भीरुः सती तदा |
भय आवहानाम् घोराणाम् मध्ये तिष्ठति रक्षसाम् ॥
"How does Seetha, my virtuous wife with her charming limbs, who is very shy, stay all the time with demons who are terrific and cruel?"
katham = how; mama satii sushroNii = does my virtuous wife; Seetha with charming limbs; bhiiru bhiiruH = who is very shy; tiShThati = stay; sadaa = all the time; rakShasaam = with demons; bhaya aavahaanaam = who are terrific; ghoraaNaam = and cruel?
5.66.13
शारदः तिमिर उन्मुखो नूनम् चन्द्र इव अम्बुदैः |
आवृतम् वदनम् तस्या न विराजति राक्षसैः ॥
"Her countenance, surely like automnal moon, though liberated of darkness, but screened by clouds, does not shine at present."
tasyaaH = her; vadanam = countenance; nuunam = surely; shaaradaH chandraH iva = like autumnal moon; timira unmukhaH = (though) liberated of darkness; aavR^itam ambudaiH = but screened by clouds; na viraajati = does not shine; saampratam = at present.
5.66.14
किम् आह सीता हनुमन् तत्त्वतः कथयस्व मे |
एतेन खलु जीविष्ये भेषजेन आतुरो यथा ॥
"O Hanuma! Tell me now, correctly what Seetha told you. I shall surely survive, by hearing her words, even as a sick man would with the help of a medicine."
hanumaan = O Hanuma!; kim siitaa aaha = what did Seetha tell? kathaya = tell; me = me; adya = now; tattvataH = in truth; jiiviSye khalu = I shall surely survive; etena = (by hearing) this; aaturaH iva = like a sick man(survives); bheSajena yathaa = as with a medicine.
5.66.15
मधुरा मधुर आलापा किम् आह मम भामिनी |
मत् विहीना वराअरोहा हनुमन् कथयस्व मे ॥
"Tell me, what my beautiful consort, who is sweet-natured, and who utters sweet words, having fine hips and has been separated from me, said to you."
kathayasva = tell; me = me; kim = what; mama bhaaminii = my beautiful consort; madhuraa = who is sweet-natured; madhura aalaapaa = who utters sweet words; varaarohanaa = having fine hips; mat vihiinaa = and has been separated from me; aaha = said to you.
त्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे षट्षष्टितमः सर्गः
Sarga 67
5.67.1
एवम् उक्तः तु हनुमान् राघवेण महात्मना |
सीताया भाषितम् सर्वम् न्यवेदयत राघवे ॥
Hearing the words of the high-souled Rama, Hanuma reported to Rama, all the words spoken by Seetha.
evam = thus; uktaH = spoken; mahaatmanaa = by the high-souled; raaghaveNa = Rama; hanumaan = Hanuma; nyavedayata = reported; raaghave = to Rama; sarvam = all; bhaaSitam = the words; siitaayaaH = of Seetha.
5.67.2
एवम् उक्तवती देवी जानकी पुरुष ऋषभ |
पूर्व वृत्तम् अभिज्ञानम् चित्र कूटे यथा तथम् ॥
"O Rama the foremost of men! Seetha, the princess, spoke a detailed account of an event which occurred long ago in Mount Chitrakuta, as a token of recollection."
puruSarSabha = O Rama the foremost of men!; jaanakii = Seetha; devii = the princess; uktavatii = spoke; yathaa tatham = a detailed account of an event; puurvavR^ittam = that occured previously; chitrakuuTe = in Mount chitrakuta; abhiJNaanam = as a token of recollection.
5.67.3
सुख सुप्ता त्वया सार्धम् जानकी पूर्वम् उत्थिता |
वायसः सहसा उत्पत्य विरराद स्तन अन्तरे ॥
"Seetha, who slept happily by your side (at one instance) got up before you. A crow coming down quickly, tore her flesh at an area in the midst of her breasts (with its beak)."
jaanakii = Seetha; sukha suptaa = who slept happily; tvayaa saartham = with you; utthitaa = got up; puurvam = before you; vaayasaH = a crow; utpatya = coming down; sahasaa = quickly; vidadaara = tore the flesh; stanaantare = at an area in the midst of her breasts (with its beak).
5.67.4
पर्यायेण च सुप्तः त्वम् देवि अन्के भरत अग्रज |
पुनः च किल पक्षी स देव्या जनयति व्यथाम् ॥
"O Rama! You slept in your turn on the lap of the princess. That crow again began to torment the princess."
bharata agraja = O Rama!; tvam = you; suptaH = slept; paryaayeNa = in your turn; devi anke = on the lap of the princes; saH pakSii = that crow; punaH ca = again; janayati kila vyathaam = began to torment; devyaaH = the princess.
5.67.5
पुनः पुनरुपागम्य विरराद भृशम् किल |
ततः त्वम् बोधितः तस्याः शोणितेन समुक्षितः ॥
"Coming near again and again, it tore her breast severely. Dampened by her blood, you then were awakened by her."
upaagamya = coming near; punaH punaH = again and again; vidadaarakila = it tore (her breast); bhR^isham = severely; tataH = thereafter; samukSitah = dampened; tasyaaH shoNitena = by her blood; tvam = you; bodhitaH kila = were awakened (by her).
5.67.6
वायसेन च तेन एव सततम् बाध्यमानया |
बोधितः किल देव्याः त्वम् सुख सुप्तः परम् तप ॥
"O tormentator of enemies! Though lying happily asleep, you were awakened by Seetha the princess, who was being ceaselessly tormented by the crow."
param tapa = O tormentator of enemies!; devyaa = by Seetha the princess; baadhyamaanayaa = who was being tormented; satatam = ceaselessly; te vaayasenaiva = by that crow; tvam = you; sukhasuptaH = who were sleeping happily; bodhitaH kila = were awakened.
5.67.7
ताम् तु दृष्ट्वा महाबाहो रादिताम् च स्तन अन्तरे |
आशी विष इव क्रुद्धो निह्श्वसन्न् अभ्यभाषथाः ॥
"O long-armed Rama! Seeing her, who was lacerated at the midst of her breasts, you were enraged like a hissing snake and spoke to her as follows."
mahaabaaho = O Rama with long arms! dR^iSTvaa = seeing; taam = her; daaritaam = who was lacerated; stana antare = at the midst of her breasts; kruddhaH = you were enraged; nishvasann aashii visha iva = like a hissing snake; abhyabhaaSathaaH = spoke (to her as follows):
5.67.8
नख अग्रैः केन ते भीरु दारितम् तु स्तन अन्तरम् |
कः क्रीडति सरोषेण पन्च वक्त्रेण भोगिना ॥
" 'O bashful Seetha! By whom was the middle of your breasts lacerated with nail-points? Who is playing with an angry five-hooded serpent?"
bhiiru = O bashful one!; kena = by whom; te stana antaram = was your mid-area of your breasts; daaritam = lacerated; nakha agraiH = with nail-points?; kaH kriiDati = who is playing; saroSeNa = with an angry; pancha vaktreNa = five-hooded; bhoginaa = serpent?
5.67.9
निरीक्षमाणः सहसा वायसम् समवैक्षताः |
नखैः सरुधिरैः तीक्ष्णैः माम् एव अभिमुखम् स्थितम् ॥
"Looking around, you suddenly saw a crow, which perched in front of Seetha, with its sharp nails stained with blood."
niriikSamaaNaH = looking around; samavaikShataaH = you saw; sahasaa = suddenly; vaayasam = a crew; sthitam = which perched; taameva abhimukham = in front of her; tiikSNaiH nakhaiH = with its sharp nails; sarudhiraiH = stained with blood.
5.67.10
सुतः किल स शक्रस्य वायसः पतताम् वरः |
धरा अन्तर चरः शीघ्रम् पवनस्य गतौ समः ॥
"That crow, foremost of the birds was indeed the son of Indra the lord of celestials; dwelling in the middle of the mountains and equal in speed to the wind."
saH vaayasaH = that crow; varaH = the foremost; patataam = among the birds; shakrasya putraH kila = was indeed the son of Indra the lord of celestials; dhara antara caraH = dwelling in the middle of the mountains; samaH = and equal; shiighram gatau = in speed; pavanasya = to wind.
5.67.11
ततः तस्मिन् महाबाहो कोप सम्वर्तित ईक्षणः |
वायसे त्वम् कृत्वाः क्रूराम् मतिम् मतिमताम् वर ॥
"O great armed Rama, the excellent among the wise! With your eyes rolling with anger, you then harboured a cruel intention against that crow."
mahaabaaho = O great armed one!; matimataam vara = O excellent among the wise! Kopa samvarta iikShaNaH = with your eyes rolling with anger; tvam = you; tataH = then; kR^ithaaH = harboured; kruuraam = a cruel; matim = intention; tasmin vaayase = against that crow.
5.67.12
स दर्भम् संस्तरात् गृह्य ब्रह्म अस्त्रेण न्ययोजयः |
प्रदीप्त इव काल अग्निः जज्वाल अभिमुखः खगम् ॥
"Taking a blade of grass from your bed of the sacred grass, you charged it with the potency of Brahma missile. That flaming blade blazed forth like the fire of universal dissolution, with its end facing the bird."
gR^ihya = taking; darbham = a blade of grass; samstaraat = from you bed of the sacred grass; ayojayaH = you charged it; braahma astreNa = with the potency of Brahma missile; saH diiptaH = that flaming blade; jajvaala = blazed forth; kaala agniH iva = like the fire of universal dissolution; khagam abhimukhaH = with its end facing that bird.
5.67.13
क्षिप्तवांस्त्वम् प्रदीप्तम् दर्भम् तम् वायसम् प्रति |
ततः तु वायसम् दीप्तः स दर्भो अनुजगाम ह ॥
"You hurled that flaming blade of grass towards the crow. Then that flaming blade of grass for its part followed the crow."
tvam = you; kSiptavaan = hurled; tam pradiiptam darbham = that flaming blade of grass; vaayasam prati = towards the crow; tataH = then; saH diiptaH darbhaH = that flaming blade of grass; anujagaama = followed; vaayasam = the crow.
5.67.14
स पित्रा च परित्यक्तः सुरैः सर्वैः महर्षिभिः |
त्रीन् लोकान् सम्परिक्रम्य त्रातारम् न अधिगच्छति ॥
"Forsaken by all the celestials, Indra, its father and the sages too, that crow did not find a protector even after going round all the three worlds (heaven, earth and the lower regions)."
partiyaktaH = forsaken; suraisH ca = by all the celestials; pitraa ca = its father; Indra; sa maharSibhiH = and the sages also; saH = (that crows) na adhigacchati = did not find; traataaram = a protector; samparikramya = after going round; triin lokaan = the three worlds (heave; earth and the lower regions).
5.67.15
पुनरेवागतस्त्रस्तस्त्वत्सकाशमरिंदम |
स तम् निपतितम् भूमौ शरण्यः शरणा गतम् ॥वध अर्हम् अपि काकुत्स्थ कृपया परिपालयः |
"O destroyer of enemies! Being frightened the crow came to your presence once again and sough your protection. Though fit to be killed, you on your part, affording shelter, in mercy to the crow, protected that crow which had fallen flat on the ground."
arindama = O destroyer of enemies!; trastaH = frightened; (the crow); aagataH = came; tvatsakaasham = to your presence; punareva = once again; vadhaarham api = though fit to be killed; saH kaakutthsaH = that Rama; sharaNyaH = affording shelter; paryapaalayaH = protected; kR^ipanaa = with mercy; tam = to that crow; nipatitam = which had fallen; bhuumau = flat on the ground; sharaNaagatam = and who sought your protection.
5.67.16
मोघम् अस्त्रम् न शक्यम् तु कर्तुम् इति एव राघव ॥भवांस्तस्यक्षि काकस्य हिनस्ति स्म स दक्षिणम् |
'O Rama! Since it is not possible to make the missile a waste, you destroyed the right eye of the crow."
raaghava = O Rama!; ityeva = because; na shakyam = it is not possible; kartum = to make; astram = the missile; mogham = a waste; bhavaan = you; hinanti sma = destroyed; dakSinam akSi = the right eye; kaakasya = of the cow.
5.67.17
राम त्वाम् स नमः कृत्वा राज्ञो दशरथस्य च ॥विसृष्टः तु तदा काकः प्रतिपेदे खम् आलयम् |
"O Rama! Then, that crow, having been discharged by you, went back to its own habitation, after offering salutation to you and to king Dasaratha."
partiyaktaH = forsaken; suraisH ca = by all the celestials; pitraa ca = its father; Indra; sa maharSibhiH = and the sages also; saH = (that crows) na adhigacchati = did not find; traataaram = a protector; samparikramya = after going round; triin lokaan = the three worlds (heave; earth and the lower regions).
5.67.18
एवम् अस्त्रविदाम् श्रेष्ठः सत्त्ववान् शीलवान् अपि ॥किम् अर्थम् अस्त्रम् रक्षह्सु न योजयसि राघव |
"O Rama! Why are you not employing the same type of a missile on the demons, though you are the foremost among the wielders of missiles, though courageous and possessed of good disposition?"
raaghava = O Rama!; kim artham = why; na yojayasi = are you not employing; astram = the missile; evam = thus; rakShassu = on the demons; shreSThaH api = though foremost; astravidaam = among the wielders courageous; shiilavaan = and possessed of good disposition.
5.67.19
न नागा न अपि गन्धर्वा न असुरा न मरुत् गणाः ॥न च सर्वे रणे शक्ता रामम् प्रतिसमासितुम् |
"Neither the Nagas the celestials serpents nor even Gandharvas the celestial musicians nor the demons nor the troop of Maruts the host of gods, nor all of them joined together are capable of fighting with Rama."
naagaaH = Nagas the celestials serpents; na shaktaaH = are not capable; na gandharvaaH api = Nor even Gandharvas the celestial musicians; na marut gaNaaH = nor the troops of maruts; the na sarve = nor all of them put together; pratisamaasitum = of fighting; raamam prati = against Rama; raNe = in battle.
5.67.20
तस्य वीर्यवतः कच्चिन् मयि यदि अस्ति सम्भ्रमः ॥क्षिप्रम् सुनिशितैः बाणैः हन्यताम् युधि रावणः |
"If that powerful Rama is eager to save me, let him kill Ravana in battle quickly with his exceptionally sharp arrows."
yadi = If; viiryavataH tasya = to that powerful Rama; sambhramaH asti = there is eagerness; mayi = in my matter; hanyataam raavaNaH = let Ravana; be killed; yudhi = in battle; kShipram = quickly; sunishitaiH baaNaiH = with very sharp arrows.
5.67.21
भ्रातुः आदेशम् आदाय लक्ष्मणो वा परम् तपः ॥स किम् अर्थम् नर वरो न माम् रक्षति राघवः |
"Why even that Lakshmana, the annihilator of adversaries and the foremost of men born in Raghu dynasty is not saving me, by taking orders from Rama his brother?"
kim artham = why; saH lakSmaNo vaa = even that Lakshmana; param tapaH = the annihilator of adversaries; naravaraH = the foremost among men; raaghavaH = born in Raghu dynasty; na rakShati = is not saving; maam = me; aaJNaaya = with permission; aadesham = (by way of) an order; bhraatuH = of Rama his brother?
5.67.22
शक्तौ तौ पुरुष व्याघ्रौ वाय्व् अग्नि सम तेजसौ ॥सुराणाम् अपि दुर्धर्षौ किम् अर्थम् माम् उपेक्षतः |
"Wherefore those two competent brothers Rama and Lakshmana, with their splendour equal to that of air and fire, and excellent among men, even though they can conquer the celestials, are ignoring me?"
kim artham = wherefore; tau shaktau = those two competent brothers; Rama and Lakshmana; vaayv agni sama tejasau = having their splendour similar to that of wind and fire; puruSa vyaaghrau = and the excellent among men; durdharSau.api = even though they can conquer; suraaNaam = the celestials; upekSataH = are ignoring; maam = me?
5.67.23
मम एव दुष्कृतम् किंचिन् महत् अस्ति न संशयः ॥समर्थौ सहितौ यन् माम् न अपेक्षेते परम् तपौ |
"There is no doubt that I had done some big impure act, for which reason those two brothers Rama and Lakshmana, who torment the enemies, even though capable, are not paying attention to me."
kimchit = some; mahat = great; duSkR^itam = impure act; asti = was there; mamaiva = on my part; na samshayaH = there is no doubt; yat = for which reason; tau = those two brothers; Rama and Lakshmana; param tapau = who torment the enemies; samarthaavapi = eventhough capable; na avekSate = are not paying attention; maam = to me.
5.67.24
वैदेह्या वचनम् श्रुत्वा करुणम् साश्रु भाषितम् ॥पुनः अपि अहम् आर्याम् ताम् इदम् वचनम् अब्रुवम् |
Hearing the miserable words of Seetha spoken with tears, I again spoke to that venerable Seetha the following words:
shrutvaa = hearing; karuNam = the miserable; vachanam = words; vaidehyaaH = of Seetha; saashru bhaaSitam = spoken with tears; aham = I; punaH api = again; abruvam = spoke; taam aaryaam = to that venerable Seetha; idam vachanam = the following words:
5.67.25
त्वत् शोक विमुखो रामो देवि सत्येन ते शपे ॥रामे दुह्ख अभिभूते च लक्ष्मणः परितप्यते |
" 'O Seetha the princess! Rama has grown indifferent because of grief born of separation from you. I swear it to you truly. Rama, being overwhelmed with grief, Lakshmana too is feeling pain."
devi = O Seetha the princess!; raamaH = Rama; tvat shoka vimukhaH = has grown indifferent because of grief born of separation from you; shape = I swear; te = to you; satyena = truly; raame = Rama; duhkha abhibhuute = being overcome with grief; lakSmaNaH cha = Lakshmana too; paritapyate = is feeling pain.
5.67.26
कथंचित् भवती दृष्टा न कालः परिशोचितुम् ॥अस्मिन्मुहूर्तम् दुह्खानाम् अन्तम् द्रक्ष्यसि भामिनि |
" 'O faultless one! You can give now, a token of recollection, which Rama can recognize and which can beget happiness to him."
anindite = O faultless one!; bhavatii = you; dR^iSTaa = have been seen; kathamchit = somehow; na kaalam = this is not time; devitum = to lament; drakSyasi = you will see; antam = the end; duhkhaanaam = of your sorrows; imam muhuurtam = during this very moment.
5.67.27
ताव् उभौ नर शार्दूलौ राज पुत्राव् अरिम् दमौ ॥त्वत् दर्शन कृत उत्साहौ लन्काम् भस्मी करिष्यतः |
" 'Those two princes, the foremost among men and the faultless ones are eager to see you. They can reduce Lanka to ashes'."
ubhau tau raja putrau = those two princes; nara shaarduulau = the foremost among men; aninditau = and the faultless ones; tavat darshana kR^ita utsaahau = who are eager to see you; laN^kaam bhasmii kariSyataH = can reduce Lanka to ashes.
5.67.28
हत्वा च समरे रौद्रम् रावणम् सह बान्धवम् ॥राघवः त्वाम् महाबाहुः स्वाम् पुरीम् नयते ध्रुवम् |
" 'O lady with charming hips! Killing the terrific Ravana together with his relatives in battle, Rama will certainly take you to his City of Ayodhya'."
varaarohe = O lady with charming hips!; hatvaa cha = killing; rondram = the terrific; raavaNam = Ravana; saha baandhavam = together with his relatives; samare = in battle; raaghavaH = Rama; nayate = will take; tvaam = you; svaam puriim = to his City of Ayodhya; dhruvam = It is certain.
5.67.29
यत् तु रामो विजानीयात् अभिज्ञानम् अनिन्दिते ॥प्रीति सम्जननम् तस्य प्रदातुम् तत्त्वम् अर्हसि |
" 'O faultless one! You can give now, a token of recollection, which Rama can recognize and which can beget happiness to him."
anindite = O faultless one!; tvam = you; arhasi = ought; daatum = to give; iha = now; abhiJNaanam = a token of recollection; yat = which; raamaH = Rama; vijaaniiyaat = can recognize; priiti samjananam = and which can beget happiness; tasya = to him.
5.67.30
सा अभिवीक्ष्य दिशः सर्वा वेणि उद्ग्रथनम् उत्तमम् ॥मुक्त्वा वस्त्रात् ददौ मह्यम् मणिम् एतम् महाबल |
"O mighty Rama! Having surveyed all the directions and having untied from the end of her garment, this excellent jewel which was being strung together in her hair that Seetha gave it to me."
mahaabala = O mighty Rama!; abhiviikSya = having surveyed; sarvaaH = all; dishaH = the directions; muktvaa = and untying; vastraat = from the end of her garment; etam uttamam maNim = this excellent jewel; veNudgrathitam = which was being strung together in her hair; saa = the Seetha; dadau = gave it; mahyam = to me.
5.67.31
प्रतिगृह्य मणिम् दिव्यम् तव हेतो रघु उत्तम ॥शिरसा सम्प्रणम्य एनाम् अहम् आगमने त्वरे |
"O Rama! Taking that wonderful jewel for your sake from her, and offering my salutation by bowing my head to that venerable Seetha, I was seized with a haste to come back."
raghuudvaha = O Rama!; pratigR^ihya = taking; divyam maNim = that wonderful jewel; tava hetoH = for your sake; praNamya = and offering my salutation; shirasaa = by bowing my head; aaryaam taam = to that venerable Seetha; aham = I; tvare = was seized with a haste; aagamane = to come back.
5.67.32
गमने च कृत उत्साहम् अवेक्ष्य वर वर्णिनी ॥विवर्धमानम् च हि माम् उवाच जनक आत्मजा |
"Seeing me who was in a hurry to come back and augmenting my body abundantly, Seetha having a beautiful complexion spoke to me."
avekSya = seeing; maam = me; kR^ita utsaaham = who was in a hurry; gamane = to come back; vivardhamaanam cha = and augmenting my body abundantly; jaanaka atmajaa = Seetha; varavarNinii = having a beautiful complexion; uvaacha = spoke.
5.67.33
अश्रु पूर्ण मुखी दीना बाष्प संदिग्ध भाषिणी ॥ममोत्पतनसम्ब्रान्ता शोकवेगसमाहता |
"With her eyes filled with tears, looking miserable, with her words ambiguously coming out of her coked throat, bewildered as she was, at the though of my flying away and afflicted with a gush of grief; (she spoke to me as follows):
ashru puurNa mukhii = with her eyes filled with tears; diinaa = looking miserable; baSpa samdigdha bhaaSiNii = with ambiguous words coming out of her choked throat; mama utpatana sambhraantaa = bewildered as she was that I was going to fly away; (she spoke to me as follows); shokavega samaahataa = afflicted with a gush a grief.
5.67.34
हनुमन् सिम्ह सम्काशौ ताव् उभौ राम लक्ष्मणौ ॥सुग्रीवम् च सह अमात्यम् सर्वान् ब्रूया अनामयम् |
"O Hanuma! Inquire those two brothers Rama and Lakshmana looking like lions, Sugreeva together with his ministers and all others about their welfare."
hanumaan = O Hanuma!; bruuyaaH = ask; tau ubhau raama lakSmaNau = those two brothers; Rama and Lakshmana; sugriivam cha = Sugreeva; saha amaatyam = together with his ministers; sarvaan = and all others; anaamayam = about their well-being.
5.67.35
यथा च स महाबाहुः माम् तारयति राघवः |
अस्मात् दुह्ख अम्बु सम्रोधात् तत् समाधातुम् अर्हसि ॥इमम् च तीव्रम् मम शोक वेगम् |
रक्षोभिः एभिः परिभर्त्सनम् च |
ब्रूयाः तु रामस्य गतः समीपम् |
शिवः च ते अध्वा अस्तु हरि प्रवीर ॥एतत् तव आर्या नृप राज सिम्ह |
सीता वचः प्राह विषाद पूर्वम् |
एतच् च बुद्ध्वा गदितम् मया त्वम् |
श्रद्धत्स्व सीताम् कुशलाम् समग्राम् ॥
" 'You ought to clear up difficulties for that mighty armed Rama, so that he can help me to cross this ocean of sorrow. O best of heroes among monkeys! Approaching Rama, tell this horrible gush of my grief and the threats of these female-demons. Have a happy journey!' "O illustrious princes, the protector of men! The venerable Seetha filled with sorrow spoke these words to be conveyed to you. Comprehending this matter spoken by me, believe that Seetha is completely safe."
tvam = you; arhasi = ought; samaadhaatum = to clear up difficulties; saH mahaabaahuH ramaH = for that mighty armed Rama; yathaa taarayati = so that he can help me to cross; asmaat = this; duHkhaambusamrodhaat = ocean of sorrow; haripraviira = O best of heroes among monkeys!; gataH = having one; raamasya samiipam = to the vicinity of Rama; bruuyaaH = tell; mama = my; imam = this; tiivram = horrible; shokavegam = gush of grief; paribhartsanamcha = and the threatening; ebhiH rakSobhiH = by these female-demons; adhvaa = (let) your trave; astu = be; shivaH = happy; nR^iparaaja simha = O illustrious prince; the protector of men!; aaryaa = the venerable; siitaa = Seetha; viSaadapuurvam = filled with sorrow; aaha = spoke; tava = to you; etatvachaH = these words; buddhvaa = understanding; etat = this matter; yatitam = spoken mayaa by me; shraddhatsva = believe; siitaam = Seetha; samagraam = is completely; kushalaam = safe.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुंदरकाण्डे स्प्तषष्टितमः सर्गः
Sarga 68
5.68.1
अथ अहम् उत्तरम् देव्या पुनः उक्तः ससम्भ्रमम् |
तव स्नेहान् नर व्याघ्र सौहार्यात् अनुमान्य च ॥
"O excellent among men! Having shown respect for me out of her affection and good-heartedness for you, I, who was in a haste to go, was spoken to again by Seetha the princess about the further course of action."
naravyaaghra = O the excellent among men!; atha = thereafter; anumaanya = having shown respect for me; tava snehaat = out of affection; sauhaardraat = and good-heartedness; tava = for you; aham = I; sasambhramam = who was in a haste (to go); uktaH = was spoken to; punaH = again; devyaa = by Seetha the princess; uttaram = about the future.
5.68.2
एवम् बहु विधम् वाच्यो रामो दाशरथिः त्वया |
यथा माम् आप्नुयात् शीघ्रम् हत्वा रावणम् आहवे ॥
"Rama, the son of Dasaratha, is to be informed by you thus in several ways, for quickly killing Ravana in battle and also as to how he can get me back."
raamaH = Rama; daasharathiH = the son of Dasaratha; vaachyaH = is to be informed; evam = thus; tvayaa = by you; bahuvidham = in several ways; shiighram hatvaa = for quickly killing; raavaNam = Ravana; aahave = in battle; yathaa tathaa = and as to how; maam aapnuyaat = he can get me back.
5.68.3
यदि वा मन्यसे वीर वस एका अहम् अरिम् दम |
कस्मिंश्चित् सम्वृते देशे विश्रान्तः श्वो गमिष्यसि ॥
" 'O hero the annihilator of enemies! If you deem it fit, stay for a day in a secret place. You can go tomorrow after taking rest'."
viira = O hero; arimdama = the annihilator of enemies!; manyase yadi = if you deem it fit; vasa = stay; ekaaham = for a day; samvR^ite deshe = in a secret place; gamiSyasi = you can go; shvaH = tomorrow; vishraantaH = after taking rest.
5.68.4
मम च अपि अल्प भाग्यायाः साम्निध्यात् तव वानर |
अस्य शोक विपाकस्य मुहूर्तम् स्यात् विमोक्षणम् ॥
"'O the valiant one! Because of your presence, the termination of my full-blown grief may continue for a while'."
viiryavan = O the valiant one! tava saamnidhyaat = because of your presence; asya mama shoka vipaakasya vimokSaNam = the termination of my full-flown grief; syaat = may proceed; muhuurtam = for a while.
5.68.5
गते हि त्वयि विक्रान्ते पुनः आगमनाय वै |
प्राणानाम् अपि संदेहो मम स्यान् न अत्र संशयः ॥
"'When you, the courageous one, have actually left to come back, there will be a danger even to my life. There is no doubt about this'."
tvayi = (when) you; vikraante = the courageous one; gate = go; punaraagamanaaya = for coming back; syaat = there is; sandehaH = an uncertainity; mama praaNaamapi = even to my life; na sandehaH = there is no doubt; atra = about this.
5.68.6
तव अदर्शनजः शोको भूयो माम् परितापयेत् |
दुह्खात् दुह्ख पराभूताम् दुर्गताम् दुह्ख भागिनीम् ॥
"'The sorrow born of your disappearance will further torment me, who is overtaken by one sorrow after another, miserable and doomed to grief as I am'."
paraabhuutaam = being overcome; duHkhaat = from one sorrow; duHkham = after another sorrow; durgataam = being miserable; duHkha bhaaginiim = being overcome with grief; shokaH = sorrow; adarshanajaH = born of your disappearance; paritaapayet = will torment me; bhuuyaH = further.
5.68.7
अयम् तु वीर संदेहः तिष्ठति इव मम अग्रतः |
सुमहान् त्वत् सहायेषु हरि ऋक्षेषु असंशयः ॥
"'O best among the monkeys! O valiant one! In the matter of monkeys and bears who are your helpmates, this very grave doubt stands before me'."
hariishvara = O best among monkeys; viira = the valiant one! haryR^ikSeSu = in the matter of monkeys and bears; tvatsahayeSu = who are helpmates to you; ayam = this; sumahaan = a very grave; sandeshaH = doubt; tiSThatiiva = stands; agrataH = before me.
5.68.8
कथम् नु खलु दुष्पारम् तरिष्यन्ति महाउदधिम् |
तानि हरि ऋक्ष सैन्यानि तौ वा नर वर आत्मजौ ॥
"'How indeed can those troops of monkeys and bears or Rama and Lakshmana can cross that great insurmountable ocean?'"
kathamnu = how; khalu = indeed; taani = those; haryR^ikSasainyaani = troops of monkeys and bears; tau naravaraatmajau vaa = or those two princes; tariSyanti = can cross; duSpaaram = the insurmountable; mahodadhim = great ocean?
5.68.9
त्रयाणाम् एव भूतानाम् सागरस्य अस्य लन्घने |
शक्तिः स्यात् वैनतेयस्य वायोः वा तव वा अनघ ॥
"'Three beings viz. Garuda the eagle, or yourself or the wind-god only have the capacity of crossing this ocean'."
trayaaNaam = only three; bhuutaanaam = beings; vainateyasyavaa = viz. Garuda the eagle; tava vaa = or yourself; maarutasyavaa = or the wind-god; syaat = have; shaktiH = the capacity; laN^ghane = in crossing; asya = of this; saagarasya = ocean.
5.68.10
तत् अस्मिन् कार्य नियोगे वीर एवम् दुरतिक्रमे |
किम् पश्यसि समाधानम् ब्रूहि कार्यविदाम् वर ॥
"'O valiant monkey! That is why, what strategy are you visualizing to fulfill this act, which is so difficult to accomplish thus? You are indeed excellent of those who know how to accomplish any work'."
viira = O valiant monkey!; tat = that is why; kim = what; samaadhaanam = strategy; pashyasi = are you visualizing; asmin kaarya niryoga = to fulfill this act; duratikrame = which is so difficult to accomplish; evam = thus?; tvam = you; varaH his = are indeed excellent; kaaryavidaam = of those who know how to accomplish any work.
5.68.11
कामम् अस्य त्वम् एव एकः कार्यस्य परिसाधने ||
पर्याप्तः पर वीरघ्न यशस्यः ते बल उदयः ॥
"O Hanuma the annihilator of hostile enemies! You, as one alone, are capable of fulfilling this task. Your act of fulfilling this task your act of fulfilling the result is well-known."
para viiraghna = O Hanuma the annihilator of strong enemies!; tvam = you; eka eva = as one alone; paryaaptaH kaamam = are accomplisher of desires; parisaadhane = of fulfilling; asya kaaryasya = this task; te = your; phalodayaH = fulfillment of result; yashasyaH = is famous.
5.68.12
बलैः समग्रैः यदि माम् हत्वा रावणम् आहवे |
विजयी स्वाम् पुरीम् रामो नयेत् तत् स्यात् यशः करम् ॥
""It would result in his glory, if Rama, after killing Ravana along with his entire army, takes me to his city in his victory'."
tat = it; syaat = would; yashaH karam = result in his glory; yadi raamaH = if Rama; hatvaa = after killing; raavaNam = Ravana; samagraiH balaiH = along with his entire army; vijayii = and being victorious; nayet = takes; maam = me; svaam puriim = to his city.
5.68.13
यथा अहम् तस्य वीरस्य वनात् उपधिना हृता |
रक्षसा तत् भयात् एव तथा न अर्हति राघवः ॥
"'Rama ought not to take me back for fear that Ravana, in the same manner as Ravana the demon took me away from the forest in the absence of Rama by cheating that heroic Rama."
raaghavaH = Rama; naarhati = ought not; (to take me back); tadbhayaadeva = by fearing that Ravana; yathaa tathaa = in the same manner as; aham = I; hR^itaa = was taken away; vanaat = from the forest; rakSasaa = by Ravana the demon; upadhinaa = by a cheating; viirasya = of the heroic Rama.
5.68.14
बलैः तु सम्कुलाम् कृत्वा लन्काम् पर बल अर्दनः |
माम् नयेत् यदि काकुत्स्थः तत् तस्य सदृशम् भवेत् ॥
If Rama, the destroyer of rival army, fills the entire Lanka with arrows and takes me home, it will be quite worthy of him."
yadi kaakutsthsaH = If Rama; para bala ardanaH = the destroyer of army of adversaries; kR^itvaa = making; laN^kaam = Lanka; samkulaam = filled; sharaiH = with arrows; maam nayet = takes me home; tat = that; sadR^isham bhavet = will be worthy; tasya = of him.
5.68.15
तत् यथा तस्य विक्रान्तम् अनुरूपम् महात्मनः |
भवति आहव शूरस्य तथा त्वम् उपपादय ॥
"For that reason, you act in such a way, that the high-souled Rama, valiant in battle, exhibits the prowess befitting of him."
tat = for that reason; tvam = you; upapaadaya = act; yathaa = in such a way; tathaa = that; mahaatmanaH = the high-souled Rama; aahava shuurasya = valiant in battle; bhavet = may exhibit; vikraantam = the prowess; anurumpam = worthy; tasya = of him.
5.68.16
तत् अर्थ उपहितम् वाक्यम् प्रश्रितम् हेतु सम्हितम् |
निशम्य अहम् ततः शेषम् वाक्यम् उत्तरम् अब्रुवम् ॥
"Hearing that appeal (of Seetha), that was somewhat good in its meaning, courteous and duly furnished with reasons, I gave then my remaining reply (as follows):
nishamya = hearing; tat = that; vaakyam = appeal (of Seetha); arthopahitam = that was somewhat good in fits meaning; prashritam = courteous; hetu samhitam = and furnished with reasons; aham = I; abruvam = spoke; tataH = then; vaakyam = (the following) words; sheSham = remaining; uttaram = as a reply.
5.68.17
देवि हरि ऋक्ष सैन्यानाम् ईश्वरः प्लवताम् वरः |
सुग्रीवः सत्त्व सम्पन्नः तव अर्थे कृत निश्चयः ॥
"'O Seetha the princess! Sugreeva, the lord of the troops of monkeys and bears, excellent among the monkeys and endowed with strength, is firmly determined to rescue you."
devi = O Seetha the princess!; sugriivaH = Sugreeva; iishvaraH = the lord; vaanara bhalluka sainyaanaam = of the armies of monkeys and bears; plavatam varaH = excellent among the monkeys; sattva sampannaH = and endowed with strength; kR^ita nishchayaH = is firmly determined; tva arthe = in your cause.
5.68.18
तस्य विक्रम सम्पन्नाः सत्त्ववन्तो महाबलाः |
मनः सम्कल्प सम्पाता निदेशे हरयः स्थिताः ॥येषाम् न उपरि न अधस्तान् न तिर्यक् सज्जते गतिः |
न च कर्मसु सीदन्ति महत्स्व् अमित तेजसः ॥
"So many monkeys, endowed with prowess, perseverance great strength and who can rush to any place as they wish, are intensely committed to Sugreeva's command. There is no hindrance to their movement either in the sky or the ground or in a horizontal region between the sky and the ground. Those monkeys with unlimited splendour are not indolent in performing any great task."
18; 19. harayaH = the monkeys; vikrama sampannaaH = endowed with prowess sattvavantaH = perseverance; mahaabalaaH = great strength; manaH samkalpa sampaataaH = and who can rush to any place as they wish; sthitaaH = are intensely committed; tasya = to Sugreeva's command; yeSaam = whose; gatiH = movement; upari = on the sky; adhastaat = or on the ground; na sajjate = has no hindrance; na = has no hindrance; tiryak = (even) horizontally; (those monkeys); amita tejasaH = are not indolent; mahatsu karmasu = (to perform) great tasks.
5.68.20
असकृत् तैः महाभागैः वानरैः बल सम्युतैः |
प्रदक्षिणी कृता भूमिः वायु मार्ग अनुसारिभिः ॥
"Those illustrious monkeys, proud of their strength and following the path of wind, circumambulated the entire earth several times."
taiH mahaabhagaiH vaanaraiH = by those illustrious monkeys; bala darpitaiH = proud of their strength; vaayumaargaanusaaribhiH = and who follow the path of wind; bhuumiH = the earth; pradakSiNii kR^itaa = was circumambulated.
5.68.21
मत् विशिष्टाः च तुल्याः च सन्ति तत्र वन ओकसः |
मत्तः प्रत्यवरः कश्चिन् न अस्ति सुग्रीव सम्निधौ ॥अहम् तावत् इह प्राप्तः किम् पुनः ते महाबलाः |
न हि प्रकृष्टाः प्रेष्यन्ते प्रेष्यन्ते हि इतरे जनाः ॥
"'In them, some of the monkeys are superior to me and some are even equal to me. No one in the vicinity of Sugreeva is inferior to me. When I have arrived here, why to talk about those mighty ones? Generally, superior ones are not sent for errands. Only others are indeed sent'."
21; 22. tatra = in them; vana okasaH = (some of) the monkeys; madvishiSTaashcha = are superior to me; tulyaashcha = and some even equal to me; santi = are there; kashchit naasti = no one; sugriiva sannidhau = in the vicinity of Sugreeva; pratyavaraH = is inferior; mattaH = to me; aham taavat = I myself; anupraaptaH = has come; iha = here; kim punaH = why to talk; te = about them; mahaabalaaH = who are mighty?; prakR^iSTaaH = the superior ones; na preSyante hi = are not sent (for errands); itare = other; janaaH = persons; preShyante hi = are indeed sent.
5.68.23
तत् अलम् परितापेन देवि मन्युः व्यपैतु ते |
एक उत्पातेन ते लन्काम् एष्यन्ति हरि यूथपाः ॥
"'O Seetha the princess! Enough of your lamentation. Take away your sorrow. Those leaders of monkeys will reach Lanka by one single leap'."
devi = O Seetha the princess!; tat = that is why; alam = enough; paritaapena = of your lamentation; te shokaH = (Let) your sorrow; vyapaitu = be removed; te = those; hari yuuthapaaH = leaders of monkeys; eSyanti = will reach; laN^kaam = Lanka; eka utpaatena = by one single leap.
5.68.24
मम पृष्ठ गतौ तौ च चन्द्र सूर्याव् इव उदितौ |
त्वत् सकाशम् महाभागे नृ सिम्हाव् आगमिष्यतः ॥
"Rama and Lakshmana, those two lions among men, also of great strength, ascending on my shoulders, can come to you, like the rising sun and the moon."
tau nR^isimhau = those two lions among men; Rama and sakaasham too; mahaasattvau = of great strength; mama pR^iSTha gatau = sitting on my shoulders; aagamiSyataH = can come; tvat sakaasham = to you; uditau chandra suuryaav iva = like the rising sun and the moon.
5.68.25
अरिघ्नम् सिम्ह सम्काशम् क्षिप्रम् द्रक्ष्यसि राघवम् |
लक्ष्मणम् च धनुष् पाणिम् लन्का द्वारम् उपस्थितम् ॥
"Rama, the annihilator of enemies, similar to a lion, and Lakshmana wielding a bow in his hand, will surely approach the entrance-gate of Lanka and you will see them soon."
raaghavam = Rama; arighnam = the annihilator of enemies; simha samkaasham = similar to a lion; lakSmaNam cha = and Lakshmana; dhanuS paaNim = wielding or bow in his hand; kSipram = will soon; upaasthitam = approach; laN^kaa dvaaram = the entrance gate of Lanka; drakSyasi = and you will see (them).
5.68.26
नख दम्ष्ट्र आयुधान् वीरान् सिम्ह शार्दूल विक्रमान् |
वानरान् वानर इन्द्र आभान् क्षिप्रम् द्रक्ष्यसि सम्गतान् ॥
"'You can see soon those valiant monkeys, with their claws and tusks as weapons, having the prowess of lions and tigers and looking like lordly elephants, coming here together'."
drakSyasi = you can see; kSipram = soon; viiraan vaanaraan = the valiant monkeys; nakha damSTra aayudhaan = with their claws and tusks as weapons; simha shaarduula vikramam = having the prowess of lions and tigers; vaaraNendra bhaan = looking like lordly elephants; samgataan = coming together.
5.68.27
शैल अम्बुदन् निकाशानाम् लन्का मलय सानुषु |
नर्दताम् कपि मुख्यानाम् अचिरात् शोष्यसे स्वनम् ॥
"'You will hear within a short time, the clamour of the excellent of monkeys resonating like a mountains and clouds, on the peaks of Mount Malaya in Lanka'."
shroSyasi = you will hear; achiraat = within a short time; svanam = the sound; kapi mukhyanaam = of the excellent of monkeys; nardataam = resonating; laN^kaa malaya saanuSu = on the mountain-peaks of Mount Malayaa in Lanka; shail ambudan nikaashaanaam = like mountains and clouds.
5.68.28
निवृत्त वन वासम् च त्वया सार्धम् अरिम् दमम् |
अभिषिक्तम् अयोध्यायाम् क्षिप्रम् द्रक्ष्यसि राघवम् ॥
"'You will see Rama, the annihilator of enemies, returning from exile, and getting anointed to the crown in Ayodhya, along with you soon'."
drakSyasi = you will see; raaghavam = Rama; arim damam = the annihilator of enemies; nivR^itta vana vaasam = returned from his exile; abhiShiktam = and getting; anointed to the crown; ayodhyayaam = in Ayodhya; tvayaa saridham = along with you; kShipram = soon.
5.68.29
ततो मया वाग्भिः अदीन भाषिणी |
शिवाभिः इष्टाभिः अभिप्रसादिता |
जगाम शान्तिम् मम मैथिल आत्मजा |
तव अपि शोकेन तथा अभिपीडिता ॥
"Thereafter, soothened by me with comforting, well-disposed and agreeable words, Seetha, though tormented with thought of your grief, obtained peace of mind."
tataH = thereafter; tava shokena api = though tormented with thought of your sorrow too; abhipiiDitaa = the tormented; maithila aatmajaa = Seetha; abhiprasaadita = was soothened; mayaa = by me; adiina bhaaShiNii = through comforting words spoken; mama vaagbhiH = and by my words; shiivaabhiH = which were well disposed; iSTaabhiH = and agreeable; jagaama = obtained; shaantim = peace of mind.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे अष्टषष्टितमः सर्गः